|
mahasatipatthana sutta �@�@‘å”O�ˆŒo –ÚŽŸ ‚Í‚¶‚ß‚É ƒp�[ƒŠŒê�@‰pŒê�@“ú–{Œê�@ƒp�[ƒŠŒêŽ«“T —pŒê�EŠT”O�à–¾ ‚³‚¢‚²‚É ‚Í‚¶‚ß‚É �w‘å”O�ˆŒo�x Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna-sutta‚Í�Aƒp�[ƒŠ•§“TŒo‘ ’·•”‚Ì‘æ22Œo�B ƒp�[ƒŠŒêŒ´“T�@�@�@Dīgha Nikāya 22�@�@Mahāsatipaṭṭhānasutta�@�@ https://suttacentral.net/dn22/pli/ms ƒGƒbƒZƒC‰pŒê–ó�@U Jotika and U Dhamminda ‰pŒê–ó�@Long Discourses 22�@The Longer Discourse on
Mindfulness Meditation�@ https://suttacentral.net/dn22/en/sujato “ú–{Œê–ó�@‚Ì‚ñ‚Ì‚ñ ŽQ�ÆŽ‘—¿ �w“ì“`‘å‘ Œo�EŒo‘ �E’·•”Œo“T2�x�i‘æ7Šª�j ‘å‘ �o”Å �wƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T
’·•”�iƒfƒB�[ƒKƒjƒJ�[ƒ„�j‘å•ÑII�x •ÐŽRˆê—Ç–ó ‘å‘ �o”Å �wƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T‚Ƀuƒbƒ_‚Ì‘T’è‚ðŠw‚Ô�\�w‘å”O�ˆŒo�x‚ð“Ç‚Þ�x
•ÐŽRˆê—Ç ‘å–@—ÖŠt 2012”N �wŒ´Žn•§“T
’·•”Œo“T2�x ’†‘ºŒ³ŠÄ�C �t�HŽÐ ŽQ�ÆŒo‘ ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“TŒo‘ ’†•”‚Ì‘æ10Œo�w”O�ˆŒo�xSatipaṭṭhāna-sutta Œ´“T�@Satipaṭṭhānasutta�@
Majjhima Nikāya 10�@�@https://suttacentral.net/mn10/pli/ms ‰pŒê–ó�@Mindfulness Meditation �@�@Middle Discourses
10�@�@https://suttacentral.net/mn10/en/sujato ŽQ�ÆŽ«�‘ Concise
Pali-English Dictionary by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera PTS
Pali-English dictionary The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary Pali
Word Grammar from Pali Myanmar Dictionary Tipiṭaka Pāḷi-Myanmar
Dictionary Pali
Viet Dictionary Bản dịch của ngài Bửu Chơn Pali
Roots Dictionary ‘�•â‰ü’ùƒp�[ƒŠŒêŽ«“T
�…–ì�OŒ³’˜ Š¿æ¡ƒp�[ƒŠŒê熓T
黃â\žÄæ¡ �s”bŠ¿ŽŒ“T�tMahāñāṇo Bhikkhu•Ò’˜ �s”bŠ¿ŽŒ“T�t–¾–@‘¸ŽÒú�’ù ƒo�[ƒŠŒêŽO‘ Œo“T‚ɂ͑S•”‚Å4000�H‚ÌŒo‚ª‚ ‚邪�A‚Ç‚ê‚ð’†�S‚É‚·‚é‚©‚Æ–â‚í‚ê‚ê‚Î�A‚±‚Ì‘å”O�ˆŒo‚ð�„‚·�B —�—R‚Í‚±‚ÌŒo‚ɂ͋ï‘Ì“I�C�s–@‚ª�Ú�ׂɂ킽‚Á‚Ä�à‚©‚ê‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚Ü‚½‚±‚Ì�C‹Æ‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�Aˆ¢—…Š¿(Arahatship)‚ƈ¢“ߊÜ(Anagama)‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚܂Ōå‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª–¾Šm‚ÉŒ¾–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚鑼‚ÌŒo‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚ ‚é�B ‚±‚ê‚܂łɓú–{Œê‚ɖ󂳂ꂽ‚à‚Ì‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯�A–óŽÒ‚Ì�®—��®“Ú‚ª‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¨‚炸‚É“ï‰ð‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚è�A’†�‘‘å�æ•§‹³—pŒê‚ÆŠT”O‚ðŽg‚Á‚½–ó‚Å‚ ‚Á‚½‚è�A‰pŒê‚©‚ç‚Ì–|–ó‚Å‚ ‚Á‚½‚è�A•\‘w“I‚Å‚ ‚Á‚½‚è‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚ª‘½‚©‚Á‚½‚Ì‚Å�A‚±‚Ì–|–ó‚Í�d‘w“I‚ȈӖ¡‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�à–¾‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A‚Æ‚±‚ë‚Ç‚±‚ë‚ÉƒŠƒ“ƒN‚ð“\‚Á‚Ä�A‘½‘w“I‰ðŽß‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð’ñަ‚µ‚½�B Œo“T‚ɂ͕¶Žš’Ê‚è‚ɓǂރŒƒxƒ‹�AƒAƒiƒ�ƒW�[‚Æ‚µ‚ēǂރŒƒxƒ‹�AˆÃšg‚Æ‚µ‚ēǂރŒƒxƒ‹�AáÒ‘z“IŠÏ�ƂƂ·‚郌ƒxƒ‹‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚Å�AŒ´“T‚̃p�[ƒŠŒê‚̈Ӗ¡‚â�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Ì–{—ˆ‚̈Ӗ¡‚â’·”N‚ÌáÒ‘z‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŠm”F‚³‚ê‚é‘ÌŠ´“I‰ðŽß‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚悤‚ÆŽŽ‚Ý‚Ä‚¢‚é�B ’N‚ª’N‚É‘—‚Á‚½ƒ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚Ȃ̂©�H Œ»‘ã�l‚ª—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂ɂ͉½‚ª•K—v‚Ȃ̂©�H “–Žž‚̑̒²�AŽv�l�AŽv‘z�A�@�@�@—ì‚©‚ç‚ÌŽ‹“_�@�@—Ö‰ô Œ»‘ã�l‚Ì–â‘è�@�@�@’mޝ�@‰ÈŠw�AŒÅ’èŠÏ”O�@ ‚»‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂ͂ǂ¤‚·‚ê‚΂悢‚Ì‚©�H�@�€”õ�A‘Ì‘€�AŒÄ‹z–@ vaci‚Å‚àkāyasankhāra‚Å‚à�Aasōbhana cetasika‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邯�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�u”M‚‚È‚é�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uƒXƒgƒŒƒX‚ª‚©‚©‚é�vŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚é�iƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Ì�uthāpa�v�j ˆê•û�Asōbhana cetasika‚ªvaci‚Ü‚½‚Íkāyasankhāra‚Æ‚µ‚Ä”�¶‚µ‚½�ê�‡�A”Þ‚ç‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�u—â‚â‚·�vŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚é�B ‚±‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ªSatipattana
bhāvanā‚Ì‘O’ñ�ðŒ�‚Å‚ ‚é�B What Are Kilesa (Mental
Impurities)? – Connection to Cetasika‚É‚»‚Ì—�—R‚ð�Ú�ׂɋc˜_‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B ‚Ü‚½Satipattana Sutta – Relevance to
Suffering in This Life‚¨‚æ‚ÑSatipatthāna Sutta – Structure‚ªŽQ�l‚ɂȂé�B ‚ ‚Æ‚ª‚« Š¿Žš‚ÌŒÀŠE�@‘å�æ•§‹³ •§‹³—pŒê ‰pŒê‚ÌŽ«�‘‚ðŽg‚Á‚½‚킯 ƒ~ƒƒƒ“ƒ}�[Œê�Aƒxƒgƒiƒ€Œê ƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚É�½ŽÀ‚È–ó‚Ȃ̂©�H“Ç‚Þ�l�A‚·‚Ȃ킿Œ»‘ã�l‚É—�‰ð‚³‚ê‚邽‚߂̖ó‚Ȃ̂©�H Œ»‘ã�l‚½‚ß‚É�A‚»‚Ì�€”õ�AˆÓ–ó�A Œ¾—t‚Ì‚S‚‚̊K‘w�@�@�@ ‹æ•Ê‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�AŠÖŒW�«‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂ɃAƒiƒ�ƒW�[�AŒ©‚¦‚È‚¢�¢ŠE‚É“±‚‚½‚߂Ƀ�ƒ^ƒtƒ@�[�A ƒXƒsƒŠƒbƒg‚ƈê‘̂ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚»‚ÌŽ‹“_‚©‚ç Namo Tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammāsambuddhassa namo |
tassa | bhagavato | arahato | sammāsambuddhassā homage |
to him | the worthy one | without defilements | perfectly enlightened one |
|
|
Evaṃ me sutaṃ. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṃ nāma kurūnaṃ nigamo. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi,
�eBhikkhavo�f ti. �eBhaddante�f ti te
bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ.
Bhagavā etadavoca: evaṃ�F[adv.]
thus�G in this way�G �iin reply�F�j yes. me�F[dat�Dand gen�Dsing�Dof
amha] to me�G my�G mine�D
suta�F[pp�Dof suṇāti] heard�Dlearning�G that which is hear samaya�F[m�D] time�G congregation�G season�G Viharati�C[vi+harati]
to stay�Cabide�Cdwell nigamo�F�@market
town nāma�F[nt�D] name�G �@having the name of tatra�F[adv�D] there�G in that place kho�F[ind�D] indeed�G really�G
surely āmantesi�Fcalled�G addressed�G invited paccassosuṃ �@�@Respectfully yours pati+su+ṇā+uaṃ pati-�Fpaṭi-
pref�Dprep�D[Sk�Dprati-]
‘Î�C”½�C‹t�CŒü‚Á‚Ä�C‘΂µ‚Ä su�F‡@ adv�D[=ssu�Cassu�Csi�Csudaṃ�Cassa]‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©�G ‚Ü‚³‚É�CŽÀ‚É ṇa�@�@
Intelligence. etadavoca �@�@�@�@�@�@spoke as follows |
Thus have I heard: At one time the Enlightened One was staying among the
Kurus at Kammāsadhamma, a market town of the Kuru people. There the
Enlightened One addressed the monks thus: "Monks,"1 and
they replied, "Venerable Sir!" Then the Enlightened One spoke as
follows: ‚±‚̂悤‚ÉŽ„‚Í’®‚¢‚½�B ŠoŽÒƒuƒbƒ_‚ªƒNƒ‹�‘‚̃Jƒ“ƒ}�[ƒTƒbƒ_ƒ“ƒ}’¬‚É‘Ø�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚Ì‚ ‚é“ú�A�u�C�sŽÒ‚½‚¿‚æ�v‚Æ�º‚ð‚©‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B �C�sŽÒ‚½‚¿‚ª�u‚Í‚¢�A‘¸ŽÒ‚æ�v‚ƕԎ–‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚ÍŽŸ‚̂悤‚É�à‚«Žn‚ß‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B |
|
Ekāyano ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā,
sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya, dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāya, ñāyassa adhigamāya, nibbānassa
sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā. |
This is the one and
only way, monks, for the purification of beings, for the overcoming of sorrow
and lamentation, for the extinguishing of suffering and grief, for walking on
the path of truth, for the realisation of nibbāna: that is
to say, the fourfold establishing of awareness.2 |
|
ekāyana�F[m.]
the only way or mean ayaṃ�FThis sattā�FExistence Visuddhi[vi+suddhi]
brightness�Csplendour�Cexcellency�G �iethically�j purity�Choliness sokaparideva
�@Anxiety and crying. Samatikkama[saṁ+atikamma]
passing beyond�Covercoming Saṁ-�C�Ú“ªŽ«�@�@‹¤�C�W�C�‡�C�³�C“¯Žž�@�@�@Lt.con atikara�F[adj�D] over-acting�D domanassa�F'sad-mindedness'�Cgrief�C i.e�Dmentally
painful feeling atthaṅgama�F[m�D] setting down�D ñāya�F[m�D] method�G system�G
right manner adhigama�F[m.]
attainment�G knowledge sacchikiriyā�F[f�D] realisation�G experiencing�ì�Ø yadidaṃ�F�iyaṃ + idaṃ�j which
is this�G that is�G namely�D Katame cattāro? Idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī
sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī
sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā,
vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ Dhammesu dhammānupassī
viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhādomanassaṃ. kāye�F �Ý�gé“’†�i�A�g�j kāya+anu+disa+ṇī�@�@Body + Art + Discipline. anupassati�F[anu +
dis + a] observes�G contemplates. anu �@As
pref.�F�ia�j General character.
anu is freq. as modifying �idirectional�j element with well-defined meaning �i�galong�h�j�Cas such also as 1st component of pref.-cpds.�Ce. g. anu + ā �ianvā�‹�j�Canu + pra �ianuppa�‹�j�C+ pari�C+ vi�C+ saṁ. -- As base�Ci. e.
2nd part of a pref.-cpd. it is rare and only found in combn sam-anu�‹. The
prefix saṁ is its nearest relation as modifying pref. The
opp. of anu is paṭi and both are often found in one cpd. �icp.
�‹loma�C�‹vāta�j. �ib�j Meanings. I. With verbs of motion�F�galong towards�h. dis�C�iž�diw�j﹐�yŽš�ªVII.�z�Ú�×說–¾�ito expound�j ātāpī�FArdent�Czealous�Cstrenuous�Cactive �uTāpa�v‚Í”M‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�uātāpi�v‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚ç�u‰Î�vƒXƒgƒŒƒX‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�A—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚é�B sampajāno�FKnowing�Cunderstanding�Cconscious satimā�FOf
retentive memory or active mind�Cthoughtful�C vineyya�F[abs�Dof vineti] having removed �iadj�D�j fit to be trained�@�@ŒP—û ‹K—¥‚Ȃ̂©�A�í�œ‚Ȃ̂©�A‘Ý‚µŽØ‚è‚Ì‚ ‚é�¢ŠE‚Ȃ̂©�H Abhijjhādomanassa�iabhijjhāæÃ—~+domanassa•s”@ˆÓ�j vedanāsu�F �ÝŠ´Žó’†�i�AŠ´Žó�j citte�F �@�@�Ý�S’†�i�A�S�j dhammesu�F �Ý�”–@�i�S“I內ŠÜ�j’†�q�A–@�r Sampajāna ‚Æ‚Í sanæÃáÑ’s+pajāna‘I•ʂ̂±‚ƂȂ̂Å�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ɃXƒgƒŒƒX‚ƃpƒ^�[ƒ“”Fޝ‚ð—^‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é�usan�v‚ð‘I•Ê‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡�B �usan�v‚Ì�ň«‚ÌŒ`‘Ô‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª–{”\“I‚É•s“¹“¿‚Å‚ ‚邯’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B ‚»‚ê‚ç‚É‚Í�AŽEŠQ�A“�“ï�A•s“K�Ø‚È�«“I�sˆ×�A‰R�A“D�Œ‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B Sampajāna‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�ÅŒã‚ÌŒ¾—t‚Å‚ ‚é�u.. appamadēna
sampādēta �v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u..‹}‚¢‚Åsan‚ð�®—�‚µ‚È‚³‚¢�v‚Ì�usampādēta�v‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B sampādēta‚Í�usan�v+�upādēta�v�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�usan�v‚ð�®—�‚µ‚È‚³‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡�B �usampādēta�v‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚邯�A�usampajannō�v‚ɂȂé�B�³‚µ‚¢‚±‚ƂƊԈá‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ªŽ©“®“I‚ɂ킩‚邱‚Æ‚ª�Kе‚ɂȂé�B �uātāpī sampajānō�v‚Í�A�usan�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u•s“¹“¿‚ÈŒXŒü�v‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚ç‰Î‚Ü‚½‚Í”M‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�B�u•s“¹“¿‚ÈŒXŒü�v‚Í�ukilesa�v‚Æ�uasōbhana cētasika �v‚Æ“¯‹`Œê�B ‚·‚ׂĂ̋ꂵ‚Ý‚Ì�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚Í�A‹É’[‚ÈæÃ—~‚·‚Ȃ킿�uabhijjā�v�i�uabhi�v+�uicchā�v‚·‚Ȃ킿‹‚¢Š‰–]‚Ü‚½‚͈¤’…�j‚Å‚ ‚é�B �l‚ª–]‚Þ‚à‚Ì‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚Æ‚«�A�l‚Í—Ž‚¿�ž‚Ýdōmanassa‚ɂȂé�B �S‚ª“®—h‚µ�AƒlƒKƒeƒBƒu‚É“{‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ädōmanassa‚Ì�l‚¦•û‚Å�s“®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�B �uVineyya lōke�v‚Æ‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚¨ŒÝ‚¢‚É•‰�‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä�u‚¨ŒÝ‚¢‚ªŒ‹‚т‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ðŽw‚·�B �usatimā�v‚Í�usati�v+�umā�v‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚Å�umā�v‚Í�í�œ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚邪�Asati‚Ì�í�œ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�AŒã‚Ì‹å‚Ì“à—e‚ð�í�œ�A‚·‚Ȃ킿‰ð•ú‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B ‚·‚Ȃ킿�usati‹C‚«�v‚ð�uvineyya lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam�v‚Ì�umā�v�í�œ‚É‚·‚邱‚Ƃł ‚é�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�usati mā vineyyalōke abhijjhā
dōmanassam�v‚Í�A‘Ý‚µŽØ‚è‚É–ž‚¿‚½�¢ŠE‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê�Aabhijj₯dōmanassa‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邽‚ß‚É�A�S‚Ì—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚½ˆÀ‚炬‚Ì‚ ‚é�l‚¦•û‚Æ�s“®‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�B ‚±‚ꂪ�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚ÌŒ®‚ƂȂé�B |
�u‚±‚±‚Ɉê–{‚Ì“¹‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Í�i�¶‚«‚Æ‚µ�¶‚¯‚é‚à‚Ì‚ª�ò‚ç‚©‚ɂȂé�j‹P‚“¹‚Å‚·�B •sˆÀ‚Æ’Q‚«‚ð�æ‚è‰z‚¦�A“÷‘̂̋ꂵ‚Ý‚Æ�S‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ð’âŽ~‚³‚¹‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B
‚±‚Ì�i’qŒd‚Ì�j•û–@‚ð‰ï“¾‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�Aƒjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi�iŸ¸žÏ�j‚ð‘ÌŠ´‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚‚܂è�i‚±‚̈ê–{“¹‚Æ‚Í�jŽl‚‚̃TƒeƒB�Eƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B ‰ð�à�j satipaṭṭhānā�isati‹C‚«�{paṭṭhānāŠm—§�j‚Æ‚Í ‹C‚«‘±‚¯‚é•û–@‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B Which
four? Here, monks, a monk dwells ardent with awareness and constant thorough
understanding of impermanence, observing body in body, having removed
craving and aversion towards the world [of mind and matter]; he dwells ardent
with awareness and constant thorough understanding of impermanence, observing
sensations in sensations, having removed craving and aversion towards the
world [of mind and matter]; he dwells ardent with awareness and constant
thorough understanding of impermanence,
observing mind in mind, having removed
craving and aversion towards the world [of
mind and matter]; he dwells ardent with awareness
and constant thorough understanding
of impermanence, observing mental
contents in mental contents, having removed
craving and aversion towards the world [of mind and matter]. ‚±‚ÌŽl‚‚Ƃ͉½‚©�H�i�g‘̂Ɗ´Šo‚Æ�S‚Æ�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Å‚·�j �C�sŽÒ‚½‚¿‚æ�A‚»‚ê‚Í�g‘Ì‚ð�g‘̂Ƃµ‚ÄŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Ƃł·�B�iŠw�K‚µ‚½�jæÃ—~‚ÆŒ™ˆ«‚̃pƒ^�[ƒ“‚Ì�¢ŠE�iƒAƒvƒŠƒP�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“�AŽ©“®”½‰ž‰ñ˜H�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚悤‚É‹C‚«‘±‚¯‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É”�¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é”M‚ðŽæ‚è‹Ž‚邱‚Ƃł·�B �i“¯—l‚É�j Š´Šo
‚ÍŠ´Šo‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Ƃł·�B �S‚Í�S‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Ƃł·�B �S‚Ì’†–¡
‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Ƃł·�B �iæÃáÑᗂɃXƒ|ƒbƒgƒ‰ƒCƒg‚𓖂ĂĂ悗�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A Šw�K‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ăł«‚½ƒAƒvƒŠƒP�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÍŽÀ‘̂̂ ‚é‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä�A‘Ì‚àŠ´Šo‚à�S‚à�S‚Ì’†–¡‚à•s•ς̎À‘̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‘ÌŠ´‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B�j �i�g‘Ì‚Í�A�u‚킽‚µ�v‚ł͂Ȃ�A�u‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚Ì�v‚Å‚à‚È‚�A‚½‚¾‚̕ω»‚µ‘±‚¯‚éƒJƒ^ƒ`‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚«‚¿‚ñ‚Æ—�‰ð‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ð‚¢‚Â‚àŽ@’m‚µ‘±‚¯‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚É”½‰ž‚µ‚½‚获’˜‚·‚邱‚Æ‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚ÌæÃ—~‚â—J‚¢‚ð‰“‚´‚¯‚é‚̂ł·�B�j �i�^‰ä‚Æ‚±‚̉F’ˆ‚̃Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚𕪕ʂ·‚邱‚Æ‚ÅæÃáÑá—‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�j ‹^–â ātāpī�@�@�@�@�@”M—ó‚ÉorƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“ sampajāno�@�@�@‹C‚«‘±‚¯‚é�@or�@æÃáÑá—‚ð‘I•Ê‚·‚é�A satimā�@�@�@�@māˆÈ‰º‚ðmā�i�í�œ‚·‚邱‚Æ�j‚ð‹C‚ or‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�H vineyya�@loke Žæ‚è�œ‚�¢ŠEor‘Ý‚µŽØ‚è‚Ì�¢ŠE or�ì‚ç‚ꂽ�iŒP—û‚³‚ꂽ�j‰ñ˜H�i�¢ŠE�j abhijjhādomanassaṃ�@æÃ—~‚ÆŒ™ˆ«�@or —Ž‚¿�ž‚ñ‚¾ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‹É’[‚ÈæÃ—~ ātāpī
sampajānō, satimā vineyya lōke abhijjhādōmanassam‚Æ‚Í�A�ukilesa‚·‚Ȃ킿‰˜‚ê‚ð”Fޝ‚µ�A—Ž‚¿�ž‚ñ‚¾ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�idōmanassa�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‹É’[‚ÈæÃ—~�iabhijjā�j‚ð‹K—¥�ivineyya�j‚ð’Ê‚µ‚ÄŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚Ì”M‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚�iātāpī�j‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�B ‚±‚ꂪSatipaṭṭhāna‚Æānāpāna
bhāvanā‚Ì—¼•û‚ÌŒ®‚ƂȂé�B Satipaṭṭhāna sutta‚ÌŽc‚è‚Ì•”•ª‚Å�A‚±‚Ì–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é•û–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B cf.�@ƒTƒ“ƒXƒNƒŠƒbƒgŒê‚Ìtapa‚Í‹ê�s |
|
Kathaṃ ca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati? |
And how, monks, does a monk dwell observing body in
body? |
|
Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā
nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ
ābhujitvā, ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. So sato va assasati, sato
va passasati. Dīghaṃ vā assasanto �edīghaṃ assasāmī�f ti
pajānāti, dīghaṃ vā passasanto �edīghaṃ passasāmī�f ti
pajānāti. Rassaṃ vā assasanto �erassaṃ assasāmī�f ti
pajānāti, rassaṃ vā passasanto �erassaṃ passasāmī�f ti pajānāti. �eSabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmī�f ti sikkhati, sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī passasissāmī�f ti sikkhati �ePassambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmī�f ti sikkhati, �epassambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmī�f ti sikkhati. pabbaṃ�FA knot
or joint in a branch or creeper�C kathaṃ�F[adv�D] how? kathaṃkathā�Gdoubt araññagata�F[arañña+gata]
[adj�D] gone to a forest vā�C�iparticle
of disjunction�j�Cor�G either-
or rukkhamūlagata�@«rukkhamūla+gata] rukkhamūla�F[nt�D] the foot of a tree gata
[pp.of gacchati in medio-reflexive function] gone suññāgāra(a
quiet place)gata(gone,close to) nisīdati�F[ni +
sad + a] sits down Pallaṅka[pary+aṅka] a sofa�G a
coach�Asitting cross-legged aṅka�Fm. [�V] �˜�C‹¹�C˜e. ābhujitvā
«ā+bhuja+tvā»�i1�j Bend. Formed �i2�j With heart bhuja�F[m�D] the hand�D�iadj�D�j�Ccrooked;
bending�@‘«‚ð‘g‚Þ ujuṃ�F[adv�D] straightly�D paṇidhāya[pa+ni+dhā+ṇa]having
aspire to�Ghaving the intention of parimukhaṃ�FIn front�Cbefore sati�F[f�D] memory�G mindfulness�D upaṭṭhapetvā «upa+ṭhā+ṇāpe+tvā»�@An
established [Law
+ Department + Administration] Upa-�C[Vedic
upa�GGr�Du�GLat�Dsub�G Goth�Duf under & on�G E�Dup�G Oir�Dfo under�D usually
with the idea of approach from below or rest on top�Con�Cupon�Cup�Cby�D ṭhā�C�iž�sthā�j﹐�yŽš�ªI�D�z’â—¯�ito stay�j�Câ‹’˜�ito stand�j ṇāyati= jānāti�F[ñā +
nā] knows�G finds out�G to be
aware so�F He�G this�G that sato Recollecting�Cmindful�Cattentive�Cthoughtful�C assasati�F[ā +
sas + a] breathes; inhales passasati�F[pa +
sas + a] breathes out�D “ü‘§‚·�C[–{—ˆ‚Í�i�o‘§‚·�j Dīghaṃ Long time no
see�H Dīgha’·‚³ assasanta [ā+sasa+a+anta]�@ exhale assasālā�F[f�D] stable�D ti
�@�@the apostrophe form of iti�Cthus�D pajānāti�F[pa +ñā
+ nā] knows clearly passasanta�F[pr�Dp�Dof passasati] breathing out rassa�F[adj�D] short�G dwarfish�G
stunted Sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī �@sabba+kaya+paṭi+saṃ+vedī ƒSƒGƒ“ƒJŽ�‰ðŽß�u‚‚Ü�æ‚©‚瓪‚Ì’¸“_‚Ü‚Å‚ðŠ´‚¶‚éˆêŒÄ‹z�v sabba�F[adj�D] all�G every�G
whole�G entire�D paṭisaṃvedī�F[m�D] one who feels�Gexperiences�G suffers or enjoys [pati+saṃ+vida+ṇī] paṭi-�Cpati-�C�iž� prati�j�C�yŽšŽñ�z‹t�C‘Š”½�C‰ñ�C”½›” vida�@wisdom, contemplation,
to gain toward light&being sabbakāyappaṭisaṃvedī�@ I know all the breaths. sikkhati�F[sikkh
+ a] learns�G trains oneself�G
practises�D kāyasaṅkhāra�F[m�D] substratumŠî‘wof the body�D bodily
function�Ci�De�Din-and-out-breathing
�ie�Dg�DM�D10�j passambhaya�F Ž~�AˆÀèÎ passambhati�F[pa +
sabh + a] calms down�G is quiet |
Here a monk, having
gone into the forest, or to the foot of a tree, or to an empty room, sits down cross-legged,
keeps his body upright and fixes his awareness in
the area around the mouth. With this
awareness, he breathes in, with this awareness, he
breathes out. Breathing in a deep breath, he
understands properly "I am breathing in a deep
breath." Breathing out a deep breath, he
understands properly: "I am breathing out a deep
breath." Breathing in a shallow breath, he
understands properly: "I am breathing in a shallow
breath." Breathing out a shallow breath, he
understands properly: "I am breathing out a shallow
breath." In this way he trains himself: "Feeling the whole body, I
shall breathe in."
"Feeling the whole body, I shall breathe out," thus
he trains himself. "With the bodily activities
calmed, I shall breathe in," thus he trains himself. "With the
bodily activities calmed, I shall breathe
out," thus he trains himself. 1. ‘§‚ð“f‚�E‘§‚ð‹z‚¤ ‚Å‚Í�A�C�sŽÒ‚½‚¿‚æ�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä�A�g‘Ì‚ð�g‘̂Ƃµ‚ÄŠ´‚¶‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H �X‚©�AŽ÷‚̉º‚©�A�©‚È�ê�Š‚É�s‚«�A�À•z’c‚Ì�ã‚Å‹r‚ð‘g‚Ý�A‘Ì‚ð‚Ü‚Á‚·‚®‚É�L‚΂·‚悤‚É‚µ‚Ä�A�[‚¢‹C‚«‚ð‘Î�Û‚ÉŒü‚¯‚é—û�K‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �i‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�jŒ¤‚¬�Ÿ‚Ü‚³‚ꂽ�[‚¢‹C‚«‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�A‘§‚ð‹z‚¢�A‘§‚ð“f‚‚±‚Ƃł·�B ‘§‚ð’·‚‹z‚¤Žž‚É‚Í�u’·‚‹z‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚±‚Ƃɂ¿‚á‚ñ‚Æ‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‘§‚ð’·‚“f‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚É‚Í�u’·‚“f‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Æ‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‘§‚ð’Z‚‹z‚¤Žž‚É‚Í�u’Z‚‹z‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Æ‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‘§‚ð’Z‚“f‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚É‚Í�u’Z‚“f‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Æ‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �uŸ†‚ª–ž‚¿‚½�g‘Ì‘S‘Ì‚ðŠ´‚¶‚È‚ª‚ç�A‘§‚ð‹z‚¤�v‚悤‚ÉŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�@ (�g‘Ì‘S‘̂ƂȂÁ‚ÄŒ°Œ»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éƒXƒsƒŠƒbƒg�i�^‰ä�j‚Æ�°‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邿‚¤‚É‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç‘§‚ð‹z‚¤‚悤‚É‚µ‚Ă݂é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ) �uŸ†‚ª–ž‚¿‚½�g‘Ì‘S‘Ì‚ðŠ´‚¶‚È‚ª‚ç�A‘§‚ð“f‚�v‚悤‚ÉŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �u‘̂̋@”\‚ð�Â߂Ȃª‚ç�A‘§‚ð‹z‚¤�vŽÀ‘H‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �i“ü‚Á‚Ä‚‚é‹z‚Æ�o‚Ä‚¢‚ŒÄ‚ð’Á‚߂邿‚¤‚É‚µ‚Ä�A�_‚ç‚©‚�©‚É�‚µ�¬‚³‚‘§‚ð‹z‚¤—û�K‚ð‚·‚é�j �u‘̂̋@”\‚ð�Â߂Ȃª‚ç�A‘§‚ð“f‚�vŽÀ‘H‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚̂悤‚ÉŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�@ (�g‘Ì‘S‘̂ƂȂÁ‚ÄŒ°Œ»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éƒXƒsƒŠƒbƒg�i�^‰ä‚Æ�°�j‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邿‚¤‚É‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç‘§‚ð‹z‚¤‚悤‚É‚µ‚Ă݂é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ) �uŸ†‚ª–ž‚¿‚½�g‘Ì‘S‘Ì‚ðŠ´‚¶‚È‚ª‚ç�A‘§‚ð“f‚±‚¤�v ‚±‚̂悤‚ÉŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �u‘̂̋@”\‚ð�Â߂Ȃª‚ç�A‘§‚ð‹z‚¤�v‚±‚ê‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �i“ü‚Á‚Ä‚‚é‹z‚Æ�o‚Ä‚¢‚ŒÄ‚ð’Á‚߂邿‚¤‚É‚µ‚Ä�A�©‚É�‚µ‘§‚ð‹z‚¤—û�K‚ð‚·‚é�j �u‘̂̋@”\‚ð�Â߂Ȃª‚ç�A‘§‚ð“f‚�v‚±‚ê‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ü‚·�B . ’�Žß �ugatō
vā�v‚Í�u—�‰ð‚·‚é�i’†‚É“ü‚é�j�v‚¾‚ª�A‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚Í�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð’è‚ß‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Aranna‚Í�X�i‚Ü‚½‚Í�X‚Ì�C“¹‰@�j‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚邪�A‰B‚³‚ꂽˆÓ–¡‚Í�urana�v‚É—R—ˆ‚·‚é�u�퓬�A‹£‘ˆ�A”äŠr�v‚Ȃ̂Å�uA+ranna�v‚Í�퓬‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uaranna
gatō vā�v‚Í�u“ú�í‚Ì”äŠr‚·‚é�Kе‚𗣂ê‚Ä�A—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚½’è‚ß‚½�l‚¦•û‚É“ü‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �urukkha�v‚Í�u–Ø�v�A�umūla�v‚Í�u�ª�v‚Å‚·�B–Ø‚Ì�ã‚Í•—‚É—h‚ê‚邪�A�ªŒ³‚ɋ߂¢–؂̊²‚͈À’肵‚Ä‚¢‚é�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�urukkhamūla gatō vā�v‚Í�A�uˆÀ’肵‚½�l‚¦•û‚É“ž’B‚·‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ŽŸ‚É�Asunnāgāra‚Í‹ó‚ÌŒš•¨‚Ü‚½‚Í•”‰®‚¾‚ª�A‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A‚»‚µ‚Ä–³’m‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‹ó‚Å‚ ‚é‚ׂ«‚¾‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦‚ª“ª‚É•‚‚©‚Ô‚È‚ç‚Ε¥�@‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B �unisidati
pallaṅkaṃ
ābhujitvā�v‚Í�u‚ ‚®‚ç‚ð‚©‚¢‚Ä�À‚é�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚邪�AƒL�[ƒ��[ƒh‚Í�A�upall�v‚Æ�uanka�v‚Å�upalla�iŒ¸‚ç‚·�j + anka�i�”�j�v‚Í•¶Žš’Ê‚è‚É‚Í�u�”�iratio•ªŠ„�j‚ðŒ¸‚ç‚·�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u—��«‚É�d—v�«‚ð—^‚¦‚È‚¢�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�unisidati pallankaṃābhujitvā�v‚Í�A�u�T‚¦‚߂ɂ·‚é�v‚ƂƂł ‚è�A�u—DˆÊ�«�v‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �uujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya�v‚Í�u‘̂𒼗§‚ð•Û‚Â�v‚Æ–|–󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚Í�u‚Ü‚Á‚·‚®‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u—¦’¼�v‚Å�u�³’¼�v‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð•\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B |
|
|
�uparimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā�v‚ÍSatipaṭṭhāna‚ÌŒ®‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A•¶Žš’Ê‚è‚Å‚Í�uŒû‚ÌŽü‚è‚Ɉӎ¯‚ðŒÅ’è‚·‚é�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µŽÀ�ۂɈӖ¡‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�AŽå‚ȃIƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg�i�umukkha nimitta�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é�j�A‚‚܂è�uNibbāna�v‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ucooling down�v‚É—¯‚߂邱‚Ƃł·�B ‚±‚±‚Å‚Ì�uPari�v‚Í�uŠ®‘S‚È�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�\•ª‚È�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uparimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā�v‚Æ‚Í�AŽå‚È–Ú•W‚Å‚ ‚éNibbāna‚É�W’†‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A4‚‚̎p�¨‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚àáÒ‘zŽÒ‚É•K—v‚È�l‚¦•û‚Å‚·�B |
|
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave,
dakkho bhamakāro vā bhamakārantevāsī vā
dīghaṃ vā añchanto �edīghaṃ añchāmī�f ti pajānāti, rassaṃ vā añchanto �erassaṃ añchāmī�f ti pajānāti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu dīghaṃ vā assasanto �edīghaṃ assasāmī�f ti
pajānāti, dīghaṃ vā passasanto �edīghaṃ passasāmī�f ti
pajānāti, rassaṃ vā assasanto �erassaṃ assasāmī�f ti
pajānāti, rassaṃ vā passasanto �erassaṃ passasāmī�f ti
pajānāti �eSabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmī�f ti sikkhati �esabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī passasissāmī�f ti sikkhati, �epassambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmī�f ti sikkhati, �epassambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmī�f ti sikkhati. Seyyathāpi�F[ind�D] just as�D dakkho
�@�FClever�Cskilful bhamakāra�F[m�D] a turner�D bhamakārantevāsī
[bhamakāra+antevāsī] A pupil añchanto [añcha+anta] añch�C�f�o�ito
draw�j�C�L“W�ito stretch�j anta�F[m.]
the end�G goal�G top. nt.
intestine. añchāmī�f evameva�FIn this
very way�Ceven thus kho�F[ind�D] indeed�G really�G
surely�G |
Just as a skilful
turner or a turner�fs
apprentice, while making a long turn understands properly: "I am making
a long turn," and while making a short turn, understands properly:
"I am making a short turn," just so, the monk, breathing in a deep
breath, understands properly: "I am breathing in a deep breath."
Breathing in a shallow breath, he understands properly: "I am breathing
in a shallow breath." Breathing out a deep breath, he understands
properly: "I am breathing out a deep breath." Breathing out a
shallow breath, he understands properly: "I am breathing out a shallow
breath." In this way he trains himself: "Feeling the whole body, I
shall breathe in." "Feeling the whole body, I shall breathe
out," thus he trains himself. "With the bodily activities calmed, I
shall breathe in," thus he trains himself. "With the bodily
activities calmed, I shall breathe out," thus he trains himself. �C�sŽÒ‚½‚¿‚æ�A �n—û‚Ìç{ç‚
�i‚ë‚‚ë�j � �A‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚Ì’íŽq‚É‚µ‚Ä‚à�Aç{ç‚ �i‚ë‚‚ë�j ‚Ì•R‚ð’·‚ˆø‚Žž‚É‚Í �u’·‚ˆø‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�v�@‚±‚Æ‚ð”cˆ¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B’Z‚ˆø‚Žž‚É‚Í�u’Z‚ˆø‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Æ”cˆ¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚̂悤‚É�A�C�sŽÒ‚à‘§‚ð’·‚‹z‚¤Žž‚É‚Í�u’·‚‹z‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ð”cˆ¬‚µ�A‘§‚ð’·‚“f‚Žž‚É‚Í
�u’·‚“f‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Æ”cˆ¬‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‘§‚ð’Z‚‹z‚¤Žž‚É‚Í�u’Z‚‹z‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚ÆŽ©Šo‚µ�A‘§‚ð’Z‚“f‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚É‚Í �u’Z‚“f‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B �uŸ†‚ª–ž‚¿‚½�g‘Ì‘S‘Ì‚ðŠ´‚¶‚È‚ª‚ç�A‘§‚ð‹z‚¤�v‚悤‚ÉŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�@ (�g‘Ì‘S‘̂ƂȂÁ‚ÄŒ°Œ»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éƒXƒsƒŠƒbƒg�i�^‰ä‚Æ�°�j‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邿‚¤‚É‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç‘§‚ð‹z‚¤‚悤‚É‚µ‚Ă݂é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ) �uŸ†‚ª–ž‚¿‚½�g‘Ì‘S‘Ì‚ðŠ´‚¶‚È‚ª‚ç�A‘§‚ð“f‚�v‚悤‚ÉŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �u‘̂̋@”\‚ð�Â߂Ȃª‚ç�A‘§‚ð‹z‚¤�vŽÀ‘H‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �i“ü‚Á‚Ä‚‚é‹z‚Æ�o‚Ä‚¢‚ŒÄ‚ð’Á‚߂邿‚¤‚É‚µ‚Ä�A�_‚ç‚©‚�©‚É�‚µ�¬‚³‚‘§‚ð‹z‚¤—û�K‚ð‚·‚é�j �u‘̂̋@”\‚ð�Â߂Ȃª‚ç�A‘§‚ð“f‚�vŽÀ‘H‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, �eatthi kāyo�f ti
vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca
kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye
kāyānupassī viharati. ajjhattaṃ�F[adv.]
inwardly. ajjhatta�F[adj.]
personal�G connected with the self bahiddhā�F[ind�D] outside; outer�D ajjhattabahiddhā samudayadhammānupassī I notice what happens samudaya�F[m�D] rise�G origin�G
produce�D kāyasmiṃ�F �Ý�gé“’†�i�A�g�j vayadhammānupassī I notice what goes
away atthi�FTo be�Cto exist Panassa�C�ipanaˆ½–”+assa”Þ�i—z�Dšd�D›¢Ši�j�j paccupaṭṭhita�F[pp�Dof paccupaṭṭhāti] was present hoti�F[hū +
a] to be�G exists. =
bhavati yāvadeva�F á¶�c�A‘ü—vAs
long as it lasts, if only ñāṇamattāya�Ffor the
purpose of knowledge�D paṭissatimattāya Repeatedly:
the length of mindfulness. Paṭissati [paṭi+sati]
mindfulness�Cremembrance�Cmemory mattā a measure�G
quantity�G moderation�G size anissito no+ dependent on ca �Fand; then; now�D na �F[ind�D] �inegative particle�j�Cno�G not�D kiñci�F[ind�D] something�DA little�Crather upādiyati�F[upa +
ā + dā + ya] grasps evaṃ�F[adv.]
thus�G in this way�G �iin reply�F�j yes. pi�F�ithe
enclitic form of api�j also�Fand
also�G even so�G but�G however�G probably�G perhaps�D |
Thus he dwells
observing body in body internally, or he dwells observing body in body
externally, or he dwells observing body in body both internally and
externally. Thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of arising in the
body, thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of passing away in the body,
thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of arising and passing away in the
body. Now his awareness is established: "This is body!" Thus
he develops his awareness to such an extent that there is mere understanding
along with mere awareness. In this way he dwells detached, without
clinging towards anything in the world [of mind and matter]. This is how,
monks, a monk dwells observing body in body. ‚±‚̂悤‚É�A�g‘Ì‚Ì“à‘¤‚ðŠ´’m‚µ�A�g‘̂̊O‘¤‚ðŠ´’m‚µ�A�g‘Ì‚Ì“à‘¤‚ÆŠO‘¤‚Ì—¼•û‚ð‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´’m‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �g‘̂Ɍ»‚ê‚銴Šo‚ð‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�g‘Ì‚©‚ç�Á–Å‚·‚銴Šo‚ð‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�g‘̂ɎÀ�Û‚ÉŒ»‚ê�AŽÀ�Û‚É�Á‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚‚à‚Ì‚ð‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚¤‚µ‚Ä�u‚±‚ꂪ�g‘̂ł ‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‹C‚«‚ªŠm—§‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚̂悤‚È‹C‚«‚ɂƂà‚È‚Á‚Ä—�‰ð‚à�[‚Ü‚è�A�g‘̗̂�‰ð‚ªŠg‚ª‚è�A�g‘̂̋C‚«‚Í�[‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚¤‚µ‚Ä�i�S‚Æ•¨Ž¿‚Æ‚¢‚¤�j‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì‚ ‚è•û‚ÉŽ·’˜‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚È‚�AŽ·’˜‚©‚ç—£’E‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ꂪ�g‘Ì‚ð�g‘̂Ƃµ‚ÄŠñ‚è“Y‚¤•û–@‚Å‚·�B �i‚‚܂è�g‘Ì‚ð�uŽ©•ª�v‚Æ‚·‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A‚½‚¾‚Ì�g‘̂Ƃµ‚Ä‚¨•t‚«�‡‚¢‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚½‚©‚ª�g‘Ì‚³‚ê‚Ç�g‘̂Ƃµ‚Ăł·�B �g‘͎̂©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚Ž©•ª‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚Å‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚ƂĂà‘厖‚È‚à‚̂Ƃµ‚Ăł·�B�j |
|
Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gacchanto vā �egacchāmī�f ti pajānāti, ṭhito
vā �eṭhitomhī�f ti pajānāti, nisinno vā �enisinnomhī�f
ti pajānāti, sayāno vā �esayānomhī�f ti pajānāti. Yathā
yathā vā panassa kayo paṇihito hoti, tathā
tathā naṃ pajānāti. puna�F[ind�D] again�D caparaṃ gacchanto
gacchanta�F[pr.p�Dof gacchati] going�G moving�G walking gacchāmī�@�@I walk pajānāti�F[pa +ñā
+ nā] knows clearly�D ṭhito ṭhitomhī stand nisinno�Fnisinnomhī Seating�G
settling�Cperched sayāno
sayānomhī�@sayāna�C�iadj�D�j sleeping�G
lying down�D yathā�Fas�Gaccording to�G in whatever way�G just as panassa panassati�F[pa+nas+ya]
is lost�G disappears�G goes to
ruin�D kayo�F�@kaya‚Ì‘®Ši paṇihito�FResolved�Cdetermined�Cintent tathā�Cpi �F[ind�D] even so�G
but�D naṃ=kathaṃ nu nu�FNow�Cpray! |
Again, monks, a monk
while he is walking, understands properly: "I am walking"; while he
is standing, he understands properly: "I am standing"; while he is
sitting, he understands properly: "I am sitting"; while he is lying
down, he understands properly: "I am lying down." In whichever
position he disposes his body, he understands it properly. ’†ƒtƒ‰ƒ“ƒXŒêdisposer‚æ‚è(dis-—£‚ê‚Ä�{pRnere’u‚�j B�@ •à‚�E—§‚Â�E�À‚é�E‰¡‚½‚í‚é �@ �Ä‚Ñ�C�sŽÒ‚½‚¿‚æ�A •à‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚É‚Í
�u•à‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Æ‚¿‚á‚ñ‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚³‚¢�B —§‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚É‚Í
�u—§‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Æ‚¿‚á‚ñ‚Æ‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚³‚¢�B �À‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚É‚Í
�u�À‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Æ‚¿‚á‚ñ‚Æ‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚³‚¢�B ‰¡‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚É‚Í
�u‰¡‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Æ‚¿‚á‚ñ‚Æ‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚³‚¢�B ‚‚܂è�AŽ©•ª‚Ì�g‘Ì‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð‚¿‚á‚ñ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, �eatthi kāyo�f
ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca
kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye
kāyānupassī viharati. bahiddhā�F[ind�D]
outside; outer�D ajjhattabahiddhā inside&outside |
Thus he dwells observing
body in body internally, or he dwells observing body in body externally, or
he dwells observing body in body both internally and externally. Thus he
dwells observing the phenomenon of arising in the body, thus he dwells
observing the phenomenon of passing away in the body, thus he dwells
observing the phenomenon of arising and passing away in the body. Now his
awareness is established: "This is body!" Thus he develops his
awareness to such an extent that there is mere understanding along with mere
awareness. In this way he dwells detached, without clinging towards anything
in the world [of mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a monk dwells
observing body in body. ‚±‚̂悤‚É�A�g‘Ì‚Ì“à‘¤‚ðŠ´’m‚µ�A�g‘̂̊O‘¤‚ðŠ´’m‚µ�A�g‘Ì‚Ì“à‘¤‚ÆŠO‘¤‚Ì—¼•û‚ð‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´’m‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�g‘̂Ɍ»‚ê‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B �i‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚̉½‚©�A‚»‚µ‚ĉ½‚©‚ª‘̂ɃJƒ^ƒ`‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ»‚ê‚é�uŠÔ‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ�j �g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�A�g‘Ì‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B �g‘Ì‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�oŒ»‚µ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�AŒ´ˆö‚ƂƂà‚É�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚‚܂è�A�°‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�A�g‘݂̂̂ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�A‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŽ©Šo‚ª�A“´Ž@‚â‹C‚«‚ð’…ŽÀ‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚̂ł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚Í�AЉ–]‚â
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û ‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð’u‚«�A�¢‚Ì’†‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚É‚àŽ·’…‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
C. Section on Constant Thorough
Understanding of Impermanence |
|
|
Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti,11 ālokite
vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti,
uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. caparaṃ abhikkanta�F[pp.abhikkamati]
gone forward�Gpast�Gmost
pleasant. paṭikkanta�F[pp. paṭikkamati]
stepped backwards�G gone back or aside sampajānakārī�F[3]
mindful�D ālokita�F[pp.āloketi]
looked at or before.looking at or forward vilokita�F[pp�Dof viloketi] looked at�G inspected�D samiñjita
�@�@ Bending pasārita�F[pp�Dof pasāreti] stretched out�D saṅghāṭi�F f�D] the upper robe of a Buddhist monk�D pattacīvaradhāraṇe [pattacīvara�irobe�j+dhāraṇa
(Wear)
] asita�F�ina +
sita�jblack�D�int�D�j 1�Dfood; 2�Da
sickle�D �ipp�Dof asati or asnāti�F�j eaten�D pīta�F[pp�Dof pivati] drunk�D�iadj�D�j yellow khāyita�F[adj�D] eaten up khādita�F[pp�Dof khādati] eaten�G bitten�G consumed sāyita�F[pp�Dof sāyati] tasted sampajānakārī�F[3]
mindful uccārapassāvakamme�@ uccāra‘å•Ö+passāva�¬•Ö+kamma�sˆ× gate
�@ gati�F[f.]
going ṭhita�F[pp�Dof tiṭṭhati] stood�G stayed nisinna�F[pp�Dof nisīdati] sat down sutta�F[pp�Dof supati] slept�G dormant�G asleep Jāgarita�C�int�D�j [pp�Dof jāgarti] waking bhāsita�F[pp�Dof bhāsati] said; spoken tuṇhībhāva�F[m�D] silence |
Again, monks, a monk,
while going forward or backward, he does so with constant thorough
understanding of impermanence;11 whether
he is looking straight ahead or looking sideways, he does so with constant thorough
understanding of impermanence; while he is bending or stretching, he does so
with constant thorough understanding of impermanence; whether wearing his
robes or carrying his bowl, he does so with constant thorough understanding
of impermanence; whether he is eating, drinking, chewing or savouring, he
does so with constant thorough understanding of impermanence; while attending
to the calls of nature, he does so with constant thorough understanding of
impermanence; whether he is walking, standing, sitting, sleeping or waking,
speaking or in silence, he does so with constant thorough understanding of
impermanence.
C. ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃ̎©Šo �@ �C�sŽÒ‚Í�A�o‚Ä‚¢‚Žž‚à–߂鎞‚à�A‰½‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©�A‚«‚¿‚ñ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ä�s“®‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‘O‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚à�A‚Ç‚±‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚à�A‰½‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©�A‚«‚¿‚ñ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚µ‚ÄŒ©‚Ü‚·�B Žè‘«‚ð‹È‚°‚鎞‚à�A�L‚΂·Žž‚à�A‚«‚¿‚ñ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚µ‚ċȂ°‚½‚è�L‚΂µ‚½‚肵‚Ü‚·�B ‘‚Ì”«‚ðŽ�‚ÂŽž‚à�A‘mˆß‚ð�g‚É’…‚¯‚鎞‚à�A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð‚«‚¿‚ñ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ä‚»‚¤‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�H‚ׂ鎞‚à�Aˆù‚ÞŽž‚à�AŠš‚ÞŽž‚à�A–¡‚í‚¤Žž‚à�A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð‚«‚¿‚ñ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ä‚»‚¤‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �¬•Ö‚ð‚·‚éŽž‚à�A‘å•Ö‚ð‚·‚éŽž‚à�A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð‚«‚¿‚ñ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ä‚»‚¤‚µ‚Ü‚·�B•à‚Žž‚à�A—§‚ÂŽž‚à�A�À‚鎞‚à�A�Q“ü‚鎞‚à�A–ÚŠo‚߂鎞‚à�A˜b‚·Žž‚à�A–Ù‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚à�A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð‚«‚¿‚ñ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ä‚»‚¤‚µ‚Ü‚·�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, samudayadhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, �eatthi
kāyo�f ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. |
Thus he dwells
observing body in body internally, or he dwells observing body in body
externally, or he dwells observing body in body both internally and
externally. Thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of arising in the body, thus
he dwells observing the phenomenon of passing away in the body, thus he
dwells observing the phenomenon of arising and passing away in the body. Now
his awareness is established: "This is body!" Thus he develops his
awareness to such an extent that there is mere understanding along with mere
awareness. In this way he dwells detached, without clinging towards anything
in the world [of mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a monk dwells
observing body in body. ‚±‚̂悤‚É�AŽ©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B Ž©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �A�g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B �g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö
‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�g‘Ì‚ª�oŒ»‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�A�g‘Ì‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�g‘Ì‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�oŒ»‚µ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A
Œ´ˆö ‚ƂƂà‚É�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚‚܂è�A�°‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�A�g‘݂̂̂ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�A‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŽ©Šo‚ª�A“´Ž@‚â‹C‚«‚ð’…ŽÀ‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚̂ł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚Í�AЉ–]‚â
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û ‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð’u‚«�A�¢‚Ì’†‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚É‚àŽ·’…‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B * (’� ) ‚±‚ꂪ�g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é•û–@‚Ȃ̂ł·�B |
|
Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ, uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā, tacapariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati: �eAtthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṃsaṃ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttaṃ�f ti. imameva uddhaṃ ādatalā
adho kesamatthakā tacapariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa
asucino paccavekkhati: �eAtthi
imasmiṃ kāye kesā
�@”¯ lomā
�@–Ñ nakhā
�@’Ü dantā�@Ž• taco
”畆 ṃsaṃ ‹Ø hāru aṭṭhi �@�œ aṭṭhimiñjaṃ �@�œ�‘ vakkaṃ�FThe
kidney�t‘Ÿ hadayaṃ�S‘Ÿ yakanaṃ ŠÌ‘Ÿ kilomakaṃ˜]–Œ pihakaṃäB‘Ÿ papphāsaṃ”x antaṃ’° antaguṇaṃ’°ŠÔ–Œ udariyaṃ ˆÝ�@�@�@ karīsaṃ •³•Ö pittaṃ’_�` semhaṃá‚ pubbo”^�@ sedo�@о lohitaṃŒŒ medoŒÅŒ`މ–b assu—Ü vasā‰t‘ÌŽ‰ kheḷo‘Á‰t siṅghāṇikā”S‰t lasikāŠŠ‰t muttaṃ”A |
Again, monks, a monk
reflects on this very body, that is covered with skin and full of impurities
of all kinds from the soles of the feet upwards and from the hair of the head
downwards, considering thus: "In this body, there are hairs of the head,
hairs of the skin, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, marrow, kidney,
heart, liver, pleura, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, stomach with its
contents, faeces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease,
saliva, nasal mucus, synovial fluid and urine." D.
•s�ò‚ÌŠÏ‘z ‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‘«‚Ì— ‚©‚ç�ã‚Ö‚Æ�A”¯‚Ì–Ñ‚Ì�æ‚©‚牺‚Ö‚Æ�A”畆‚É•¢‚í‚ꂳ‚Ü‚´‚܂ȕs�ò•¨‚Å‚¢‚Á‚Ï‚¢‚Ì‚±‚Ì�g‘Ì‚ð‚¶‚Á‚‚è‚ÆŠÏ‘z‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �u‚±‚Ì�g‘̂ɂÍ�A”¯�A–Ñ�A’Ü�AŽ•�A”畆�A“÷�A‹Ø�A�œ�A�œ�‘�A�t‘Ÿ�A�S‘Ÿ�AŠÌ‘Ÿ�A˜]–Œ�AäB‘Ÿ�A”x�A’°�A’°ŠÔ–Œ�A�A�A”]�A’_�`�Aá‚�A”^�AŒŒ�Aо�AŒÅŒ`މ–b�A—Ü�A‰t‘ÌŽ‰�A‘Á‰t�A”S‰t�AŠŠ‰t�A”A‚ª‚ ‚é�v
‚Æ�B |
|
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave,
ubhatomukhā putoḷi pūrā nānāvihitassa
dhaññassa, seyyathidaṃ sālīnaṃ vīhīnaṃ muggānaṃ māsānaṃ tilānaṃ taṇḍulānaṃ. Tamenaṃ cakkhumā puriso
muñcitvā paccavekkheyya: �eIme sālī ime vīhī, ime muggā,
ime māsā, ime tilā, ime taṇḍulā�f ti; evameva kho, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ, uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā, tacapariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati: �eAtthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṃsaṃ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā
lasikā muttaṃ�f ti. Seyyathāpi�@�@ just as�D ubhato�F[ind�D] in both ways or sides omukhā
mukka�F[pp�Dof omuñcati] cast off�G undresse putoḷi �@�@ sack pūra�@
full�G full
of nānāvihita�F[adj�D] various�D dhañña�F[nt.]
grain�G corn seyyathidaṃ What is this parable? Here are some tips: Sālīna�C�iadj�D�j [fr�Dsāli] fine �irice�j vīhīnaṃ�@�@ vīhi�Fm�D[Sk�Dvrīhi]
•Ä�Cˆî muggānaṃ �@mugga�F[m�D] green peas�D māsānaṃ �@ māsa�FPhaseolus
Indica�@‚¢‚ñ‚°‚ñ“¤ tilānaṃ �@�@tila�F[nt�D] the sesamum seed�D taṇḍulānaṃ�@ taṇḍula�F[nt�D]
rice-grain�D Tamenaṃ cakkhumā
Having sight�Chaving supernatural insight or wisdom puriso�FA man�G a male�G a person�Cindividual�G an attendant muñcitvā�F[abs�Dof muñcati] [muca+a+tvā] having
released�G having loosened�G having delivered�G having sent off�G having emited�G having given up�D paccavekkheyya [patiŒü‚©‚¤+ava‰º+ikkha”Fޝ+a”Û’è+eyya] To
see It should be considered over and over again �eIme ime
this / these Žwަ‘ã–¼ŽŒ�@�@�@�@�@�@���Hayaṃ evameva�FIn this
very way�Ceven thus imameva uddhaṃ�FUpwards�G up�G above�G after pādatalā
�@�@the sole of the foo adho�F[ind.]
under�G below. kesamatthakā [kesa”¯+matthaka“ª] tacapariyantaṃ [taca”畆+pariyanta‹«]�@border
of skin Pūra�C�iadj�D�j full�G full of nānappakārassa
[nana different, various +pakāra method] asucino
Asuci�C�iadj�D�j [a + suci] not clean�Cimpure�Cunclean paccavekkhati�F[pati +
ava + ikkh + a] considers�Gcontemplates |
Just as if there were a
double-mouthed provision bag, full of various kinds of grains and seeds, such
as hill-paddy, paddy, mung-beans, cow-peas, sesame seeds and husked rice, and
as if there were a man with discerning eyes, who, after having opened that
bag would examine the contents, saying: "This is hill-paddy, this is
paddy, these are mung-beans, these are cow-peas, these are sesame seeds and
this is husked rice"; in this same way, monks, a monk reflects on this
very body, that is covered with skin and full of impurities of all kinds from
the soles of the feet upwards and from the hair of the head downwards,
considering thus: "In this body, there are hairs of the head, hairs of
the skin, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, marrow, kidney, heart,
liver, pleura, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, stomach with its
contents, faeces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease,
saliva, nasal mucus, synovial fluid and urine." —¼’[‚ÉŒû‚ª‚ ‚è�A’†‚ɃT�[ƒŠ–à•Ä�Aƒ”ƒB�[ƒq–à•Ä�A—Γ¤�A“¤�AŒÓ–ƒ�AŒº•ĂȂÇ�A‚¢‚ë‚¢‚ë‚È�’•¨‚ňê”t‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚é‘Ü‚ª‚ ‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�BŒ©•ª‚¯‚éŠá‚ðŽ�‚Á‚½ŽÒ‚ª�A‘Ü‚ðŠJ‚¯‚Ä
�u‚±‚ê‚̓T�[ƒŠ–à•Ăł·�B‚±‚ê‚̓”ƒB�[ƒq–à•Ăł·�B‚±‚ê‚͗Γ¤‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í“¤‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚͌Ӗƒ‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŒº•Ăł·�v ‚Æ’²‚ׂ邿‚¤‚ɂł·�B ‚±‚̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä�A‘«‚Ì— ‚©‚ç�ã‚Ö‚Æ�A”¯‚Ì–Ñ‚Ì�æ‚©‚牺‚Ö‚Æ�A”畆‚É•¢‚í‚ê�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȕs�ò•¨‚Å‚¢‚Á‚Ï‚¢‚Ì‚±‚Ì�g‘Ì‚ð‚¶‚Á‚‚è‚ÆŠÏ‘z‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �u‚±‚Ì�g‘̂ɂÍ�A”¯�A–Ñ�A’Ü�AŽ•�A”畆�A“÷�A‹Ø�A�œ�A�œ�‘�A�t‘Ÿ�A�S‘Ÿ�AŠÌ‘Ÿ�A˜]–Œ�AäB‘Ÿ�A”x�A’°�A’°ŠÔ–Œ�A�A�AŠç�A”]�A’_�`�Aá‚�A”^�AŒŒ�Aо�AŒÅŒ`މ–b�A—Ü�A‰t‘ÌŽ‰�A‘Á‰t�A”S‰t�AŠŠ‰t�A”A‚ª‚ ‚é�v
‚Æ�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, �eatthi kāyo�f
ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca
kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye
kāyānupassī viharati. |
Thus he dwells
observing body in body internally, or he dwells observing body in body
externally, or he dwells observing body in body both internally and
externally. Thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of arising in the body,
thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of passing away in the body, thus he
dwells observing the phenomenon of arising and passing away in the body. Now
his awareness is established: "This is body!" Thus he develops his
awareness to such an extent that there is mere understanding along with mere
awareness. In this way he dwells detached, without clinging towards anything
in the world [of mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a monk dwells
observing body in body. ‚±‚̂悤‚É�AŽ©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B Ž©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �A�g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B �g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö
‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�g‘Ì‚ª�oŒ»‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�A�g‘Ì‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�g‘Ì‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�oŒ»‚µ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A
Œ´ˆö ‚ƂƂà‚É�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚‚܂è�A�°‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�A�g‘݂̂̂ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�A‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŽ©Šo‚ª�A“´Ž@‚â‹C‚«‚ð’…ŽÀ‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚̂ł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚Í�AЉ–]‚â
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û ‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð’u‚«�A�¢‚Ì’†‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚É‚àŽ·’…‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ yathāṭhitaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati: �eAtthi
imasmiṃ kāye pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū�f ti. yathāṭhita�F[adj�D] as it was yathāpaṇihitaṃ [yathā+paṇihita] dhātu�F[f.] an
element�G natural condition�G a
relic�G root
of a word�G humour of the body�G faculty of senses. pathavīdhātu
[pathavī+dhātu]�@’n āpodhātu
[āpa+dhātu]�@�…�@�@�@”S’… tejodhātu [teja+dhātu]�@‰Î�@�@�@”M vāyodhātū [vāya+dhātu]�@•—�@�@“®‚« Œ³‘f •¨Ž¿‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�A’n�A�…�A‰Î�A•—‚ÌŽlŒ³‘f‚©‚ç‚Å‚«‚Ä‚¨‚è�AŒ³‘f‚ª�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ì•¨Ž¿‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŒˆ’è‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�B ’n‚ÌŒ³‘f‚Í�AŒ˜‚³‚â�_‚ç‚©‚³‚Æ‚¢‚¤�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�A•¨Ž¿‚Ì“y‘䂯‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�B�l‚Å‚¢‚¦‚Î�A�œ�A”畆‚È‚Ç�A“÷‘Ì�B �…‚ÌŒ³‘f‚Í�A—¬“®�«‚â‹Ã�W�«‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚Â�B�l‚Å‚¢‚¦‚Î�A’_�`‚⌌‰t‚ȂǂÌ�…•ª�B ‰Î‚ÌŒ³‘f‚Í�A”M‚³‚â—₽‚³‚Æ‚¢‚¤‰·“x‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚é�B�l‚Å‚¢‚¦‚Î�A‘̉·�B •—‚ÌŒ³‘f‚Í�A“®‚«‚â�U“®‚Æ‚¢‚¤�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚é�B�l‚Å‚¢‚¦‚Î�AŒÄ‹z�B |
Again, monks, a monk
reflects on this very body, however it is placed or disposed, considering it
according to the characteristic of each element: "In this body, there is
the earth-element, the water-element, the fire-element and the
air-element." 5.
Œ³‘f ‚ÌŠÏ‘z ‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�g‘Ì‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚È�\‘¢‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚悤‚Æ‚à�AŽå—vŒ³‘f‚Å�\�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚̂Ƃµ‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�g‘Ì‚ð‚¶‚Á‚‚è‚ÆŠÏ‘z‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�u‚±‚Ì�g‘̂͒n‚ÌŒ³‘f�A�…‚ÌŒ³‘f�A‰Î‚ÌŒ³‘f�A•—‚ÌŒ³‘f‚łł«‚Ä‚¢‚é�v ‚Æ�B |
|
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave,
dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā gāviṃ vadhitvā catumahāpathe bilaso vibhajitvā nisinno assa; evameva kho,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ yathāṭhitaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati: �eAtthi imasmiṃ kāye pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū�f ti. Seyyathāpi�@�F[ind�D] just as�D goghātako�FA
cow-killer goghātakantevāsī [goghātaka+antevāsī]�@ A pupil gāviṃ [go+aṃ]‹��{Œ©‚é�H vadhitvā�F[abs�Dof vadheti] having killed catumahāpathe
[catu+mahāpatha]�@‚S�{“¹ bilaso
[adv�D] in portions or heaps�D�@•”•ª‚²‚Æ‚É vibhajitvā�F[abs�Dof vibhajati] having divided nisinno�FSeating assa 1�Da horse; 2�Da corner�@�@sg.of ayaṁ�Cthis |
Just as if, monks, a
skilful cow-butcher or his apprentice, after having slaughtered a cow and
having divided it into portions, would sit down at the junction of four
roads; in the same way, monks, a monk reflects on this very body, however it
is placed or disposed, considering the material elements: "In this body,
there is the earth-element, the water-element, the fire-element and the
air-element." ˜r‚Ì—Ç‚¢“jŽE�l‚©‚»‚Ì’íŽq‚ª�A‹�‚ð“jŽE‚µ‚Ä“÷•Ђɉð‘Ì‚µ�A‘哹‚Ì
Žl’Ò ‚É�À‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A�C�sŽÒ‚à�g‘Ì‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚È�\‘¢‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚悤‚Æ‚à�AŽå—vŒ³‘f‚Å�\�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚̂Ƃµ‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�g‘Ì‚ð‚¶‚Á‚‚è‚ÆŠÏ‘z‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �u‚±‚Ì�g‘̂͒n‚ÌŒ³‘f�A�…‚ÌŒ³‘f�A‰Î‚ÌŒ³‘f�A•—‚ÌŒ³‘f‚łł«‚Ä‚¢‚é�v
‚Æ |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, samudayadhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, �eatthi
kāyo�f ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. |
Thus he dwells
observing body in body internally, or he dwells observing body in body
externally, or he dwells observing body in body both internally and externally.
Thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of arising in the body, thus he
dwells observing the phenomenon of passing away in the body, thus he dwells
observing the phenomenon of arising and passing away in the body. Now his
awareness is established: "This is body!" Thus he develops his
awareness to such an extent that there is mere understanding along with mere
awareness. In this way he dwells detached, without clinging towards anything
in the world [of mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a monk dwells
observing body in body. ‚±‚̂悤‚É�AŽ©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B Ž©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �A�g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B �g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö
‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�g‘Ì‚ª�oŒ»‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�A�g‘Ì‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�g‘Ì‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�oŒ»‚µ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A
Œ´ˆö ‚ƂƂà‚É�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚‚܂è�A�°‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�A�g‘݂̂̂ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�A‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŽ©Šo‚ª�A“´Ž@‚â‹C‚«‚ð’…ŽÀ‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚̂ł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚Í�AЉ–]‚â
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û ‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð’u‚«�A�¢‚Ì’†‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚É‚àŽ·’…‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Puna caparaṃ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ ekāhamataṃ vā dvīhamataṃ vā tīhamataṃ vā uddhumātakaṃ vinīlakaṃ vipubbakajātaṃ. So imameva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: �eayaṃ pi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatīto�f ti. Puna
�@�F[ind�D] again�D caparaṃ passeyya�F œäŠYŒ©�AShould
see�@ �@�@�@passati sarīraṃ�FThe
body sivathikā�@�@ Cemetery chaḍḍita�F[pp�Dof chaḍḍeti] abandoned�G
rejected�G leaved ekāhamata�@�@ has
been dead for a day. dvīhamataṃ�@�@ has
been dead for two day. tīhamataṃ �@�@�@ has been dead
for three day uddhumātaka�@�@ uddhumātaka�F[adj�D]
swollen�G
bloated vinīlakaṃ [vi+nīlaka]
of a bluish-black �ipurple�j colour vipubbakajāta�@[vipubbaka+jāta] full of
corruption or matter So
�@�@�@�@�@�@
He�G this�G that imameva
upasaṃharati�F[upa +
saṃ + har + a] collects�G
focuses�G concentrates�G
compares ayaṃ evaṃdhammo �FOf such
a nature�Csuch evaṃbhāvī This is what happens. evaṃanatīto[evaṃ+na+atīta] evaṃ�F[adv.]
thus�G in this way�G �iin reply�F�j yes. natīto
[na+atīta]�ian–¢+atīta‰ß‹Ž﹑Œ×‰z�y‰ß•ª�z�j�C Not
to be missed. Not too long ago. |
Again, monks, a monk, when he sees a dead body that has
been thrown in a charnel-ground, dead for one, two or three days, swollen,
blue and festering, regarding his own body considers thus: "Indeed, this
body is of the same nature, it will become like that and cannot escape
it." ‹ã’iŠK‚ÌŽ€‘Ì ƒuƒbƒ_‚Í”ä‹u�ibhikkhu�j‚ª�C�s‚ðŽn‚ß‚é‚É‚ ‚½‚Á‚Ä�A‰Î‘’�ê‚É�s‚Á‚ÄŽ€‘Ì‚ª�Ä‚©‚ê‚é‚Ì‚ðŽO‚©ŒŽŠÔ‚¶‚Á‚‚è‚ÆŠÏŽ@‚·‚邿‚¤‚ÉŽw“±‚µ‚½‚Æ‚¢‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B Ž€‘Ì‚ª�Ä‚©‚ê‚é‚Ì–ˆ“úŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚邯�A”ä‹u‚ÍŽ©•ª‚ª�Ä‚©‚ꂽ‚悤‚È‹C‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BŽ©•ª‚Ì�g‘Ì‚ª�Ä‚©‚ê‚ÄŠD‚ɂȂé�A‚»‚±‚ª�C�s‚̃Xƒ^�[ƒgƒ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚¾‚Á‚½‚»‚¤‚Å‚·�B [‘æ1’iŠK] ‚Ü‚¸�AŽ€‘Ì’u‚«�ê‚Ɏ̂Ăç‚ê�AŽ€Œãˆê“ú�A“ñ“ú�AŽO“ú‚ÆŒo‚¿�AŽî‚ê‚ ‚ª‚è�A�Â�•‚•Ï�F‚µ�A”^‚Ì—¬‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚鎀‘Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚̂ł·�B
‚»‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ǝ©•ª‚Ì�g‘̂Ƃð”ä‚ׂé‚̂ł·�B �uŠÔˆá‚¢‚È‚�A‚±‚Ì�g‘̂͂ ‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Ȃ̂¾�A‚±‚Ì�g‘Ì‚à‚ ‚̂悤‚ɂȂé‚Ì‚¾�A‚»‚ê‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚±‚ƂȂ̂¾�v‚Æ�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, samudayadhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, �eatthi
kāyo�f ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. |
Thus he dwells
observing body in body internally, or he dwells observing body in body
externally, or he dwells observing body in body both internally and
externally. Thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of arising in the body,
thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of passing away in the body, thus he
dwells observing the phenomenon of arising and passing away in the body. Now
his awareness is established: "This is body!" Thus he develops his
awareness to such an extent that there is mere understanding along with mere
awareness. In this way he dwells detached, without clinging towards anything
in the world [of mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a monk dwells
observing body in body. ‚±‚̂悤‚É�AŽ©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B Ž©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �A�g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B �g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö
‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�g‘Ì‚ª�oŒ»‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�A�g‘Ì‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�g‘Ì‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�oŒ»‚µ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A
Œ´ˆö ‚ƂƂà‚É�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚‚܂è�A�°‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�A�g‘݂̂̂ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�A‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŽ©Šo‚ª�A“´Ž@‚â‹C‚«‚ð’…ŽÀ‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚̂ł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚Í�AЉ–]‚â
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û ‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð’u‚«�A�¢‚Ì’†‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚É‚àŽ·’…‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B * (’� ) |
|
Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ kākehi vā khajjamānaṃ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṃ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṃ kaṅkehi vā khajjamānaṃ sunakhehi vā
khajjamānaṃ byagghehi vā khajjamānaṃ dīpīhi vā khajjamānaṃ siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṃ vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṃ. So imameva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: �eayaṃ pi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatīto�f ti. kākehi�@�@�@�@�@ kāka�F[m�D] a crow�D khajjamānaṃ�@ [khāda�H+ya
�@�@whatever +māna–�] kulalehi kulala�F[m�D] a hawk�D gijjhehi gijjha�F[m.] a vulture�@ƒnƒQƒ�ƒV�AƒRƒ“ƒhƒ‹ sunakhehi sunakha�F[m�D] a dog�D byagghehi byaggha�F[m�D] a tiger�D dīpīhi dīpī�FA panther siṅgālehi sigāla�F[m�D] a jackal�D Vividha
[vi+vidha1] divers�Cmixed�Gfull of upasaṃharati [upa
+ saṃ + har + a] collects�G
focuses�G concentrates�G
compares passeyya�F œäŠYŒ©�AShould
see�@ �@�@�@passati sarīraṃ�FThe
body sivathikā�@�@
Cemetery chaḍḍita�F[pp�Dof chaḍḍeti] abandoned�G
rejected�G leaved ekāhamata�@�@ has
been dead for a day. dvīhamataṃ�@�@ has
been dead for two day. tīhamataṃ �@�@�@ has
been dead for three day uddhumātaka�@�@
uddhumātaka�F[adj�D] swollen�G bloated vinīlakaṃ [vi+nīlaka]
of a bluish-black �ipurple�j colour vipubbakajāta�@[vipubbaka+jāta]
full of corruption or matter So
�@�@�@�@�@�@ He�G this�G that |
Again, monks, a monk,
when he sees a dead body that has been thrown in a charnel-ground, being
eaten by crows, being eaten by vultures, being eaten by falcons, being eaten
by herons, being eaten by dogs, being eaten by tigers, being eaten by
leopards, being eaten by jackals and being eaten by different kinds of
creatures, regarding his own body considers thus: "Indeed, this body is
of the same nature, it will become like that and cannot escape it." [‘æ2’iŠK] Ž€‘Ì’u‚«�ê‚Ɏ̂Ăç‚ê�AƒJƒ‰ƒX‚ÉæÃ‚ç‚ê�A‘é‚ÉæÃ‚ç‚ê�AƒnƒQƒ�ƒV‚ÉæÃ‚ç‚ê�AƒTƒM‚ÉæÃ‚ç‚ê�AŒ¢‚ÉæÃ‚ç‚ê�AŒÕ‚ÉæÃ‚ç‚ê�A•^‚ÉæÃ‚ç‚ê�AƒWƒƒƒbƒJƒ‹‚ÉæÃ‚ç‚ê�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È’Ž‚ÉæÃ‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚鎀‘Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚»‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ǝ©•ª‚Ì�g‘̂Ƃð”ä‚ׂé‚̂ł·�B �uŠÔˆá‚¢‚È‚�A‚±‚Ì�g‘̂͂ ‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Ȃ̂¾�A‚±‚Ì�g‘Ì‚à‚ ‚̂悤‚ɂȂé‚Ì‚¾�A‚»‚ê‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚±‚ƂȂ̂¾�v
‚Æ�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā
vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, �eatthi
kāyo�f ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. |
Thus he dwells
observing body in body internally, or he dwells observing body in body
externally, or he dwells observing body in body both internally and
externally. Thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of arising in the body,
thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of passing away in the body, thus he
dwells observing the phenomenon of arising and passing away in the body. Now
his awareness is established: "This is body!" Thus he develops his
awareness to such an extent that there is mere understanding along with mere
awareness. In this way he dwells detached, without clinging towards anything
in the world [of mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a monk dwells
observing body in body. ‚±‚̂悤‚É�AŽ©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B Ž©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �A�g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B �g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö
‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�g‘Ì‚ª�oŒ»‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�A�g‘Ì‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�g‘Ì‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�oŒ»‚µ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A
Œ´ˆö ‚ƂƂà‚É�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚‚܂è�A�°‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�A�g‘݂̂̂ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�A‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŽ©Šo‚ª�A“´Ž@‚â‹C‚«‚ð’…ŽÀ‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚̂ł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚Í�AЉ–]‚â
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û ‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð’u‚«�A�¢‚Ì’†‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚É‚àŽ·’…‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṃ samaṃsalohitaṃ nhārusambandhaṃ. So imameva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: �eayaṃ pi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatīto�f ti. aṭṭhikasaṅkhalika [aṭṭhika�œ+saṅkhalikā�½] aṭṭhika�F= aṭṭhi samaṃsalohitaṃ �@ With flesh and
blood nhārusambandhaṃ�@ [nhāruäF+sambandha�ƒsaṃ-bandh]
Œ‹�‡] Well-structured
with�@�@�@�@ŠÖ�ß�H |
Again, monks, a monk,
when he sees a dead body that has been thrown in a charnel-ground, reduced to
a skeleton with some flesh and blood attached to it and held together by
tendons, regarding his own body considers thus: "Indeed, this body is of
the same nature, it will become like that and cannot escape it." [‘æ3’iŠK] Ž€‘Ì’u‚«�ê‚Ɏ̂Ăç‚ê�AäF‚ł‚Ȃª‚è�AŒŒ‚Æ“÷‚ª‚Ü‚¾‚‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚éŠ[�œ‚Å‚µ‚©‚È‚¢Ž€‘Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚̂ł·�B
‚»‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ǝ©•ª‚Ì�g‘̂Ƃð”ä‚ׂé‚̂ł·�B �uŠÔˆá‚¢‚È‚�A‚±‚Ì�g‘̂͂ ‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Ȃ̂¾�A‚±‚Ì�g‘Ì‚à‚ ‚̂悤‚ɂȂé‚Ì‚¾�A‚»‚ê‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚±‚ƂȂ̂¾�v
‚Æ |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, samudayadhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, �eatthi
kāyo�f ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. |
Thus he dwells observing
body in body internally, or he dwells observing body in body externally, or
he dwells observing body in body both internally and externally. Thus he
dwells observing the phenomenon of arising in the body, thus he dwells
observing the phenomenon of passing away in the body, thus he dwells
observing the phenomenon of arising and passing away in the body. Now his
awareness is established: "This is body!" Thus he develops his
awareness to such an extent that there is mere understanding along with mere
awareness. In this way he dwells detached, without clinging towards anything
in the world [of mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a monk dwells
observing body in body. |
|
Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṃ nimaṃsalohitamakkhitaṃ nhārusambandhaṃ. So imameva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: �eayaṃ pi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatīto�f ti. nimaṃsalohitamakkhitaṃ [nimaṃsa+lohitamakkhita] nimaṃsa �@�@�@�@no
meat�Csick with skin and bones «lohitaŒŒ+makkhita“h‚ê‚é»�@ blood
and bones without any flesh left. nhārusambandhaṃ [nhāruäF+sambandhaŒ‹�‡] |
Again, monks, a monk,
when he sees a dead body that has been thrown in a charnel-ground, reduced to
a skeleton without any flesh but smeared with blood and held together by
tendons, regarding his own body considers thus: "Indeed, this body is of
the same nature, it will become like that and cannot escape it." [‘æ4’iŠK] Ž€‘Ì’u‚«�ê‚Ɏ̂Ăç‚ê�AäF‚ł‚Ȃª‚è�AŒŒ‚̂‚¢‚½“÷‚̂Ȃ¢Š[�œ‚Å‚µ‚©‚È‚¢Ž€‘Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚̂ł·�B
‚»‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ǝ©•ª‚Ì�g‘̂Ƃð”ä‚ׂé‚̂ł·�B �uŠÔˆá‚¢‚È‚�A‚±‚Ì�g‘̂͂ ‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Ȃ̂¾�A‚±‚Ì�g‘Ì‚à‚ ‚̂悤‚ɂȂé‚Ì‚¾�A‚»‚ê‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚±‚ƂȂ̂¾�v
‚Æ�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, samudayadhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, �eatthi
kāyo�f ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. |
Thus he dwells observing
body in body internally, or he dwells observing body in body externally, or
he dwells observing body in body both internally and externally. Thus he
dwells observing the phenomenon of arising in the body, thus he dwells
observing the phenomenon of passing away in the body, thus he dwells
observing the phenomenon of arising and passing away in the body. Now his
awareness is established: "This is body!" Thus he develops his
awareness to such an extent that there is mere understanding along with mere
awareness. In this way he dwells detached, without clinging towards anything
in the world [of mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a monk dwells
observing body in body. ‚±‚̂悤‚É�AŽ©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B Ž©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �A�g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B �g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö
‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�g‘Ì‚ª�oŒ»‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�A�g‘Ì‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�g‘Ì‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�oŒ»‚µ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A
Œ´ˆö ‚ƂƂà‚É�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚‚܂è�A�°‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�A�g‘݂̂̂ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�A‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŽ©Šo‚ª�A“´Ž@‚â‹C‚«‚ð’…ŽÀ‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚̂ł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚Í�AЉ–]‚â
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û ‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð’u‚«�A�¢‚Ì’†‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚É‚àŽ·’…‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B * (’� ) |
|
Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṃ apagatamaṃsalohitaṃ nhārusambandhaṃ. So imameva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: �eayaṃ pi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatīto�f ti. apagatamaṃsalohita [apagata+maṃsa+lohita] apagata�@�@removed maṃsa�F[nt�D] flesh |
Again, monks, a monk,
when he sees a dead body that has been thrown in a charnel-ground, reduced to
a skeleton without any flesh or blood, held together by tendons, regarding
his own body considers thus: "Indeed, this body is of the same nature,
it will become like that and cannot escape it." [‘æ5’iŠK] Ž€‘Ì’u‚«�ê‚Ɏ̂Ăç‚ê�AäF‚ł‚Ȃª‚è�AŒŒ‚à“÷‚à‚‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Š[�œ‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢Ž€‘Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚̂ł·�B
‚»‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ǝ©•ª‚Ì�g‘̂Ƃð”ä‚ׂé‚̂ł·�B �uŠÔˆá‚¢‚È‚�A‚±‚Ì�g‘̂͂ ‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Ȃ̂¾�A‚±‚Ì�g‘Ì‚à‚ ‚̂悤‚ɂȂé‚Ì‚¾�A‚»‚ê‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚±‚ƂȂ̂¾�v
‚Æ�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, samudayadhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, �eatthi
kāyo�f ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. |
Thus he dwells
observing body in body internally, or he dwells observing body in body
externally, or he dwells observing body in body both internally and
externally. Thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of arising in the body,
thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of passing away in the body, thus he
dwells observing the phenomenon of arising and passing away in the body. Now
his awareness is established: "This is body!" Thus he develops his
awareness to such an extent that there is mere understanding along with mere
awareness. In this way he dwells detached, without clinging towards anything
in the world [of mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a monk dwells
observing body in body. |
|
Puna caparaṃ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhāni disā vidisā
vikkhittāni, aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṃ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṃ aññena gopphakaṭṭhikaṃ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṃ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṃ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṃ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṃ aññena piṭṭhiṭṭhikaṃ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṃ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṃ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṃ aññena dantaṭṭhikaṃ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṃ. So imameva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: �eayaṃ pi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatīto�f ti. apagatasambandhāni disā
point of the compass�G a region of the earth�C•ûŠp vidisā
�@ An intermediate’†ŠÔ point
of the compass�@�@ vikkhittāni
[vi+khitta]upset�Cperplexed�Cconfused�@ŽU—� aññena
aññeyya [ā+ñā+ṇya] know
differently hatthaṭṭhikaṃ �@ Arm pādaṭṭhikaṃ�F[nt�D] bone of the leg�D gopphakaṭṭhikaṃ [gopphakaṭṭhi+ka] the
ankle�@bones�@æô jaṅghaṭṭhikaṃ [jaṅghaṭṭhi+ka]�@ the
calf of the leg�@ãø�œ ūruṭṭhikaṃ �@�@ūruṭṭhiŒÒ�œ�i‘å‘Ú�œ�j kaṭiṭṭhikaṃ [kaṭiṭṭhi+ka]�˜�œ phāsukaṭṭhikaṃ [phāsukaṭṭhi+ka] Ribs�@˜]�œ piṭṭhiṭṭhikaṃ�@�@piṭṭhi�F[f�D]
the back�@”w�œ�@ khandhaṭṭhikaṃ [khandhaṭṭhi+ka]�@�@�W‚Ü‚è‚Ì�œ gīvaṭṭhikaṃ [gīvā+aṭṭhi] The
collar-boneèò�œ hanukaṭṭhikaṃ �@ Jaw�@Š{�œ dantaṭṭhikaṃ [danta+aṭṭhi]�@Ž• sīsakaṭāhaṃ�@�@ the
skull�@�@“ªŠW�œ |
Again, monks, a monk, when he sees a dead body that has
been thrown in a charnel-ground, reduced to disconnected bones, scattered in
all directions, here a bone of the hand, there a bone of the foot, here a
bone of the ankle, there a bone of the knee, here a bone of the thigh and
there a bone of the pelvis, here a bone of the spine, there a bone of the
back, again there a bone of the shoulder, here a bone of the throat, there a
bone of the chin, here a bone of the teeth and there a bone of the skull,
regarding his own body considers thus: "Indeed, this body is of the same
nature, it will become like that and cannot escape it." [‘æ6’iŠK] Ž€‘Ì’u‚«�ê‚Ɏ̂Ăç‚ê�A�œ‚ª‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é•ûŒü‚ÉŽU‚ç‚΂è�A‚΂ç‚΂ç‚Ì�œ‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢Ž€‘Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚̂ł·�B‚ ‚é�Š‚É‚ÍŽè‚Ì�œ‚ª�A‚ ‚é�Š‚É‚Í‘«‚Ì�œ‚ª�A‚ ‚é�Š‚É‚Í‘«Žñ‚Ì�œ‚ª�A‚ ‚é�ЂɂÍãø
�i‚·‚Ë�j‚Ì�œ‚ª�A‚ ‚é�Š‚É‚Í‘Ú �i‚à‚à�j ‚Ì�œ‚ª�A‚ ‚é�ЂɂÍ�K‚Ì�œ‚ª�A‚ ‚é�Š‚É‚Í˜]�œ‚ª�A‚ ‚é�Š‚É‚Í”w�œ‚ª�A‚ ‚é�Š‚É‚ÍŒ¨‚Ì�œ‚ª�A‚ ‚é�ЂɂÍèò �i‚‚Ñ�j ‚Ì�œ‚ª�A‚ ‚é�Š‚É‚ÍŠ{‚Ì�œ‚ª�A‚ ‚é�Š‚É‚ÍŽ•‚ª�A‚ ‚é�Š‚É‚Í“ªŠW�œ‚ª�AŽU‚ç‚΂Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł·�B
‚»‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ǝ©•ª‚Ì�g‘̂Ƃð”ä‚ׂé‚̂ł·�B �uŠÔˆá‚¢‚È‚�A‚±‚Ì�g‘̂͂ ‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Ȃ̂¾�A‚±‚Ì�g‘Ì‚à‚ ‚̂悤‚ɂȂé‚Ì‚¾�A‚»‚ê‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚±‚ƂȂ̂¾�v
‚Æ�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ
vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, samudayadhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, �eatthi
kāyo�f ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. |
Thus he dwells observing body in body internally, or he
dwells observing body in body externally, or he dwells observing body in body
both internally and externally. Thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of
arising in the body, thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of passing away
in the body, thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of arising and passing
away in the body. Now his awareness is established: "This is body!"
Thus he develops his awareness to such an extent that there is mere understanding
along with mere awareness. In this way he dwells detached, without clinging
towards anything in the world [of mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a
monk dwells observing body in body. |
|
Puna caparaṃ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikāni setāni saṅkhavaṇṇapaṭibhāgāni.
So imameva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: �eayaṃ pi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatīto�f ti. setāni�@ seta�F[adj�D] white�G pure�D�im�D�j�Cthe white colour saṅkhavaṇṇapaṭibhāgāni saṅkha�F[m�D] a chank�G a conch shell «vaṇṇa+paṭicchāyā» vaṇṇa�F[m�D] colour�G appearance paṭicchāyā �@Statue |
Again, monks, a monk, when he sees a dead body that has
been thrown in a charnel-ground, reduced to bleached bones of conch-like
colour, regarding his own body considers thus: "Indeed, this body is of
the same nature, it will become like that and cannot escape it." [‘æ7’iŠK] Ž€‘Ì’u‚«�ê‚Ɏ̂Ăç‚ꂽ�Aƒzƒ‰ŠL‚̂悤‚É”’‚‚È‚Á‚½�œ‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢Ž€‘Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚̂ł·�B
‚»‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ǝ©•ª‚Ì�g‘̂Ƃð”ä‚ׂé‚̂ł·�B �uŠÔˆá‚¢‚È‚�A‚±‚Ì�g‘̂͂ ‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Ȃ̂¾�A‚±‚Ì�g‘Ì‚à‚ ‚̂悤‚ɂȂé‚Ì‚¾�A‚»‚ê‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚±‚ƂȂ̂¾�v
‚Æ�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ
vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, samudayadhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, �eatthi
kāyo�f ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. |
Thus he dwells observing body in body internally, or he
dwells observing body in body externally, or he dwells observing body in body
both internally and externally. Thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of
arising in the body, thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of passing away
in the body, thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of arising and passing
away in the body. Now his awareness is established: "This is body!"
Thus he develops his awareness to such an extent that there is mere
understanding along with mere awareness. In this way he dwells detached,
without clinging towards anything in the world [of mind and matter]. This is
how, monks, a monk dwells observing body in body. |
|
Puna caparaṃ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikāni puñjakitāni terovassikāni. So imameva
kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: �eayaṃ pi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatīto�f ti. puñjakitāni
puñjakita
�@Stacked�@�@ to be accumulated. terovassikāni�@ [tiro+vassa+ika] �@�@ika=ṇika�H lasting
over or beyond a year �ior season�j tiro�F[ind�D] across�G beyond�G
outside vassa�F[m�D] 1�Dthe year�G 2�Drain�D |
Again, monks, a monk, when he sees a dead body that has
been thrown in a charnel-ground, of bones that are piled up in a heap more
than a year old, regarding his own body considers thus: "Indeed, this
body is of the same nature, it will become like that and cannot escape
it." [‘æ8’iŠK] Ž€‘Ì’u‚«�ê‚Ɏ̂Ăç‚ê�Aˆê”NˆÈ�ãŒo‚¿�AŽR�ς݂Ì�œ‚ƂȂÁ‚½Ž€‘Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚̂ł·�B
‚»‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ǝ©•ª‚Ì�g‘̂Ƃð”ä‚ׂé‚̂ł·�B �uŠÔˆá‚¢‚È‚�A‚±‚Ì�g‘̂͂ ‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Ȃ̂¾�A‚±‚Ì�g‘Ì‚à‚ ‚̂悤‚ɂȂé‚Ì‚¾�A‚»‚ê‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚±‚ƂȂ̂¾�v
‚Æ�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ
vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, samudayadhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, �eatthi
kāyo�f ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. |
Thus he dwells observing body in body internally, or he
dwells observing body in body externally, or he dwells observing body in body
both internally and externally. Thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of
arising in the body, thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of passing away
in the body, thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of arising and passing
away in the body. Now his awareness is established: "This is body!"
Thus he develops his awareness to such an extent that there is mere
understanding along with mere awareness. In this way he dwells detached,
without clinging towards anything in the world [of mind and matter]. This is
how, monks, a monk dwells observing body in body. |
|
Puna caparaṃ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikāni pūtīni cuṇṇakajātāni. So imameva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: �eayaṃ pi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatīto�f ti. pūtīni �@�@ pūta�@�@Destroyed
Pure Switched cuṇṇakajātāni�@ [cuṇṇaka+jāta] cuṇṇakajāta�F[adj.]
reduced to powder. cuṇṇaka�F[nt.]
scented powder jāta[pp�Dof
jāyati] born�Garisen�Gbecome�Goccurred�Ghappened |
Again, monks, a monk, when he sees a dead body that has
been thrown in a charnel-ground, the bones having rotted away to powder,
regarding his own body considers thus: "Indeed, this body is of the same
nature, it will become like that and cannot escape it." [‘æ9’iŠK] Ž€‘Ì’u‚«�ê‚Ɏ̂Ăç‚ê�A�œ‚ª•²�X‚ɂȂè�A�o
�i‚¿‚è�j ‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢Ž€‘Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚»‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ǝ©•ª‚Ì�g‘̂Ƃð”ä‚ׂé‚̂ł·�B �uŠÔˆá‚¢‚È‚�A‚±‚Ì�g‘̂͂ ‚ÌŽ€‘̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Ȃ̂¾�A‚±‚Ì�g‘Ì‚à‚ ‚̂悤‚ɂȂé‚Ì‚¾�A‚»‚ê‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚±‚ƂȂ̂¾�v
‚Æ�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ
vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, samudayadhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, �eatthi
kāyo�f ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. |
Thus he dwells observing body in body internally, or he
dwells observing body in body externally, or he dwells observing body in body
both internally and externally. Thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of
arising in the body, thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of passing away
in the body, thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of arising and passing
away in the body. Now his awareness is established: "This is body!"
Thus he develops his awareness to such an extent that there is mere
understanding along with mere awareness. In this way he dwells detached,
without clinging towards anything in the world [of mind and matter]. This is
how, monks, a monk dwells observing body in body. |
|
Kathaṃ ca pana, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati? |
How, monks, does a monk dwell, observing sensations in
sensations? |
|
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayamāno �esukhaṃ
vedanaṃ vedayāmī�f ti pajānāti; dukkhaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayamāno �edukkhaṃ
vedanaṃ vedayāmī�f ti pajānāti; adukkhamasukhaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayamāno �eadukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī�f ti pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno �esāmisaṃ sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī�f ti pajānāti;
nirāmisaṃ vā sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno �enirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī�f ti
pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno �esāmisaṃ
dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī�f ti
pajānāti; nirāmisaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno �enirāmisaṃ dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī�f ti
pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno �esāmisaṃ
adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī�f ti
pajānāti; nirāmisaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno �enirāmisaṃ adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī�f ti
pajānāti.12 Idha�@�@�@�@�@
here�G in this world or existence sukhaṃ�@ �F[adv�D]
easily�G
comfortably dukkhaṃ�F[adv.]
with difficulty. vedanaṃ�@�FSensation vedayamāno�@ vedaya+māno vedayati�F=vedeti vedeti�F[vid +
e] feels�G senses�G knows māno�FPride�Carrogance�Cvanity�G honour�Crespect vedayāmī�f vedayita[vedeti
‚Ì pp�D] feeling�G
experienceŠ´Žó‚µ‚½ adukkhamasukhaṃ�@
[a-dukkha-a-sukha] •s‹ê•sŠy Sāmisaṃ�@ sāmisa�F[adj�D]
fleshy�G
carnal nirāmisa�F[adj]
having no meat�Gfree
from sensual desires�Gnon-material |
Here, monks, a monk, while experiencing a pleasant
sensation, understands properly, "I am experiencing a pleasant
sensation"; while experiencing an unpleasant sensation, he understands
properly, "I am experiencing an unpleasant sensation"; while
experiencing a neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant sensation, he understands
properly, "I am experiencing a neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant
sensation." While he is experiencing a pleasant sensation with
attachment, he understands properly, "I am experiencing a pleasant sensation
with attachment"; while he is experiencing a pleasant sensation without
attachment, he understands properly, "I am experiencing a pleasant
sensation without attachment"; while experiencing an unpleasant
sensation with attachment, he understands properly, "I am experiencing
an unpleasant sensation with attachment"; while experiencing an
unpleasant sensation without attachment, he understands properly, "I am
experiencing an unpleasant sensation without attachment"; while experiencing
a neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant sensation with attachment, he understands
properly, "I am experiencing a neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant sensation
with attachment"; while experiencing a neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant
sensation without attachment, he understands properly, "I am
experiencing a neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant sensation without
attachment."12 Š´Šo
‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi �@ ‚Å‚Í�A‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�A
Š´Šo‚ÍŠ´Šo‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢ ‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B �S’n—Ç‚¢Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鎞�A
�u�S’n—Ç‚¢Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�S’nˆ«‚¢Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鎞�A �u�S’nˆ«‚¢Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B �S’n—Ç‚‚àˆ«‚‚à‚È‚¢Š´Šo
‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鎞�A �u�S’n—Ç‚‚àˆ«‚‚à‚È‚¢Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B “÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚ÆŠÖŒW‚·‚é�S’n—Ç‚¢
Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ± ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鎞�A �u“÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚ÆŠÖŒW‚·‚é�S’n—Ç‚¢Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B“÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚Æ–³ŠÖŒW‚Ì�S’n—Ç‚¢Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鎞 �u“÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚Æ–³ŠÖŒW‚Ì�S’n—Ç‚¢Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v
‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B “÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚ÆŠÖŒW‚·‚é�S’nˆ«‚¢Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鎞�A
�u“÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚ÆŠÖŒW‚·‚é�S’nˆ«‚¢Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B“÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚Æ–³ŠÖŒW‚Ì�S’nˆ«‚¢Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鎞�A �u“÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚Æ–³ŠÖŒW‚Ì�S’nˆ«‚¢Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v
‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B “÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚ÆŠÖŒW‚·‚é�S’n—Ç‚‚àˆ«‚‚à‚È‚¢Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鎞�A
�u“÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚ÆŠÖŒW‚·‚é�S’n—Ç‚‚àˆ«‚‚à‚È‚¢Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B“÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚Æ–³ŠÖŒW‚Ì�S’n—Ç‚‚àˆ«‚‚à‚È‚¢Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鎞�A �u“÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚Æ–³ŠÖŒW‚Ì�S’n—Ç‚‚àˆ«‚‚à‚È‚¢Š´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v
‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ
vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati, bahiddhā13 vā
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī
viharati, samudayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā
vedanāsu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati, �eatthi vedanā�f
ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati. |
Thus he dwells observing sensations in sensations
internally, or he dwells observing sensations in sensations externally,13 or
he dwells observing sensations in sensations both internally and externally.
Thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of arising in sensations, thus he
dwells observing the phenomenon of passing away in sensations, thus he dwells
observing the phenomenon of arising and passing away in sensations. Now his
awareness is established: "This is sensation!" Thus he develops his
awareness to such an extent that there is mere understanding along with mere
awareness. In this way he dwells detached, without clinging towards anything
in the world [of mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a monk dwells
observing sensations in sensations. ‚±‚̂悤‚É�AŽ©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚ÄŠ´Šo‚ÍŠ´Šo‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à Š´Šo‚ÍŠ´Šo‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B Ž©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �AŠ´Šo‚ÍŠ´Šo‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�BŠ´Šo‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚ÉŠ´Šo‚ª�oŒ»‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�BŠ´Šo‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�AŠ´Šo‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�BŠ´Šo‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�oŒ»‚µ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A
Œ´ˆö ‚ƂƂà‚É�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚‚܂è�A�°‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŠ´Šo‚݂̂ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�A‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŽ©Šo‚ª�A“´Ž@‚â‹C‚«‚ð’…ŽÀ‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚̂ł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚Í�AЉ–]‚â
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û ‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð’u‚«�A�¢‚Ì’†‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚É‚àŽ·’…‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚ê‚ªŠ´Šo‚ÍŠ´Šo‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é•û–@‚Ȃ̂ł·�B |
|
Kathaṃ ca pana, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu citte14 cittānupassī
viharati? |
Again, monks, how does a monk dwell, observing mind in
mind?14 |
|
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ �esarāgaṃ cittaṃ�f ti pajānāti, vītarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ �evītarāgaṃ cittaṃ�f ti pajānāti, sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ �esadosaṃ cittaṃ�f ti pajānāti, vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ �evītadosaṃ cittaṃ�f ti pajānāti, samohaṃ vā cittaṃ �esamohaṃ cittaṃ�f ti pajānāti, vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ �evītamohaṃ cittaṃ�f ti pajānāti, saṅkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ �esaṅkhittaṃ cittaṃ�f ti pajānāti, vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ �evikkhittaṃ cittaṃ�f15 ti pajānāti, mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ �emahaggataṃ cittaṃ�f ti pajānāti, amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ �eamahaggataṃ cittaṃ�f16 ti pajānāti, sa-uttaraṃ vā cittaṃ �esa-uttaraṃ cittaṃ�f ti pajānāti, anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ �eanuttaraṃ cittaṃ�f17 ti pajānāti, samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ �esamāhitaṃ cittaṃ�f ti pajānāti, asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ �easamāhitaṃ cittaṃ�f18 ti pajānāti, vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ �evimuttaṃ cittaṃ�f ti pajānāti, avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ �eavimuttaṃ cittaṃ�f ti pajānāti. sarāgaṃ
[sa3+rāga] connected with lust�Cpassionate�D vītarāgaṃ [adj�D]
passionless�D�im�D�j a
saint sadosaṃ�@ [sa-dosa]�@ possess
anger�@�@áт̂ ‚é vītadosaṃ [vīta-dosa]�@�@without
anger vīta�F[pp�Dof
vināti] woven�D�ipp�Dof ?�j�Cfree
from�G
being without samohaṃ [sa-moha] possess ignorance ’s‚Ì‚ ‚é vītamohaṃ [vīta-mohaa]�@�@
without ignorance saṅkhitta�F[pp�Dof
saṅkhipati]contracted�Gabridged�Gshortened�Gfolded vikkhittaṃ [vi+khitta] upset�Cperplexed�Cmentally
upset�Cconfused khitta�F[pp�Dof khipati] thrown�Goverthrown�Gcasted
away�Gupset --citta �ia�j one whose mind is thrown over�Cupset�Cunhinged�Cusually
combd with ummattaka�Cout of one�fs mind Vin�DI�C131�C321�G II�C64�Cetc�D�G Sdhp�D88�DCp�Dcitta-kkhepa�D�iPage
236�j mahaggataṃ [mahanta+gata] [mahā-gata] gata�F[pp�Dof
gacchati] gone�G
moved�Garrived
at�Ghaving
come to a condition amahaggataṃ �@[a-mahaggata] sa-uttaraṃ�@ sa-uttara�Fa�D—L�ã‚Ì�C—ò‚ê‚é uttara�F[adj�D] higher�G further�G
northern�G over anuttaraṃ
[an + uttara] �gnothing
higher�h�Cwithout
a superior�Cincomparable�Csecond
to none�Cunsurpassed�Cexcellent samāhitaṃ�F[pp�D]
settled�G
composed�G
collected of mind�D asamāhitaṃ�@ [a
+ samāhita] not composed�Cuncontrolled vimutta�F[pp�Dof
vimuccati] released�G
emancipated�D «vi+muca+ta�@�@�@�@�@�@ muca
�@Professor
- In liberation. avimuttaṃ [a-vimutta]�@ not
liberated�@�@
not
free from lust. |
Here, monks, a monk understands properly mind with
craving as mind with craving, he understands properly mind free from craving
as mind free from craving, he understands properly mind with aversion as mind
with aversion, he understands properly mind free from aversion as mind free
from aversion, he understands properly mind with delusion as mind with
delusion, he understands properly mind free from delusion as mind free from
delusion, he understands properly collected mind as collected mind, he
understands properly a scattered mind as scattered mind,15 he
understands properly expanded mind as expanded mind, he understands properly
unexpanded mind as unexpanded mind,16 he
understands properly surpassable mind as surpassable mind, he understands
properly unsurpassable mind as unsurpassable mind,17 he
understands properly concentrated mind as concentrated mind, he understands
properly unconcentrated mind as unconcentrated mind,18 he
understands properly freed mind as freed mind, he understands properly not
freed mind as not freed mind. �S‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi ‚Å‚Í�A‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�A
�S‚Í�S‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢ ‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B �S‚É—~–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚½Žž�A�u�S‚É—~–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�v
‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚É—~–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Žž�A�u�S‚É—~–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B �S‚É“{‚肪�¶‚¶‚½Žž
�A�u�S‚É“{‚肪�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B �S‚É“{‚肪�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Žž �A�u�S‚É“{‚肪�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B �S‚É–Ï‘z‚ª�¶‚¶‚½Žž
�A�u�S‚É–Ï‘z‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚É–Ï‘z‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Žž�A�u�S‚É–Ï‘z‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B �S‚É‚ä‚é‚Ý‚ª�¶‚¶�A‘Ó‚¯�S‚ª‰è�¶‚¦‚½Žž�A�u�S‚É‚ä‚é‚Ý‚ª�¶‚¶�A‘Ó‚¯�S‚ª‰è�¶‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é�v
‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‹C‚ªŽU‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�u‹C‚ªŽU‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B �S‚ÉŠ°—e‚ª�¶‚¶‚½Žž�A�u�S‚ÉŠ°—e‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�v
‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚ÉŠ°—e‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Žž�A�u�S‚ÉŠ°—e‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B �S‚É—ò“™Š´‚ª�¶‚¶‚½Žž�A�u�S‚É—ò“™Š´‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�v
‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚É—D‰zŠ´‚ª�¶‚¶‚½Žž�A�u�S‚É—D‰zŠ´‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B �S‚É�W’†—Í‚ª�¶‚¶‚½Žž�A�u�S‚É�W’†—Í‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�v
‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚É�W’†—Í‚ªŒ‡‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚鎞�A�u�S‚É�W’†—Í‚ªŒ‡‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B �S‚©‚çˆêŽž“I‚ɉ˜‚ꂪ�Á‚¦‚½Žž�A�u�S‚©‚çˆêŽž“I‚ɉ˜‚ꂪ�Á‚¦‚½�v
‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚©‚牘‚ꂪ�Á‚¦‚È‚¢Žž�A�u�S‚©‚牘‚ꂪ�Á‚¦‚È‚¢�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ
vā citte cittānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā citte cittānupassī viharati,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā citte cittānupassī viharati,19 samudayadhammānupassī
vā cittasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā cittasmiṃ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā cittasmiṃ viharati, �eatthi
cittaṃ�f ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati. |
Thus he dwells observing mind in mind internally, or he
dwells observing mind in mind externally, or he dwells observing mind in mind
both internally and externally.19 Thus
he dwells observing the phenomenon of arising in the mind, thus he dwells
observing the phenomenon of passing away in the mind, thus he dwells observing
the phenomenon of arising and passing away in the mind. Now his awareness is
established: "This is mind!" Thus he develops his awareness to such
an extent that there is mere understanding along with mere awareness. In this
way he dwells detached, without clinging towards anything in the world [of
mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a monk dwells observing mind in mind. ‚±‚̂悤‚É�AŽ©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�S‚Í�S‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �S‚Í�S‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B Ž©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �A�S‚Í�S‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�S‚ª�oŒ»‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�A�S‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�oŒ»‚µ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A
Œ´ˆö ‚ƂƂà‚É�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚‚܂è�A�°‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�A�S‚݂̂ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�A‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŽ©Šo‚ª�A“´Ž@‚â‹C‚«‚ð’…ŽÀ‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚̂ł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚Í�AЉ–]‚â
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û ‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð’u‚«�A�¢‚Ì’†‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚É‚àŽ·’…‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B * (’� ) ‚±‚ꂪ�S‚Í�S‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é•û–@‚Ȃ̂ł·�B |
|
Kathaṃ ca pana, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati? |
Again, monks, how does a monk dwell, observing mental
contents in mental contents? |
|
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī
viharati - pañcasu nīvaraṇesu. |
Here, monks, a monk dwells, observing mental contents
in mental contents, as regards the five hindrances. |
|
Nīvaraṇapabbaṃ [nīvaraṇa+pabba] nīvaraṇa�C�int�D�j�Cobstacle or hindrance �ito the progress of
mind�j pabba�F[nt�D] knot of the stalk�G joint�G section�G division Kathaṃ kathā�F[f�D] speech�G story�G
talk pana�@ and�Gyet�Gbut�Gout the contrary�Gand now�Gmore over dhammesu�S“I內ŠÜ’†�A–@�@�@�@�ydhammā�i�”–@�j“I�kˆÊ�l dhammānupassī
[dhamma+anupassī=anu+disa+ṇī�Danupassa+ī] Consciousness
�C Subconscious mind�@ Vipassana mindfulness anupassī�FLooking
at�Ccontemplating�Cobserving pañcasu
�@�@�@ pañcaso�F[ind�D] by five or in five ways “¹‚Ì–W‚°‚ƂȂéŒÜ‚‚Ì�áŠQ
�iЉ–]�AŒ™ˆ«�A‘Ó‘Ä�A•sˆÀ�A‹^�S�j |
How, monks, does
a monk dwell, observing mental contents in mental contents, as regards the
five hindrances?�@‚±‚ê‚ɑΉž‚·‚éƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Í�H �S‚Ì’†–¡‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi ‚Å‚Í�A‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�A
�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢ ‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B �C�sŽÒ‚Í�AŒÜ‚‚Ì�áŠQ‚͌܂‚Ì�áŠQ‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B‚Å‚Í�A‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�AŒÜ‚‚Ì�áŠQ‚͌܂‚Ì�áŠQ‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B |
|
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ kāmacchandaṃ �eatthi me ajjhattaṃ kāmacchando�f ti
pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ kāmacchandaṃ �enatthi me ajjhattaṃ
kāmacchando�f ti
pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa kāmacchandassa uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa kāmacchandassa pahānaṃ hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa
kāmacchandassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. santa�F[pp�Dof
sammati] 1�Dcalmed�Gpeaceful�G 2�Dexisting
3�@tired ajjhattaṃ �@�F[adv.]
inwardly. kāmacchandaṃ [kāma+chanda]
attachment to sensual pleasure atthi�FTo be�Cto exist asantaṃ�@ asanta�F[adj�D]
non-existing; the wicked natthi�@�@ [na + atthi]
no�G not�G not present�D anuppannassa [an-uppanna] not
born�G not arisen. uppāda�F[m�D] rising�G coming into existence�G birth uppannassa uppanna�F[pp�Dof uppajjati] reborn�G arisen pahānaṃ�@ pa+hā�@
removal�Ggiving
up�Gabandoning�Gavoidance pahīnassa
pahīna�F[pp�Dof pajahati] eliminated�G abandoned�G destroyed āyatiṃ�F[adv�D] in the future�D anuppādo�FNot
arising�Cnon-appearance |
Here, monks, a monk, whenever sense desire is present
in him, he understands properly that, "Sense desire is present in
me." Whenever sense desire is absent from him, he understands properly
that, "Sense desire is absent from me." He understands properly,
how sense desire that has not yet arisen in him, comes to arise. He
understands properly, how sense desire that has now arisen in him, gets
eradicated. He understands properly, how sense desire that has now been eradicated,
will in future no longer arise in him. Љ–] (sense-desire) “÷‘Ì“I—~–]
‚ª‚ ‚鎞‚É‚Í�A �u‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚ɂ͓÷‘Ì“I—~–]‚ª‚ ‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B“÷‘Ì“I—~–]‚ª‚È‚¢Žž‚É‚Í�A �u‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚ɂ͓÷‘Ì“I—~–]‚ª‚È‚¢�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚Ü‚¾�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢“÷‘Ì“I—~–]‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚Ì‚©‚àŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�¶‚¶‚½“÷‘Ì“I—~–]‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�Á‚¦‚é‚Ì‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�Á‚¦‚½“÷‘Ì“I—~–]‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�«—ˆ�¶‚¶‚È‚¢‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ byāpādaṃ �eatthi me ajjhattaṃ
byāpādo�f ti
pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ byāpādaṃ �enatthi me ajjhattaṃ
byāpādo�f ti
pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa byāpādassa uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa byāpādassa pahānaṃ hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa byāpādassa
āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. byāpāda
[vi+ā+pada+ṇa] [vy+ā+pad]�F[m�D] malevolence�D pad�@�@‹Ž�A‘–�ito
go�j�CˆÚ“®�ito move�j |
Whenever aversion is present in him, he understands
properly that, "Aversion is present in me." Whenever aversion is
absent from him, he understands properly that, "Aversion is absent from
me." He understands properly, how aversion that has not yet arisen in
him, comes to arise. He understands properly, how aversion that has now
arisen in him, gets eradicated. He understands properly, how aversion that
has now been eradicated, will in future no longer arise in him. Œ™ˆ« (ill-will) Œ™ˆ«
‚ª‚ ‚鎞‚É‚Í�A �u‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚ɂ͌™ˆ«‚ª‚ ‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�BŒ™ˆ«‚ª‚È‚¢Žž‚É‚Í�A �u‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚ÉŒ™ˆ«‚͂Ȃ¢�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚Ü‚¾�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Œ™ˆ«‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚Ì‚©‚àŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�¶‚¶‚½Œ™ˆ«‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�Á‚¦‚é‚Ì‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�Á‚¦‚½Œ™ˆ«‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�«—ˆ�¶‚¶‚È‚¢‚Ì‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ thinamiddhaṃ �eatthi me ajjhattaṃ
thinamiddhaṃ�f ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ thinamiddhaṃ �enatthi me ajjhattaṃ thinamiddhaṃ�f ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa
thinamiddhassa uppādo hoti taṃ
ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa thinamiddhassa pahānaṃ hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa
thinamiddhassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. thinamiddhaṃ [thina+middha] thina�i惛’¾�jŸT�B�S�g‚ð‚µ‚Ä“Ý�d‚É�A’¾‚Ý�A�Ç‚¬�ž‚Ü‚¹‚é“‚«�B middha�i�‡–°�j�S‚ð�›‚¯‚³‚¹�A•sŠˆ”‚É‚³‚¹‚Ä�A‘Î�Û‚Ì”cˆ¬‚ð•s–¾—Ăɂ·‚é“‚«�B |
Whenever sloth and torpor are present in him, he
understands properly that, "Sloth and torpor are present in me."
Whenever sloth and torpor are absent from him, he understands properly that,
"Sloth and torpor are absent from me." He understands properly, how
sloth and torpor that have not yet arisen in him, come to arise. He
understands properly, how sloth and torpor that have now arisen in him, get
eradicated. He understands properly, how sloth and torpor that have now been
eradicated, will in future no longer arise in him. ‘Ó‘Ä (sloth and torpor) �Ç‚®�SŽ�‚¿‚⌑‘ÓŠ´
‚ª‚ ‚鎞‚É‚Í�A �u‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚É‚Í�Ç‚®�SŽ�‚¿‚â‚⌑‘ÓŠ´‚ª‚ ‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�Ç‚®�SŽ�‚¿‚⌑‘ÓŠ´‚ª‚È‚¢Žž‚É‚Í�A �u‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚É‚Í�Ç‚®�SŽ�‚¿‚⌑‘ÓŠ´‚ª‚È‚¢�v
‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚Ü‚¾�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�Ç‚®�SŽ�‚¿‚⌑‘ÓŠ´‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚Ì‚©‚àŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�¶‚¶‚½�Ç‚®�SŽ�‚¿‚⌑‘ÓŠ´‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�Á‚¦‚é‚Ì‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�Á‚¦‚½�Ç‚®�SŽ�‚¿‚⌑‘ÓŠ´‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�«—ˆ�¶‚¶‚È‚¢‚Ì‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ uddhaccakukkuccaṃ �eatthi me ajjhattaṃ uddhaccakukkuccaṃ�f ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ uddhaccakukkuccaṃ �enatthi me ajjhattaṃ uddhaccakukkuccaṃ�f ti pajānāti, yathā ca
anuppannassa uddhaccakukkuccassa uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa uddhaccakukkuccassa pahānaṃ hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa
uddhaccakukkuccassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. uddhaccakukkuccaṃ�@�@«uddhacca+kukkucca» �S‚ª�¬—��ó‘Ô‚Å•¨Ž–‚ð‚Í‚Á‚«‚è”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�ó‘Ô‚Ì‚±‚Æ�B •‚‚‚«�Aƒ\ƒ�ƒ\ƒ��A‚Ú‚ñ‚â‚è�A–°‹C�AƒEƒgƒEƒg uddhacca�@ �S‚ª�¬—�‚µ‚Ä�W’†‚Å‚«‚¸�A—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚È‚¢“‚«�B ‚ ‚ª‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚è�A�Å‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ó‘Ô�B �l‚ªˆ«‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é�uŠÔ‚Í�A‚¾‚ê‚à‚ª�S‚ª‚ ‚ª‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�AŽ©•ª‚ʼn½‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©‚Ü‚Á‚½‚•ª‚©‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�B Ž©‰äˆÓޝ‚ª‚È‚�AŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ðƒRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚Å‚«‚È‚‚È‚é�ó‘Ô ‹}‚É�l‘O‚É�o‚³‚ê‚ăhƒLƒhƒL‚·‚é�ó‘Ô �{‹“‚¶‚傤‚±‚Ƃ͋ɒ[‚É�Q‚Ă箂‚±‚Æ‚ªŠy‚Å‚ ‚邯”»’f‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�¬—��ó‘Ô ‰B‚ꂽ‚ª‚é�S‚ª�A‰B‚ê�ê�Š‚ª�Á‚¦‚邱‚ƂŊO‚É�o‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢�A‚»‚Ì�uŠÔ‚É‚¨‚±‚é�¬—��ó‘Ô‚Ì‚±‚Æ kukkucca�@�@Œã‰÷�@ˆ«�ì�@‰ß‹Ž‚ÉŒ¡‚«‚Âç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ |
Whenever agitation and remorse are present in him, he
understands properly that, "Agitation and remorse are present in
me." Whenever agitation and remorse are absent from him, he understands
properly that, "Agitation and remorse are absent from me." He
understands properly, how agitation and remorse that have not yet arisen in
him, come to arise. He understands properly, how agitation and remorse that
have now arisen in him, get eradicated. He understands properly, how
agitation and remorse that have now been eradicated, will in future no longer
arise in him. •sˆÀ (distraction and worry) ’�ˆÓŽU–Ÿ‚Æ•sˆÀ
‚ª‚ ‚鎞‚É‚Í�A �u‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚ɂ͒�ˆÓŽU–Ÿ‚Æ•sˆÀ‚ª‚ ‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B’�ˆÓŽU–Ÿ‚Æ•sˆÀ‚ª‚È‚¢Žž‚É‚Í�A �u‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚ɂ͒�ˆÓŽU–Ÿ‚Æ•sˆÀ‚ª‚È‚¢�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚Ü‚¾�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢’�ˆÓŽU–Ÿ‚Æ•sˆÀ‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚Ì‚©‚àŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�¶‚¶‚½’�ˆÓŽU–Ÿ‚Æ•sˆÀ‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�Á‚¦‚é‚Ì‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�Á‚¦‚½’�ˆÓŽU–Ÿ‚Æ•sˆÀ‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�«—ˆ�¶‚¶‚È‚¢‚Ì‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vicikicchaṃ �eatthi me ajjhattaṃ
vicikicchā�f ti
pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vicikicchaṃ �enatthi me ajjhattaṃ
vicikicchā�f ti
pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannāya vicikicchāya uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannāya vicikicchāya pahānaṃ hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnāya vicikicchāya
āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. vicikicchā ƒOƒYƒOƒY‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Á‚©‚肵‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�S‚ªŽã‚¢�ó‘Ô‚Ì‚±‚Æ �M‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚¾‚¯‚Å�˜”²‚¯�ó‘Ô‚Å‚ ‚è�AŽ©•ª‚ÌŽåŠÏ‚ÌŠk‚ɕ‚¶âÄ‚à‚è�A�V‚µ‚¢‚±‚ƂɃ`ƒƒƒŒƒ“ƒW‚µ‚½‚‚È‚¢�S‚Ì‚±‚Æ�B �u‹^‚¢‚È‚³‚¢�v‚Æ‚Í�A‚à‚Ì‚²‚Æ‚ð‰L“ۂ݂ɂ·‚é‚È�AŽ©•ª‚Å—Í‹‚Šm‚©‚߂ė�‰ð‚·‚é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡ •|‚¢‚à‚Ì’m‚炸‚Å�A‚½‚Á‚Õ‚è‚Æ‹^‚Á‚Ä�AŽ©•ª‚ÅŠm‚©‚߂邼‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒ`ƒƒƒŒƒ“ƒW�¸�_‚Ì‚±‚Æ�B ‚±‚ê‚Ívicikicchā‚ł͂Ȃ�A�^—�‚ð’m‚邽‚߂̌³‹C‚Å‚ ‚é ‚æ‚’²‚×‚à‚¹‚¸“K“–‚É”»’f‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚±‚Æ�@�@ ‹ï‘Ì“I‚É‚R‚‚̋^‚¢‚ª‚ ‚é�B ‰ß‹Ž�EŒ»�Ý�E–¢—ˆ‚ɑ΂·‚é‹^‚¢�@�@�@Œ»�Û‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚ç�¬‚è—§‚ŠT”O‚Å�AŽÀ�Û‚É�u‚ ‚é�v‚Ƃ͌¾‚¦‚È‚¢�B ˆö‰Ê–@‘¥‚ɑ΂·‚é‹^‚¢�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�ðŒ�‰º‚ÅŒ´ˆö‚ª‚ ‚Á‚Ĉꎞ“I‚ÉŒ‹‰Ê‚ɂȂé�B�uŠÔ‚Ì�¶–ł̘A‘±‚Å‚µ‚©‚È‚¢�B •§“¹�E�C�s•û–@‚ɑ΂·‚é‹^‚¢�@�@�@�@ž�‰äˆê”@‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚à–³�í‚ðŽÀŠ´‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚©‚ç�¶‘¶—~‚ª�Á‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�B Šo‚Á‚½�l‚Í–³�í‚ðŽÀŠ´‚µ�A�u�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚½‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚‚çŠæ’£‚Á‚Ä‚àˆÓ–¡‚ª‚È‚¢�A‚Æ•ª‚©‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‹^‚¢‚ª�Á‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚�B —Ⴆ‚Î ‘Ó‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚à‚¢‚¸‚ê�K‚¹‚ª‚â‚Á‚Ä‚‚邳 Ž©•ª‚Í‚ª‚ñ‚΂Á‚Ä‚à‚Ç‚¤‚¹ƒ_ƒ�‚È‚ñ‚¾ �¡�D‚«•ú‘è‚â‚Á‚Ä‚àŽ€‚ñ‚¾‚烊ƒZƒbƒg‚¾ ‚Ç‚ê‚à�A�^ŽÀ‚ð‚æ‚’²‚×‚à‚¹‚¸�i–³Ž‹‚µ‚Ä�j–Ï‘z‚Å”»’f‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é ‰½‚à‚í‚©‚ç‚È‚¢�u“Ý‚³�v ‚µ‚Á‚©‚肵‚½�î•ñ‚â˜_—�‚â�ª‹’‚à‚È‚�A�u‚»‚ñ‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð�M‚¶‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‹CŽ�‚¿‚ɂȂé�B ‚Æ‚±‚Æ‚ñ’²‚ׂĂ©‚ç�A�M‚¶‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚͖̂¾‚é‚¢�B ’m“I‚È‹^‚Í—Ç‚¢‚ª�A–³’m‚Ì‹^‚Í‚±‚±‚ë‚Ì�¬’·‚ðŽ~‚ß‚é�B Ž©•ª‚Ì‚±‚±‚ë‚ÉŒ®‚ð‚©‚¯�A”]�×–E‚Ì�i‰»‚ªƒXƒgƒbƒv‚·‚é�«Ši‚ɂȂé�B ‚Ç‚ñ‚È‚à‚Ì‚¾‚©•ª‚©‚ç‚È‚¢‚̂Ȃç‚΂â‚Á‚Ă݂Ä�AƒEƒ\‚¾‚ÆŽv‚Á‚½‚çŽ~‚ß‚ê‚΂¢‚¢�B –Ó�M‚µ‚ĉL“ۂ݂ɂ·‚é‚Ì‚à�AƒEƒ\‚©–{“–‚©‚í‚©‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚â‚ç‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚à�i•à‚ª‚È‚¢�B •§‹³“I‚ɂ͎l�¹’ú�Aˆö‰��¶‹N�E‹Æ‰ÊŽO•ó‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠm�M‚¹‚¸�A–À‚¤“‚«�B |
Whenever doubt is present in him, he understands
properly that, "Doubt is present in me." Whenever doubt is absent
from him, he understands properly that, "Doubt is absent from me."
He understands properly, how doubt that has not yet arisen in him, comes to
arise. He understands properly, how doubt that has now arisen in him, gets
eradicated. He understands properly, how doubt that has now been eradicated,
will in future no longer arise in him. ‹^�S (doubt or wavering) “®—h‚â‹^”O
‚ª‚ ‚鎞‚É‚Í�A �u‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚ɂ͓®—h‚â‹^”O‚ª‚ ‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B“®—h‚â‹^”O‚ª‚È‚¢Žž‚É‚Í�A �u‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚ɂ͓®—h‚â‹^”O‚ª‚È‚¢�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚Ü‚¾�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢“®—h‚â‹^”O‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚Ì‚©‚àŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�¶‚¶‚½“®—h‚â‹^”O‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�Á‚¦‚é‚Ì‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�Á‚¦‚½“®—h‚â‹^”O‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�«—ˆ�¶‚¶‚È‚¢‚Ì‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ
vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī
viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu
viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, �eatthi dhammā�f
ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu
nīvaraṇesu. |
Thus he dwells observing mental contents in mental contents
internally, or he dwells observing mental contents in mental contents
externally, or he dwells observing mental contents in mental contents both
internally and externally. Thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of arising
in the mental contents, thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of passing
away in the mental contents, thus he dwells observing the phenomenon of
arising and passing away in the mental contents. Now his awareness is
established: "These are mental contents!" Thus he develops his awareness
to such an extent that there is mere understanding along with mere awareness.
In this way he dwells detached, without clinging towards anything in the
world [of mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a monk dwells observing
mental contents in mental contents as regards the five hindrances. ‚±‚̂悤‚É�AŽ©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B Ž©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö ‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ª�oŒ»‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�oŒ»‚µ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A
Œ´ˆö ‚ƂƂà‚É�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚‚܂è�A�°‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚݂̂ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�A‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŽ©Šo‚ª�A“´Ž@‚â‹C‚«‚ð’…ŽÀ‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚̂ł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚Í�AЉ–]‚â
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û ‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð’u‚«�A�¢‚Ì’†‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚É‚àŽ·’…‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B * (’� ) ‚±‚ꂪŒÜ‚‚Ì�áŠQ‚͌܂‚Ì�áŠQ‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é•û–@‚Ȃ̂ł·�B |
|
Puna caparaṃ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu.20 |
Again, monks, a monk dwells, observing mental contents
in mental contents, as regards the five aggregates of clinging.20 |
|
Kathaṃ ca pana, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu? upādānakkhandhesu upādāna+khandha upādānakkhandha�F[m�D] the factors of clinging to existence Upādāna
[upa + ā + dā] grasping�G
attachment�G fuel |
How, monks, does a monk dwell, observing mental
contents in mental contents, as regards the five aggregates of clinging? �S‚Ì’†–¡‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi B
Ž·’…‚ð�¶‚ތ܂‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì�i“÷‘Ì�AŠ´Šo�A’mŠo�A”½‰ž�AˆÓޝ�j �C�sŽÒ‚Í�AŽ·’…‚ð�¶‚ތ܂‚Ì�W�‡‘͎̂·’…‚ð�¶‚ތ܂‚Ì�W�‡‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚Å‚Í�A‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�AŽ·’…‚ð�¶‚ތ܂‚Ì�W�‡‘͎̂·’…‚ð�¶‚ތ܂‚Ì�W�‡‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B |
|
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu, �eiti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo; iti vedanā, iti vedanāya samudayo, iti vedanāya atthaṅgamo; iti saññā, iti saññāya samudayo, iti saññāya atthaṅgamo; iti saṅkhārā, iti saṅkhārānaṃ samudayo, iti saṅkhārānaṃ atthaṅgamo; iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo�f ti. samudayo [saṁ+udaya]Rise�Corigin�Gorigination�Ccause�Gmultitude atthaṅgamo�@ atthaṅgama�F[m�D] setting down�D vedanā�@ 'feeling'�Csensation�@�@Š´Žó�ì—p saññā�@ [�ƒsaṃ-jñā]�@ 'perception' saṅkhārā�C[fr�Dsaṁ+kṛ�Cnot
Vedic�Cbut as saṁskāra Epic
& Class�DSk�Dmeaning �gpreparation�h and �gsacrament�C�h also in philosophical literature �gformer impression�Cdisposition�C�g cp�Dvāsanā]
one of the most difficult terms in Buddhist metaphysics�Cin which the blending of the subjective-objective view of the
world and of happening�Cpeculiar to the East�Cis so complete�Cthat it is almost
impossible for Occidental terminology to get at the root of its meaning in a
translation�DWe can only convey an idea of its import
by representing several sides of its application�Cwithout
attempting to give a �gword�h
as a def�Dtrsln�D-- An
exhaustive discussion of the term is given by Franke in his Dīgha translation kar�C�iž�kr�Cskr�j﹐�yŽš�ª�z˜ôˆ½�§‘¢�ito
do or make�j viññāṇaṃ [vi+jñā�G cp�DVedic
vijñāna cognition] a
mental quality as a constituent of individuality�C the
bearer of �iindividual�j
life�Clife-force
�ias
extending also over rebirths�j�Cprinciple of conscious life�Cgeneral
consciousness �ias
function of mind and matter�j�C regenerative
force�Canimation�Cmind
as transmigrant�Cas
transforming �iaccording
to individual kamma�j one
individual life �iafter
death�j
into the next�D In
this �ifundamental�j
application it may be characterized as the sensory and perceptive activity
commonly expressed by �gmind�D�h E�Dg�Dthe
body �ikāya�j is
when animated called sa-viññāṇaka �iq�Dv�Dand
cp�Dviññāṇatta�j�D Again�Cv�Dwas
supposed�Cat
the body�fs death�Cto
pass over into another body �iS�DI�C122�G III�C124�j and
so find a support or platform �ipatiṭṭhā�j�DIt was also
held to be an immutable�Cpersistent
substance�Ca view
strongly condemned �iM�DI�C258�j�DSince�Chowever�Cthe
persistence of v�Dfrom
life to life is declared �iD�DII�C68�G S�DIII�C54�j�Cwe
must judge that it is only the immutable persistence that is condemned�DV�Cwas
justly conceived more as �gminding�h than as �gmind�D�h Its
form is participial�DFor
later variants of the foregoing cp�DMiln�D86�G PvA�D63�C219�D |
Here, monks, a monk [understands properly]: "Such
is matter, such is the arising of matter, such is the passing away of matter;
such are sensations, such is the arising of sensations, such is the passing
away of sensations; such is perception, such is the arising of perception,
such is the passing away of perception; such are reactions, such is the
arising of reactions, such is the passing away of reactions; such is
consciousness, such is the arising of consciousness, such is the passing away
of consciousness." �C�sŽÒ‚Í‚±‚̂悤‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚ê‚Í“÷‘Ì (corporeal body) ‚Ì“‚«‚¾�B‚±‚ê‚Í“÷‘̂̓‚«‚ª�¶‚¶‚錴ˆö‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚Ì“÷‘̂̓‚«‚Ì�oŒ»‚¾�B‚±‚ê‚Í“÷‘̂̓‚«‚ª�¶‚¶‚錴ˆö‚ÆŽÀ�Û‚Ì�Á–Å‚¾�B ‚±‚ê‚ÍŠ´Šo (feeling) ‚Ì“‚«‚¾�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŠ´Šo‚Ì“‚«‚ª�¶‚¶‚錴ˆö‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Ì“‚«‚Ì�oŒ»‚¾�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŠ´Šo‚Ì“‚«‚ª�¶‚¶‚錴ˆö‚ÆŽÀ�Û‚Ì�Á–Å‚¾�B ‚±‚ê‚Í’mŠo (perception) ‚Ì“‚«‚¾�B‚±‚ê‚Í’mŠo‚Ì“‚«‚ª�¶‚¶‚錴ˆö‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì“‚«‚Ì�oŒ»‚¾�B‚±‚ê‚Í’mŠo‚Ì“‚«‚ª�¶‚¶‚錴ˆö‚ÆŽÀ�Û‚Ì�Á–Å‚¾�B ‚±‚ê‚Í”½‰ž (mental formations) ‚Ì“‚«‚¾�B‚±‚ê‚Í”½‰ž‚Ì“‚«‚ª�¶‚¶‚錴ˆö‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚Ì”½‰ž‚Ì“‚«‚Ì�oŒ»‚¾�B‚±‚ê‚Í”½‰ž‚Ì“‚«‚ª�¶‚¶‚錴ˆö‚ÆŽÀ�Û‚Ì�Á–Å‚¾�B ‚±‚ê‚͈ӎ¯ (consciousness) ‚Ì“‚«‚¾�B‚±‚ê‚͈ӎ¯�i‘Î�Û•¨‚ɑ΂·‚é”F’m�j‚Ì“‚«‚ª�¶‚¶‚錴ˆö‚Æ�AŽÀ�ۂ̈ӎ¯‚Ì“‚«‚Ì�oŒ»‚¾�B‚±‚ê‚͈ӎ¯‚Ì“‚«‚ª�¶‚¶‚錴ˆö‚ÆŽÀ�Û‚Ì�Á–Å‚¾�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ
vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, samudayadhammānupassī vā
dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, �eatthi dhammā�f
ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu
upādānakkhandhesu. |
Thus he dwells observing mental contents in mental
contents internally, or he dwells observing mental contents in mental
contents externally, or he dwells observing mental contents in mental
contents both internally and externally. Thus he dwells observing the
phenomenon of arising in the mental contents, thus he dwells observing the phenomenon
of passing away in the mental contents, thus he dwells observing the
phenomenon of arising and passing away in the mental contents. Now his
awareness is established: "These are mental contents!" Thus he
develops his awareness to such an extent that there is mere understanding
along with mere awareness. In this way he dwells detached, without clinging
towards anything in the world [of mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a
monk dwells observing mental contents in mental contents as regards the five aggregates
of clinging. ‚±‚̂悤‚É�AŽ©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B Ž©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö ‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ª�oŒ»‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�oŒ»‚µ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A
Œ´ˆö ‚ƂƂà‚É�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚‚܂è�A�°‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚݂̂ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�A‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŽ©Šo‚ª�A“´Ž@‚â‹C‚«‚ð’…ŽÀ‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚̂ł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚Í�AЉ–]‚â
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û ‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð’u‚«�A�¢‚Ì’†‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚É‚àŽ·’…‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B * (’� ) ‚±‚ꂪŒÜ‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂͌܂‚Ì�W�‡‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é•û–@‚Ȃ̂ł·�B |
|
Puna caparaṃ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu
āyatanesu. |
Again, monks, a monk dwells, observing mental contents
in mental contents, as regards the six internal and external sense spheres. |
|
Kathaṃ ca pana, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu? chasu
�@ cha�F[adj.]
six. ajjhattikabāhiresu
[ajjhattika+bāhira] Ajjhattika�C�iadj.�j [ajjhatta + ika]�Cpersonal�Cinward bāhira�F[adj�D] external; outer; foreign�D�int�D�j�Coutside āyatanesu�@�@«ā+yata+yu�Dāya+tanu+a�Dāyata+nī+a» āyatana�F[nt�D] sphere; region; sense-organ; position�D |
How, monks, does a monk dwell, observing mental
contents in mental contents, as regards the six internal and external sense
spheres? 3.
˜Z‚‚̊´ŠoŠíН‚ƘZ‚‚̔Fޝ—̈æ�iŠ´ŠoŠíН‚Ì‘Î�Û�j �C�sŽÒ‚Í�A˜Z‚‚̓àŠO‚Ì
Š´ŠoŠíН ‚͘Z‚‚̓àŠO‚ÌŠ´ŠoŠíН‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚Å‚Í�A‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�A˜Z‚‚̓àŠO‚ÌŠ´ŠoŠíН‚͘Z‚‚̓àŠO‚ÌŠ´ŠoŠíН‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B |
|
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhuṃ ca pajānāti, rūpe ca pajānāti, yaṃ ca tadubhayaṃ paṭicca
uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa saṃyojanassa uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca
uppannassa saṃyojanassa pahānaṃ hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa saṃyojanassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. cakkhuṃ The eye; insight�Cperception;
supernatural insight yaṃ which�G
whatever thing�Dadv�Dbecause of tadubhayaṃ�F[ta+ubhaya
�i=ubha+aya�j] Both of them paṭicca [pati+i+tvā] [pati+i+ricca] pati�F Towards�G back�Cin return�G against i�@�@�@to go
, send ricca give up iccha�F[adj.] �iin cpds.�j�Cwishing�G
longing�G desirous of uppajjati
[u + pad + ya] to be born�G arises saṃyojanaṃ�FBond�Cattachment connection�G fettering�D saṃ with, together Yojana�C�int�D�j the yoke of a carriage taṃ [ta ‚Ì n�Dsg�Dnom�D] it, he tvaṃ�F[nom�Dsin�Dof
tumha] thou�D |
Here, monks, a monk understands properly the eye, he
understands properly the visible object and he understands properly the
bondage that arises dependent on these two. He understands properly how the
bondage that has not yet arisen, comes to arise. He understands properly how
the bondage that has now arisen, gets eradicated. He understands properly how
that bondage that has now been eradicated, will in future no longer arise. Ž‹Šo‚ÆŒõŒi (eye and visible objects) ‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�BŽ‹Šo‚ÆŒõŒi‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚É‘©”›‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ð‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚Ü‚¾‘©”›‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚©‚ç‚ǂ̂悤‚É‘©”›‚³‚ê‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�¶‚¶‚½‘©”›‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�Á–Å‚µ‚½‘©”›‚ª�A�«—ˆ�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚È‚¢‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ü‚·�B |
|
Sotaṃ ca pajānāti, sadde ca
pajānāti, yaṃ ca tadubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ taṃ
ca pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa saṃyojanassa uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca
uppannassa saṃyojanassa pahānaṃ hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa saṃyojanassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. Sotaṃ sota�F[nt�D]
the ear�D sadde sadda�F[m�D] sound�G noise�G a
word�D |
He understands properly the ear, he understands properly
sound and he understands properly the bondage that arises dependent on these
two. He understands properly how the bondage that has not yet arisen, comes
to arise. He understands properly how the bondage that has now arisen, gets
eradicated. He understands properly how that bondage that has now been
eradicated, will in future no longer arise. ’®Šo‚Ɖ¹ (ear and sounds) ‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�B’®Šo‚Ɖ¹‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚É ‘©”›‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é ‚Ì‚ð‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚Ü‚¾‘©”›‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚©‚ç‚ǂ̂悤‚É‘©”›‚³‚ê‚é‚©‚ð‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�¶‚¶‚½‘©”›‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚©‚ð‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�Á–Å‚µ‚½‘©”›‚ª�A�«—ˆ�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚È‚¢‚©‚ð‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B |
|
Ghānaṃ ca pajānāti, gandhe ca
pajānāti, yaṃ ca tadubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ taṃ
ca pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa saṃyojanassa uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca
uppannassa saṃyojanassa pahānaṃ hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa saṃyojanassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. Ghāna the nose�G usually in its
function as organ of smell=sense of smell gandhe gandha�F[m.] odour�G smell�G scent |
He understands properly the nose, he understands
properly smell and he understands properly the bondage that arises dependent
on these two. He understands properly how the bondage that has not yet
arisen, comes to arise. He understands properly how the bondage that has now
arisen, gets eradicated. He understands properly how that bondage that has
now been eradicated, will in future no longer arise. škŠo‚Æ“õ‚¢ (nose and odours) ‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�BškŠo‚Æ“õ‚¢‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚É ‘©”›‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é ‚Ì‚ðŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚Ü‚¾‘©”›‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚©‚ç‚ǂ̂悤‚É‘©”›‚³‚ê‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�¶‚¶‚½‘©”›‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�Á–Å‚µ‚½‘©”›‚ª�A�«—ˆ�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚È‚¢‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ü‚·�B |
|
Jivhaṃ ca pajānāti, rase ca
pajānāti, yaṃ ca tadubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ taṃ
ca pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa saṃyojanassa uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca
uppannassa saṃyojanassa pahānaṃ hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa saṃyojanassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. Jivhaṃ jivhā�F[f�D]
the tongue�D rase rasa�F[m�D] taste�G juice�G
flavour |
He understands properly the tongue, he understands
properly taste and he understands properly the bondage that arises dependent
on these two. He understands properly how the bondage that has not yet
arisen, comes to arise. He understands properly how the bondage that has now
arisen, gets eradicated. He understands properly how that bondage that has
now been eradicated, will in future no longer arise. –¡Šo‚Æ–¡ (tongue and tastes) ‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�B–¡Šo‚Æ–¡‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚É ‘©”›‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é ‚Ì‚ð‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚Ü‚¾‘©”›‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚©‚ç‚ǂ̂悤‚É‘©”›‚³‚ê‚é‚©‚ð‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�¶‚¶‚½‘©”›‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚©‚ð‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�Á–Å‚µ‚½‘©”›‚ª�A�«—ˆ�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚È‚¢‚©‚ð‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B |
|
Kāyaṃ ca pajānāti, phoṭṭhabbe ca pajānāti, yaṃ ca tadubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ taṃ
ca pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa saṃyojanassa uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca
uppannassa saṃyojanassa pahānaṃ hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa saṃyojanassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. Kāyaṃ kāya�C�ilit�Faccumulation�j�F'group'�C'body'�Cmay
either refer to the physical body �irūpa-kāya�j or
to the mental body �ināma-kāya�j�DIn
the latter case it is either a collective name for the mental groups �ifeeling�Cperception�Cmental
formations�Cconsciousness�G s�Dkhandha�j�Cor
merely for feeling�Cperception
and a few of the mental formations �is�Dnāma�j�Ce�Dg�Din
kāya-lahutā�Cetc�D phoṭṭhabba [grd�Dof
phusati] tangible�Ctouch�Ccontact |
He understands properly the body, he understands
properly touch and he understands properly the bondage that arises dependent
on these two. He understands properly how the bondage that has not yet
arisen, comes to arise. He understands properly how the bondage that has now
arisen, gets eradicated. He understands properly how that bondage that has
now been eradicated, will in future no longer arise. ‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚ÆŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚Ì (body and tactile objects) ‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�B‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚ÆŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚Ì‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚É ‘©”›‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é
‚Ì‚ðŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚Ü‚¾‘©”›‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚©‚ç‚ǂ̂悤‚É‘©”›‚³‚ê‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�¶‚¶‚½‘©”›‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�Á–Å‚µ‚½‘©”›‚ª�A�«—ˆ�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚È‚¢‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ü‚·�B |
|
Manaṃ ca pajānāti, dhamme ca
pajānāti, yaṃ ca tadubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ taṃ
ca pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa saṃyojanassa uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca
uppannassa saṃyojanassa pahānaṃ hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa saṃyojanassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. Manaṃ�@ mana�F[m�D�G nt�D]
mind�G consciousness dhamme dhamma�Flit�Dthe 'bearer'�Cconstitution �ior nature of a thing�j�Cnorm�Claw �ijus�j�Cdoctrine�G justice�Crighteousness�G quality�G thing�Cobject
of mind �is�Dāyatana�j 'phenomenon'�DIn all these meanings the
word 'dhamma' is to be met with in the texts�DThe Com�Dto D�Dinstances 4 applications of this term
guṇa �iquality�Cvirtue�j�Cdesanā �iinstruction�j�Cpariyatti �itext�j�Cnijjīvatā
�isoullessness�Ce.g�DúWall dhammā�Cphenomena�Care impersonal�CúW etc.�j�DThe Com�Dto Dhs�Dhas
hetu �icondition�j instead of
desanā�DThus�Cthe analytical knowledge
of the law �is�Dpaṭisambhidā�j is
explained in Vis.M�DXIV�Dand in
Vibh�Das hetumhi ñāṇa�Cknowledge
of the conditions. The
Dhamma�Cas the liberating law discovered and proclaimed by the Buddha�Cis summed up in the 4 Noble Truths �is�Dsacca�j�DIt forms one of the 3 Gems �iti-ratana�Cq.v.�j
and one of the 10 recollections �ianussati q.v.�j. Dhamma�Cas
object of mind �idhammāyatana�Cs�Dāyatana�j may be anything past�Cpresent or future�Ccorporeal or mental�Cconditioned or not �icf�Dsaṅkhāra�C4�j�Creal or imaginary. dhamma-cakka�FThe
'Wheel �irealm�j of the Law'�Cis a name for the doctrine 'set rolling' �iestablished�j by the Buddha�Ci.e�Dthe 4 Noble Truths �isacca�Cq.v.�j. úWThe Perfect One�Co monks�Cthe Holy One�Cfully Enlightened One�Cin the Deer Park at Isipatana near Benares�Chas set rolling �iestablished�j the unsurpassed Wheel �irealm�j of the LawúW �iM�D141�j�DCf�Dcakka. |
He understands properly the mind, he understands
properly the contents of the mind and he understands properly the bondage
that arises dependent on these two. He understands properly how the bondage
that has not yet arisen, comes to arise. He understands properly how the
bondage that has now arisen, gets eradicated. He understands properly how
that bondage that has now been eradicated, will in future no longer arise. �S‚Æ�S‚Ì’†–¡ (mind and mind objects) ‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�B�S‚Æ�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚É ‘©”›‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é ‚Ì‚ðŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚Ü‚¾‘©”›‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚©‚ç‚ǂ̂悤‚É‘©”›‚³‚ê‚é‚©‚ð‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�¶‚¶‚½‘©”›‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚©‚ð‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�Á–Å‚µ‚½‘©”›‚ª�A�«—ˆ�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚È‚¢‚©‚ð‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ
vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī
viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu
viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, �eatthi dhammā�f
ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati chasu
ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu. |
Thus he dwells observing mental contents in mental
contents internally, or he dwells observing mental contents in mental
contents externally, or he dwells observing mental contents in mental
contents both internally and externally. Thus he dwells observing the
phenomenon of arising in the mental contents, thus he dwells observing the
phenomenon of passing away in the mental contents, thus he dwells observing
the phenomenon of arising and passing away in the mental contents. Now his
awareness is established: "These are mental contents!" Thus he
develops his awareness to such an extent that there is mere understanding
along with mere awareness. In this way he dwells detached, without clinging
towards anything in the world [of mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a
monk dwells observing mental contents in mental contents as regards the six
internal and external sense spheres. ‚±‚̂悤‚É�AŽ©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B Ž©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö ‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ª�oŒ»‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�oŒ»‚µ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A
Œ´ˆö ‚ƂƂà‚É�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚‚܂è�A�°‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚݂̂ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�A‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŽ©Šo‚ª�A“´Ž@‚â‹C‚«‚ð’…ŽÀ‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚̂ł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚Í�AЉ–]‚â
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û ‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð’u‚«�A�¢‚Ì’†‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚É‚àŽ·’…‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B * (’� ) ‚±‚ꂪ˜Z‚‚̓à‚Ȃ銴ŠoŠíН‚ƘZ‚‚̊O‚È‚é”Fޝ—̈æ‚Í�A˜Z‚‚̓à‚Ȃ銴ŠoŠíН‚ƘZ‚‚̊O‚È‚é”Fޝ—̈æ‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚Æ�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é•û–@‚Ȃ̂ł·�B |
|
Puna caparaṃ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati sattasu bojjhaṅgesu. |
Again, monks, a monk dwells observing mental contents
in mental contents, as regards the seven factors of enlightenment. |
|
Kathaṃ ca pana, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati sattasu bojjhaṅgesu? sattasu
�@�@ satta�FSeven bojjhaṅgesu�@ [bodhi-aṅga�@ a factor of
knowledge or wisdom |
How, monks, does a monk dwell observing mental contents
in mental contents, as regards the seven factors of enlightenment? 4.
޵‚‚̌å‚è‚Ì—vˆö �i‹C‚«�A’T‹��S�A“w—Í�AнŠì�A•½�Ã�A�¸�_“�ˆê�A•½ˆÀ�j
�@ �C�sŽÒ‚Í�A޵‚‚̌å‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚ÍŽµ‚‚̌å‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚Å‚Í�A‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�A޵‚‚̌å‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚ÍŽµ‚‚̌å‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B |
|
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ satisambojjhaṅgaṃ �eatthi me ajjhattaṃ
satisambojjhaṅgo�f ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ satisambojjhaṅgaṃ �enatthi me ajjhattaṃ
satisambojjhaṅgo�f ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa satisambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca
uppannassa satisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya
pāripūrī hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. satisambojjhaṅgaṃ [sati+sam+
bodhi+aṅga] self-possession
as a constituent of enlightenment pāripūrī�@�@ pāripūri�C�if�D�j fulfilment�G completion pār�yŽš�ªVII�D�z”\в�ito
be able�j pūr�@�[ŸÞ�ifull�j�B�yŽš�ªI�D�z‘S•”�A�[ŸÞ�ito be full�j |
Here, monks, a monk understands properly that, when the
factor of enlightenment, awareness, is present within him, "The factor
of enlightenment, awareness, is present in me." He understands properly
that, when the factor of enlightenment, awareness, is absent from him,
"The factor of enlightenment, awareness, is absent from me." He
understands properly, how the factor of enlightenment, awareness, that has
not yet arisen in him, comes to arise. He understands properly, how the factor
of enlightenment, awareness, that has now arisen, is developed and perfected. ‹C‚« (mindfulness) sati Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é‹C‚«‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚鎞�A
�uŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é‹C‚«‚ª‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�BŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é‹C‚«‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚ɂȂ¢Žž�A �uŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é‹C‚«‚ª‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚ɂȂ¢�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚Ü‚¾�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é‹C‚«‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚½Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é‹C‚«‚ð�‚‚߂Ċ®�¬‚³‚¹‚ç‚ê‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ21 �eatthi me ajjhattaṃ
dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo�f ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ �enatthi me ajjhattaṃ
dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo�f ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa
dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. Santaṃ �@ [pp�Dof
sammati] 1�Dcalmed�G peaceful�@Žâ�à dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ�@ [dhammavicaya+sambojjhaṅga] [dhamma+vicaya]
investigation of doctrine Vicaya�C[vi+ci�Fvicinati] search�Cinvestigation�Cexamination |
When the factor of enlightenment, investigation of
Dhamma,21 is
present in him, he understands properly, "The factor of enlightenment,
investigation of Dhamma, is present in me." He understands properly
that, when the factor of enlightenment, investigation of Dhamma, is absent
from him, "The factor of enlightenment, investigation of Dhamma, is
absent from me." He understands properly, how the factor of
enlightenment, investigation of Dhamma that has not yet arisen in him, comes
to arise. He understands properly, how the factor of enlightenment,
investigation of Dhamma, that has now arisen, is developed and perfected. ’T‹��S (investigation of phenomena)
dhamma vicaya Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é’T‹��S‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚鎞�A
�uŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é’T‹��S‚ª‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�BŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é’T‹��S‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚ɂȂ¢Žž�A �uŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é’T‹��S‚ª‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚ɂȂ¢�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚Ü‚¾�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é’T‹��S‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚½Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é’T‹��S‚ð�‚‚߂Ċ®�¬‚³‚¹‚ç‚ê‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ �eatthi me ajjhattaṃ vīriyasambojjhaṅgo�f ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ �enatthi me ajjhattaṃ
vīriyasambojjhaṅgo�f ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca
uppannassa vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya
pāripūrī hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ Vīriya�C�i‹vīra‰p—Y‹aj‹Ž+īr�CviŽæ‘ãaj�j�@�¸�i�C“w—Í |
When the factor of enlightenment, effort, is present in
him, he understands properly, "The factor of enlightenment, effort, is
present in me." He understands properly that, when the factor of
enlightenment, effort, is absent from him, "The factor of enlightenment,
effort, is absent from me." He understands properly, how the factor of
enlightenment, effort, that has not yet arisen in him, comes to arise. He
understands properly, how the factor of enlightenment, that has now arisen,
is developed and perfected. “w—Í (effort)�@viriya Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é“w—Í‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚鎞�A
�uŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é“w—Í‚ª‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�BŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é“w—Í‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚ɂȂ¢Žž�A �uŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é“w—Í‚ª‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚ɂȂ¢�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚Ü‚¾�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é“w—Í‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚½Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é“w—Í‚ð�‚‚߂Ċ®�¬‚³‚¹‚ç‚ê‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ22 �eatthi me ajjhattaṃ
pītisambojjhaṅgo�f ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ �enatthi me ajjhattaṃ
pītisambojjhaṅgo�f ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa pītisambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca
uppannassa pītisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya
pāripūrī hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ�@ the
joy constituent pīti�Frapture�Centhusiasm �irendered also by joy�Chappiness�j�G interest it is one of the
mental factors or concomitants �icetasika�j and belongs to the group of mental formations �isaṅkhāra-kkhandha�j |
When the factor of enlightenment, rapture,22 is
present in him, he understands properly, "The factor of enlightenment,
rapture, is present in me." He understands properly that, when the
factor of enlightenment, rapture, is absent from him, "The factor of
enlightenment, rapture, is absent from me." He understands properly, how
the factor of enlightenment, rapture, that has not yet arisen in him, comes
to arise. He understands properly, how the factor of enlightenment, rapture,
that has now arisen, is developed and perfected. нŠì (rapture)�@piti Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é
нŠì ‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚鎞�A �uŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚銽Šì‚ª‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�BŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚銽Šì‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚ɂȂ¢Žž�A �uŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚銽Šì‚ª‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚ɂȂ¢�v
‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚Ü‚¾�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚銽Šì‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚½Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚銽Šì‚ð�‚‚߂Ċ®�¬‚³‚¹‚ç‚ê‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ23 �eatthi me ajjhattaṃ
passaddhisambojjhaṅgo�f ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ �enatthi me ajjhattaṃ
passaddhisambojjhaṅgo�f ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca
uppannassa passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya
pāripūrī hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. Passaddhi
[pa+śrambh] calmness�Ctranquillity�Crepose�Cserenity pa+sambh sambh�C�iž�wrambh�j
Žg•½èÎ�A•½‘§ |
When the factor of enlightenment, tranquillity,23 is
present in him, he understands properly, "The factor of enlightenment,
tranquillity, is present in me." He understands properly that, when the
factor of enlightenment, tranquillity, is absent from him, "The factor
of enlightenment, tranquillity is absent from me." He understands
properly, how the factor of enlightenment, tranquillity, that has not yet
arisen in him, comes to arise. He understands properly, how the factor of
enlightenment, tranquillity, that has now arisen, is developed and perfected. •½�à (tranquility) �@passaddhi�@ Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é
•½�à ‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚鎞�A�@�uŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚镽�ª‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚é�v�@‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�BŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚镽�ÂªŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚ɂȂ¢Žž�A�@�uŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚镽�ª‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚ɂȂ¢�v�@‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚Ü‚¾�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚镽�ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚½Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚镽�Âð�‚‚߂Ċ®�¬‚³‚¹‚ç‚ê‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ƒpƒbƒTƒbƒfƒB‚Í�uˆÀ‘§�v�B‚Æ‚Ä‚à—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B�‹‚¢Žž‚É—Á‚µ‚¢•”‰®‚É“ü‚邯‚Ù‚Á‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚¤‚¢‚¤�A‚Ù‚Á‚ÆƒŠƒ‰ƒbƒNƒX‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B |
|
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ �eatthi me ajjhattaṃ samādhisambojjhaṅgo�f ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ �enatthi me ajjhattaṃ
samādhisambojjhaṅgo�f ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa samādhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca
uppannassa samādhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya
pāripūrī hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. samādhisambojjhaṅga�@concentration
samādhi�F'concentration'�G lit�D'the �imental�j state of being firmly fixed' �isam+ā+�ãhā�j�Cis the fixing of the mind on a single
object�DúWOne-pointedness of mind �icittassekaggatā�j�CBrother Visakha�Cthis is called concentrationúW �iM�D44�j�DConcentration - though often very weak
- is one of the 7 mental concomitants inseparably associated with all
consciousness�DCf�Dnāma�Ccetanā�D Right
concentration �isammā-samādhi�j�Cas the last link of the
8-fold Path �is�Dmagga�j�Cis defined as the 4 meditative absorptions �ijhāna�Cq�Dv�D�j�DIn a wider sense�Ccomprising also much
weaker states of concentration�Cit is associated with
all kammically wholesome �ikusala�j consciousness�DWrong concentration �imicchā-samādhi�j is concentration
associated with all kammically unwholesome �iakusala�Cq�Dv�D�j
consciousness�DWherever in the texts this term is not
differentiated by 'right' or 'wrong'�Cthere 'right'
concentration is meant �D In
concentration one distinguishes 3 grades of intensity�F �i1�j 'Preparatory concentration' �iparikamma-samādhi�j existing at the
beginning of the mental exercise�D �i2�j 'Neighbourhood concentration' �iupacāra-samādhi�j�Ci�De�Dconcentration 'approaching' but not yet
attaining the 1st absorption �ijhāna�Cq�Dv�D�j�Cwhich in
certain mental exercises is marked by the appearance of the so-called
'counter-image' �ipaṭibhāga-nimitta�j�D �i3�j 'Attainment concentration' �iappanā-samādhi�j�Ci�De�Dthat concentration which is present during the absorptions�D�iApp�D�j |
When the factor of enlightenment, concentration, is
present in him, he understands properly, "The factor of enlightenment,
concentration, is present in me." He understands properly that, when the
factor of enlightenment, concentration, is absent from him, "The factor
of enlightenment, concentration, is absent from me." He understands properly,
how the factor of enlightenment, concentration, that has not yet arisen in
him, comes to arise. He understands properly, how the factor of
enlightenment, concentration, that has now arisen, is developed and
perfected. �¸�_“�ˆê (concentration) samadhi Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é
�¸�_“�ˆê ‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚鎞�A�@�uŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é�¸�_“�ˆê‚ª‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚é�v�@‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�BŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é�¸�_“�ˆê‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚ɂȂ¢Žž�A �uŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é�¸�_“�ˆê‚ª‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚ɂȂ¢�v
‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚Ü‚¾�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é�¸�_“�ˆê‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚½Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é�¸�_“�ˆê‚ð�‚‚߂Ċ®�¬‚³‚¹‚ç‚ê‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ �eatthi me ajjhattaṃ upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo�f ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ �enatthi me ajjhattaṃ
upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo�f ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti taṃ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa
upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti taṃ ca pajānāti. |
When the factor of enlightenment, equanimity, is
present in him, he understands properly, "The factor of enlightenment,
equanimity, is present in me." He understands properly that, when the
factor of enlightenment, equanimity, is absent from him, "The factor of
enlightenment, equanimity, is absent from me." He understands properly,
how the factor of enlightenment, equanimity, that has not yet arisen in him,
comes to arise. He understands properly, how the factor of enlightenment,
equanimity, that has now arisen, is developed and perfected. •½ˆÀ (equanimity) upekkha Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚é
•½ˆÀ ‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚鎞�A �uŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚镽ˆÀ‚ª‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚é�v ‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�BŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚镽ˆÀ‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚ɂȂ¢Žž�A �uŒå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚镽ˆÀ‚ª‚킽‚µ‚Ì’†‚ɂȂ¢�v
‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚Ü‚¾�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚镽ˆÀ‚ª�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�¶‚¶‚½Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚镽ˆÀ‚ð�‚‚߂Ċ®�¬‚³‚¹‚ç‚ê‚é‚©‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ
vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī
viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu
viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, �eatthi dhammā�f
ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati sattasu
bojjhaṅgesu. |
Thus he dwells observing mental contents in mental
contents internally, or he dwells observing mental contents in mental
contents externally, or he dwells observing mental contents in mental
contents both internally and externally. Thus he dwells observing the
phenomenon of arising in the mental contents, thus he dwells observing the
phenomenon of passing away in the mental contents, thus he dwells observing
the phenomenon of arising and passing away in the mental contents. Now his
awareness is established: "These are mental contents!" Thus he
develops his awareness to such an extent that there is mere understanding
along with mere awareness. In this way he dwells detached, without clinging
towards anything in the world [of mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a
monk dwells observing mental contents in mental contents as regards the seven
factors of enlightenment. ‚±‚̂悤‚É�AŽ©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B Ž©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö ‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ª�oŒ»‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�oŒ»‚µ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A
Œ´ˆö ‚ƂƂà‚É�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚‚܂è�A�°‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚݂̂ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�A‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŽ©Šo‚ª�A“´Ž@‚â‹C‚«‚ð’…ŽÀ‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚̂ł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚Í�AЉ–]‚â
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û ‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð’u‚«�A�¢‚Ì’†‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚É‚àŽ·’…‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B * (’� ) ‚±‚ê‚ªŽµ‚‚̌å‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚ÍŽµ‚‚̌å‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚é•û–@‚Ȃ̂ł·�B |
|
Puna caparaṃ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati catūsu ariyasaccesu. |
Again, monks, a monk dwells observing mental contents
in mental contents, as regards the four noble truths. |
|
Kathaṃ ca pana, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati catūsu ariyasaccesu? catūsu
�@�@4 ariyasaccesu�@�@ ariya+sacca ariya�F[adj�D] noble; distinguished�D �im�D�j�Ca noble man; one who has attained
higher knowledge sacca�F[nt�D] truth�Dadj�Dtrue�G real�@�@�^ŽÀ�C’ú�C�^—� |
How, monks, does a monk dwell observing mental contents
in mental contents, as regards the four noble truths? 5.
Žl‚‚Ì�^—� �iŽl�¹’ú �F
‹ê�A�W�A–Å�A“¹�j �C�sŽÒ‚Í�AŽl‚‚Ì�^—�‚ÍŽl‚‚Ì�^—�‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚Å‚Í�A‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�AŽl‚‚Ì�^—�‚ÍŽl‚‚Ì�^—�‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚Æ�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B |
|
Idha bhikkhave, bhikkhu �eidaṃ
dukkhaṃ�f ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, �eayaṃ dukkhasamudayo�f ti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, �eayaṃ
dukkhanirodho�f ti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, �eayaṃ
dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā�f ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. dukkhaṃ yathābhūtaṃ�@�@ According
to the reality�Crightly�Ctruly�Ccorrectly yathā�F[adv�D] as�G like�G in
relation to�G according to�G in
whatever way�G just as Bhūta�C[pp�Dof bhavati�CVedic etc�Dbhūta] grown�Cbecome; born�Cproduced; nature as the result of becoming�D dukkhasamudaya�@�@�F[m.]
the origin of suffering. samudaya�isaṃ+u+aya�j[saṁ+udaya] rise�G origin�G produce dukkhanirodho�@�@�@
destruction of suffering Nirodha�C[BSk�Dnirodha�Cto nirundhati�Ccp�Dnirujjhati & niruddha] oppression�Csuppression�G destruction�Ccessation�Cannihilation �iof senses�Cconsciousness�Cfeeling & being in general�Fsaṅkhārā�j dukkhanirodhagāminī �ithe practice�j leading to the extinction of
suffering. gāminī
[gamu+ṇī+inī]�@ Reachable gam�C�igacch�j
�iž�gach�Cgam�j﹐�yŽš�ªI.�z‹Ž�A‘–�ito go�j |
Here, monks, a monk understands properly as it is,
"This is suffering"; he understands properly as it is, "This
is the arising of suffering"; he understands properly as it is,
"This is the cessation of suffering"; he understands properly as it
is, "This is the path leading to the cessation of suffering." �u‚±‚ꂪ‹ê‚¾�v
‚Æ�A‹ê‚ðŽÀ�Û‚ÉŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �i‹ê‚Ì�^—��jDukkhasaccaniddeso �u‚±‚ꂪ‹ê‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚¾�v
‚Æ�A‹ê‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ðŽÀ�Û‚ÉŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �i‹ê‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Ì�^—��jSamudayasaccaniddeso �u‚±‚ꂪ‹ê‚Ì�Á–Å‚¾�v
‚Æ�A‹ê‚Ì�Á–Å‚ðŽÀ�Û‚ÉŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �i‹ê‚Ì�Á–Å‚Ì�^—��jNirodhasaccaniddeso �u‚±‚ꂪ‹ê‚Ì�Á–łւ̓¹‚¾�v
‚Æ�A‹ê‚Ì�Á–łւ̓¹‚ðŽÀ�Û‚ÉŽ©Šo‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �i‹ê‚Ì�Á–łւ̓¹‚Ì�^—� �jMaggasaccaniddeso 5.
Žl‚‚Ì�^—� (Žl�¹’ú�j a.
‹ê‚Ì�^—� �u‚±‚ꂪ‹ê‚¾�v
‚Æ�A‹ê‚ðŽÀ�Û‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B |
|
Katamaṃ ca, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ? |
And what, monks, is the Noble Truth of Suffering? |
|
Jāti pi dukkhā, jarā pi dukkhā, (byādhi pi dukkhā,)24 maraṇaṃ pi dukkhaṃ, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā pi dukkhā, appiyehi sampayogo pi
dukkho, piyehi vippayogo pi dukkho, yampicchaṃ na labhati taṃ pi dukkhaṃ, saṅkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā. byādhi =vyādhi
[vy+ā+dhā] lit�D�gupsetúW sickness�Cdisease sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sorrow and suffering sokaparideva+dukkha+domanass+upāyāsā sokaparideva
�@�@�@�@Anxiety and crying domanassa�Flit�D'sad-mindedness'�Cgrief�Ci.e�Dmentally painful feeling �icetasika-vedanā�j�Cis one of the 5 feelings �ivedanā�Cq.v.�j and
one of the 22 faculties �iindriya�Cq.v.�j�D According
to the Abhidhamma�Cgrief is always associated with antipathy and grudge�Cand therefore kammically unwholesome �iakusala�Cq.v.�j upāyāsā�@«upa+ā+yasa+ṇa�iupa +
āyāsa�j �@tribulation�G grief upa�FBelow�Cless�@�@‹ß‚�@‘S•” āyāsa�@�@ trouble;
sorrow appiyehi�@ appiya�F[adj�D] unpleasant; disagreeable�D piyehi
�@�@ piya�F[adj�D] dear�G amiable�G
beloved�D vippayogo�@�@�FSeparation yampicchaṃ labhati�@�@ [labh + a]
gets�G obtains�G attains�D saṅkhittena�@ saṅkhitta[pp saṅkhipati]
contracted�Gabridged�Gshortened�G folded pañcupādānakkhandhā�@�@pañc+upādāna+kkhandhā�@ŒÜŽæå] upādāna�Fn�D[upa-ā-dā-ana]�F'clinging' |
Birth is suffering, old age is suffering, (sickness is
suffering),24 death
is suffering, sorrow, lamentation, pain, grief and distress are suffering,
the association with something that one does not like is suffering, the
disassociation with something that one does like is suffering, not to get
what one desires is suffering; in short, the clinging to the five aggregates
is suffering. ‹ê‚Ì�^—�‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤�B ‚»‚ê‚Í’a�¶‚±‚»‚ª�A‹ê‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B˜V‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª‹ê‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B•a‚ª‹ê‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BŽ€‚ª‹ê‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�Bsorrow, lamentation, pain, grief and distress are suffering,�D‚«‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚à‚Ì‚Æ�Ú‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‹ê‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B�D‚«‚È‚±‚Æ‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‹ê‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B—~‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚ª“¾‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Í‹ê‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚‚܂èŒÜå]‚ÉŽ·’…‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ª‹ê‚µ‚݂ł·�B |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, jāti? Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jāti sañjāti okkanti abhinibbatti khandhānaṃ pātubhāvo āyatanānaṃ paṭilābho, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, jāti. Yāè�Œn‘ã–¼ŽŒ ya�iwho�Cwhat�Cwhich�j�if�Dsin�Dof ya�j�Cwhatever woman tesaṃ�lâi‘ã–¼ŽŒ‘æŽO�lâita�ihe / it/ she�Gthat‰“âi�F”Þ�j sattānaṃ sattā�FExistence tamhi
tamhi = tasmiṃ ‚»‚ê‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä sattanikāye friendly friendship Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye sañjāti
[saṁ+jāti] birth�Corigin�G outcome okkanti
conceptionlit�D'descent'�C designates
the appearance of the embryo in the mother's womb abhinibbatti
[abhi + nibbatti] becoming�Cbirth�Crebirth pātubhāvo
appearance�G coming
into manifestation āyatanānaṃ āyatana�F[nt�D] sphere; region; sense-organ; position paṭilābho Obtaining�Cattainment�Cacquisition vuccati�@�@ [vac + ya] to
be said or called |
And what, monks, is birth? If there is birth for all
kinds of beings in whatever kind of existence, their conception, their being
born, their becoming, the coming into manifestation of their aggregates, the
acquisition of their sense faculties - this, monks, is called birth. |
|
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, jarā? Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyānaṃ paripāko, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, jarā. jarā [jara+a+ā �if�D�j
decay�G old age�Djāra �im�D�j a paramour jīraṇatā [jīraṇa+tā] �j [n�Dabstr�Dof
jīr=jar�Csee jarati�G cp�Djarā & jiṇṇatā] the state of being
decayed or aged�Cold age�Cdecay�Cdecrepitude khaṇḍiccaṃ�FState
of being broken pāliccaṃ�FHoariness�Cgreyness of hair valittacatā
The appearance of wrinkles. valittaca�F[adj�D] with wrinkled skin āyuno
āyu�F[nt�D] age�DGr�Dai]w/n �gaeonúW saṃhāni [saṃ-hāni] ‘¹Œ¸�CŒ¸‘Þ indriyānaṃ indriya �ª�CдН�CŠ´Šo’mŠo“™‚Ì”\—Í paripāko[pari+pac]
1�Dripeness�Cmaturity�Cdevelopment�Cperfection pac �yŽš�ªVII�D�z�Á‰»�ito
digest�j |
And what, monks, is old age? If there is old age for
all kinds of beings in whatever kind of existence, their getting frail and
decrepit, the breaking [of their teeth], their becoming grey and wrinkled,
the running down of their life span, the deterioration of their sense
faculties - this, monks, is called old age. |
|
Katamaṃ ca, bhikkhave, maraṇaṃ? Yaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo
antaradhānaṃ maccu maraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhānaṃ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo jīvitindriyassupacchedo,
idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, maraṇaṃ. maraṇaṃ cuti
vanishing�Cpassing away�Cdecease�Cshifting out of existence cavanatā
state of
shifting�Cremoval bhedo�FBreaking;
rending; division; disunion; breach�Cschism;kind antaradhānaṃ�F[nt.]
disappearance. maccu�FDeath�G yama kālakiriyā
�F[f�D] death�D nikkhepo�FPutting
down�Cdepositing�Crejection jīvitindriyassupacchedo�@ jīvit+indriya+ssupacchedo jīvita�F'Life�Cvitality'�Cmay be either physical �irūpa-jīvitindriya�j or mental �ināma-jīvitindriya�j�D The
latter is one of the mental factors inseparably associated with all
consciousness supaccatthata�Fa�D[su-paṭi-ā-stṛ ‚Ì pp�D] ‚æ‚•~‚©‚ꂽ |
And what, monks, is death? If there is vanishing and
passing away for all kinds of beings in whatever kind of existence, their
disintegration, their disappearance, their dying, their death, the completion
of their life span, the dissolution of the aggregates, the discarding of the
body, the destruction of their vitality - this, monks, is called death. |
|
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, soko? Yo kho, bhikkhave,
aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena
phuṭṭhassa soko socanā socitattaṃ antosoko antoparisoko, ayaṃ
vuccati, bhikkhave, soko. soko�FSorrow�Cgrief�Cmourning aññataraññatarena [aññatara+aññatara] aññatara�F[adj.]
certain�G not well-known. [añña
‚Ì”äŠr‹‰] 笈ê�C“ñŽÒ‚̈ê byasanena
�@�@�@Byasana�Cvyasana [vi+asa+yu] Vyasana
[vy+as] misfortune�Cmisery�Cruin�Cdestruction�Closs samannāgatassa
Samannāgata
[saṁ+anvāgata]
followed by�Cpossessed of�Cendowed with phuṭṭhassa phuṭṭha�F[pp�Dof phusati] touched�G reached�G attained socanā[f�D]
sorrowing—J�D�D socitatta
[socita-tta] �int�D�j sorrowfulness—J�D�D antosoko
[anto+soka] Internal dehydration – grief anto�F[ind.]
inside�G within�G inner antoparisoko [anto+parisoka] Frequent
internal anxiety and grief Parisoka�C[pari+soka]
great grief�Csevere mourning |
And what, monks, is sorrow? Whenever one, monks, is
affected by various kinds of loss and misfortune, that are followed by this
or that kind of painful state of mind, by sorrow, by mourning, by
sorrowfulness, by inward grief, and by deep inward woe - this, monks, is
called sorrow. |
|
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, paridevo? Yo kho, bhikkhave,
aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena
phuṭṭhassa ādevo paridevo ādevanā paridevanā
ādevitattaṃ paridevitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paridevo. paridevo [pari+deva
of div�Cdevati �FLamentation�Cwailing byasanena [vi+asa+yu] �@=vyasana vyasana�F[nt�D] misfortune�G ruin�G destruction ādevo
�@ ādeva�F[m.]
lamenting�G crying�G deploring paridevo�FLamentation�Cwailing ādevanā«ā+devu+yu»�F[f.]
lamenting�G crying�G deploring. ādevitattaṃ paridevitattaṃ [paridevita-tta’Š�Û–¼ŽŒ] |
And what, monks, is lamentation? Whenever one, monks,
is affected by various kinds of loss and misfortune, that are followed by
this or that kind of painful state of mind, by wailing and crying, by
lamentation, by deep wailing, by deep lamentation, by the state of deep
wailing and deep lamentation - this, monks, is called lamentation. |
|
Katamaṃ ca, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ?25 Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, kāyikaṃ dukkhaṃ kāyikaṃ asātaṃ kāyasamphassajaṃ dukkhaṃ asātaṃ vedayitaṃ, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ. kāyikaṃ [kāya-ika] relating
to the resulting from the body asātaṃ �@[a +
sāta�@
[adj�D]
disagreeable�D�int�D�j
pain; suffering kāyasamphassajaṃ [kāyasamphassa+jana+kvi�ê�Š] bodily
faculties; Caused by bodily samphasa. vedayitaṃ�@ [pp�Dof
vedeti] felt�Cexperienced |
And what, monks, is pain?25 If
there is, monks, any kind of bodily pain, any kind of bodily unpleasantness
or any kind of painful or unpleasant sensation as a result of bodily contact
- this, monks, is called pain. |
|
Katamaṃ ca, bhikkhave,
domanassaṃ?25 Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ cetasikaṃ asātaṃ manosamphassajaṃ dukkhaṃ asātaṃ vedayitaṃ, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, domanassaṃ. domanassaṃ�FDejection�Cgloom�Cmelancholy domanassa�Flit�D'sad-mindedness'�Cgrief�Ci.e�Dmentally
painful feeling �icetasika-vedanā�j�Cis
one of the 5 feelings �ivedanā�Cq.v.�j and
one of the 22 faculties �iindriya�Cq.v.�j�DAccording
to the Abhidhamma�Cgrief
is always associated with antipathy and grudge�Cand therefore
kammically unwholesome cetasikaṃ cetasika�F'mental
things�Cmental factors'�Care
those mental concomitants which are bound up with the simultaneously arising
consciousness �icitta = viññāṇa�j and
conditioned by its presence �DWhereas in the Suttas
all phenomena of existence are summed up under the aspect of 5 groups�Fcorporeality�Cfeeling�Cperception�Cmental formations�Cconsciousness �is�Dkhandha�j�Cthe Abhidhamma as a rule treats them under the more philosophical
3 aspects�Fconsciousness�Cmental
factors and corporeality �icitta�Ccetasika�Crūpa�j�DThus�Cof these 3 aspects�Cthe mental factors �icetasika�j comprise feeling�Cperception and the 50 mental formations�Caltogether
52 mental concomitants�DOf these�C25 are lofty qualities �ieither kammically
wholesome or neutral�j�C14 kammically unwholesome�Cwhile 13 are as such kammically neutral�Ctheir
kammical quality depending on whether they are associated with wholesome�Cunwholesome or neutral consciousness�D dukkhaṃ manosamphassajaṃ [manosamphassa+jana+kvi] born
of mind-contact |
And what, monks, is grief?25 If
there is, monks, any kind of mental pain, any kind of mental unpleasantness
or any kind of painful or unpleasant sensation as a result of mental contact
- this, monks, is called grief. ”ß‚µ‚݂Ƃ͉½‚©�H ‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é’É‚Ý�AŠì‚ׂȂ¢‚à‚Ì�A‚Ü‚½ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�Ú�G‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ēɂ݂âŠì‚ׂȂ¢Š´Šo�A ‚±‚ê‚ð”ß‚µ‚݂Ƃ¢‚¤�B |
|
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, upāyāso? Yo kho, bhikkhave,
aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena
phuṭṭhassa āyāso upāyāso āyāsitattaṃ upāyāsitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, upāyāso. upāyāso�FDesperation�Cdespair byasanena�F[nt�D] misfortune�G ruin�G destruction samannāgatassa
samannāgata�Fendowed with�G possessed of āyāso�@�@ āyāsa�C�im�D�j�Ctrouble; sorrow |
And what, monks, is distress? Whenever one, monks, is
affected by various kinds of loss and misfortune, that are followed by this
or that kind of painful state of mind, by tribulation, by distress,
affliction with distress and affliction with great distress - this, monks, is
called distress. |
|
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho? Idha
yassa te honti aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā dhammā, ye vā panassa te honti anatthakāmā ahitakāmā aphāsukakāmā
ayogakkhemakāmā, yā tehi saddhiṃ saṅgati samāgamo samodhānaṃ missībhāvo, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho. appiyehi [appa+ṇe+ṇya�iapya-saṃ�j] unpleasant;
disagreeable sampayogo appiyehi
sampayogo ‰…‘ž‚Æ‚Ì�‡‰ï aniṭṭhā [na+niṭṭhā] unpl
[an-iṭṭha] easant�G not
agreeable. akantā
. [a-kanta] unpleasant •s—~“I�C•s‰õ“I. amanāpā
[a-manāpa�Ca-manāpika] detesful•s‰ÂˆÓ“I�C•s“KˆÓ“I. saddā�@ sadda�F[m�D] sound�G noise�G a
word�D gandhā rasā
anatthakāmā
[na+atthakāma. anattha+kamu+ṇa] atthakāma�F[adj�D] well-wishing who
do not want growth; Who desires decline want
to cause disadvantage ahitakāmā
[na+hita+kāma] want to cause unhappiness aphāsukakāmā
[aphāsuka+kamu+ṇa. na+phāsukakāma] Who
wants to live in misery; Who do not want to live in peace phāsukakāma
�@�@�@�@�@want to be rich. ayogakkhemakāmā [na+yogakkhema+kāma] want
not to be free from the yoke of suffering yogakkhema[yoga+khema]
release from the attachments�D saṅgati [f�D]
association with�@meeting�@intercourse�@union samāgamo
samāgamo�FAssembly�G intercourse�Csociety samāgacchati [saṃ + ā + gam +
a] meets together ā-�F‡@ pref.
prep. [�V] ‚Ü‚Å�C‚©‚ç�C�Ÿ•û‚Ö. ‡A [a ‚ªŒ`—eŽŒ�C’Š�Û–¼ŽŒ‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�Cā ‚Æ‚È‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚é�Farūpa �¨ āruppa�Caroga
�¨ ārogya�Calasa �¨ ālasiya]. samodhānaṃ [saṁ+odhāna]
collocation�Ccombination missībhāvo coexistence The state of mixing. Integration missī-�F[=missa]
�¬�‡‚Ì�CŒ‹�‡‚Ì�Dmissībhāva �«Œð�C�‡ˆê |
And what, monks, is the suffering of being associated
with what one does not like? Wherever and whenever one finds unpleasant,
disagreeable or disliked objects of sight, sound, smell, taste, touch or of
the mind, or, whenever and wherever one finds that there are wishers of one�fs own misfortune, harm, difficulties
or of one�fs own insecurity; if one gets associated,
one meets, one comes into contact or gets combined with them - this, monks,
is called the suffering of being associated with what one does not like. |
|
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, piyehi vippayogo dukkho? Idha
yassa te honti iṭṭhā kantā manāpā rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā dhammā, ye vā panassa te honti atthakāmā hitakāmā phāsukakāmā
yogakkhemakāmā mātā vā pitā vā bhātā vā bhaginī vā mittā vā amaccā vā
ñātisālohitā vā, yā tehi saddhiṃ asaṅgati asamāgamo asamodhānaṃ amissībhāvo, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, piyehi vippayogo dukkho. piyehi �@�@�@ piya�F[adj�D] dear�G amiable�G
beloved vippayogo
�@�FSeparation iṭṭhā [pp�Dof
icchati] pleasing�Cwelcome�Cagreeable�Cpleasant iṭṭha kanta
manāpa �iof objects pleasing to the senses�j kantā
�@ kanta�F[adj�D] pleasant�G lovely�G agreeable manāpā
�@ manāpa�F[adj�D] pleasing�G charming panassa�@�@ panaˆ½–”+assa”Þ�i—z�Dšd�D›¢Ši�j�j﹐–””Þ atthakāmā
[attha+kamu+ṇa]�@well-wishing�D hitakāmā
�@�@�@ want good luck�@�@�@ I want
business. hitakara�F[adj.]
doing what is beneficial. phāsukakāmā
�@�@�@ I want to be
rich. phāsuka�F[adj�D] pleasant�Cconvenient�D yogakkhemakāmā
[yogakkhema+kāmu+ṇa]�@ The Four Noble Truths want
to be freed from the yoke of suffering yogakkhema
[yoga+khema�@release from the attachments�D mātā
�@ A mother�G a
maternal grandmother pita�@�@ pitar�Fm�D[Sk�Dpitṛ] •ƒ�C•ƒ‘c�D�isg�D�j nom�Dpitā bhātā
�@�FA brother; a cousin germane bhaginī
�F[f�D] sister�D mittā�@�@�@love amacca�F[m.] 1.
a privy councillor�G 2. a fellow-worker�G colleague. ñātisālohitā�F[m�D] relations and blood-relations asaṅgati asamāgamo
asamodhānaṃ amissībhāvo |
And what, monks, is the suffering of being
disassociated with what one does like? Wherever and whenever one finds
pleasant, agreeable or liked objects of sight, sound, smell, taste, touch or
of the mind, or, whenever and wherever one finds that there are wishers of
one�fs own fortune, prosperity,
comfort or of one�fs own security, like mother and
father, like brother and sister, like friends and colleagues or relatives; if
one gets disassociated, one does not meet, one does not come into contact or
does not get combined with them - this, monks, is called the suffering of
being disassociated with what one does like. |
|
Katamaṃ ca, bhikkhave,
yampicchaṃ na labhati taṃ pi dukkhaṃ? Jātidhammānaṃ, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ evaṃ icchā uppajjati: �eaho
vata mayaṃ na jātidhammā assāma na ca vata no jāti
āgaccheyyā�f ti.
Na kho panetaṃ icchāya pattabbaṃ. Idaṃ pi yampicchaṃ na labhati taṃ pi dukkhaṃ. yampicchaṃ labhati�F[labh +
a] gets�G obtains�G attains�D aho�F[ind.]
exclamation of surprise or consternation. vata�@ŽÀ‚É mayaṃ jātidhammā�@�@ [adj�D]
subject to rebirth�D assāma =�@ atthi�FTo be�Cto
exist āgaccheyyā�f āgacchi�F[aor.
of āgacchati] came to�G approached. panetaṃ = Paṇeti�C[pa+nī]
to lead on to�Cbring out�Cadduce�Capply “K—p�A”»Œˆ pattabbaṃ�F[pt�Dp�Dof
pāpunāti] what should be gained�Cattained or
reached |
And what, monks, is not getting what one desires? In
beings, monks, who are subject to birth the desire arises: "Oh, truly,
that we were not subject to birth! Oh, truly, may there be no new birth for
us!" But this cannot be obtained by mere desire; and not to get what one
wants is suffering. |
|
Jarādhammānaṃ,
bhikkhave, sattānaṃ evaṃ icchā uppajjati: �eaho
vata mayaṃ na jarādhammā assāma, na ca vata no jarā
āgaccheyyā�f ti.
Na kho panetaṃ icchāya pattabbaṃ. Idaṃ pi yampicchaṃ na labhati taṃ pi dukkhaṃ . |
In beings, monks, who are subject to old age the desire
arises: "Oh, truly, that we were not subject to old age! Oh, truly, may
we not be subject to old age!" But this cannot be obtained by mere
desire; and not to get what one wants is suffering. |
|
Byādhidhammānaṃ,
bhikkhave, sattānaṃ evaṃ icchā uppajjati: �eaho
vata mayaṃ na byādhidhammā assāma, na ca vata no byādhi
āgaccheyyā�f ti.
Na kho panetaṃ icchāya pattabbaṃ. Idaṃ pi yampicchaṃ na labhati taṃ pi dukkhaṃ. Byādhidhammānaṃ |
In beings, monks, who are subject to sickness the
desire arises: "Oh, truly, that we were not subject to sickness! Oh,
truly, may there be no sickness for us!" But this cannot be obtained by
mere desire; and not to get what one wants is suffering. |
|
Maraṇadhammānaṃ, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ evaṃ icchā uppajjati: �eaho
vata mayaṃ na maraṇadhammā assāma, na ca vata no maraṇaṃ āgaccheyyā�f ti. Na kho panetaṃ icchāya pattabbaṃ. Idaṃ pi yampicchaṃ na labhati taṃ pi dukkhaṃ. |
In beings, monks, who are subject to death the desire
arises: "Oh, truly, that we were not subject to death! Oh, truly, may we
never have to die!" But this cannot be obtained by mere desire; and not
to get what one wants is suffering. |
|
Sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammānaṃ, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ evaṃ icchā uppajjati: �eaho
vata mayaṃ na sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammā
assāma, na ca vata no sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammā āgaccheyyuṃ�f ti. Na kho panetaṃ
icchāya pattabbaṃ. Idaṃ pi yampicchaṃ na labhati taṃ pi dukkhaṃ. |
In beings, monks, who are subject to sorrow,
lamentation, pain, grief and distress the desire arises: "Oh, truly,
that we were not subject to sorrow, lamentation, pain, grief and distress!
Oh, truly, may we not suffer from sorrow, lamentation, pain, grief and
distress!" But this cannot be obtained by mere desire; and not to get
what one wants is suffering. |
|
Katame ca, bhikkhave, saṅkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā? Seyyathidaṃ - rūpupādānakkhandho vedanupādānakkhandho saññupādānakkhandho saṅkhārupādānakkhandho viññāṇupādānakkhandho. Ime
vuccanti, bhikkhave, saṅkhittena
pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā. Seyyathidaṃ�isa+yathā+idaṁ�j�y–³�z”@‰ºWhat
is this parable? rūpupādānakkhandho vedanupādānakkhandho saññupādānakkhandho saṅkhārupādānakkhandho viññāṇupādānakkhandho ImeŽwަ‘ã–¼ŽŒ ay
/ i�ithis / these�j vuccanti�@ vuccati�F[vac +
ya] to be said or called�D saṅkhittena�@ã`Ї’n說�AŠÈ—ª’n saṅkhitta�F[pp�Dof saṅkhipati] contracted�G
abridged�G shortened |
And how, monks, in short, is clinging to the five
aggregates suffering? It is as follows - clinging to the aggregate of matter
is suffering, clinging to the aggregate of sensation is suffering, clinging
to the aggregate of perception is suffering, clinging to the aggregate of
reaction is suffering, clinging to the aggregate of consciousness is
suffering. This, monks, in short, is called suffering because of clinging to
these five aggregates. |
|
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ. |
This, monks, is the Noble Truth of Suffering. |
|
Katamaṃ ca, bhikkhave,
dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ? |
And what, monks, is the Noble Truth of the Arising of
Suffering? |
|
Yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobbhavikā nandīrāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṃ, kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā. dukkhasamudayaṃ [dukkha+samudaya�i=saṃ+u+aya�j] samudaya�F[m�D] rise�G origin�G
produce�D Yāyaṃè�Œn‘ã–¼ŽŒ ya�iwho�Cwhat�Cwhich�j taṇhā�ilit�D'thirst'�j�F'craving'�Cis the chief root of suffering�Cand of the
ever-continuing cycle of rebirths�DúWWhat�Co monks�Cis the origin of suffering? It is
that craving which gives rise to ever-fresh rebirth and�Cbound up with pleasure and lust�Cnow here�Cnow there�Cfinds ever fresh delight�DIt is the sensual craving �ikāma-taṇhā�j�Cthe
craving for existence �ibhava-taṇhā�j�Cthe
craving for non-existence �ivibhava-taṇhā�júW taṇhā�FLust�Cdesire�Chuman passion�DTaṇhā is a technical
termthat is found in Buddhist philosophy�Cand is one of the links of the
paṭiccasamuppāda�DThe
three taṇhās are kāmataṇhā�Crūpat�D�Carūpat�D�Cdesire for rebirth in the three
forms of existence ponobbhavik⓱’v�Ä�¶�@Lead
to regeneration becomes
a condition for rebirth nandīrāgasahagatā
[nandī �indi�j rāga+saha+gata] nandī�FRejoicing
in rāga�F'lust'�C'greed'�Cis a synonym of lobha �is�Dmūla�j�Ctaṇhā and abhijjhā rāga�F[m�D] colour�G hue�G dye sahagata�F[adj�D] connected or endowed with tatratatrābhinandinī [tatratatra+abhinandinī] tatratatra
�@�@here and there Abhinandin
[abhi+nandati] rejoicing at�Cfinding pleasure in seyyathidaṃ�@�@ seyyathā�FAs�Cjust
as kāmataṇhā �@�@�@Lust
for sensual pleasures; bhavataṇhā �@�@ craving for
rebirth vibhavataṇhā�@ non-existential love�@ The
craving for the break-up of life; The
craving for the cessation of life |
It is this craving that occurs again and again and is
bound up with pleasure and lust and finds delight now here, now there. That
is, the craving for sensual pleasures, the craving for repeated rebirth and
the craving for annihilation. b.
‹ê‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Ì�^—� ‹ê‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Ì�^—�‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŠ‰–]‚±‚»‚ª�A�V‚½‚È“]�¶‚ð�¶‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B Љ–]taṇhā‚Í�A‚½‚Ü‚½‚Ü�¶‚¶‚½‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȍ‘̂̒†�A“÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚Ì’†‚É�A‘å‚«‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯�A–¡‚í‚¢�A‰ä‚ª•¨‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A“÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚ð‹�‚߂銉–]‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚æ‚è‚æ‚¢�¶‚ð‹�‚߂銉–]‚Å‚ ‚è�A‰ð’E‚ð‹�‚߂銉–]‚Å‚·�B‚»‚±‚ɂ͊½Šì‚ÆŽ·’…‚ª”º‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �î—~�A�¶‘¶—~�A�@�@�@�@ –Å—~�@ˆê“x‚Á‚«‚è‚Ì�¶‚Å‚ ‚è�AŽ€Œã‚Í–³‚Å‚ ‚é�@ˆ«Ž–‚ð�s‚‚µ‚½‚̂ŋ°‚ꂪ‚ ‚é�@—Ö‰ô‚̂Ȃ¢�Ià�‚ð‹�‚ß‚é |
|
Sā kho panesā, bhikkhave, taṇhā kattha uppajjamānā uppajjati, kattha nivisamānā nivisati? |
But where does this craving, monks, arise and where
does it get established? |
|
Yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. |
Wherever in the world [of mind and matter] there is
something enticing and pleasurable, there this craving arises and gets
established. ‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞�A‚Ç‚±‚Å�¶‚¶‚é‚̂łµ‚傤�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞�A‚Ç‚±‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂łµ‚傤�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ä’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì“Á�«‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚Ä’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Kiñca loke26 piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ? Cakkhu loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Sotaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Ghānaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Jivhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Kayo loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Mano loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. |
But what in the world26 [of
mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable? The eye in the world [of mind
and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets
established. The ear �c is
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. The
nose �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this
craving arises and gets established. The tongue �c is
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. The
body �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this
craving arises and gets established. The mind in the world [of mind and
matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets
established. Šì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì“Á�«‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A’®Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A’®Šo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A’®Šo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AškŠo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AškŠo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AškŠo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Rūpā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Saddā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Gandhā loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Rasā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Phoṭṭhabbā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Dhammā loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. piyarūpaṃ piyarūpa�F[nt�D] an enticing object of sight sātarūpa�@�@ Beautiful
image. Pleasant.�@�@
pleasing
color etthesā
�@�@ ettha�F[adv.]
here. uppajjamāna[pp�@uppajjati]arisen�Gcoming into existence�D nivisamānā
[ni+visa+māna] nivisati[ni
+ vis + a] settles down�Genters�Gestablishes oneself Dhammā
loke |
Visible objects, material forms in the world [of mind
and matter], are enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets
established. Sounds �c are
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established.
Smells �c are enticing and pleasurable; there this
craving arises and gets established. Tastes �c are
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established.
Touch �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this
craving arises and gets established. The contents of the mind in the world
[of mind and matter] are enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises
and gets established. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‰¹‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚Ì‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂̒†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂̒†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Sotaviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Ghānaviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Jivhāviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Kāyaviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Manoviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ loke Manoviññāṇaṃ loke |
The eye consciousness in the world [of mind and matter]
is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established.
The ear consciousness �c is
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. The
nose consciousness �c is enticing and pleasurable;
there this craving arises and gets established. The tongue consciousness �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets
established. The body consciousness �c is enticing and
pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. The mind
consciousness in the world [of mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable;
there this craving arises and gets established. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŽ‹Šo
ˆÓޝ ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŽ‹ŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŽ‹ŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A’®Šo
ˆÓޝ ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A’®ŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A’®ŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AškŠo
ˆÓޝ ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AškŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AškŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡Šo
ˆÓޝ ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡ŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡ŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo
ˆÓޝ ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´ŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´ŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì
ˆÓޝ ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚̈ӎ¯‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚̈ӎ¯‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Cakkhusamphasso loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Sotasamphasso loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Ghānasamphasso loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Jivhāsamphasso loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Kāyasamphasso loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Manosamphasso loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Cakkhusamphasso |
The eye contact in the world [of mind and matter] is
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. The
ear-contact �c is
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. The
nose-contact �c is enticing and pleasurable; there
this craving arises and gets established. The tongue-contact �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets
established. The body-contact �c is enticing and
pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. The mind-contact
in the world [of mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this
craving arises and gets established. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A’®Šo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A’®Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A’®Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AškŠo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AškŠo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AškŠo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Cakkhusamphassajā vedanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Sotasamphassajā
vedanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Ghānasamphassajā vedanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Jivhāsamphassajā
vedanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Kāyasamphassajā vedanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Manosamphassajā
vedanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Cakkhusamphassajā
vedanā loke |
The sensation arising from the eye-contact in the world
[of mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises
and gets established. The sensation arising from the ear-contact �c is enticing and pleasurable; there
this craving arises and gets established. The sensation arising from the
nose-contact �c is enticing and pleasurable; there
this craving arises and gets established. The sensation arising from the tongue-contact
�c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving
arises and gets established. The sensation arising from the body-contact �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets
established. The sensation arising from the mind-contact in the world [of
mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and
gets established. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A’®Šo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A’®Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A’®Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AškŠo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AškŠo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AškŠo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Rūpasaññā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Saddasaññā loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Gandhasaññā loke piyarūpaṃ
sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Rasasaññā loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Phoṭṭhabbasaññā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Dhammasaññā loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Rūpasaññā
loke |
The perception of visible objects, of material forms,
in the world [of mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this
craving arises and gets established. The perception of sounds �c is enticing and pleasurable; there
this craving arises and gets established. The perception of smells �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets
established. The perception of tastes �c is enticing
and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. The
perception of touch �c is enticing and pleasurable;
there this craving arises and gets established. The perception of mental
contents in the world [of mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there
this craving arises and gets established. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ì
’mŠo ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‰¹‚Ì
’mŠo ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ì
’mŠo ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡‚Ì
’mŠo ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚Ì‚Ì
’mŠo ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂̒mŠo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂̒mŠo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ì
’mŠo ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Rūpasañcetanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Saddasañcetanā loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Gandhasañcetanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Rasasañcetanā loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Phoṭṭhabbasañcetanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Dhammasañcetanā
loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Rūpasañcetanā«rūpa+sañcetanā] Sañcetanā
[saṁ+cetanā]
thought�Ccogitation�Cperception�Cintention sātarūpaṃ�@�@�@ Beautiful
image. Pleasant. |
The mental reaction to visible objects in the world [of
mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets
established. The mental reaction to sounds �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving
arises and gets established. The mental reaction to smells �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets
established. The mental reaction to tastes �c is
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. The
mental reaction to touch �c is enticing and
pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. The mental
reaction to mind objects, mental contents in the world [of mind and matter]
is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‰¹‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ւ̎uŒü‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ւ̎uŒü‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ւ̎uŒü‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Rūpataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Saddataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Gandhataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Rasataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Phoṭṭhabbataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Dhammataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Rūpataṇhā craving after form |
The craving after visible objects in the world [of mind
and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets
established. The craving after sounds �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets
established. The craving after smells �c is enticing
and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. The craving
after tastes �c is enticing and pleasurable; there
this craving arises and gets established. The craving after touch �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets
established. The craving after mind objects, mental contents in the world [of
mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and
gets established. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‰¹‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ւ̊‰–]‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ւ̊‰–]‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ւ̊‰–]‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Rūpavitakko27 loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Saddavitakko loke piyarūpaṃ
sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Gandhavitakko loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Rasavitakko loke piyarūpaṃ
sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Phoṭṭhabbavitakko loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Dhammavitakko loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Rūpavitakko�@«rūpa+vitakka]�@�@
color
range Vitakka�C[vi+takka]
reflection�Cthought�Cthinking�G
�ginitial application�h takka�F[m�D] thought�G reasoning�G logic�D�int�D�j�C 2
buttermilk �iwith 1/4 water�j�Cincluded in the five
products from a cow �ipañca gorasā�j at Vin�DI�C244 |
The thought conception27 of
visible objects in the world [of mind and matter] is enticing and
pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. The thought
conception of sounds �c is
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. The
thought conception of smells �c is enticing and
pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. The thought
conception of tastes �c is enticing and pleasurable;
there this craving arises and gets established. The thought conception of
touch �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this
craving arises and gets established. The thought conception of mind objects,
mental contents in the world [of mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable;
there this craving arises and gets established. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŒõŒi‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì
ˆêŽŸŽv�l ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‰¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
Rūpavicāro loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Saddavicāro loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Gandhavicāro loke piyarūpaṃ
sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Rasavicāro loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Phoṭṭhabbavicāro loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Dhammavicāro loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā
nivisati. Rūpavicāro�@«rūpa+vicāra] �@�@four colors If
you have a vision you can think and reason. Vicāra�C[vi+cāra]
investigation�Cexamination�Cconsideration�Cdeliberation Cāra
motion�Cwalking�Cgoing; doing�Cbehaviour�Caction�Cprocess Miln�D162 �i+vihāra�j; Dhs�D8=85 �i=vicāra�j;
DhsA�D167 |
The rolling in thoughts of visible objects in the world
[of mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises
and gets established. The rolling in thoughts of sounds �c is enticing and pleasurable; there
this craving arises and gets established. The rolling in thoughts of smells �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets
established. The rolling in thoughts of tastes �c is
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. The
rolling in thoughts of touch �c is enticing and
pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. The rolling in
thoughts of mind objects, mental contents in the world [of mind and matter]
is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving arises and gets established. |
|
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ |
This, monks, is the Noble Truth of the Arising of
Suffering. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŒõŒi‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì
“ñŽŸŽv�l ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‰¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª’è’…‚·‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚É’è’…‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚ꂪ‹ê‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Ì�^—�‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B |
|
Katamaṃ ca, bhikkhave,
dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ? |
And what, monks, is the Noble Truth of the Cessation of
Suffering? |
|
Yo tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo
mutti anālayo. Sā kho panesā, bhikkhave, taṇhā kattha pahīyamānā pahīyati, kattha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati? Yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. dukkhanirodhaṃ destruction
of suffering. ni-�Fpref�D‡@ [Sk�Dni-]
‰º‚É�D‡A
=nir- [Sk�Dniḥ-]
”Û�C–³ rodha�F[m�D] obstruction�G prevention�D tassāyeva tassāya�C�lâi‘ã–¼ŽŒ‘æŽO�lâita�ihe / it/ she�Gthat‰“âi�F”Þ�j asesavirāganirodho
[asesa+virāga+nirodha] Asesa
[a + sesa] not leaving a remnant�Call�Centire�Ccomplete Virāga[vi+rāga]absence
of rāga�Cdispassionateness�Cindifference cāgo�FAbandoning;giving
away; self-sacrifice�Cliberality paṭinissaggo Forsaking�Cgetting
rid of mutti
�F[f�D] release�G freedom�D anālaya[an
+ ālaya] aversion�Cdoing away with –³Ž·’…�C”ñ�Z
panesā paṇeti�F[pa + ni
+ e] decrees �ia fine or punishment�j kattha�F[adv�D] where? pahīyamāna[p�Dpahīyati]
vanishing�G passing away�G
abandoning�D nirujjhamānā
[ni+rudha+ya+māna] rudh1�D=grow=�¬’·�G 2�D=obstruct=в�ï �yŽš�ªII�D�z‘jâG�ito hinder �yŽš�ªIII�D�zŽù—v�ito desire�j�C—}�§�A–hŒì�ito restrain�j�B nirujjhati�F[ni +
rudh + ya] ceases�G dissolves�G
vanishes |
It is the complete fading away and cessation of this
very craving, forsaking it and giving it up; the liberation from it, leaving
no place for it. But where may this craving, monks, be eradicated; where may
it be extinguished? Wherever in the world [of mind and matter] there is
something enticing and pleasurable: there this craving may be eradicated and
extinguished. c.
‹ê‚Ì�Á–Å‚Ì�^—� ‹ê‚Ì�Á–Å
‚Ì�^—�‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ÌŠ®‘S‚È’âŽ~‚Æ�Á–łł·�B•úŠü‚Æ”pŠü‚Å‚·�BЉ–]‚©‚ç‚ÌŽ©—R‚Æ•ª—£‚Å‚·�B ‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‚Ç‚±‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂łµ‚傤�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A‚Ç‚±‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂łµ‚傤�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê�AŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì“Á�«‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê�AŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B Šì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì“Á�«‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤�B |
|
Kiñca loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ? Cakkhu loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Sotaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Ghānaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Jivhā loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Kāyo loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Mano loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Kiñca [kiṃ+ca] kiñc�C﹐�yŽš�ª�z‘jâG�ito hinder�j kiñci�F[ind�D] something�D�FA little�Crather piyarūpa�F[nt�D] an enticing object of sight�D |
But what in the world [of mind and matter] is enticing
and pleasurable? The eye in the world [of mind and matter] is enticing and
pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and extinguished. The ear �c is enticing and pleasurable; there
this craving may be eradicated and extinguished. The nose �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated
and extinguished. The tongue �c is enticing and
pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and extinguished. The body �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated
and extinguished. The mind in the world [of mind and matter] is enticing and
pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and extinguished. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A’®Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A’®Šo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A’®Šo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AškŠo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AškŠo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AškŠo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B |
|
Rūpā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Saddā loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Gandhā loke piyarūpaṃ
sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Rasā loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Phoṭṭhabbā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Dhammā loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. |
The objects of sight, the material forms in the world
[of mind and matter], are enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be
eradicated and extinguished. The sounds �c are enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be
eradicated and extinguished. The smells �c are
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and
extinguished. The tastes �c are enticing and
pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and extinguished. Touch �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated
and extinguished. The contents of the mind in the world [of mind and matter]
are enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and
extinguished. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‰¹‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A–¡‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚Ì‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂̒†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂̒†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B |
|
Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Sotaviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Ghānaviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Jivhāviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Kāyaviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Manoviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. |
The eye-consciousness in the world [of mind and matter]
is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and
extinguished. The ear-consciousness �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated
and extinguished. The nose-consciousness �c is
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and
extinguished. The tongue-consciousness �c is enticing
and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and extinguished. The
body-consciousness �c is enticing and pleasurable;
there this craving may be eradicated and extinguished. The mind-consciousness
in the world [of mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this
craving may be eradicated and extinguished. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŽ‹Šo
ˆÓޝ ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŽ‹ŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŽ‹ŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A’®Šo
ˆÓޝ ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A’®ŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A’®ŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AškŠo
ˆÓޝ ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AškŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AškŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡Šo
ˆÓޝ ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡ŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A–¡ŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo
ˆÓޝ ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´ŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´ŠoˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì
ˆÓޝ ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚̈ӎ¯‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A�S‚̈ӎ¯‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B |
|
Cakkhusamphasso loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Sotasamphasso
loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Ghānasamphasso loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Jivhāsamphasso
loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Kāyasamphasso loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Manosamphasso
loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. |
The eye-contact in the world [of mind and matter] is
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and
extinguished. The ear-contact �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated
and extinguished. The nose-contact �c is enticing and
pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and extinguished. The
tongue-contact �c is enticing and pleasurable; there
this craving may be eradicated and extinguished. The body-contact �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated
and extinguished. The mind-contact in the world [of mind and matter] is
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and
extinguished. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A’®Šo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A’®Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A’®Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AškŠo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AškŠo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AškŠo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B |
|
Cakkhusamphassajā vedanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Sotasamphassajā
vedanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Ghānasamphassajā vedanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Jivhāsamphassajā
vedanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Kāyasamphassajā vedanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Manosamphassajā
vedanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. |
The sensation that arises from the eye contact in the
world [of mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving
may be eradicated and extinguished. The sensation that arises from the ear
contact �c is
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and
extinguished. The sensation that arises from the nose contact �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated
and extinguished. The sensation that arises from the tongue contact �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated
and extinguished. The sensation that arises from the body contact �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated
and extinguished. The sensation that arises from the mind contact in the
world [of mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving
may be eradicated and extinguished. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŽ‹Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A’®Šo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A’®Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A’®Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AškŠo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AškŠo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AškŠo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Å�¶‚¤‚Ü‚ê‚½Š´Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¤‚Ü‚ê‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A–¡Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¤‚Ü‚ê‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Ì
�Ú�G ‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì �Ú�G ‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì�Ú�G‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Š´Šo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł· |
|
Rūpasaññā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Saddasaññā loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Gandhasaññā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Rasasaññā loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Phoṭṭhabbasaññā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Dhammasaññā loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. |
The perception of visible objects in the world [of mind
and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated
and extinguished. The perception of sounds �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may
be eradicated and extinguished. The perception of smells �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated
and extinguished. The perception of tastes �c is
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and
extinguished. The perception of touch �c is enticing
and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and extinguished. The
perception of mental contents in the world [of mind and matter] is enticing
and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and extinguished. �B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ì
’mŠo ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‰¹‚Ì
’mŠo ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ì
’mŠo ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡‚Ì
’mŠo ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A–¡‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚Ì‚Ì
’mŠo ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂̒mŠo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂̒mŠo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ì
’mŠo ‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ì’mŠo‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B |
|
Rūpasañcetanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Saddasañcetanā
loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Gandhasañcetanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Rasasañcetanā
loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Phoṭṭhabbasañcetanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Dhammasañcetanā
loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. |
The mental reaction towards visible objects in the
world [of mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving
may be eradicated and extinguished. The mental reaction towards sounds �c is enticing and pleasurable; there
this craving may be eradicated and extinguished. The mental reaction towards
smells �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this
craving may be eradicated and extinguished. The mental reaction towards
tastes �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this
craving may be eradicated and extinguished. The mental reaction towards touch
�c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may
be eradicated and extinguished. The mental reaction towards mental contents
in the world [of mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this
craving may be eradicated and extinguished. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‰¹‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A–¡‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ւ̎uŒü‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ւ̎uŒü‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ւ̎uŒü‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ö‚ÌŽuŒü‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B |
|
Rūpataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Saddataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Gandhataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Rasataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Phoṭṭhabbataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Dhammataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. |
The craving after visible objects in the world [of mind
and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated
and extinguished. The craving after sounds �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may
be eradicated and extinguished. The craving after smells �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated
and extinguished. The craving after tastes �c is
enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and
extinguished. The craving after touch �c is enticing
and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and extinguished. The
craving after mental contents in the world [of mind and matter] is enticing
and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and extinguished. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‰¹‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A–¡‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ւ̊‰–]‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ւ̊‰–]‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ւ̊‰–]‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B |
|
Rūpavitakko loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Saddavitakko loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Gandhavitakko loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Rasavitakko loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Phoṭṭhabbavitakko loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Dhammavitakko
loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. |
The thought conception of visible objects in the world
[of mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be
eradicated and extinguished. The thought conception of sounds �c is enticing and pleasurable; there
this craving may be eradicated and extinguished. The thought conception of
smells �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this
craving may be eradicated and extinguished. The thought conception of tastes �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated
and extinguished. The thought conception of touch �c
is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated and
extinguished. The thought conception of mental contents in the world [of mind
and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated
and extinguished. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŒõŒi‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‰¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚ÍŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ꎟŽv�l‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B |
|
Rūpavicāro loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Saddavicāro loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Gandhavicāro loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Rasavicāro loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. Phoṭṭhabbavicāro loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Dhammavicāro loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati. |
The rolling in thoughts of visible objects in the world
[of mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be
eradicated and extinguished. The rolling in thoughts of sounds �c is enticing and pleasurable; there
this craving may be eradicated and extinguished. The rolling in thoughts of
smells �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this
craving may be eradicated and extinguished. The rolling in thoughts of tastes
�c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may
be eradicated and extinguished. The rolling in thoughts of touch �c is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be eradicated
and extinguished. The rolling in thoughts of mental contents in the world [of
mind and matter] is enticing and pleasurable; there this craving may be
eradicated and extinguished. |
|
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ. |
This, monks, is the Noble Truth of the Cessation of
Suffering. ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŒõŒi‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŒõŒi‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A‰¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A“õ‚¢‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Í�AŠì‚ÑŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª•úŠü‚³‚ê‚鎞‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚Å•úŠü‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽ~‚ÞŽž‚É‚Í�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓ñŽŸŽv�l‚Ì’†‚ÅŽ~‚ނ̂ł·�B ‚±‚ꂪ‹ê‚Ì�Á–Å‚Ì�^—�‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B |
|
Katamaṃ ca, bhikkhave,
dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ, sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammā-ājīvo,
sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi. dukkhanirodhagāminī leading
to the extinction of suffering' �i= 4th Noble Truth�j�G majjhima-paṭipadā�C'the
Middle Way paṭipadā [cf�Dpaṭi-pad�C] the
road “¹�C�s“¹ Ayameva ayaṁ�F‚±‚ê�C‚±‚Ì aṭṭhaṅgika[aṭṭha-aṅgika-ika]
having eight constituents�@”ªŽx‚Ì seyyathidaṃ�@�@ seyyathāpi�F[ind�D]
just as sammādiṭṭhi diṭṭhi�C�ilit�D'sight'�G �ãdis to see�j�Fview�Cbelief�Cspeculative
opinion�Cinsight�DIf not
qualified by sammā�C'right'�Cit
mostly refers to wrong and evil view or opinion�Cand
only in a few instances to right view�Cunderstanding
or insight �ie.g�Ddiṭṭhi-ppatta�Cq.v.�G diṭṭhi-visuddhi�Cpurification
of insight�G diṭṭhi-sampanna�Cpossessed
of insight�j. Wrong
or evil views �idiṭṭhi or micchā-diṭṭhi�j sammāsaṅkappo Saṅkappa�C[saṁ+kḷp�Ccp�Dkappeti] thought�Cintention�Cpurpose sammāvācā vācā
[vac�Cvakti & vivakti�G voice�Cword sammākammanto Kammanta[kamma+anta]doing�Cwork�Cbusiness�Coccupation�Cprofession sammā-ājīvo ājīvo�FLivelihood�Cliving�Csubsistence�Coccupation�Clife�Cconduct Ājīva�C[ā +
jīva] livelihood�Cmode of living�Cliving�Csubsistence sammāvāyāmo Vāyāma�C[fr�Dvi+ā+yam] striving�Ceffort�Cexertion�Cendeavour sammāsati sati�@memory�Crecognition�Cconsciousness sammāsamādhi. samādhi�F'concentration'�G lit�D'the �imental�j state of being firmly fixed' �isam+ā+�ãhā�j�Cis the fixing of the mind on a single
object�DúWOne-pointedness of mind �icittassekaggatā�j |
And what, monks, is the Noble Truth of the Path Leading
to the Cessation of Suffering? It is this, the Noble Eightfold Path, namely:
right understanding, right thought, right speech, right action, right
livelihood, right effort, right awareness and right concentration. d.
‹ê‚Ì�Á–łւ̓¹‚Ì�^—� �@ ‹ê‚Ì�Á–łւ̓¹‚Ì�^—�‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚ê‚Í”ª�³“¹‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚‚܂è�A�³Œ©�A�³ŽvˆÒ�A�³Œê�A�³‹Æ�A�³–½�A�³�¸�i�A�³”O�A�³’è‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B |
|
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi? Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi. ñāṇa�FOf
the 9 kinds of insight-knowledge constituting the paṭipadā-ñāṇadassana-visuddhi
�is�DVis�DM�DXXI�j wisdom�G
insight dukkhasamudaye [dukkha+samudaya�i=saṃ+u+aya�j] the
origin of suffering. dukkhanirodhe�@ the extinction
of suffering. dukkhanirodhagāminiyā
dukkhanirodhagāminī�Fleading
to the extinction of suffering. paṭipadāya paṭipadā�F'Road'�C'path' dukkhanirodhagāminipaṭipadā�C'the
road leading to the extinction of suffering' |
And what, monks, is Right Understanding? It is this,
monks: the knowledge of suffering, the knowledge of the arising of suffering,
the knowledge of the cessation of suffering, the knowledge of the path
leading to the cessation of suffering. This, monks, is called Right
Understanding. ‚Å‚Í�A
�³Œ© (Samma-ditthi: Right View or Understanding) ‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‹ê‚Ì—�‰ð�A‹ê‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Ì—�‰ð�A‹ê‚Ì�Á–ł̗�‰ð�A‹ê‚Ì�Á–łւ̓¹‚Ì—�‰ð�A‚±‚ê‚ð�³Œ©‚ƌĂт܂·�B |
|
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo? Nekkhammasaṅkappo, abyāpādasaṅkappo, avihiṃsāsaṅkappo. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo. Nekkhammasaṅkappo [nekkhamma+saṅkappa] nekkhamma�F'freedom
from sensual lust'�Crenunciation�DThough apparently from nir + �ãkram�C'to go forth �iinto the homeless state of a
monk�j'�Cthis term is in the Pāḷi texts
nevertheless used as if it were derived from kāma�Clust�Cand always as an antonym to kāma�D abyāpādasaṅkappo [abyāpāda+saṅkappa] abyāpāda�FúVhatelessnessúV�Cnon-ill-will�Cgoodness�G is one of the three kinds of right thought �is. sacca�CIV. 2�j�Cor
wholesome thoughts �ivitakka�Cq.v.�j and is the 9th of the 10 wholesome courses of actions �ikammapatha II. q.v.�j. The most frequently
used synonyms are adosa �is. mūla�j and mettā �is. brahma-vihāra�j avihiṃsāsaṅkappo [avihiṃsā+saṅkappa] avihiṃsā�C�iequivalents�Fahiṃsā�Cavihesā�j�F'harmlessness'�Cnonviolence�Cabsence of cruelty�DThe 'thought of
harmlessness' �ior�F'non-cruelty';
avihiṃsā-vitakka�j is one
of the three constituents of right thought �isammā-saṅkappa�j�Ci�De�Dthe 2nd factor of the Eightfold Path |
And what, monks, is Right Thought? Thoughts of
renunciation, thoughts that are free from aversion and thoughts that are free
from violence. This, monks, is called Right Thought. |
|
|
‚Å‚Í�A
�³ŽvˆÒ (Samma-sankappa: Right Thought) ‚Ɖ½‚Å‚µ‚傤�B“÷—~‚©‚ç‚̉ð•ú‚Ö‚Æ“±‚Žv�l�AŒ™ˆ«‚̂Ȃ¢Žv�l�AŽc‹s‚³‚̂Ȃ¢Žv�l�A‚±‚ê‚ð�³ŽvˆÒ‚ƌĂт܂·�B |
|
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāvācā? Musāvādā veramaṇī, pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇī, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇī, samphappalāpā veramaṇī. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāvācā. Musāvādā
[musā+vāda] lying Musā
[lit�D�gneglectfully�h] falsely�Cwrongly�G uṣually with verbs vadati�C
bhanati�C bhāsati & brūti to speak falsely�Cto tell a lie veramaṇī [viramaṇa,vīramaṇī] abstaining
from abstinence—£’E pisuṇāya Pisuṇa backbiting�Ccalumnious�Cmalicious �@ˆ«ˆÓ‚Ì‚ ‚é vācāya
vācāyata�@Who
speaks blamelessly pharusāya �@ pharusa�F[adj�D] rough�G harsh�G
unkind samphappalāpā
�@ slang�Cdirty
language�Cslander�Cuseless talk |
And what, monks, is Right Speech? Abstaining from
lying, abstaining from slander and backbiting, abstaining from harsh words
and abstaining from frivolous talk. This, monks, is called Right Speech. ‚Å‚Í�A
�³Œê (Samma-vaca: Right Speech) ‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‰R�A ‰AŒû �Aˆ«Œû�A ‚¤‚킳˜b‚â–³‘ÊŒû
�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ð�T‚¦‚邱‚Æ�A‚±‚ê‚ð�³Œê‚ƌĂт܂·�B |
|
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammākammanto? Pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, adinnādānā veramaṇī, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammākammanto. Pāṇātipātā�@�ipāṇaŒÄ‹z+atipātaŽE�jŽE�¶�iŽE—LŒÄ‹zŽÒ�j adinnādānā�@�@ take something
that has not been given�Ctheft Nādhati�@�@�@ to
have need of�Cto be in want of kāmesumicchācārā�i=kāmesu
micchā carati�jŽ×ˆú carati�F[car +
a] walks or roams about; behaves; practises; performs |
And what, monks, is Right Action? Abstaining from
killing, abstaining from taking what has not been given and abstaining from
sexual misconduct. This, monks, is called Right Action. ‚Å‚Í�A�³‹Æ (Samma-kammanta: Right Action) ‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤�B �¶‚«•¨‚ðŽE‚³‚È‚¢ �A “�‚Ý‚ð‚µ‚È‚¢ �A‚Ý‚¾‚è‚É
ˆú—~ ‚ɂӂ¯‚ç‚È‚¢�A‚±‚ê‚ð�³‹Æ‚ƌĂт܂·�B |
|
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-ājīvo? Idha, bhikkhave,
ariyasāvako micchā-ājīvaṃ pahāya sammā-ājīvena
jīvitaṃ kappeti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammā-ājīvo. micchā-ājīvaṃ ājīva�C�iāŒü+ jīva–½�G Sk. ājīva�j�C�y—z�z�¶Œv�C�¶Šˆ�C�¶‘¶�ilivelihood�Cmode of living�Cliving�Csubsistence pahāya
[abs�Dof pajahati] given up�Ghaving forsaken�Gabandoned jīvitaṃ �@�@ Life kappeti [kapp
+ e] prepares�G harnesses�G trims�G
considers�G makes�G leads �ione's life�j |
And what, monks, is Right Livelihood? Here, monks, a
noble disciple having given up wrong ways of livelihood earns his livelihood
by right means. This, monks, is called Right Livelihood. ‚Å‚Í�A�³–½ (Samma-ajiva: Right Livelihood) ‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤�B ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Žè’i‚Å�¶Œv ‚ð—§‚Ä‚¸‚É�A�³‚µ‚¢Žè’i‚Å�¶Œv‚ð—§‚Ä‚Ä�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ð�³–½‚ƌĂт܂·�B |
|
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya
bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
sammāvāyāmo. anuppannānaṃ anuppanna[an-uppanna]
not born�G not arisen–¢�¶“I�C–¢�¶‹N“I pāpakānaṃ pāpakārī�F[adj�D] sinful�G wickedŽ×ˆ«�m•s�³�C•s“¹“¿�nŽô�p akusalānaṃ akusala�Fa.
[a-kusala] demerit�G sin�G bad action kusala�F'kammically
wholesome' or 'profitable'�Csalutary�Cmorally good�C�iskillful�j Connotations of the term�Caccording to Com�D�iAṭṭhasālinī�j�Care�Fof
good health�Cblameless�Cproductive
of favourable kamma-result�Cskillful�DIt should be noted that Com�Dexcludes the
meaning 'skillful'�Cwhen the term is applied to states
of consciousness�D It
is defined in M�D9 as the 10 wholesome courses of action �is�Dkammapatha�j�DIn psychological terms�C'kammically wholesome' are all those kammical volitions �ikamma-cetanā�j and the consciousness and
mental factors associated therewith�Cwhich are
accompanied by 2 or 3 wholesome roots �is�Dmūla�j�Ci�De�Dby greedlessness �ialobha�j and hatelessness �iadosa�j�Cand in some cases also by non-delusion �iamoha�Fwisdom�Cunderstanding�j�DSuch states of consciousness are regarded as 'kammically
wholesome' as they are causes of favourable kamma results and contain the
seeds of a happy destiny or rebirth�DFrom this
explanation�Ctwo facts should be noted�F�i1�j it is volition that makes a state of
consciousness�Cor an act�C'good'
or 'bad'�G �i2�j the moral
criterion in Buddhism is the presence or absence of the 3 wholesome or moral
roots �is�Dmūla�j�D The
above explanations refer to mundane �ilokiya�Cq�Dv�D�j wholesome
consciousness�DSupermundane wholesome �ilokuttara-kusala�j states�Ci�De�Dthe four paths
of sanctity �is�Dariyapuggala�j�Chave as results only the corresponding four fruitions�G they do not constitute kamma�Cnor do they
lead to rebirth�Cand this applies also to the good
actions of an Arahat �iTab�DI�C73-80�j and his meditative states �iTab�D1�C81-89�j�Cwhich are all kammically inoperative �ifunctional�G s�Dkiriya�j�D Kusala
belongs to a threefold division of all consciousness�Cas
found in the Abhidhamma �iDhs�D�j�Cinto wholesome �ikusala�j�Cunwholesome �iakusala�j and kammically neutral �iavyākata�j�Cwhich is the first of the triads �itika�j in the Abhidhamma schedule �imātikā�j�G s�DGuide�Cpp�D4ff�D�C12ff�G Vis�DM�DXIV�C83ff�D anuppādāya
anuppāda�Fm.
[an-uppāda] •s�¶�C–³�¶. anuppāde ñāṇaṃ –³�¶’q. chandaṃ chanda�Fintention�Cdesire�Cwill. 1�DAs an
ethically neutral psychological term�Cin the sense of
'intention'�Cit is one of those general mental factors
�icetasika�Cq.v�DTab�DII�j taught in
the Abhidhamma�Cthe moral quality of which is
determined by the character of the volition �icetanā�Cq.v.�j associated therewith�DThe Com�Dexplains it as 'a wish to do' �ikattu-kamyatā-chanda�j�DIf intensified�Cit acts also as a 'predominance condition' �is�Dpaccaya 3�j. 2�DAs an
evil quality it has the meaning of 'desire'�Cand is
frequently coupled with terms for 'sensuality'�C'greed'�Cetc.�Cfor instance�Fkāma-cchanda�C'sensuous desire'�Cone of the 5 hindrances �is�Dnīvaraṇa�j�G
chanda-rāga�C'lustful desire' �is�Dkāma�j�DIt is one
of the 4 wrong paths �is�Dagati�j. 3�DAs a
good quality it is a righteous will or zeal �idhamma-chanda�j and occurs�Ce.g�Din
the formula of the 4 right efforts �is�Dpadhāna�j�FThe monk rouses his will �ichandaṃ janeti�j....úW If intensified�Cit is one of the 4 roads
to power �is�DIddhipāda �j. janeti
[jan + e] generates�Ggives birth�@To bring forth�Cto cause vāyamati
[vi+ā+yam] to struggle�Cstrive�C to exert oneself vīriyaṃ �@ vīra�F[adj�D] brave�G heroic�D�im�D�j a hero—EŽÒ ārabhati
[ā + rabh + a] 1�Dbegins; starts; 2�Dkills; tortures�D paggaṇhāti [pa + gah
+ ṇhā] holds up�Gfavours�G stretches forth padahati [pa
+ dah + a] strives�G takes up�G confronts uppannānaṃ�@uppanna�F[pp�Dof uppajjati] reborn�Garisen�¶‹N‚¹‚épāpakānaṃ papa�@Lat�Dpatior≈E�Dpassion etc�D�G Gr�DphƒÊa suffering�Cevil�G evil�Cbad�Cwicked�Csinful ṭhitiyā �@ ṭhiti�F[f�D] stability�G duration�G continuance asammosāya
Asammosa[a + sammosa] absence of confusion bhiyyobhāvāya
[bhiyyo+bhāva] bhiyyo�F[ind�D] exceedingly; more; in a higher degree; ”äŠr‹‰ vepullāya
Vepulla
[vipula] full development�Cabundance�Cplenty�Cfullness bhāvanāya
bhāvanā�F'mental
development' �ilit�D'calling
into existence�Cproducing'�j�@meditation�Dtranquillity �isamatha-bhāvanā�j�Ci�De�Dconcentration �isamādhi�j�Cand development of insight �ivipassanā-bhāvanā�j�Ci�De�Dwisdom �ipaññā�j�D pāripūriyā
�@ pāripūri�C�if�D�j fulfilment�G completion |
And what, monks, is Right Effort? Here, monks, a monk
generates the will to prevent the arising of unarisen evil unwholesome mental
states; he makes strong effort, stirs up his energy, applies his mind to it
and strives. To eradicate those evil unwholesome mental states that have
arisen in him, he generates the will, makes strong effort, stirs up his
energy, applies his mind to it and strives. To develop wholesome mental
states that have not yet arisen in him, he generates will, makes strong
effort, stirs up his energy, applies his mind to it and strives. To maintain
wholesome mental states that have arisen in him, not to let them fade away,
to multiply them and bring them to full maturity and to full development, he
generates will, makes strong effort, stirs up his energy, applies his mind to
it and strives. This, monks, is called Right Effort. ‚Å‚Í�A�³�¸�i (Samma-vdyama: Right Effort)‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤�B ‚Ü‚¾�S‚É�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Œ™ˆ«‚â•sŒ’‘S‚È�ó‘Ô‚ª�¶‚¶‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�AˆÓ—~‚ðŽ�‚¿�A“w—Í‚µ�A‹C—͂𕱂¢�A�S‚ðŒX‚¯�A”M�S‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚݂܂·�B �S‚É�¶‚¶‚½Œ™ˆ«‚â•sŒ’‘S‚È�ó‘Ô‚Í•úŠü‚µ‚悤‚Æ�AˆÓ—~‚ðŽ�‚¿�A“w—Í‚µ�A‹C—͂𕱂¢�A�S‚ðŒX‚¯�A”M�S‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚݂܂·�B ‚Ü‚¾�S‚É�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Œ’‘S‚È�ó‘Ô‚ª�¶‚¶‚邿‚¤‚É�AˆÓ—~‚ðŽ�‚¿�A“w—Í‚µ�A‹C—͂𕱂¢�A�S‚ðŒX‚¯�A”M�S‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚݂܂·�B �S‚É�¶‚¶‚½Œ’‘S‚È�ó‘Ԃ͈ێ�‚µ�A‚»‚ÌŒ’‘S‚È�ó‘Ô‚ª�Á‚¦‚¸‚É�A�L‚ª‚è�A‘å‚«‚�¬’·‚µ�AŠ®‘S‚È‚à‚Ì‚É‚È‚é‚æ‚¤‚É�AˆÓ—~‚ðŽ�‚¿�A“w—Í‚µ�A‹C—͂𕱂¢�A�S‚ðŒX‚¯�A”M�S‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚݂܂·�B ‚±‚ê‚ð�³�¸�i‚ƌĂт܂·�B |
|
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāsati? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhādomanassaṃ, vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī
sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ, citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhādomanassaṃ, dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī
sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsati. vineyya[abs.
vineti] having removed�iadj�D�jfit to be trained abhijjhādomanassaṃ�iabhijjhāæÃ—~�y‰A�z+domanassa•s”@ˆÓ�y’†�z�j domanassa�Flit�D'sad-mindedness'�Cgrief�Cmentally painful feeling |
And what, monks, is Right Awareness? Here, monks, a
monk dwells ardent with awareness and constant thorough understanding of
impermanence, observing body in body, having removed craving and aversion
towards the world [of mind and matter]; he dwells ardent with awareness and
constant thorough understanding of impermanence, observing sensations in
sensations, having removed craving and aversion towards the world [of mind
and matter]; he dwells ardent with awareness and constant thorough
understanding of impermanence, observing mind in mind, having removed craving
and aversion towards the world [of mind and matter]; he dwells ardent with
awareness and constant thorough understanding of impermanence, observing
mental contents in mental contents, having removed craving and aversion
towards the world [of mind and matter]. This, monks, is called Right
Awareness. ‚Å‚Í�A�³”O (Samma-sati: Right Mindfulness)‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤�B �g‘Ì‚Í�g‘̂ɂ·‚¬‚È‚¢
‚Ƒӂ邱‚ƂȂ�A‚«‚¿‚ñ‚Æ—�‰ð‚µ�A�S‚É—¯‚߂܂·�B‚»‚̂悤‚É‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚ł̋—~‚â—J‚¢‚ð‰“‚´‚¯‚é‚̂ł·�B Š´Šo‚ÍŠ´Šo‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢
‚Ƒӂ邱‚ƂȂ�A‚«‚¿‚ñ‚Æ—�‰ð‚µ�A�S‚É—¯‚߂܂·�B‚»‚̂悤‚É‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚ł̋—~‚â—J‚¢‚ð‰“‚´‚¯‚é‚̂ł·�B �S‚Í�S‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢
‚Ƒӂ邱‚ƂȂ�A‚«‚¿‚ñ‚Æ—�‰ð‚µ�A�S‚É—¯‚߂܂·�B‚»‚̂悤‚É‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚ł̋—~‚â—J‚¢‚ð‰“‚´‚¯‚é‚̂ł·�B �S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢
‚Ƒӂ邱‚ƂȂ�A‚«‚¿‚ñ‚Æ—�‰ð‚µ�A�S‚É—¯‚߂܂·�B‚»‚̂悤‚É‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚ł̋—~‚â—J‚¢‚ð‰“‚´‚¯‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚ê‚ð�³”O‚ƌĂт܂·�B |
|
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ27 vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, pītiyā ca virāgā
upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhaṃ ca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti
yaṃ taṃ
ariyā ācikkhanti: �eupekkhako
satimā sukhavihārī�f ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, sukhassa ca pahānā
dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi. vivicceva�@�@ vivicca�FSeparating
oneself from savitakkaṃ savitakka[sa-vitakka]
accompanied by reasoning—L�q�C—LŠo‚Ì savicāraṃ savicāra
[sa-vicāra] accompanied by investigation—LŽf�C—LŠÏ‚Ì vivekajaṃ�@«viveka+jana+kvi Viveka[vi+vic]
detachment�Cloneliness�Cseparation�Cseclusion�gsingleness�h pītisukhaṃ�@ pītisukha�@ Pleasure
and wealth.�@
joy paṭhamaṃ�F[adv�D] at
first�G for
the first time jhānaṃ�FMeditation�Ccontemplation�Gmystic
�Cecstasy�Ctrance upasampajja upasampajjati[upa+saṃ+pad+ya]
attains�Gbecomes fully ordained vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā�FSuppression vūpasama[�ƒvi-upa-śam]
relief�Gclamness�Gcessation Žâ�Ã�CŽâ–Å ajjhattaṃ�FRelating
to the individual�Cinternally�Csubjectively sampasādanaṃ [saṁ+pasādana]
tranquillizing �@happiness�Cjoy Miln�D34�G Vism�D156�G DhsA�D170 in the the second Jhāna ekodibhāvaṃ �@�@onepointedness�G concentration. avitakkaṃ [a + vitakka]
free from thought avicāraṃ [na+vicāra] wordless Lack
of thinking. No investigation samādhijaṃ produced by concentration pītisukhaṃ joy Pleasure and wealth dutiyaṃ for the second time pītiyā
pīti�Frapture�Centhusiasm �irendered also by joy�Chappiness�j�G interest it is one of the
mental factors or concomitants �icetasika�j and belongs to the group of mental formations �isaṅkhāra-kkhandha�j�DAs�Cin Sutta texts�Cit is often linked in a
compound word�Dwith 'gladness' �ipāmojja�j or 'happiness' �isukha�j�Csome Western translations have
wrongly taken it as a synonym of these two terms�DPīti�Chowever�Cis not a feeling or a sensation�Cand hence does not belong to the feeling-group �ivedanā-kkhandha�j�Cbut may be described
psychologically as 'joyful interest'�DAs such it may
be associated with wholesome as well as with unwholesome and neutral states
of consciousness�D A
high degree of rapture is characteristic of certain stages in meditative
concentration�Cin insight practice �ivipassanā�j as well as in the first two absorptions �ijhāna�Cq�Dv�D�j�DIn the
latter it appears as one of the factors of absorption �ijhānaṅga�G s�Djhāna�j and is strongest in the 2nd
absorption�DFive degrees of intensity in meditative
rapture are described in Vis�DM�DIV�D94ff�DIt is one
of the factors of enlightenment �ibojjhaṅga�Cq�Dv�D�j�D virāgā
Virāga[vi+rāga] absence of
rāga�Cdispassionateness upekkhako
disinterested�Cresigned �ÓæV“I�C•sŠ´‹»Žï“I paṭisaṃvedeti [paṭi + saṃ + vid + e]
undergoes�G feels�G experiences Paṭi�C�iindecl�D�j [Ved�Cprati�Cpreti
as in Lat�Dpretium �ifr�Dpretios�j�h price�h�icp�Dprecious�j�CGr�Dprέs �iaeol�D�j directional
prefix in well-defined meaning of �gback �ito�j�Cagainst�Ctowards�Cin opposition to�Copposite�D ācikkhanti present�Crefer
to Ācikkhana
[ā+cikkhana of cikkhati] telling�Cannouncing sukhavihārī
Having a feeling of ease or serenity Sukha�C�iadj�D-n�D�j [Vedic sukha�G
in R�DV�Donly of ratha�G later generally] agreeable�Cpleasant pahānā
[pajahati�ƒhā]removal�Ggiving up�Gabandoning ŽÌ—£ pubbeva
pubbe�Fformerly�G in the past�DˆÈ‘O‚É somanassadomanassānaṃ joy and favor adukkhamasukhaṃ�iadukkha”ñ‹ê+m+asukha”ñžÙ�j•s‹ê•sŠy upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ «upekkhā+satipārisuddhi»peaceful
society pārisuddhi�C�if�D�j purity�D catutthaṃ catuttha�F[adj�D] fourth�D upasampajja upasampajjati[upa+saṃ+pad+ya]
attains |
And what, monks, is right concentration? Here monks, a
monk, detached from craving, detached from unwholesome mental states, enters
into the first absorption, born of detachment, accompanied by initial and
sustained application of the mind27 and
filled with rapture and bliss and he dwells therein. With the subsiding of
initial and sustained application of the mind and gaining inner tranquillity
and oneness of mind he enters into the second absorption, born of
concentration, free from initial and sustained application of the mind,
filled with rapture and bliss and he dwells therein. After the fading away of
rapture he dwells in equanimity, aware with constant thorough understanding
of impermanence, and he experiences in his body the bliss of which the noble
ones say: "That bliss is experienced by one with equanimity and
awareness." Thus he enters the third absorption and dwells therein.
After the eradication of pleasure and pain and with joy and grief having
previously passed away, he enters into a state beyond pleasure and pain, the
fourth absorption, that is totally purified by equanimity and awareness and
he dwells therein. This, monks, is called Right Concentration. ‚Å‚Í�A�³’è (Samma-samadhi: Right Concentration) ‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤�B “÷—~‚â•sŒ’‘S‚³‚ð�Ž•ž‚µ‚½�C�sŽÒ‚Í�A
ˆêŽŸŽv�l‚Æ“ñŽŸŽv�l ‚Æ‚ðŽ�‚‘æˆê‚Ì ‘T’è ‚É“ž’B‚µ�A‚»‚±‚ɂƂǂ܂è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚±‚É‚Í (ŒÜ‚‚Ì) �áŠQ‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚Å�¶‚¶‚銽Šì‚ƈÀŠy‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ˆêŽŸŽv�l‚Æ“ñŽŸŽv�l‚ªŽã‚Ü‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A‘æ“ñ‚Ì
‘T’è ‚É“ž’B‚µ�A‚»‚±‚ɂƂǂ܂è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚±‚ɂ͓à‚Ȃ镽�ÂÆ�Aˆê“_‚ƂȂÁ‚½�S‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BˆêŽŸŽv�l‚Æ“ñŽŸŽv�l‚ª‚È‚�A�W’†‚©‚ç�¶‚Ü‚ê‚½Š½Šìpiti‚ƈÀŠysukha‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B нŠì‚ª‚È‚‚È‚é‚Æ�A‹C‚«‚Æ�³‚µ‚¢—�‰ð‚ð‚Æ‚à‚È‚Á‚½•½ˆÀ‚ɂƂǂ܂è�A�S�g‚Ì’†‚É–ž‚¿ˆì‚ꂽˆÀŠy‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�C�sŽÒ‚Í�A‘æŽO‚Ì
‘T’è ‚É“ž’B‚µ�A‚»‚±‚ɂƂǂ܂è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½ŽÒ‚Í�A•½ˆÀ‚Æ‹C‚«‚𓾂Ä�AˆÀŠy‚ɂƂǂ܂éŽÒ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¹ŽÒ‚½‚¿‚É�ÌŽ^‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ˆÀŠy‚Æ‹ê”Y‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A‰õŠy‚Æ‹ê’É‚Í�Á–Å‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‘æŽl‚Ì
‘T’è ‚É“ž’B‚µ�A‚»‚±‚ɂƂǂ܂è‚Ü‚·�B•½ˆÀ‚ª�¶‚Þ�ƒ�ˆ‚È‹C‚«‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚ð�³’è‚ÆŒÄ‚т܂·�B |
|
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ. |
This, monks, is the Noble Truth of the Path leading to
the Cessation of Suffering. |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ
vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī
viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu
viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, �eatthi dhammā�f
ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati catūsu
ariyasaccesu. bahiddhā outside; outer ajjhattabahiddhā
[ajjhatta+bahiddhā. ] internal and external panassa�ipanaˆ½–”+assa”Þ�i—z�Dšd�D›¢Ši�j�j﹐–””Þ paccupaṭṭhitā [pp�Dof
paccupaṭṭhāti] was presentŒ»‹N‚¹‚é�CŒ»‘O‚Ì [pati+upa+ṭhā+ta] Yāvadeva
[yāva+�iyāvade�jeva�D] As
long as,Beyond,Too much ñāṇamattāya for the purpose
of knowledge mattā�if�D�ja measure�G quantity�G moderation�G size paṭissatimattāya Paṭissati�C�if�D�j [paṭi+sati of smṛ] mindfulness�Cremembrance�Cmemory anissito
[a-nissita] –³ˆË‚Ì
–³ˆËŽ~�A—£Ž·�A脫—£ upādiyati [upa+ā+dā]
to take hold of�Ccling to�Cshow attachment |
Thus he dwells observing mental contents in mental
contents internally, or he dwells observing mental contents in mental
contents externally, or he dwells observing mental contents in mental
contents both internally and externally. Thus he dwells observing the
phenomenon of arising in the mental contents, thus he dwells observing the
phenomenon of passing away in the mental contents, thus he dwells observing
the phenomenon of arising and passing away in the mental contents. Now his
awareness is established: "These are mental contents!" Thus he
develops his awareness to such an extent that there is mere understanding
along with mere awareness. In this way he dwells detached, without clinging
towards anything in the world [of mind and matter]. This is how, monks, a
monk dwells observing mental contents in mental contents as regards the Four Noble
Truths. ‚±‚ꂪ‹ê‚Ì�Á–łւ̓¹‚Ì�^—�‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B ‚±‚̂悤‚É�AŽ©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚킽‚µ‚Ì‚à‚̂łà‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŒ»�Û‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B Ž©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚Í�S‚Ì’†–¡‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B
�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ª�oŒ»‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö‚Æ�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B�S‚Ì’†–¡‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�oŒ»‚µ�AŽÀ�Û‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�A
Œ´ˆö ‚ƂƂà‚É�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B ‚‚܂è�A�°‚Å‚à‚È‚�AŽ©•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�A‚킽‚µ‚Å‚à‚È‚�A�S‚Ì’†–¡‚݂̂ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�A‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŽ©Šo‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ÌŽ©Šo‚ª�A“´Ž@‚â‹C‚«‚ð’…ŽÀ‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚̂ł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚Í�AЉ–]‚â
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û ‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð’u‚«�A�¢‚Ì’†‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚É‚àŽ·’…‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B * (’� ) ‚±‚ꂪŽl‚‚Ì�^—�‚ÍŽl‚‚Ì�^—�‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚Æ�A‚¢‚Â‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é•û–@‚Ȃ̂ł·�B |
|
Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṃ28 bhāveyya sattavassāni, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ: diṭṭheva dhamme aññā,29 sati
vā upādisese anāgāmitā.30 Yo�F[nom�Dsin�Dof ya] any person�G whoever�D hi
[ind.] because�G indeed. koci [ind�D] some
one�G whoever�D sattavassāni For seven years. vassāna�C�im�D�j the rainy season dvinnaṃ dvi�F[adj.]
two�D�ithe numeral�j dvika �F[nt.] a dyad�G pair�G couple. phalānaṃ phala�Flit�D'fruit'result�Ceffect�ioften together with hetu�Ccause�j pāṭikaṅkhaṃ to be desire or expected�D diṭṭheva diṭṭha�F[pp�Dof passati] seen�G found�G understood�D�int.�j�Cvision. aññā
[Sk. ājñā�C= ā + jñā] knowledge�Crecognition�Cperfect knowledge ā-�F‡@ pref.
prep. [�V] ‚Ü‚Å�C‚©‚ç�C�Ÿ•û‚Ö. upādisese
upādisesa «upādi+sesa» having
some fuel of life left�G still dependent on existence�D anāgāmitā the state or condition of an Anāgāmin•sŠÒˆÊ�C•sŠÒ‰Ê |
Indeed, monks, whoever practises this fourfold
establishing of awareness in this manner28 for
seven years, he may expect one of two results: in this very life highest
wisdom29 or,
if a substratum of aggregates remains, the stage of non-returner.30 |
|
Tiṭṭhantu, bhikkhave,
sattavassāni. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṃ bhāveyya cha vassāni, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ: diṭṭheva dhamme aññā, sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā. |
Let alone seven years, monks. Should any person
practise this fourfold establishing of awareness in this manner for six
years, one of two results may be expected in him: in this very life highest
wisdom or, if a substratum of aggregates remains, the stage of non-returner. |
|
Tiṭṭhantu, bhikkhave, cha
vassāni...pe. Tiṭṭhantu, bhikkhave, pañca
vassāni...pe. Tiṭṭhantu, bhikkhave,
cattāri vassāni...pe. Tiṭṭhantu, bhikkhave, tīṇi vassāni...pe. Tiṭṭhantu, bhikkhave, dve
vassāni..pe. Tiṭṭhatu, bhikkhave, ekaṃ vassaṃ. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṃ bhāveyya sattamāsāni, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ: diṭṭheva dhamme aññā, sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā. Tiṭṭhantu cha
vassāni tassa
aññataraṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ upādisese
anāgāmitā. vassāni..pe. vassaṃ ime
sattamāsāni aññataraṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ |
Let alone six years, monks... Let alone five years, monks... Let alone four years, monks... Let alone three years, monks... Let alone two years, monks... Let alone one year, monks. Should any person practise
this fourfold establishing of awareness in this manner for seven months, one
of two results may be expected in him: in this very life highest wisdom or,
if a substratum of aggregates remains, the stage of non-returner. ƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi‚Ì�¬‰Ê�i
ˆ¢—…Š¿ ‚ɂȂ邩 ˆ¢“ßŠÜ ‚ɂȂ邩�j �@ ’N‚à‚ª‚±‚ÌŽl‚‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi‚ð�A޵”NŠÔ‚±‚̂悤‚É�C�s‚·‚ê‚Î�AŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚ɂӂ½‚‚Ì�¬‰Ê‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚̂ЂƂ‚ªŽÀ‚ðŒ‹‚Ñ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂܂܂Å�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚̂ł·�BŽ·’…�S‚ª‚Ü‚¾Žc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�Aˆ¢“ߊ܂̂悤‚È�ó‘Ô‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ޵”N‚Í–³—�‚Å‚à�A’N‚à‚ª‚±‚ÌŽl‚‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi‚ð�A˜Z”N�AŒÜ”N�AŽl”N�AŽO”N�A“ñ”N�Aˆê”N�c�B ˆê”N‚Í–³—�‚Å‚à�A’N‚à‚ª‚±‚ÌŽl‚‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi‚ð�A޵‚©ŒŽ�A‚±‚̂悤‚É�C�s‚·‚ê‚Î�AŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚ɂӂ½‚‚Ì�¬‰Ê‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚̂ЂƂ‚ªŽÀ‚ðŒ‹‚Ñ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂܂܂Å�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚̂ł·�BŽ·’…�S‚ª‚Ü‚¾Žc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�Aˆ¢“ߊ܂̂悤‚È�ó‘Ô‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B |
|
Tiṭṭhantu, bhikkhave, satta
māsāni...pe. Tiṭṭhantu, bhikkhave, cha
māsāni...pe. Tiṭṭhantu, bhikkhave, pañca
māsāni...pe. Tiṭṭhantu, bhikkhave,
cattāri māsāni...pe. Tiṭṭhantu, bhikkhave, tīṇi māsāni...pe. Tiṭṭhantu, bhikkhave, dve
māsāni...pe. Tiṭṭhatu, bhikkhave, ekaṃ māsaṃ...pe. Tiṭṭhatu, bhikkhave, aḍḍhamāsaṃ...pe. Tiṭṭhatu, bhikkhave, aḍḍhamāso. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṃ bhāveyya sattāhaṃ, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ: diṭṭheva dhamme aññā, sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā. māsaṃ sattāhaṃ dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ |
Let alone seven months, monks... Let alone six months, monks... Let alone five months, monks... Let alone four months, monks... Let alone three months, monks... Let alone two months, monks... Let alone one month, monks... Let alone half a month, monks... Let alone half a month, monks. Should any person
practise this fourfold establishing of awareness in this manner for seven
days, one of two results may be expected in him: in this very life highest
wisdom or, if a substratum of aggregates remains, the stage of non-returner . ޵‚©ŒŽ‚Í–³—�‚Å‚à�A’N‚à‚ª‚±‚ÌŽl‚‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi‚ð�A˜Z‚©ŒŽ�AŒÜ‚©ŒŽ�AŽl‚©ŒŽ�AŽO‚©ŒŽ�A“ñ‚©ŒŽ�A‚ЂƌŽ�A”¼ŒŽ�c�B ”¼ŒŽ‚Í–³—�‚Å‚à�A’N‚à‚ª‚±‚ÌŽl‚‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi‚ð�A޵“úŠÔ�A‚±‚̂悤‚É�C�s‚·‚ê‚Î�AŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚ɂӂ½‚‚Ì�¬‰Ê‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚̂ЂƂ‚ªŽÀ‚ðŒ‹‚Ñ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂܂܂Å�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚̂ł·�BŽ·’…�S‚ª‚Ü‚¾Žc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�Aˆ¢“ߊ܂̂悤‚È�ó‘Ô‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B |
|
�eEkāyano ayaṃ, bhikkhave, maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā,
sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya, dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāya, ñāyassa adhigamāya, nibbānassa
sacchikiriyāya yadidaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā�f ti.
Iti yaṃ taṃ
vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ ti. Ekāyano�@�@ ekāyana�F[m.]
the only way or means. visuddhiyā
[vi+suddhi] Visuddhi
brightness�Csplendour�Cexcellency�G�iethically�jpurity suddhi�F[f�D] purity�G purification sokaparidevānaṃ Anxiety and crying. Parideva[pari+deva
of div�Cdevati] lamentation�Cwailing samatikkamāya
[saṁ+atikamma]
passing beyond�Covercoming atikkama�F[m�D] going over; passing beyond; transgression dukkhadomanassānaṃ �@�@�@dukkha+domanass domanassa�Flit�D'sad-mindedness'�Cmentally painful feeling atthaṅgamāya�@ atthaṅgama[attha+gamu+a]�@�@�@setting
down�D attha�i 2nd
plu�Dof atthi�jwelfare; gain;
wealth; need; want; use; ñāyassa
�@ñāya�F'right method' �@method�G system�G right manner adhigamāya [adhi+gamu+a][adhigacchati]
attainment�Cacquisition�G also fig. knowledge gamu
�@�@�@the acquisition of knowledge nibbānassa
Nibbāna�C�iSanskrit
nirvāna�j�Flit�D'extinction' �inir + �ãvā�Cto cease
blowing�Cto become extinguished�j�G according to the commentaries�C'freedom
from desire' �inir + vana�j�DNibbāna
constitutes the highest and ultimate goal of all Buddhist aspirations�Ci�De�Dabsolute
extinction of that life-affirming will manifested as greed�Chate and delusion�Cand convulsively
clinging to existence�G and therewith also the
ultimate and absolute deliverance from all future rebirth�Cold age�Cdisease and death�Cfrom all suffering and misery�DCf�DParinibbāna�D úWExtinction of greed�Cextinction of hate�Cextinction of delusion�Fthis is called
NibbānaúW �iS�DXXXVIII�D1�j�D The
2 aspects of Nibbāna are�F �i1�j The full extinction of defilements �ikilesa-parinibbāna�j�Calso called
sa-upādi-sesa-nibbāna �is�DIt�D41�j�Ci�De�D'Nibbāna with the groups of existence still remaining' �is�Dupādi�j�DThis
takes place at the attainment of Arahatship�Cor
perfect holiness �is�Dariya-puggala�j�D �i2�j The full extinction of the groups of
existence �ikhandha-parinibbāna�j�Calso called an-upādi-sesa-nibbāna �is�DIt�D41�CA�DIV�C118�j�Ci�De�D'Nibbāna without the groups remaining'�Cin other words�Cthe coming to rest�Cor rather the 'no-more-continuing' of this physico-mental process
of existence�DThis takes place at the death of the
Arahat�D- �iApp�D�FNibbāna�j�D sacchikiriyāya
[sacchikaroti] realization�Cexperiencing oath�C yadidaṃ�iyaṃ
+ idaṃ�jwhich
is this�Gthat
is�Gnamely�Dthat
is to say Iti
Iti�C�iti�j
�iindecl�D�j [Vedic iti�Cof pron�Dbase *i�Ccp�DSk�Ditthaṁ thus�Citthā
here�Cthere�G Av�Dipa so�G Lat�Dita
& item thus�DCp�Dalso P�Dettha�G lit�D�ghere�Cthere �inow�j�Cthen�h]
emphatic‹-› deictic particle �gthus�h�DOccurs in both
forms iti & ti�Cthe former in higher style �ipoetry�j�Cthe latter more familiar in
conversational prose�DThe function of �giti�h is expld�D by
the old Pāli C�Din a conventional phrase�Clooking upon it more as a �gfilling�h particle than trying to define its meaning yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ�@ vattati�F[vat
+ a] exists�G
happens�G
takes place�G
goes on idametaṃ paṭicca |
It is for this reason that it was said: "This is
the one and only way, monks, for the purification of beings, for the
overcoming of sorrow and lamentation, for the extinguishing of suffering and
grief, for walking on the path of truth, for the realisation of nibbāna: that
is to say, the fourfold establishing of awareness." ‚킽‚µ‚ª�Å�‰‚ÉŒ¾‚Á‚½
�u ‚½‚Á‚½ˆê–{‚Ì“¹‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì“¹‚Æ‚Í�A�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð�´‚ç‚©‚É‚·‚铹‚Å‚·�B”ß‚µ‚Ý‚â’Q‚«‚ð�æ‚è‰z‚¦‚铹‚Å‚·�B “÷‘Ì“I‹ê’É‚â�¸�_“I‹ê’É‚ð �I‚í‚点‚é “¹‚Å‚·�B
�³‚µ‚¢“¹ ‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯�A ƒjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi ‚ðŽÀŒ»‚·‚铹‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì‚½‚Á‚½ˆê–{‚Ì“¹‚Æ‚Í�AŽl‚Â‚Ì ƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi ‚Å‚· �v ‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚Í�A‚±‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B |
|
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato
bhāsitaṃ abhinanduṃ ti |
Thus the Enlightened One spoke. Glad in heart, the
monks welcomed the words of the Enlightened One. |
|
Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna-suttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. |
The End of the Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna Sutta |
|
Idamavoca bhagavā �FWorshipful�Cvenerable�Cblessed�Choly�DThis
word is generally used as an epithet or name of a Buddha�Cin particular�CSākyamuni Attamanā �@�@�@attamana�F[adj�D] delighted; glad bhagavato
[bhā + vana + kvi bhāsitaṃ �@�@Bhāsita�C[pp�Dof bhāsati1] spoken�Csaid�Cuttered abhinanduṃ�@�@ abhinandi�F[aor.
of abhinandati] rejoiced at. |
ˆÈ�オ‘¸ŽÒ‚Ì�à‚©‚ꂽ‚±‚Ƃł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚½‚¿‚ÍŠì‚Ñ�A‘¸ŽÒ‚ÌŒ¾—t‚ð‚ ‚è‚ª‚½‚Žv‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B |
|
Notes N.B.( nota bene) For clarity, the footnoted passage will be indicated in
the notes by Pāli in italics followed immediately by the English translation
in square brackets, e.g. sati [awareness]. Other Pāli words
used in the notes will be followed by their equivalent terms in parentheses()
where appropriate, e.g. anicca (impermanence). 1. The word bhikkhū [monks]
was used to address all the people who listened to the discourses given by
the Buddha. Thus every meditator, everyone who is walking on the path of
Dhamma, though not literally a bhikkhu, can benefit by
following the instructions given here. 2. Satipaṭṭhāna [establishing of awareness] Sati means
"awareness." Satipaṭṭhāna implies that the meditator has to work diligently and constantly to
become firmly established in awareness or mindfulness. Therefore we have used
"the establishing of awareness," to convey the sense that one
actively strives to maintain continuous awareness of mind and body at the
level of sensations, as will become clear from the rest of the discourse. There are certain passages in the Buddha�fs discourses where sati has
the meaning of "memory." (Dīgha-nikāya: VRI I. 411; II.
374; PTS I. 180; II. 292). This is especially true when he refers to the
special ability of remembering past lives which is developed by means of the
practice of the jhānas (deep absorption concentration). But
in the context of Satipaṭṭhāna, the
practice of Vipassana, leading not to the jhānas but to
purification of mind, sati can only be understood to mean
awareness of the present moment rather than a memory of the past (or a dream
of the future). 3. The Buddha always
included the term sampajañña [constant thorough
understanding of impermanence] or sampajāno (the adjective
form of sampajañña) whenever he was asked to explain sati (awareness).
(See, for example, the definition of sammāsati in the
Chapter on the Four Noble Truths: Truth of the Path.) As a result of the
frequent association of these words, sampajañña has often
been defined as nearly synonymous with sati - as "full
awareness," or "clear comprehension" - or as an exhortation to
remain mindful. Another traditional translation of sampajañña,
which is closer to the full meaning is "thorough understanding." In the Sutta Piṭaka the
Buddha gave two explanations of the term. In the Saṃyutta-nikāya (VRI III. 401; PTS V, 180-1) he
defines it as follows: Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti?
Idha bhikkhave, bhikkhuno viditā vedanā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti; viditā saññā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti; viditā vitakkā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. And how, monks, does a monk understand thoroughly?
Here, monks, a monk experiences sensations arising in him, experiences their persisting, and
experiences their vanishing; he experiences perceptions arising in
him, experiences their persisting, and experiences their vanishing; he
experiences each initial application of the mind [on an object] arising in
him, experiences its persisting, and experiences its vanishing. This, monks,
is how a monk understands thoroughly. In the above statement it is clear that one
is sampajāno only when one understands the characteristic of
impermanence (arising, persisting and vanishing). This understanding must be
based on sensation (viditā vedanā). If the characteristic of
impermanence is not experienced at the level of vedanā, then
one�fs understanding is merely
an intellectualization, since it is only through sensation that direct
experience occurs. The statement further indicates that sampajañña lies
in the experience of the impermanence of saññā and vitakkā. Here
we should note that impermanence understood at the level of vedanā actually
covers all three cases since according to the Buddha�fs
teaching in the Aṅguttara-nikāya (VRI III. Dasakanipāta, 58; PTS V.
107): Vedanā-samosaraṇā sabbe dhammā. Everything that arises in the mind flows
together with sensations. The second explanation of sampajañña given
by the Buddha emphasizes that it must be continuous. In several places he
repeats the words of the Sampajānapabbaṃ of Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna Sutta, as in this passage from the Mahāparinibbāna Sutta (Dīgha-nikāya II:
VRI. 160; PTS 95): Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti?
Idha bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite
sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite
sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. And how, monks, does a monk understand
thoroughly? Here, monks, a monk, while going forward or backward, he does so
with constant thorough
understanding of impermanence; whether he is looking straight ahead or
looking sideways, he does so with constant thorough understanding of
impermanence; while he is bending or stretching, he does so with constant
thorough understanding of impermanence; whether wearing his robes or carrying
his bowl, he does so with constant thorough understanding of impermanence;
whether he is eating, drinking, chewing or savouring, he does so with constant
thorough understanding of impermanence; while attending to the calls of
nature, he does so with constant thorough understanding of impermanence;
whether he is walking, standing, sitting, sleeping or waking, speaking or in
silence, he does so with constant thorough understanding of impermanence. With proper understanding of the teaching of
the Buddha, it becomes clear that if this continuous sampajañña consists
only of the thorough understanding of the external processes of walking,
eating, and other activities of the body, then what is being practised is
merely sati. If, however, the constant thorough
understanding includes the characteristic of the arising and passing away of vedanā while
the meditator is performing these activities, then sampajāno satimā is
being practised, paññā (wisdom) is being developed. The Buddha describes this more specifically
in this passage from the Aṅguttara-nikāya (VRI I. Catukkanipāta, 12; PTS II 15)
in words reminiscent of Sampajānapabbaṃ: Yataṃ care yataṃ tiṭṭhe,
yataṃ acche yataṃ saye Whether the monk walks or stands or sits or
lies, The Buddha clearly emphasized the thorough
understanding of anicca (impermanence) in all bodily and
mental activities. Therefore, since the proper understanding of this
technical term, sampajañña, is so critical for an
understanding of this sutta, we have translated it as "the
constant thorough understanding of impermanence," even though this
definition is less concise than the traditional "thorough understanding." 4. In this introductory
paragraph the Buddha repeats a basic verbal formula reminding us that we must
continuously observe "body in body," or "sensations in
sensations," or "mind in mind," or "mental contents in
mental contents." Though these verbal constructs may seem unusual, they
refer to the fact that this observation has to be directly experiential rather than dealing only
with thought, imagination or contemplation of the object. The Buddha emphasizes this point in the Ānāpānasati
Sutta (Mājjhima-nikāya III: VRI. 149; PTS 83-4), where
he describes the progressive stages of the practice of ānāpāna meditation.
In the section where he explains how the four satipaṭṭhānā are brought to perfection by ānāpāna he says: ...kāyesu kāyaññatarāhaṃ, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadāmi yadidaṃ assāsapassāsā. Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, kāye kāyānupassī
tasmiṃ samaye bhikkhu viharati ātāpī sampajāno
satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. ...Monks, when I say, �einhalation-exhalation,�f it is like another body in the body. Observing body in body in
this way, monks, at that time a monk dwells ardent(”M—ó‚É) with awareness and constant thorough understanding of
impermanence, having removed craving and aversion towards this world [of mind
and matter]. This indicates that practising ānāpāna meditation
leads directly to experiencing the body, which means feeling sensations in
the body. The sensations may be related to the breath, the oxygen flowing in
the blood, etc. but those details are not important. The body-in-body
experience is not imagined or contemplated but felt throughout the body. More
specifically, he continues: ...vedanāsu vedanāññatarāhaṃ, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadāmi yadidaṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ sādhukaṃ manasikāraṃ. Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, vedanāsu vedanānupassī tasmiṃ samaye bhikkhu viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya
loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. ...monks, when I say, �eby proper attention to
inhalation-exhalation,�f it is like other sensations
in the sensations. Observing sensations in sensations in this way, monks, at
that time a monk dwells ardent with awareness and constant thorough
understanding of impermanence, having removed craving and aversion towards
this world [of mind and matter]. By equating the observation of the breath
with experiencing sensations the Buddha is pointing to the critical
importance of the body and the sensations in proper practice of meditation.
It is the awareness of these sensations by direct experience throughout the
body, while maintaining equanimity with the understanding of impermanence,
that perfects the four satipaṭṭhānas. It is instructive that in Ānāpānasati
Sutta he describes the experience of body-in-body and
sensations-in-sensations as one observes the breath but when he turns to the
observation of mind he does not continue with the same verbal formula.
Instead, he again directs our attention to the importance of sampajañña: ...citte cittānupassī, bhikkhave, tasmiṃ samaye bhikkhu viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya
loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, muṭṭhassatissa asampajānassa ānāpānassatiṃ vadāmi. ...observing mind in mind, monks, at that
time a monk dwells ardent with awareness and constant thorough understanding
of impermanence, having removed craving and aversion towards this world [of
mind and matter]. I say, monks, one who is inattentive, who is not constantly
aware of impermanence, he is not one doing ānāpāna. Beginning with ānāpāna as a
starting point the practice described has led directly to Vipassana, i.e., to
the practice of the four satipaṭṭhānas. And here we see how emphatically the Buddha states
that, even while observing the mind, one is not practising properly unless
there is awareness of impermanence with the direct experience of the
sensations. 5. Pajānāti [understands
properly] means, "to understand, to know deeply or intently with
wisdom." It is the result of the intensification of the verb jānāti (he
or she knows) by the addition of the prefix pa-, from paññā (wisdom). 6. Iti ajjhattaṃ...kāye kāyānupassī viharati. [Thus he dwells...dwells observing body in
body.] This paragraph is repeated twenty-one times throughout the Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna Sutta, with variations according to which section of the four satipaṭṭhānas one
has reached: body, sensations, mind or mental contents. In this key paragraph the Buddha describes
the common steps in Vipassana that all meditators must pass through no matter
what section of the sutta one begins with. In each
repetition, this paragraph focuses our attention on the essential fact that,
no matter if one is observing body, sensations, mind or mental contents, one
must understand the fundamental characteristic of arising and passing away.
This understanding of impermanence then leads directly to the total
detachment from the world of mind and matter which takes us to nibbāna (liberation). 7. Bahiddhā [externally]
is sometimes translated as "outer things" or "observing
another�fs
body." In the following section, on the observation of sensations, it
has sometimes been taken to mean "feeling the sensations of
others." While such an experience is not impossible, it would be
practised only at a very high stage of development. According to the sutta,
the meditator is asked to sit alone somewhere in a forest, under a tree or in
an empty room, and start practising. In such a situation observing others
would be meaningless, and the sensations of someone or something else would
be of no use. For a meditator, therefore, "externally," meaning the surface of the
body, is the most practical definition of bahiddhā. See also note no. 19. 8. The Pāli atthi
kāyo [this is body] indicates that the meditator at this stage
clearly understands experientially, at the level of sensations, "body"
in its true nature: its characteristic of arising and passing away. Therefore
the meditator neither makes any identification of "body" as male or
female, young or old, beautiful or ugly, etc., nor has any attachment towards
"I," "me," or "mine." In the other three sections of the sutta,
the sensations, mind and mental contents are each identified similarly in
their corresponding paragraphs: "This is sensation," "This is
mind," "These are mental contents," to indicate the lack of
identification of the meditator with the object, and his or her understanding
of the object in its true characteristic of anicca (impermanence). 9. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya [Thus he develops his awareness to such an extent
that there is mere understanding along with mere awareness.] The mind of the
meditator at this stage is absorbed in the wisdom of anicca (the
arising and passing away of sensations), with no identification beyond this
awareness. With the base of this awareness he develops understanding with his
own experience. This is paññā (wisdom). With his awareness
thus established in anicca, there is no attraction to the world
of mind and matter. 10. This includes the
changing of position as well as the four basic postures of the body. Whatever
one does, an ardent meditator is always aware with wisdom: yathā
yathā vā�ctathā
tathā naṃ pajānāti (whatever he does�cthat he understands properly). 11. Sampajānakārī
hoti [does so with constant thorough understanding of impermanence]
literally means: "He is doing (all the time) sampajañña."
It is helpful to follow the progression of the Buddha�fs words in Pāli: he uses "jānāti" (he
knows), "pajānāti" (understands properly -
intently or deeply with wisdom), and "sampajānāti" (he
constantly and thoroughly understands the impermanent nature of his
experience). Each word indicates a progressive step, that the meditator takes
by following the instructions given in the sutta. Thus he
proceeds from simple experience, to understanding based on direct experience,
up to thorough and constant understanding of the impermanence, at the level
of sensations, of each and every experience. 12. Sāmisa [with
attachment] literally means: sa-āmisa (with-flesh); nirāmisa [without
attachment]: means nir-āmisa (without-flesh). They can also
be rendered as: "impure" and "pure," "material"
and "immaterial" or, "sensual" and
"nonsensual." A common interpretation is that a sensation which is sāmisa is
related to the world of sensual pleasures and a nirāmisa sensation
is a sensation related to the higher meditational realms. In this context, related to the observation
of sensations without any reaction of craving or aversion by the meditator,
we have used "with attachment" and "without attachment."
These terms seem clearest insofar as they relate to the practice. 13. See note no. 7. 14. Citta [mind],
in this context, is correctly translated as "mind." The meditator
experiences different states of mind and observes them in an objective and
detached manner. It might be misleading to translate citta here
as "thought." Citte cittānupassī [mind in mind] refers to the
experiential nature of the observation required (see note no. 4). 15. Saṅkhittaṃ [collected]
and vikkhittaṃ [scattered]
correspond to mental states either scattered because of the pañca
nīvaraṇā, the "five hindrances," or collected when
the hindrances are not manifesting their respective effects. (See the
following Section 5A, The Hindrances.) 16. Mahaggataṃ cittaṃ [expanded mind] means literally: "mind
having become great;" i.e., by the practice and development of the jhānas (the
practice of absorption samādhi). It refers to a mind expanded by
the practice of these deep samādhis, rather than the stage
transcending mind and matter. Amahaggataṃ cittaṃ [unexpanded mind] thus means a mind not
having become expanded in this way. 17. Sa-uttaraṃ [surpassable] means: "having something
higher than that" or "not superior." This type of mind is
still connected with the mundane field. Anuttaraṃ [unsurpassable], correspondingly, is a mind that
has reached a very high stage of meditation, where nothing is superior.
Therefore "surpassable" and "unsurpassable," though not
very precise, seem to be the nearest translations. 18. Samāhitaṃ [concentrated] and asamāhitaṃ [unconcentrated] are related to the type of samādhi (concentration)
that one has gained; states of concentration that are called: upacāra (neighbourhood
concentration, i.e. approaching a level of absorption) and appanā
samādhi (absorption, or attainment, concentration). Asamāhitaṃ cittaṃ therefore
describes a mental state without that depth of concentration. 19. Iti
ajjhattaṃ...bahiddhā...ajjhattabahiddhā vā citte
cittānupassī viharati [Thus
he dwells observing mind in mind internally... externally...both internally
and externally]. Applied to the mind (and in the next section, the mental
contents) this sentence has sometimes been interpreted to mean that the
meditator observes his own mind (internally) and the mind of others
(externally). This can be done only by a very highly developed meditator,
therefore it is not a practical instruction for most people. In this section the meditator is asked to
experience directly the mind in mind (citte cittānupassī). This
can be done only by observing whatever arises in the mind. As the body was
experienced by means of what arises on the body (i.e., sensation); the mind
is experienced only when something arises in the mind (i.e., the mental contents).
When the mind is observing the internal objects - its own internal mental
states - it is observing the mind in mind internally. To observe the mind and mental contents
externally means to observe experientially that any object which comes in
contact with the mind-body through any of the six sense doors (that is, an
external stimulus) causes an internal reaction. Any sight, sound, taste,
smell, touch or thought results in a sensation and the mind feels it. Of
course, internal mental states and sensation resulting from contact with
external objects will all mix and flow together. Therefore, again, we see the importance of
the Buddha�fs
statement: Vedanā-samosaraṇā sabbe dhammā. Everything that arises in the mind flows
together with sensations. (Aṅguttara-nikāya: VRI III. Dasakanipāta, 58; PTS V.
107) Whether the object is internal or external,
if the mind remains within the body observing the sensations, then it is
directly experiencing the mind and mental contents in a tangible way that
easily allows the meditator to experience the impermanent nature of the
entire mind-matter phenomenon. 20. Pañca upādānakkhandhā [the five
aggregates of clinging] consist of: rūpakkhandha (the material aggregate) connected with kāya (body)
and the four nāmakkhandhā (aggregates of mind), which are: viññāṇakkhandha (the aggregate of consciousness); The pañca upādānakkhandhā are
aggregates of clinging, or attachment, in two ways. They are the basic
objects to which we cling because of our illusion that the five together make
up "I," "me." In addition, the continual arising of the
aggregates - with the attendant suffering that goes with the cycle of
becoming - is due to the clinging toward this illusory "I."
Aggregates and clinging always go together, except in the case of an arahant, who
has pañca khandhā, the five aggregates, but no clinging
towards them; no upādāna (attachment or clinging) is
possible for such a person. 21. Here dhamma has
to be understood as the law of nature, the nature of the law in its totality.
At a superficial level dhammavicaya [investigation of
Dhamma] can be understood to mean intellectual investigation of the law. But
to become a factor of enlightenment dhammavicaya must become
an experiential investigation - direct experience of the phenomenon of
arising and passing away at the level of sensations. 22. Pīti [rapture]
is difficult to translate into English. It is often translated as:
"joy," "delight," "bliss" or
"thrill." Each of these words conveys at least partially the
meaning of mental and physical pleasantness. For pīti to
become a factor of enlightenment it must be experienced in its true nature as
ephemeral, arising and passing away. Only then can the meditator avoid the
danger of becoming attached to the pleasantness of this stage. 23. As with the
previous factor of enlightenment, passaddhi [tranquillity],
becomes a factor of enlightenment only when it is experienced as impermanent, anicca -
arising and passing away. The danger for the meditator here is that this
stage of deep tranquillity might be mistaken for the final goal of nibbāna.
This deep illusion (moha) is removed by the experience of anicca as
one experiences this tranquillity. 24. In the texts byādhi [sickness]
is sometimes included, sometimes omitted. 25. Here it is very
clear that the word dukkha [pain’É‚Ý] is related to the body, and domanassa [grief]
to the mind. Correspondingly, sukha (bodily pleasure) is
related to the body, somanassa (mental pleasure) to the mind
and adukkhamasukha (neither painful nor pleasant) as
neutral, to both body and mind. 26. The word loke [world]
has a wide spectrum of meaning: "universe," "world,"
"region," "people." In this entire section it is used in
connection with everything that one experiences at any of the six senses, and
the entire process of the contact between the senses and their respective
objects. So in this context loke is to be understood as the
"world" of the mind-body phenomenon. Therefore the entire
"world" can be directly experienced at the level of the sensations
in the body that result from any of these interactions. 27. Vitakko [thought
conceptionŽv�l‚Ì”’[]
refers to the initial application of the mind to an object. This is
contrasted with vicāro [rolling in thoughtsŽv‚¢‚ɂӂ¯‚邱‚Æ] in the next paragraph, which refers to a sustained application
of the mind on an object. In the later section, dealing with the jhānas (see
pp. 72,73), the translation reflects this relationship more directly since
the context is one of deep absorption in the object of meditation rather than
one where mental impurities are arising. 28. Evaṃ [in this manner‚±‚Ì’Ê‚è‚É],
as explained throughout the entire sutta, is ātāpī
sampajāno satimā (ardent with awareness of mind and body at the
level of sensations and with constant thorough understanding of
impermanence). In order to achieve these guaranteed results the continuity should
be sampajaññaṃ
na riñcati ([the
meditator] does not lose the constant thorough understanding of impermanence
even for a moment). 29. The final stage of
liberation of an arahant. 30. The stage of an anāgāmī [non-returner•sŠÒ] is the third and next-to-last
stage of liberation. |
|
Contact the Webmaster
Copyright Vipassana Research Institute
Note
on the Pronunciation of Pāli
Pāli was a spoken language of northern India in the time
of Gotama the Buddha. It was written in the Brāhmī script in India in the time
of Emperor Aśoka and has been preserved in the scripts of the various countries
where the language has been maintained. In Roman script the following set of
diacritical marks are used to indicate the proper pronunciation.
The alphabet consists of forty-one characters: eight
vowels and thirty-three consonants.
Vowels: a, ā, i, ī, u, ū, e, o
Consonants:
Velar: k kh g gh ṅ
Palatal: c ch j jh ñ
Retroflex: ṭ ṭh ḍ ḍh ṇ
Dental: t th d dh n
Labial: p ph b bh m
Miscellaneous: y, r, l, v, s, h, ḷ, ṃ
The vowels a, i, u are short; ā,
ī, ū are long; e and o are
pronounced long except before double consonants: deva, mettā; loka, phoṭṭhabbā.
a is
pronounced like �ea�f in �eabout�f; ā like
�ea�f in �efather�f;
i is
pronounced like �ei�f
in �emint�f; ī like
�eee�f in �esee�f;
u is
pronounced like �eu�f in �eput�f; ū like
�eoo�f in �epool�f.
The consonant c is pronounced as in the �ech�f in �echurch�f. All the aspirated consonants are
pronounced with an audible expulsion of breath following the normal unaspirated
sound. Therefore th is not as in �ethree�f but more like the sound in �eThailand�f, and ph is not as in �ephoto�f but rather is pronounced �ep�f accompanied by an expulsion of breath.
The retroflex consonants, ṭ, ṭh, ḍ, ḍh, ṇ are pronounced with the tip of the tongue turned back, whereas in
the dentals, t, th, d, dh, n, it touches
the upper front teeth.
The palatal nasal, ñ, is the same as the
Spanish �eñ�f,
as in señor. The velar nasal, ṅ, is pronounced like �eng�f in �esinger�f but occurs only with the other consonants
in its group: ṅk, ṅkh,ṅg, ṅgh. The
pronunciation of ṃ is similar to ṅ but occurs most commonly as a terminal nasalization: �eevaṃ me sutaṃ�f. The Pāli v is a soft �ev�f or �ew�f and ḷ, produced with the tongue retroflexed, is almost a combined �erl�f sound.
Vedanā in the Practice of Satipaṭṭhāna
Vipassana Research Institute
The practice of the four-fold satipaṭṭhāna,
the establishing of awareness, was highly praised by the Buddha in the suttas. Mentioning
its importance in the Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna
Sutta, the Buddha called it ekāyano
maggo - the only way for the purification of beings, for overcoming
sorrow, for extinguishing suffering, for walking on the path of truth and for
realising nibbāna (liberation).1
In this sutta, the Buddha presented a practical method
for developing self-knowledge by means of kāyānupassanā (observation
of the body), vedanānupassanā (observation of sensations), cittānupassanā (observation
of the mind), and dhammānupassanā (observation of the contents
of the mind).2
To explore the truth about ourselves, we must examine
what we are: body and mind. We must learn to observe these directly within ourselves.
Accordingly, we must keep three points in mind: 1) The reality of the body may
be imagined by contemplation, but to experience it directly one must work with vedanā (body
sensations) arising within it. 2) Similarly, the actual experience of the mind
is attained by working with the contents of the mind. Therefore, in the same
way as body and sensations cannot be experienced separately, the mind cannot be
observed apart from the contents of the mind. 3) Mind and matter are so closely
inter-related that the contents of the mind always manifest themselves as
sensations in the body. For this reason the Buddha said:
Vedanā-samosaraṇā
sabbe dhammā.3
Everything that arises in the mind flows together with sensations.
Therefore, observation of sensations offers a means
- indeed the only means - to examine the totality of our being,
physical as well as mental.
Broadly speaking, the Buddha refers to five types of vedanā:
In all references to vedanā in the Satipaṭṭhāna Sutta the Buddha speaks of sukhā vedanā, dukkhā vedanā, i.e.,
the body sensations; or adukkhamasukhā vedanā, which in this
context also clearly denotes neutral body sensations.
The strong emphasis is on body sensations because they
work as a direct avenue for the attainment of fruition (nibbāna) by
means of "strong dependence condition" (upanissaya-paccayena
paccayo), i.e., the nearest dependent condition for our liberation.
This fact is succinctly highlighted in the Paṭṭhāna, the
seventh text of Abhidhamma Piṭaka under the Pakatūpanissaya, where
it is stated:
Kāyikaṃ
sukhaṃ kāyikassa sukhassa, kāyikassa dukkhassa,
phalasamāpattiyā upanissayapaccayena paccayo.
Kāyikaṃ
dukkhaṃ kāyikassa sukhassa, kāyikassa dukkhassa,
phalasamāpattiyā upanissayapaccayena paccayo.
Utu kāyikassa sukhassa, kāyikassa dukkhassa,
phalasamāpattiyā upanissayapaccayena paccayo.
Bhojanaṃ
kāyikassa sukhassa, kāyikassa dukkhassa, phalasamāpattiyā upanissayapaccayena
paccayo.
Senāsanaṃ
kāyikassa sukhassa, kāyikassa dukkhassa, phalasamāpattiyā upanissayapaccayena
paccayo.4
Pleasant body sensation is related to pleasant
sensation of the body, unpleasant sensation of the body, and attainment of
fruition (nibbāna) by strong dependence condition.
Unpleasant body sensation is related to
pleasant sensation of the body, unpleasant sensation of the body, and
attainment of fruition by strong dependence condition.
The season (or surrounding environment) is
related to pleasant sensation of the body, unpleasant sensation of the body,
and attainment of fruition by strong dependence condition.
Food is related to pleasant sensation of the
body, unpleasant sensation of the body, and attainment of fruition by strong
dependence condition.
Lying down and sitting (i.e., the mattress and
cushions, or the position of lying, sitting, etc.) is related to pleasant
sensation of the body, unpleasant sensation of the body, and attainment of
fruition by strong dependence condition.
From the above statement it is clear how important vedanā, sensation,
is on the path of liberation. The pleasant and unpleasant body sensations, the
surrounding environment (utu), the food we eat (bhojanaṃ), and
the sleeping and sitting position, the mattress or cushions used, etc. (senāsanaṃ) are
all responsible for ongoing body sensations of one type or another. When the sensations
are experienced properly, as the Buddha explained in Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna Sutta, these become the nearest dependent condition for our liberation.
There are four dimensions to our nature: the body and its
sensations, and the mind and its contents. These provide four avenues for the
establishing of awareness in satipaṭṭhāna. In order that the observation be
complete, we must experience every facet, which we can only do by means of vedanā. This
exploration of truth will remove the delusions we have about ourselves.
In the same way, to come out of the delusion about the
world outside, we must explore how the outside world interacts with our own
mind-and-matter phenomenon, our own self. The outside world comes in contact
with the individual only at the six sense doors: the eye, ear, nose, tongue,
body and mind. Since all these sense doors are contained in the body, every
contact of the outside world is at the body level.
The traditional spiritual teachers of India, before the
Buddha, in his day and afterwards, expressed the view that craving causes
suffering and that to remove suffering one must abstain from the objects of
craving. This belief led to various practices of penance and extreme abstinence
from external stimuli. In order to develop detachment, the Buddha took a
different approach. Having learned to examine the depths of his own mind, he
realized that between the external object and the mental reflex of craving is a
missing link: vedanā. Whenever we encounter an object
through the five physical senses or the mind, a sensation arises; and based on
the sensation, taṇhā (craving) arises. If the sensation is
pleasant we crave to prolong it, if it is unpleasant we crave to be rid of it.
It is in the chain of Dependent Origination (paṭiccasamuppāda) that the Buddha expressed his profound discovery:
Saḷāyatana-paccayā
phasso
Phassa-paccayā vedanā
Vedanā-paccayā taṇhā.5
Dependent on the six sense-spheres, contact
arises.
Dependent on contact, sensation arises.
Dependent on sensation, craving arises.
The immediate cause for the arising of craving and,
consequently, of suffering is not something outside of us but rather the
sensations that occur within us.
Therefore, just as the understanding of vedanā is
absolutely essential to understand the interaction between mind and matter
within ourselves, the same understanding of vedanā is
essential to understand the interaction of the outside world with the
individual.
If this exploration of truth were to be attempted by
contemplation or intellectualization, we could easily ignore the importance of vedanā.
However, the crux of the Buddha�fs teaching is the necessity of understanding the truth not merely at
the intellectual level, but by direct experience. For this reason vedanā is
defined as follows:
Yā vedeti ti vedanā, sā vediyati lakkhaṇā, anubhavanarasā...6
That which feels the object is vedanā; its
characteristic is to feel, it is the essential taste of experience...
However, merely to feel the sensations within is not
enough to remove our delusions. Instead, it is essential to understand the ti-lakkhaṇā (three
characteristics) of all phenomena. We must directly experience anicca (impermanence), dukkha (suffering),
and anatta (selflessness) within ourselves. Of these three,
the Buddha always stressed the importance of anicca because
the realization of the other two will easily follow when we experience deeply
the characteristic of impermanence. In the Meghiya Sutta of
the Udāna he said:
Aniccasaññino hi, Meghiya, anattasaññā saṇṭhāti, anattasaññī asmimānasamugghātaṃ pāpuṇāti diṭṭheva dhamme nibbānaṃ.7
In one, Meghiya, who perceives impermanence,
the perception of selflessness is established. One who perceives what is
selfless wins the uprooting of the pride of egotism in this very life, and thus
realizes nibbāna.
Therefore, in the practice of satipaṭṭhāna, the
experience of anicca, arising and passing away, plays a
crucial role. This experience of anicca as it manifests in the
mind and body is also called vipassanā. The practice of
Vipassana is the same as the practice of satipaṭṭhāna.
The Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna
Sutta begins with the
observation of the body. Here several different starting points are explained:
observing respiration, giving attention to bodily movements, etc. It is from
these points that we can progressively develop vedanānupassanā,
cittānupassanā and dhammānupassanā. However, no
matter from which point the journey starts, stages come which everyone must
pass through on the way to the final goal. These are described in important
sentences repeated not only at the end of each section of kāyānupassanā but
also at the end of vedanānupassanā, cittānupassanā and each
section of dhammānupassanā. They are:
These sentences reveal the essence of the practice of satipaṭṭhāna. Unless
these three levels of anicca are experienced, we will not
develop paññā (wisdom) - the equanimity based on
the experience of impermanence - which leads to detachment and
liberation. Therefore, in order to practise any of the four-fold satipaṭṭhānā we have to develop the constant thorough understanding of impermanence
which in Pāli is known as sampajañña.
Sampajañña has been often misunderstood. In the colloquial language of the day,
it also had the meaning of "knowingly." For example, the Buddha has
spoken of sampajānamusā bhāsitā,9 and sampajāna musāvāda10 which means "consciously,
or knowingly, to speak falsely." This superficial meaning of the term is
sufficient in an ordinary context. But whenever the Buddha speaks of vipassanā,
of the practice leading to purification, to nibbāna, as here
in this sutta, then sampajañña has a
specific, technical significance.
To remain sampajāno (the adjective form
of sampajañña), one must meditate on the impermanence of phenomena (anicca-bodha), objectively
observing mind and matter without reaction. The understanding of samudaya-vaya-dhammā (the
nature of arising and passing away) cannot be by contemplation, which is merely
a process of thinking, or by imagination or even by believing; it must be
performed with paccanubhoti 11 (direct experience), which is yathābhūta-ñāṇa-dassana 12 (experiential knowledge of the reality as it is).
Here the observation of vedanā plays its vital role, because
with vedanā a meditator very clearly and tangibly experiences samudaya-vaya (arising
and passing away). Sampajañña, in fact, is directly perceiving
the arising and passing away of vedanā, wherein all four facets of
our being are included.
It is for this reason that the three essential qualities
- to remain ātāpī (ardent), sampajāno, and satimā (aware)
- are invariably repeated for each of the four satipaṭṭhānas. And
as the Buddha explained, sampajañña is observing the arising
and passing away of vedanā.13 Hence the part played by vedanā in
the practice of satipaṭṭhāna should not be ignored or this practice
of satipaṭṭhāna will not be complete.
In the words of the Buddha:
Tisso imā, bhikkhave, vedanā. Katamā tisso?
Sukhā vedanā, dukkhā vedanā, adukkhamasukhā vedanā.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso vedanā. Imāsaṃ
kho, bhikkhave, tissannaṃ vedanānaṃ pariññāya cattāro satipaṭṭhānā
bhāvetabbā.14
Meditators, there are three types of body
sensations. What are the three? Pleasant sensations, unpleasant sensations and
neutral sensations. Practise, meditators, the four-fold satipaṭṭhānā for the complete understanding of these three sensations.
The practice of satipaṭṭhāna, which
is the practice of Vipassana, is complete only when one directly experiences
impermanence. Sensations provide the nexus where the entire mind and body are
tangibly revealed as impermanent phenomena, leading to liberation.
References
1. Dīgha-nikāya:
VRI II. 373; PTS II. 290
3. Aṅguttara-nikāya, VRI II, 58; PTS V, 107
4. Paṭṭhāna, Vol.
I, Kusalatika: VRI, 324
5. Vinaya, Mahāvagga: VRI,
1; PTS 2
6. Abhidhammattha-saṅgaho, Hindi
translation and commentary by Ven. Dr. U Rewata Dhamma, Varanaseya Sanskrit
Vishva-vidyalaya, Varanasi, Vol. I p. 101. By using the term anubhavanarasā, the
commentator is pointing to the fact that the essence of experience itself is vedanā, the
sensations on the body.
8. Dīgha-nikāya: VRI
II. 374-404; PTS II. 292-314
9. Dīgha-nikāya: VRI
III. 62; PTS III 45. Aṅguttara-nikāya : VRI I, Tikanipāta, 28;
PTS I. 128
10. Vinaya,
Pācittiya: VRI, 3; PTS 2
11. Majjhima-nikāya: VRI
I. 455; PTS I. 295; Saṃyutta-nikāya: VRI III. 512, 823 ff., 839 ff.; PTS V. 217,
264ff., 286 ff.
12. Aṅguttara-nikāya: VRI II, Pañcakanipāta, 24, 168, Sattakanipāta, 65,
VRI III, Aṭṭhakanipāta, 81; PTS III, 19, 200; IV, 99, 336
13. Saṃyutta-nikāya: VRI III. 401; PTS V. 180
14. Ibid.: VRI III.
415; PTS V. 180
_____________________________
Note: Pāli references are from the Chaṭṭha Saṅgāyana edition of the Tipiṭaka, published
by the Vipassana Research Institute (VRI), giving book and paragraph number,
followed by the Pali Text Society (PTS) edition, giving book and page number.
ƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒiSatipatthana‚̓TƒeƒB�isati�j‚Æ‚Í�u–Ú‚Ì‘O‚Å‹N‚«‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚ƂɋC‚‚±‚Æ�v�{
ƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi�ipatthana�j‚Æ‚Í�u�₦‚邱‚ƂȂ“Ë“ü‚µ�Z“§‚·‚邱‚Æ�v‚‚܂è�uŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ�v�{ƒXƒbƒ^Sutta‚ÍŒo“T‚Ì‚±‚Æ�B
‚‚܂è�A�u–Ú‚Ì‘O‚Å‹N‚«‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃɂµ‚Á‚©‚è‚Æ‹C‚«‘±‚¯‚邱‚Æ�v‚ð�à‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚éŒo“T�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
|
ƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi�EƒXƒbƒ^‚Í�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚ª�C�sŽÒ‚É�à‚¢‚½�A �l�¶‚Ì‹ê”Y‚©‚ç‰ð•ú ‚³‚ê‚邽‚߂̌o“T‚Å‚·�BŽ©•ª‚Ì�g‘Ì�AŠ´Šo�A�S�A �S‚Ì’†–¡�A ‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð‚¶‚Á‚‚èŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AŽ©•ª‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤‹³‚¦‚Å‚·�Bƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Å�‘‚©‚ꂽ‚±‚ÌŒo“T‚ð�A�Å�‰‚Í“ú–{Œê‚œǂ݂܂µ‚½�B‚ ‚Ü‚è‚æ‚—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚¸�Aƒsƒ“‚Æ‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B“ú–{Œê‚ªŠ¿–ó‚Ì—pŒê‚̉e‹¿‚ðŽó‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚©�A‚±‚̂悤‚È“ú–{Œê‚Ì—pŒê‚É“é�õ‚Ý‚ª‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚©�A“ǂ݂Â炢‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚±‚Å�A‰pŒê‚œǂ݂܂µ‚½�B “Ç‚ñ‚Å‚Ý‚é‚Æ�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŒo“T‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚æ‚è‚Í�A�l�¶‚Ì‹ê‚ð�æ‚è‰z‚¦‚Ä Ž©—R‚Ö‚Æ”òãÄ ‚·‚邽‚߂̌[”–{‚¾‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚±‚ɂ͂»‚Ì‚½‚߂̋ï‘Ì“I‚È•û–@‚ªŽ¦‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚éŠÔ�A�‚µ‚¾‚¯Ž©•ª‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ꂽ‹C‚ª‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚±‚Å�A‚±‚ÌŒ³‘cƒnƒEƒc�[–{‚ð�A‰pŒê‚©‚ç“ú–{Œê‚ɖ󂵂Ä�Љ‚邱‚Ƃɂµ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B “ú–{Œê–ó‚É‚ ‚½‚Á‚Ä�AƒeƒLƒXƒg‚Í
ƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚©‚ç U
JotikaŽ� ‚Æ U Dhamminda Ž�‚ª‰p–󂳂ꂽ Maha Satipatthana Sutta ‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B �@�@ ˆÓ–¡‚ð•��L‚’m‚邽‚ß‚É�A“¯‚¶‚ƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚©‚ç Thanissaro Bhikku Ž�‚ª‰p–󂳂ꂽ The Great Frames of Reference ‚àŽQ�l‚É‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B –ó•¶‚Í�A‚Å‚«‚邾‚¯•§‹³—pŒê‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚Ä�A“ú‚²‚ë’N‚Å‚àŽg‚¤�A’N‚É‚à—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚é“ú�í‚ÌŒ¾—t‚É‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�S‚ª‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B |
ŠT—v
‚P�D�g��”O�F“÷‘̂̊ώ@ (kaya-nupassana)
�@�@(1) ŒÄ‹z (anapana)
�@�@(2) Žp�¨ (iriyapatha)
�@�@(3) –³�í (sampajana)
�@�@(4) ‰˜•¨ (patikula-manasikara)
�@�@(5) •¨Ž¿ (dhatu-manasikara)
�@�@(6) Ž€‘Ì (navasivathika)
‚Q�DŽó��”O�FŠ´Žó‚ÌŠÏŽ@ (vedana-nupassana)
�@�@(1) ŠeŽí‚ÌŠ´Šo�i�DŠ´Šo�Cˆ«Š´Šo�C•½Š´Šo�j
‚R�D�S��”O�F�¸�_‚ÌŠÏŽ@ (citta-nupassana)
�@�@(1) ŠeŽí‚Ì�¸�_
‚S�DŒ»�Û��”O�FŒ»�Û‚ÌŠÏŽ@ (dhamma-nupassana)
�@�@(1) ŒÜŠW (panca-nivaranani)
�@�@(2) ŒÜå] (panca-kkhandha)
�@�@(3) ˜Z�ˆ (sad-indriya)
�@�@(4) ޵Šo (satta-bojjhanga)
�@�@(5) Žl’ú (cattari-ariya-saccani)
�l�¶‚Ì‹ê”Y‚©‚ç‰ð•ú
ƒS�[ƒ^ƒ}�Eƒuƒbƒ_‚ª�l�¶‚Ì‹ê”Y‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邽‚߂ɔŒ©‚µ‚½•û–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�A�¢ŠE“I‚ȃxƒXƒgƒZƒ‰�[�uƒTƒsƒGƒ“ƒX‘SŽj�v‚É�A‚±‚ñ‚È‹L�q‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�u�S‚Í‚½‚Æ‚¦‰½‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚à�AЉˆ¤‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ɉž‚¶�AЉˆ¤‚͂‚˂ɕs–ž‚𔺂¤‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚ªƒS�[ƒ^ƒ}‚ÌŒå‚肾‚Á‚½�B�S‚Í•s‰õ‚È‚à‚Ì‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚邯�A‚»‚Ì•s‰õ‚È‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ðŠ‰ˆ¤‚·‚é�B‰õ‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚邯�A‚»‚̉õ‚³‚ªŽ�‘±‚µ�A‹‚܂邱‚Æ‚ðŠ‰ˆ¤‚·‚é�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�S‚Í‚¢‚Â‚à–ž‘«‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚炸�A—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚È‚¢�v
‰õ‚à•s‰õ‚à�A•s–ž‚µ‚©‚à‚½‚炳‚È‚¢‚Ì‚¾‚©‚ç�A‰õ‚â•s‰õ‚ÉŽx”z‚³‚ê‚é�l�¶‚Ì�ª–{‚Í�u‹ê�i•s–ž�j�v‚Ȃ̂ł·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�AƒS�[ƒ^ƒ}�Eƒuƒbƒ_‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�u‹ê�i•s–ž�j�v‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邽‚߂̕û–@‚𔌩‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�u�S‚ª‰½‚©‰õ‚¢‚à‚Ì�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í•s‰õ‚È‚à‚Ì‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚É�A•¨Ž–‚ð‚½‚¾‚ ‚邪‚܂܂ɗ�‰ð‚·‚ê‚Î�A‚à‚Í‚â‹ê‚µ‚݂͂Ȃ‚È‚é�B�l‚͔߂µ‚Ý‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚à�A”ß‚µ‚Ý‚ª‹Ž‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠ‰ˆ¤‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A”ß‚µ‚³‚ÍŠ´‚¶‘±‚¯‚é‚à‚Ì‚Ì�A‚»‚ê‚É‚æ‚Á‚ċꂵ‚Þ‚±‚Ƃ͂Ȃ¢�v
�u‚±‚Ì�C�s‚Å�S‚ð’b‚¦�wŽ„‚͉½‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½‚¢‚©�H�x‚ł͂Ȃ�wŽ„‚Í�¡‰½‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©�H�x‚É‚à‚Á‚Ï‚ç’�ˆÓ‚ðŒü‚¯‚³‚¹‚é�v
•¨Ž–‚ð‚½‚¾‚ ‚邪‚܂܂ɗ�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�AƒS�[ƒ^ƒ}�Eƒuƒbƒ_‚ªŠJ”‚µ‚½áÒ‘z�p‚ª�Aƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[áÒ‘z‚Å‚·�Bƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[áÒ‘z‚Ì•û–@‚ð‹ï‘Ì“I‚É�q‚ׂĂ¢‚é‚Ì‚ª�A‚±‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi�EƒXƒbƒ^�i‘å”O�ZŒo�j‚Å‚·�B
’��j�uƒTƒsƒGƒ“ƒX‘SŽj�vƒ†ƒ”ƒ@ƒ‹�EƒmƒA�Eƒnƒ‰ƒŠ’˜�AŽÄ“c
—T”V–ó�A‰Í�o�‘–[�VŽÐ 2016”Nˆø—p�B
�S‚Ì’†–¡
Žv�l�AŠ´�î�A‹L‰¯�AŠó–]�A‹°•|‚ȂǂÌ�¸�_�ì—p‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B
Œ´Œê‚Í dhammas (dhamma ‚Ì•¡�”Œ`�j‚ƂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
dhamma�@‚̉p•¶‚̈Ӗ¡‚Í �u�³‚µ‚¢�s‚¢�v�u�^ŽÀ�v�u–@�v‚Ȃǂł·‚ª�Adhamma
‚ɂ͑¼‚É‚à�uŽ©‘RŒ»�Û�v�u�¸�_�ì—p�v�u‘P�s�v�u’mŒb�v�uŒ»ŽÀ�v‚È‚Ç�A�”‘½‚‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª‚ ‚邿‚¤‚Å‚·�B
“ú–{Œê‚ɖ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‘å”O�ˆŒo
�iƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi�EƒXƒbƒ^�j‚ð‚Ý‚é‚Æ�A�wŒ´Žn•§“T’·•”Œo“T�x�i�t�HŽÐ�j‚Å‚Í �u‚à‚ë‚à‚ë‚ÌŽ–�Û�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�w‘å”O�ˆŒo‚ð“Ç‚Þ�x(‘å–@—ÖŠt)‚Å‚Í�uŒ»�Û�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�wƒuƒbƒ_‚Ì<‹C‚«>‚ÌáÒ‘z�x�i–ì‘�ŽÐ�j‚Å‚Í�u�S‚Ì‘Î�Û�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�u–@�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚à‚ ‚è�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȓú–{Œê–󂪂 ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�uƒSƒGƒ“ƒJŽ�‚̃”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[áÒ‘z“ü–å�v�i�t�HŽÐ�j‚Å‚Í�u�S‚Ì’†–¡�v�icontents of the mind�j‚ƂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì“ú–{Œê–󂪈ê”Ô“IŠm‚¾‚ÆŽv‚í‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½‚Ì‚Å�A‚±‚̃z�[ƒ€ƒy�[ƒW‚Ì“ú–{Œê–󕶂ł͂»‚¤‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�AThanissaro Bhikku ‰p–ó‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi‚Å‚Í dhammas ‚ł͂Ȃ�@mental qualities�i�¸�_“I“ÁŽ¿�j‚ƂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ŒJ‚è•Ô‚³‚ê‚é�d—v‚È•¶�Í
Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā viharati.
Vaya-dhammānupassī vā viharati.
Samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā viharati.8
One dwells observing
the phenomenon of arising.�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�¶‚¶‚錻�Û‚ÉŠñ‚è“Y‚¢‘±‚¯‚é
One dwells
observing the phenomenon of passing away.�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�Á‚¦‹Ž‚錻�Û‚ÉŠñ‚è“Y‚¢‘±‚¯‚é
One dwells
observing the phenomenon of arising and passing away.�¶‚¶‚Ä�Á‚¦‹Ž‚錻�Û‚ÉŠñ‚è“Y‚¢‘±‚¯‚é
These sentences reveal the essence of the practice of satipaṭṭhāna. Unless
these three levels of anicca are experienced, we will not
develop paññā (wisdom) - the equanimity based on
the experience of impermanence - which leads to detachment and
liberation. Therefore, in order to practise any of the four-fold satipaṭṭhānā we have to develop the constant thorough understanding of impermanence
which in Pāli is known as sampajañña.�@
�ã‹L‚Ì‚R‚‚̃Aƒjƒbƒ`ƒƒ‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚èƒpƒ“ƒjƒƒ�[‚ð”|‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�B
‚±‚̃Aƒjƒbƒ`ƒƒ‚ð“O’ê“I‚É‹C‚«�AŠñ‚è“Y‚¢�A—�‰ð‚µ‘±‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ðƒTƒ“ƒpƒWƒƒƒ“ƒjƒƒ‚ƌĂÔ
To remain sampajāno (the adjective form
of sampajañña), one must meditate on the impermanence of phenomena (anicca-bodha–³�í�«�@), objectively observing mind and matter
without reaction. The understanding of samudaya-vaya-dhammā (the
nature of arising and passing away�¶‚¶‚Ä‚Í�Á‚¦‚邯‚¢‚¤�«Ž¿) cannot be by contemplation, which is merely
a process of thinking, or by imagination or even by believing; it must be
performed with paccanubhoti 11 (direct
experience’¼�ڂ̑̌±), which is yathābhūta-ñāṇa-dassana 12 (experiential knowledge of the reality
as it isŒoŒ±‚ÉŠî‚¢‚½‚ ‚è‚̂܂܂̌»ŽÀ). Here the observation of vedanā plays
its vital role, because with vedanā a meditator very clearly
and tangibly experiences samudaya-vaya (arising and passing
away). Sampajañña, in fact, is directly perceiving the arising
and passing away of vedanā, wherein all four facets of our being
are included.
ƒTƒ“ƒpƒWƒƒƒ“ƒjƒƒ‚Æ‚Í�AŠ´Šo‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ä‚Í�Á‚¦‹Ž‚邱‚Æ‚ð’¼�Ú‚É’mŠo‚·‚邱‚Ƃł ‚é�B
‚킽‚µ‚Í‚±‚̂悤‚É•·‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�i”@�¥‰ä•·�j
ƒuƒbƒ_‚Ì‹³‚¦‚Í’íŽq‚½‚¿‚Ì‹L‰¯‚ð•¶Žš‚É‚µ‚½‚à‚̂Ȃ̂Å�A‚·‚ׂĂ̕§“T‚Í
‚±‚ÌŒ¾—t‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Í�AƒA�[ƒiƒ“ƒ_‚Ì‹L‰¯‚¾‚Æ‚¢‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
“÷‘Ì“I‹ê’É‚â�¸�_“I‹ê’É‚ð�I‚í‚点‚é
“÷‘Ì“I‹ê’É‚â�¸�_“I‹ê’ɂɓ‚«‚©‚¯‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð�Á‚·‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł͂Ȃ�A‚±‚±‚ł͂̈Ӗ¡‚Í�AЉ–]‚ð�I‚í‚点‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BЉ–]‚ª‹ê’ɂ̔R—¿‚¾‚Æ�l‚¦‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A”R—¿‚ð‚È‚‚¹‚Î�A‹ê’É‚ª�Á‚¦‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
ƒjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi �iƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi�j
Œ´Œê‚Í Nibbana �BŽ€Œã‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ł͂Ȃ�AŒ¶‘z�AŒ™ˆ«�AЉ–]‚©‚玩—R‚ɂȂÁ‚½ˆÓޝ‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�S‚Æ�g‘̂𒴂¦‚½‘ÌŒ±‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B
�”�ç”N‚Ì”NŒŽ‚ª‰ß‚¬‚é‚ɂ‚ê�Aƒjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi‚Ì’iŠK‚ðŒ»�¢‚ő̌±‚Å‚«‚é�C�s–@‚ªŽ¸‚í‚ꂽ‚½‚ß�Aƒjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi‚ÍŽ€Œã‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚錾—t‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œë‰ð‚ª�¶‚܂ꂽ‚悤‚Å‚·�Bƒjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi‚Æ‚Í�A�C�s‚ðŒo‚ÄŒ»�¢‚ő̌±‚Å‚«‚éˆÓޝ‚Ì“ž’B’iŠK‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B
‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ͕ω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�¶‚Ü‚ê�Á–Å‚·‚é–³�í�iƒp�[ƒŠŒê�Faniccia
ƒAƒjƒbƒ`ƒƒ�j‚ª‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì�^—�‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä—Bˆê�Aƒjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi‚¾‚¯‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚à‚È‚�Á–Å‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
ˆÈ‰º‚Ƀjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi�iƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi�j‚ð‚܂Ƃ߂܂µ‚½�B
ƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi�@�@�@�F�@�S‚Ƒ̂𒴂¦‚½‘ÌŒ±
ƒpƒŠƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi�@�F�@ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“�iˆ¢—…Š¿�j‚ª–S‚‚Ȃ邱‚Ƃɑ΂µ‚ÄŽg‚í‚ê‚錾—t‚Å‚·�B
ƒ}ƒn�[ƒpƒŠƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi�F�@ƒuƒbƒ_‚̂悤‚ȃ}ƒn�[ƒvƒ‹ƒVƒƒ‚ɑ΂µ‚ÄŽg‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŽ€Œã�A“ñ“x‚Æ�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Thanissaro Bhikku ‰p–ó‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi‚Å‚Í�ANibbana ‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ¾—t‚ł͂Ȃ�A Unbinding (�S‘©‚̂Ȃ¢) ‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ¾—t‚ªŽg‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Š´Šo
Š´Šo‚̉p•¶Œ´Œê‚Í�@feelings�Bƒp�[ƒŠ�[Œê‚Å‚Í�@Vedana�B
Šð‚µ‚¢�A”ß‚µ‚¢�A‚Ȃǂ̊´�͂Ȃ�A�S’n‚æ‚¢�A�S’n‚æ‚‚È‚¢�A�S’n‚æ‚‚àˆ«‚‚à‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤Žå‚ÉŽOŽí—Þ‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Í�AŠ´ŠoŠíН‚ªŠO‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Æ�Ú�G‚µ‚ÄŒ»‚ê‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŒ»‚ê‚銴Šo‚Í�Aˆê“x‚Ɉê‚‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ªŠ‰–]‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚¾‚Æ’m‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚¾‚Æ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�C�sŽÒ‚ª�AŠ´Šo‚ÍŠ´Šo‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚Æ—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�AŠ´Šo‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éŽå‘Ì �iŽ©‰ä�j ‚ª‚ ‚邯�l‚¦‚邱‚ƂɂȂé‚Ì‚Å�AŠ´Šo‚ÍŠ´Šo‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ƂĂà�d—v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
solitary place�@the place for meditation should be as quiet and free
from distractions as possible.
cross-legged
If sitting cross-legged is
too painful the meditator will not be able to sit for very long. The main point
is to sit in a comfortable and alert way. Therefore, a chair may be used.
Mindfulness of breathing can also be developed while standing, walking or lying
down.
mindfulness
The mindfulness should be
directed to the place at which the breath makes contact with the upper lip or
the tip of the nose depending on where it is felt in each individual.
whole breath body (sabbakaya) means the
whole breath from the beginning to the end.
Calming the process of breathing
As the mind calms down the
breath will also calm down without exerting any conscious control over it.
he trains himself
It is not necessary to
repeat all the above phrases in the mind, but the essential point is to be
aware of the actual phenomena. These phrases are all examples to show that the
meditator has to be aware of the breath in whichever condition it is in and does
not need to control the
breath in any way.
Body�@�@�@Here �gbody�h
means the process of breathing.
in others
The meditator knows by
inference�i�„’è�j that in others, just as in himself, there is no I or self that
breathes but just breathing exists. This cuts out delusion concerning external
phenomena.
in both himself and in others�@�@�@�@�@This cannot be done at the same time but is done
alternately.
appearing and dissolution of the body
The causes of the
appearing and the dissolution of the body here and in subsequent sections are
the existence or non-existence of ignorance of the Four Noble Truths, craving,
kamma, and nutriment(‰h—{).
actual appearing and dissolution of the body with their causes
The causes of the
appearing and the dissolution of the breath are the existence or the
non-existence of the body, the nasal apertures�i•@�o�j, and the mind. The actual
appearing and the actual dissolution refer to the actual phenomena of the
breath arising and passing away. The main point here is to be aware of the
actual appearing and the actual dissolution of the breath so as to perceive its
impermanent, unsatisfactory and soulless�i‚‚܂ç‚È‚¢�j nature.
The causes of the
appearing and the dissolution of feelings are the existence or non-existence of
contact (phassa), ignorance of the Four Noble Truths, craving and kamma.
wrong views
Wrong view refers to
thinking that there is a permanent self or I who is breathing. If the meditator sees the
breath as impermanent, unsatisfactory, and not self then there will be no
craving or wrong view at that time.
world (loka) refers to anything that arises and
passes away, i.e. the five aggregates of clinging.
‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à
�C�sŽÒ‚Í�AŒÄ‹z‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚ł͂Ȃ�A‚½‚¾ŒÄ‹z‚¾‚¯‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�A‚ÆŽ©•ª‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä�„‘ª‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�A‘¼�l‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‚à“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�„‘ª‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ�AŠO•”‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚錶‘z‚ð�A�Á‚µ‹Ž‚Á‚Ä‚‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
ƒSƒGƒ“ƒJ‰ðŽß
ƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[‚Í‘z‘œ�iƒCƒ}ƒWƒl�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“�j‚ð”ð‚¯‚Ä�A‚ ‚邪‚܂܂Ì�ó‘Ô�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�”�s–³�í‚É‹C‚«‘±‚¯‚éáÒ‘z‚Ȃ̂Å�A�X‚Ì’†‚ňê�l‚Å‚¢‚鎞‚É�A‚»‚±‚É‚¢‚È‚¢‘¼�l‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒ¾‹y‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å‚ ‚낤�B
‚»‚±‚Å�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚ÌŒ¾Œê’Ê‚è�H�uŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚Ì�g‘Ì�v ‚Æ �uŽ©•ª‚ÌŠO‚Ì�g‘Ì�v ‚ƉðŽß‚·‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚ ‚낤�B
Ž©•ª‚Ì’†‚Ì�g‘̂ƂÍ�AˆÓޝ‚Ì‚±‚Æ�H
Ž©•ª‚ÌŠO‚Ì�g‘̂ƂÍ�AŒÜНŠíН‚Ì‚±‚Æ�H
“à‚Ȃ銴Šo‚ÆŠO‚Ȃ銴Šo‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AƒPƒ“�EƒEƒBƒ‹ƒo�[ ‚Ì �w–³‹«ŠE�x
‚É‚³‚ç‚É�[‚¢�lŽ@‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�uŽ©•ª‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é“à‚Ȃ銴Šo‚Æ�A�¢ŠE‚ƌĂ΂ê‚éŠO‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Í�A“¯‚¶ˆê‚‚̊´Šo‚Å‚ ‚é�B“à‚È‚éŽå‘̂ƊO‚È‚é‹q‘Ì‚Í�A“¯‚¶ˆê‚‚̊´Šo‚Ì“ñ‚‚̖¼‘O‚Ȃ̂¾�v
Ž©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à
Ž©•ª‚ɑ΂·‚é�„‘ª‚Æ�A‘¼�l‚ɑ΂·‚é�„‘ª‚Æ�A“¯Žž‚ɂł͂Ȃ�A‚»‚ꂼ‚êŒðŒÝ‚É�„‘ª‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Š´Šo‚ª�oŒ»‚µ�Á–Å‚·‚錴ˆö
Š´Šo‚Ì�oŒ»‚Æ�Á–ł̌´ˆö‚Í�AŠO•”�¢ŠE‚Æ‚Ì�Ú�G‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚È‚¢‚©‚Å‚·�B‚»‚±‚ɂ͎l‚‚Ì�^—�‚ɑ΂·‚é–³’m‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö
�g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ�A�Á–Å‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚Í�AŒÄ‹z‚ªŽn‚Ü‚è�AŒÄ‹z‚ª�I‚í‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Í�A�g‘Ì�A•@�E�A�S‚ÉŠÖŒW‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚±‚ł̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂ̌»�Û‚Í�A–³�í�A‚‚܂è�A‚¢‚‚à•ω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð�AŒÄ‹z‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŠ´‚¶‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û‚Æ‚Í�AŒÄ‹z‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é•s•ς̎©•ª‚ª‚¢‚邯�l‚¦‚邱‚Ƃł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚ª�AŒÄ‹z‚ð–³�í�A‚‚܂è�A‚¢‚‚à•ω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯—�‰ð‚µ�AŽ©•ª‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚à‚̂͑¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�AЉ–]‚Í�¶‚܂ꂸ�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û‚Í‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
“à‚ÆŠO‚Æ‚¢‚¤1‚‚̉ðŽß‚ÌŽd•û
�u‚±‚ÌŽ€‘Ì‚à‚©‚‚ĂÍ�¶�g‚̂悤‚¾‚Á‚½‚̂ł ‚è�A�i‚킽‚µ‚Ì�j‚±‚Ì�¶�g‚à‚¢‚¸‚ê‚ÍŽ€‘̂̂悤‚ɂȂé‚Ì‚¾‚낤�v
‚±‚¤�l‚¦‚Ä�A“à‚É‚àŠO‚É‚à�A�g‘̂ɑ΂·‚é—~–]‚𗣂ê‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚ ‚é�B�@�@�uƒXƒbƒ^ƒjƒp�[ƒ^�v‘æˆê�Í
�S’n—Ç‚‚àˆ«‚‚à‚È‚¢Š´Šo
�S’n—Ç‚¢Š´Šo‚â�S’nˆ«‚¢Š´Šo‚Í�AŠÈ’P‚É”Fޝ‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�S’n—Ç‚‚àˆ«‚‚à‚È‚¢Š´Šo‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚Í�AŠÈ’P‚ɂ͔Fޝ‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚Í�K•Ÿ‚È‹C•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚�A•s�K‚È‹C•ª‚Å‚à‚È‚¢Žž‚ÌŠ´Šo‚¾‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
Šì‚Ñ‚à‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚à‚È‚¢’†—§‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
Šì‚Ñ‚à‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚à‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Å�AŠ´Šo‚͂Ȃ¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚ª‚¿‚Å‚·‚ª�A’†—§‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�S’n—Ç‚‚àˆ«‚‚à‚È‚¢Š´Šo‚ðŽ¯•Ê‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚¾‚Æ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Š´Šo‚̑̌±
‚±‚±‚ł͈ȉº‚̘ZŽí—Þ‚ÌŠ´Šo‚̑̌±‚ª˜_‚¶‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
1. “÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚ÆŠÖŒW‚·‚é�S’n—Ç‚¢Š´Šo�@�F�@ˆê”Ê“I‚ȉõŠy‚ð‚¢‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
2. “÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚Æ–³ŠÖŒW‚Ì�S’n—Ç‚¢Š´Šo�@�F�@�^ŽÀ‚É‚Ó‚ê‚½Žž‚ȂǂɊ´‚¶‚銴Šo‚Å‚·�B
3. “÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚ÆŠÖŒW‚·‚é�S’nˆ«‚¢Š´Šo�@�F�@—~‚µ‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ªŽè‚É“ü‚ç‚È‚¢Žž‚ȂǂɊ´‚¶‚銴Šo‚Å‚·�B
4. “÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚Æ–³ŠÖŒW‚Ì�S’nˆ«‚¢Š´Šo�@�F�@“w—Í‚Ì�¬‰Ê‚ªŠ´‚¶‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢Žž‚ȂǂɊ´‚¶‚銴Šo‚Å‚·�B
5. “÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚ÆŠÖŒW‚·‚é�S’n—Ç‚‚àˆ«‚‚à‚È‚¢Š´Šo�@�F�@�S‚ª�Â܂Á‚½�ó‘Ô‚Å�A“÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚ª‚È‚¢Žž‚Å‚·�B
6. “÷‘Ì“I‰õŠy‚Æ–³ŠÖŒW‚Ì�S’n—Ç‚‚àˆ«‚‚à‚È‚¢Š´Šo�@�@ŠÖ�S‚ª‚È‚¢‚à‚Ì
Ž©•ª �iŽ©‰ä�j ‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚à‚Ì‚ª‚ ‚邯�öŠo‚·‚錴ˆö‚Í�AŠ´Šo‚É‚ ‚邯‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Š´ŠoŠíН‚ªŠO‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Æ�Ú�G‚µ‚ÄŠ´Šo‚ªŒ»‚ê�A‚»‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŠ´Šo‚©‚ç‚Ì�M�†‚ɉ߂¬‚È‚¢‚Æ‘¨‚¦‚¸‚É�AŽå‘Ì
�iŽ©•ª�j‚ª‚»‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŽó‚¯Žæ‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�A‚Æ‘¨‚¦‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�BЉ–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚é‚Ì‚à�AŠ´Šo‚ðŠ´Šo‚Æ‘¨‚¦‚¸‚É�AŽå‘Ì �iŽ©•ª�j‚ªŽó‚¯Žæ‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�A‚Æ‘¨‚¦‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�A–â‘è‚Ì�ª–{Œ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚銴Šo‚ð‚µ‚Á‚©‚茩‹É‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚¾‚Æ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�S‚É“{‚肪�¶‚¶‚½Žž
“{‚è‚É‚Í�í‚É�¸�_“I‚Ȓɂ݂ª‚Æ‚à‚È‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�A�¸�_“I‚È’É‚Ý‚ðŠ´‚¶‚½‚ç�A‚»‚±‚ɂ͓{‚肪‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B“{‚è‚Í�A•sŒ’‘S‚È�s“®‚µ‚©�¶‚݂܂¹‚ñ�B
Љ–]�AŒ™ˆ«�A—~‹�•s–ž�A‹°‚ê�A”ß‚µ‚݂ȂÇ�A‚·‚ׂÄ�A‚±‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚Ă͂܂è‚Ü‚è�A‚»‚±‚É‚Í�¸�_“I‚Ȓɂ݂ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�A�l‚𑞂ނ±‚Æ‚Í�AŒ‹‹Ç�AŽ©•ª‚ð��‚‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�S‚É“{‚肪�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Žž
‚±‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Í�A�eˆ¤�A—F�î�A�e�Ø�S�A‘PˆÓ�Aƒ�ƒbƒ^�[�imetta�j‚Ì�o”“_‚ƂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�S‚É–Ï‘z‚ª�¶‚¶‚½Žž
‚±‚±‚ł̖ϑz‚Æ‚Í�A‹^”O�A•sˆÀ�A—Ž‚¿’…‚«‚̂Ȃ³�A’�ˆÓŽU–Ÿ�A�¢˜f‚Ȃǂ̈ӎ¯�ó‘Ô‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
“÷‘Ì“I—~–]
“÷‘Ì“I—~–]‚Í�AŒÜŠ´ �iŽ‹Šo�A’®Šo�AškŠo�A–¡Šo�A�GŠo�j ‚Ì‘Î�Û•¨‚ɑ΂·‚銉–]‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì‘Î�Û•¨‚ɑ΂·‚é�S’n—Ç‚¢‘¤–Ê‚¾‚¯‚ɂƂç‚í‚ê‚½Žž�A‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�S’n—Ç‚¢‘¤–ʂ͉i‘±‚µ‚È‚¢‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚é‚©�A‚»‚Ì‘Î�Û•¨‚Ì�S’nˆ«‚¢‘¤–Ê‚ð‹C‚‚Æ�A�Á‚¦‹Ž‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Š®‘S‚É�Á‚µ‹Ž‚é‚É‚Í�Aˆ¢“ߊ܂̓¹‚ð•à‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚¾‚»‚¤‚Å‚·�B
anDgDmin ‚̉¹–ó�BƒAƒT�[ƒK�[ƒ~�i•sŠÒ‰Ê�j•\‚킵�A�ã�À•”•§‹³‚Å�à‚�A�¹ŽÒ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚Ì�AŽl‚‚Ì�C�sŠKˆÊ‚Ì‘æŽO�B—~ŠE‚Ì�C˜f�i‚µ‚ã‚í‚�j‚ð’f‚¶�I‚í‚è�A�Ăї~ŠE‚É�¶‚Ü‚êŠÒ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚‚Ȃ邱‚Æ
Œ™ˆ«
Œ™ˆ«‚Í�A“{‚è‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å�AŒÜŠ´ �iŽ‹Šo�A’®Šo�AškŠo�A–¡Šo�A�GŠo�j ‚Ì‘Î�Û•¨‚ª‚±‚ê‚܂ł̎©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�S’nˆ«‚¢‘¤–Ê‚ª‘å‚«‚¢‚±‚Æ‚©‚ç�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì‘Î�Û•¨‚ɑ΂·‚é�S’nˆ«‚¢‘¤–ʂ͉i‘±‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ’m‚邱‚Æ�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�S’nˆ«‚³‚ð�ì‚è�ã‚°‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½Ž©•ª‚ÌŽ©“®”½‰ž‰ñ˜H‚ð�‘‚«Š·‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚Å�Á‚¦‹Ž‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�eˆ¤‚Ì��¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃłà�Á‚¦‹Ž‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Š®‘S‚É�Á‚µ‹Ž‚é‚É‚Í�Aˆ¢“ߊ܂̓¹‚ð•à‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚¾‚»‚¤‚Å‚·�B
‘Ó‚¯�S‚⌑‘ÓŠ´
‘Ó‚¯�S‚⌑‘ÓŠ´‚Æ‚Í�A“÷‘Ì“I‚È‚±‚Ƃł͂Ȃ�A‹»–¡‚Ì•s�݂ɑ΂·‚é–³’m‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å�¶‚¶‚é�S—�“I‚È�ó‘Ô‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Í�A‰i‘±‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ‹C‚‚±‚Æ‚Å�Á‚¦‹Ž‚è‚Ü‚·�BŠˆ—Í‚ð”’B‚³‚¹‚邱‚Ƃłà�Á‚¦‹Ž‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Š®‘S‚É�Á‚µ‹Ž‚é‚É‚Í�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚Ì“¹‚ð•à‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚¾‚»‚¤‚Å‚·�B
’�ˆÓŽU–Ÿ‚Æ•sˆÀ
’�ˆÓŽU–Ÿ‚â•sˆÀ‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚錴ˆö‚ɑ΂·‚é–³’m‚Å�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B’�ˆÓŽU–Ÿ‚â•sˆÀ‚Í�A‰i‘±‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ‹C‚‚±‚Æ‚Å�Á‚¦‹Ž‚è‚Ü‚·�B�S‚ð�¬’·‚³‚¹‚Ä•½�³‚ð•ۂ‚±‚Ƃłà�Á‚¦‹Ž‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Š®‘S‚É�Á‚µ‹Ž‚é‚É‚Í�Aˆ¢“ߊ܂̓¹‚ð•à‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚¾‚»‚¤‚Å‚·�B
“®—h‚â‹^”O
“®—h‚â‹^”O‚Æ‚Í�A�uƒuƒbƒ_‚Í–{“–‚ÉŒå‚Á‚½‚Ì‚©�v ‚Æ‚© �u‚±‚Ì�C�s‚Å–{“–‚ɋꂪ�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚©�v ‚Æ‚© �uƒuƒbƒ_‚Ì’íŽq‚Í–{“–‚É‚±‚Ì�C�s‚ÅŒå‚è‚𓾂½‚Ì‚©�v
‚Æ‚© �u—ˆ�¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚̂͂ ‚é‚Ì‚©�A‘O�¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚̂͂ ‚Á‚½‚Ì‚©�v “™�X�A‚±‚̂悤‚È‹CŽ�‚¿‚ð•ø‚‚±‚Ƃł·�B
“®—h‚â‹^”O‚Í�A‚±‚̂悤‚È‹CŽ�‚¿‚ð•ø‚©‚¹‚錴ˆö‚ɑ΂·‚é–³’m‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B“®—h‚â‹^”O‚Í�A‰i‘±‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ‹C‚‚±‚Æ‚Å�Á‚¦‹Ž‚è‚Ü‚·�B�^—�‚É‹C‚‚±‚Ƃłà�Á‚¦‹Ž‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Š®‘S‚É�Á‚µ‹Ž‚é‚É‚Í�A�{‘ɃIƒ“�q‚µ‚ゾ‚¨‚ñ�r‚Ì“¹‚ð•à‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚¾‚»‚¤‚Å‚·�B
Š´ŠoŠíН
Š´ŠoŠíН‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̘Z‚‚̓à‚Ȃ銴ŠoŠíН‚ƘZ‚‚̊O‚È‚é”Fޝ—̈æ‚Í�A�S‚ÌŠg’£‚³‚ꂽ‚à‚Ì‚¾‚Æ�l‚¦‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
“à‚Ȃ銴ŠoŠíН‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�AŽŸ‚̘Z‚‚̓à‚Ȃ銴ŠoŠíН‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Ž‹Šo�@�|�@ŒõŒi
’®Šo�@�|�@‰¹
škŠo�@�|�@“õ‚¢
–¡Šo�@�|�@–¡
‘Ì�«Š´Šo�@�|�@Š´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚Ì
�S�@�|�@�S‚Ì’†–¡
‘©”›‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é
‚±‚ꂪ�l‚ð—Ö‰ô‚Ì—Ö‚É”›‚è‚‚¯‚é‚à‚Ì‚¾‚Æ�l‚¦‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‹ï‘Ì“I‚É‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚ª‹“‚°‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
1. “÷‘Ì“I‚ȉõŠy‚ð‹�‚߂銉–]
2. “{‚è
3. é�‚è‚⎩�›‚ê
4. Œë‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û
5. •sˆÀ‚â‹^�S
6. ”ª�³“¹ˆÈŠO‚ÉŽ©—R‚ɂȂ铹‚â�C�s‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤�M”O
7. —~ŠE�E�FŠE�E–³�FŠE‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚肽‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Š‰–]
8. ‘A–]‚⎹“i
9. ™åš¥�A”Ú‚µ‚³
10. Žl‚‚Ì�^—� �iŽl�¹’ú�j ‚ɑ΂·‚é–³’m
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‘©”›‚Í�AŠ´ŠoŠíН‚ð‰i‰“‚È‚à‚̂Ƃµ‚Ä�l‚¦‚½‚è�AŠ´ŠoŠíН‚ÆŽ©•ª‚𓯈ꎋ‚·‚éŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Žv‚¢�ž‚݂ɂæ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�BŠ´ŠoŠíН‚͉i‰“‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‹C‚‚±‚Æ‚Å�AˆêŽž“I‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‘©”›‚͂Ȃ‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Žl‚‚Ì�^—� �iŽl�¹’ú�j ‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‘©”›‚ÍŠ®‘S‚É�Á‚¦‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
нŠì�@piti
‚à‚Ì‚²‚Æ‚ð‚ ‚è‚̂܂܂Ɍ©‚邱‚Æ‚Å�¶‚¶‚é‹»–¡‚âŠÖ�S‚ð•ø‚¢‚½�ó‘Ô�A‘Þ‹ü‚³‚̂Ȃ¢�ó‘Ô‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�g‘Ì‚ª•‚‚«�オ‚邿‚¤‚ÈŒy‚â‚©‚³‚â�A”ò‚Ñ�オ‚肽‚¢‚قǂ̃�ƒNƒ�ƒN‚·‚邿‚¤‚ÈŠì‚т̂±‚Ƃł·�B
•½�Âƕ½ˆÀ
‰pŒê‚ÌŒ´Œê‚Å‚Í�A•½�Âƕ½ˆÀ‚Í‚»‚ꂼ‚ꎟ‚̂悤‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•½�Ã�@�F�@tranquility�@
•½ˆÀ�@�F�@equanimity
•½�à �itranquility�j‚Í�A нŠì ‚ª�¶‚¶‚½Žž‚É�A�S‚ª�Â܂é�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B‚·‚ׂĂɖž‚¿‘«‚肽–ž‘«Š´‚©‚ç�¶‚¶‚é�S‚̈À’è‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�B
•½ˆÀ �iequanimity�j ‚Í �¸�_“�ˆê ‚ª�¶‚¶‚½Žž‚É�A�S‚ª‚à‚Ì‚²‚Æ‚ð‚±‚¾‚í‚è‚È‚—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚ÄŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B’É�X‚µ‚¢Š‰–]‚â�A‰õŠy‚Ɉ³“|‚³‚ꂸ�A�S‚Æ�g‘͉̂i‰“‚ɂ͑¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ�A˜J‚¹‚¸‚ÉŠÏŽ@‚Å‚«‚é�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B
“ú�í‚̉pŒê‚Å‚Í�Aequanimity�@‚Í‚ ‚Ü‚èˆê”Ê“I‚ɂ͎g‚í‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‰pŒê‚ð•ê�‘Œê‚Æ‚·‚éƒlƒCƒeƒBƒu‚Å‚à‚±‚ÌŒ¾—t‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢�l‚Í‘å�¨‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�u•½�Ã�v
‚É‚µ‚Ä‚à �u•½ˆÀ�v ‚É‚µ‚Ä‚à�Aˆê”Ê“I‚É‚Í�@tranquility�@‚ªŽg‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�¸�_“�ˆê (concentration)
•½�à ‚ª�¶‚¶‚邯�A�S‚Í‹C‚ð‚»‚ç‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚‚È‚è�Aœfœr‚¤‚±‚ƂȂ�S‚É•‚‚©‚Ô‚à‚̂ɋC‚‚悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚ł͂»‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ˆÓޝ
ˆÓޝ‚Í�S‚̃Aƒ“ƒeƒi‚Å‚·�BŠ´ŠoŠíН‚͈ӎ¯‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Γ‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‰½‚©‚ðŒ©‚é‚̂ɔM’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‰¹‚ª‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚àŽ¨‚É“ü‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í‚·‚ׂĂ̈ӎ¯‚ª–Ú‚É�W‚Ü‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚±‚̃Aƒ“ƒeƒi‚ªŽó‚¯Žæ‚Á‚½ŠO‚©‚ç‚ÌŽhŒƒ‚Í�AŽŸ‚̂悤‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å�î•ñ�ˆ—�‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
�@ŠO‚©‚ç‚ÌŽhŒƒ�@
�@�@�«
�@ˆÓޝ�ivinnana�Fƒ”ƒBƒ“ƒjƒƒ�[ƒi�j‚½‚¾‹C‚‚¾‚¯�i�¶ƒf�[ƒ^‚ÌŽó�M�j�B
�@�@�«
�@’mŠo�isanna�FƒTƒ“ƒjƒƒ�[�j‹L‰¯‚âŒoŒ±‚©‚ç—Ç‚µˆ«‚µ‚ð”»’f�iƒf�[ƒ^‚̃`ƒFƒbƒN�E•ª—Þ�E�Dˆ«‚Ì”»’f�j�B
�@�@�«
�@Š´Šo�ivedana�Fƒ”ƒF�[ƒ_ƒi�[�j’mŠo‚Ì”»’f‚Å‹CŽ�‚¿—Ç‚‚È‚Á‚½‚舫‚‚È‚Á‚½‚è‚·‚é�B�i“ü—̓f�[ƒ^‚ÌŽ¯•Ê�j�B
�@�@�«
�@”½‰ž�isankhara�FƒTƒ“ƒJ�[ƒ‰�j
ƒuƒbƒ_‚Í�A�S‚ª�uˆÓޝ�v�u’mŠo�v�uŠ´Šo�v�u”½‰ž�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Žl‚‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚©‚ç�¬‚è—§‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃ𔌩‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚±‚̃Xƒs�[ƒh‚ª‚ ‚Ü‚è‚É‚à‘¬‚¢‚½‚ß‚É�A�l‚Í‚»‚Ì‚±‚ƂɋC‚©‚¸�A”½‰ž‚ª’·ŽžŠÔŒJ‚è•Ô‚³‚ê‚Ä‹‰»‚³‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«�A‚Í‚¶‚߂Ĉӎ¯‚Ì’†‚ÉŒ»‚ê‚Ä‹C‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�A’N‚à‚ª�AˆÓޝ�A’mŠo�AŠ´Šo�A”½‰ž‚Æ‚¢‚¤�S‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ì—¬‚ê‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚Í�g‘̂̕ω»‚æ‚è‚à‚³‚ç‚É�‚‘¬‚ŕω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂱ‚»‚ª�uŽ©•ª�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚à‚̂̌»ŽÀ‚Å‚·�B’P‚Ȃ闬‚ê‚ɉ߂¬‚È‚¢Œ»�ۂ̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚ ‚邱‚ÌŽ©•ª‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ»ŽÀ‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ�A�³‚µ‚—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½‚ç�A�uŽ©•ª�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ŽÀ‘̂͑¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤—�‰ð‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê�A‹ê‚©‚甲‚¯�o‚·Ž…Œû‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�A‚ƃuƒbƒ_‚ÍŒå‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
ƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi�EƒXƒbƒ^‚Í�Aƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚±‚ÌŽ©•ª‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ»ŽÀ‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邽‚ß‚ÌŽèˆø�‘‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B
�Ú�G
‚±‚±‚Å‚Ì�Ú�G‚Æ‚Í�A�g‘̂ƂÌ�Ú�G‚ł͂Ȃ�A�S‚Æ‚Ì�Ú�G‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�Ú�G‚Ì‘Î�Û•¨‚ƈӎ¯‚⊴Šo‚ªŒ‹‚΂ê‚鎞�A‚±‚±‚Å‚¢‚¤�Ú�G‚ª‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B
’mŠo
Š´Šo �ifeeling,
sensation�j ‚Æ’mŠo �iperception�j ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚‚±‚Æ‚Í �uƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi�EƒXƒbƒ^�v
‚ð“ǂނ½‚߂ɂƂĂà‘å�؂ł·�B
�EŠ´Šo �ifeeling,
sensation�jvedana�@ �F Š´ŠoŠíН‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ď󂯎æ‚é�î•ñ
�E’mŠo �iperception�jsanna
�F ŒoŒ±‚â‹L‰¯‚ðŠî‚É‚µ‚Ď󂯎æ‚é�î•ñ
ƒuƒbƒ_‚Í�A�S‚ª�uˆÓޝ�v�u’mŠo�v�uŠ´Šo�v�u”½‰ž�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Žl‚‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚©‚ç�¬‚è—§‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃ𔌩‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
ˆêŽŸŽv�l �iinitial thinking�j ‚Æ “ñŽŸŽv�l
�icontinued thinking�j
Š´ŠoŠíН �iŽ‹Šo�A’®Šo�AškŠo�A–¡Šo�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo�A�S�j ‚É“ü‚é�î•ñ
�iŒõŒi�A‰¹�A“õ‚¢�A–¡�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚Ì�A�S‚Ì’†–¡�j ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚鎞‚É“‚‹@”\‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B
ˆêŽŸŽv�l (ƒp�[ƒŠŒê�Fvitakka) �F Œ¾—t‚É‚æ‚éŽv�l �i‚à‚Ì‚²‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚鎞‚ÌŠî–{“I‚È“‚« - ”Fޝ‘Î�Û”cˆ¬�j
“ñŽŸŽv�l (ƒp�[ƒŠŒê�Fvicara) �F Œ¾—t‚É‚æ‚ç‚È‚¢Žv�l �i”Fޝ‚µ‚½‚à‚Ì‚²‚Æ‚ðŽv—¶�n�l‚·‚é“‚« - ”Fޝ‘Î�ÛˆÛŽ��j
’†‘ºŒ³ŠÄ�C‚Ì �u‘å”O�ˆŒo�v‚Å‚Í�A�u‘e‚¢�lŽ@ �iˆêŽŸŽv�l�j�v�A�u”÷�ׂÈ�lŽ@
�i“ñŽŸŽv�l�j�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ƒeƒBƒN�Eƒiƒbƒg�Eƒnƒ“’˜‚Ì �uƒuƒbƒ_‚Ì<‹C‚«>‚ÌáÒ‘z�v ‚É‚æ‚邯�A�u�Å�‰‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é’mŠo �iˆêŽŸŽv�l�j�v�A�u‚»‚ê‚É‘±‚Žv—¶
�i“ñŽŸŽv�l�j�v ‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�u‘å”O�ˆŒo�v‚Ì‘æŽO–ó–{‚Å‚Í�A�u’mŠo �iˆêŽŸŽv�l�j�v�A�uŠÏŽ@ �i“ñŽŸŽv�l�j�v
‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚Å‚·�B
‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�î•ñ‚ðŽQ�l‚É‚µ‚Ä�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȗpŒê‚ł̖ó‚ðŽŽ‚Ý‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�Avitakka �iƒ”ƒBƒ^ƒbƒJ�j ‚É‚µ‚Ä‚à�Avicara �iƒ”ƒBƒ`ƒƒ�[ƒ‰�j ‚É‚µ‚Ä‚à�A“ú–{Œê‚ɂ͂Ȃ¢ŠT”O‚Ȃ̂Å�A–³—�‚É“ú–{Œê‚É‚·‚邯�A‚©‚¦‚Á‚ÄŒë‰ð‚ð�¶‚ނ̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚©‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä�A‚±‚̃z�[ƒ€ƒy�[ƒW‚Ì–ó‚Å‚Í�A�uˆêŽŸŽv�l�v�A�u“ñŽŸŽv�l�v
‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
Œ»‘ã‚Ì”]‰ÈŠw‚Å‚Í�A�l‚¦‚ð�„‚点‚鎞‚É�A�‰Šú�Ý’è‰ñ˜H‚Æ”C–±�‹�s‰ñ˜H‚Æ‚¢‚¤“ñ‚‚̔]‚̃VƒXƒeƒ€‚ª‚ ‚邿‚¤‚Å‚·�B�‰Šú�Ý’è‰ñ˜H‚ł͌Ÿ“¢‚·‚é�ðŒ�‚ð”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä�A”C–±�‹�s‰ñ˜H‚ł͖ڕW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é�s“®‚ðŒŸ“¢‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�Bvitakka �iƒ”ƒBƒ^ƒbƒJ�j ‚Æ vicara �iƒ”ƒBƒ`ƒƒ�[ƒ‰�j ‚ÆŠÖ˜A‚¯‚Ä�l‚¦‚邯�A‚Æ‚Ä‚à‹»–¡�[‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‹ê‚Ì�Á–Å
Љ–]‚ª�¶‚¶‚é�ê�Š‚Æ�A�Á–Å‚·‚é�ê�Š‚Í�A“¯‚¶‚¾‚Æ’m‚邱‚Æ‚ª‘å�؂ł·�B
‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Í�A˜Z‚‚̊´ŠoŠíН �iŽ‹Šo�A’®Šo�AškŠo�A–¡Šo�A‘Ì�«Š´Šo�A�S�j
‚Å�¶‚¶‚½Žž‚É�A‹C‚«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚ÄŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
’m“I‚È—�‰ð‚¾‚¯‚Å‚Í�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�³Œ©
�³Œ©‚Í‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì’iŠK‚ðŒo‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‘æˆê’iŠK‚Í�A—Ç‚¢�s‚¢‚Í—Ç‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð�¶‚Ý�Aˆ«‚¢�s‚¢‚͈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð�¶‚Þ�A‚Æ’m‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
‘æ“ñ’iŠK‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‹N‚«‚邱‚Ƃɂ͕K‚¸�I‚í‚肪‚ ‚è�A–ž‘«‚³‚¹‚é‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚È‚�A‚·‚ׂÄ�ðŒ�‚¯‚ç‚ꂽ‚à‚Ì‚¾‚Æ—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚Ì—�‰ð‚ªŒ´ˆö‚ÆŒ‹‰Ê‚ÌŠÖŒW‚ð�[‚’m‚邱‚ƂɂȂè�A‚»‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Æ‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚¾‚¯‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�ÅŒã‚Ì’iŠK‚ª�AŽl‚‚Ì�^—��@�i‹ê�A�W�A–Å�A“¹�j ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚Ì—�‰ð‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�AŒ´ˆö�@�iЉ–]�j�@‚ª�Á–Å‚·‚邯�AŒ‹‰Ê�@�i‹ê�j�@‚à�Á–Å‚·‚邯—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�³ŽvˆÒ‚Æ�³Œê
�³Œ©‚ª“¾‚ç‚ꂽ‚ç�A�³ŽvˆÒ‚à“¾‚ç‚ê‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�l‚ÍŽv�l‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�s“®‚·‚é‚Ì‚Å�A�³Œê‚à“¾‚ç‚ê‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‰AŒû
‰pŒê‚ÌŒ´Œê‚Í tale-bearing�Btale �i˜b�j�@+ �@bearing �i‰^‚Ô‚±‚Æ�j
‚Æ‚¢‚¤–óŽÒ‚Ì‘¢Œê‚¾‚ÆŽv‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚Ì�ê‚É‚¢‚È‚¢�l‚̈«Œû‚ð’N‚©‚ª˜b‚·‚̂𕷂«�Aˆ«Œû‚ðŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚½�l‚̂Ƃ±‚ë‚É�s‚Á‚Ä�A‚ ‚Ì�l‚Í‚±‚ñ‚È‚±‚Æ‚ðŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½‚æ�A‚Ƙb‚·‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Thanissaro Bhikku –ó‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi‚Å‚Í�Adivisive speech �i•s˜a‚ð�¶‚¶‚³‚¹‚é‰ï˜b�j ‚ƂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�l‚Ƃ̒‡‚ð—ô‚¢‚½‚è�A�l‚ÌŠÔ‚Éæy‚¢‚⑈‚¢‚ð‹N‚±‚·‚悤‚È‚±‚Æ‚ðŒ¾‚¤‚Ì‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚ª�D‚©‚ê‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚炾‚Æ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚¤‚킳˜b‚â–³‘ÊŒû
‚¤‚킳˜b‚â–³‘ÊŒû‚É‚Í�A—L‰v‚È‚±‚Ƃ͉½‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A“Ç�‘‚É‚µ‚Ä‚à‚±‚ê‚É“–‚Ă͂܂é–{‚ª‚ ‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚©�A•¶�Í‚ð�‘‚¢‚ÄŒöŠJ‚·‚é‚Ì‚à‚±‚ê‚É“–‚Ă͂܂é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚©�A‚±‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚Í�l‚¦‚Ă݂鉿’l‚ª‚ ‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�B
�¶‚«•¨‚ðŽE‚³‚È‚¢
ˆÓ�}“I‚ÉŽE‚µ‚Ă͂¢‚¯‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å�A’m‚炸‚É’Ž‚ð“¥‚Ý‚Â‚¯‚ÄŽE‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚é‚͓̂–‚Ă͂܂è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ü‚½�A‚±‚±‚Å‚¢‚¤�¶‚«•¨‚ðŽE‚³‚È‚¢‚Æ‚Í�AˆÓޝ‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�¶‚«•¨‚¾‚¯‚ðŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�A•¨‚â�AƒoƒNƒeƒŠƒA�AƒEƒBƒ‹ƒX‚Ȃǂ͓–‚Ă͂܂è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
“�‚Ý‚ð‚µ‚È‚¢
‚±‚±‚ł̓�‚݂ƂÍ�A�l‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ð“�‚邱‚Æ‚¾‚¯‚ł͂Ȃ�A–§—A�A’E�Å�AŒv—ʂ̂²‚Ü‚©‚µ‚â‹U‚è‚ȂǂàˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ˆú—~
Š’Ê‚âƒŒƒCƒv‚ȂǂÌ�«“I‚È•s•i�s�AƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹‚âƒhƒ‰ƒbƒO‚É’^“M‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Žè’i‚Å�¶Œv‚ð—§‚Ä‚é
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Žè’i‚Æ‚Í�A•�ŠíŽæˆø�A“jŽE–Ú“I‚ł̓®•¨”„”ƒ�A“z—êŽæˆø�AƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹�Aƒhƒ‰ƒbƒO�A“Å•¨‚̔̔„‚ȂǂðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‘T’è (jhana)
‘T’è (jhana) ‚̌ꌹ‚Í�Ajha �i‹ÃŽ‹‚·‚é�j�B Š´ŠoŠíН‚Ì‘Î�Û•¨‚Å‚ ‚é�AŒõŒi�A‰¹�A“õ‚¢�A–¡�AŠ´�G‚ð�¶‚Þ‚à‚Ì�A‚ȂǂɋC‚©‚È‚¢‚Ù‚Ç�S‚ª’è‚Ü‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B
�h‹ÃŽ‹�h ‚·‚邿‚¤‚È�S‚Ì�W’†‚Ì’ö“x‚ð‚¢‚¤Žž‚ÉŽg‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‘T’è‚ɂ͌܂‚Ì�\�¬—v‘f �i�¸�_�ì—p�j ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚· �iŒÜ‘TŽx�j�B
1. ˆêŽŸŽv�l �iƒ”ƒBƒ^ƒbƒJ : vitakka�j Œ¾—t‚É‚æ‚éŽv�l‚Ì—v‘f
2. “ñŽŸŽv�l �iƒ”ƒBƒ`ƒƒ�[ƒ‰ : viccara�j Œ¾—t‚É‚æ‚ç‚È‚¢Žv�l‚Ì—v‘f
3. Šì�@�iƒsƒeƒB :
piti�j нŠì‚Ì—v‘f
4. Šy�@�iƒXƒJ :
sukha�j ˆÀŠy‚Ì—v‘f
5. ˆê‹«�« �iƒG�[ƒJƒKƒ^�[ : ekka gata) ‚ЂƂ‚̑Î�Û‚É�W’†‚µ‚Ä�S‚ªŽU–Ÿ‚ɂȂç‚È‚¢—v‘f
vitakka�q�i‚¶‚ñ�j‚ð‘æˆêŽv�l�AvicaaraŽf�i‚µ�j‚ð‘æ“ñŽv�l‚Ɩ󂷂͖̂{�l‚ª‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚©‚ç�H
Ž„‚È‚ç‚Î�Avitakka�q�i‚¶‚ñ�j‚ðŽv�l‚Æ‚¢‚¤—Ž‚¿—t‚ð‹«“à‚ÌŠO‚É“f‚«�o‚·�¬–VŽå‚Ü‚½‚Íâ´�A
vicaaraŽf�i‚µ�j‚Í‹«“à‚ÌŽü‚è‚É’£‚Á‚½ƒ��[ƒv�B�iƒ��[ƒv‚É—Ž‚¿—t‚ª‚ ‚½‚邯ƒuƒU�[‚ð–‚炵‚Ä‚‚ê‚é�j
Piti‚ÍŠ½Šì‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚æ‚è‚àˆÓޝ�i�S�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�j‚ÌŠì‚Ñ�AƒXƒJ‚ÍŠy‚ɂȂÁ‚½“÷‘Ì�Aekaggata‚Í�A–v“ü‚̈ê‘ÌŠ´‚̂ق¤‚ªŽU–Ÿ‚ɂȂç‚È‚¢—v‘f‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚æ‚è‚à�A‚¢‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¤�B
‚±‚̌܂‚Ì�\�¬—v‘f �i�¸�_�ì—p�j ‚Í‘æˆê‚Ì‘T’è‚©‚ç‘æŽl‚Ì‘T’è‚Ü‚Å�AŽŸ‚̂悤‚É“‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‘æˆê‘T : ŒÜ‚‚Ì�\�¬—v‘f‚Ì‘S‚Ä‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽv�l‚Í“‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�Aˆê“_‚É�W’†‚µ‚Ä�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŠÖ‚í‚è‚©‚ç—£‚ꂽ‹«’n‚Å‚·�B
‘æ“ñ‘T : Žv�l�ì—p‚ª‚È‚‚È‚è�A�W’†‚©‚ç�¶‚Ü‚ê‚éŠì‚тɖž‚¿‚½‹«’n‚Å‚·�B
‘æŽO‘T : Šì‚т͂Ȃ‚È‚è�AˆÀŠy‚Ì‹«’n‚Å‚·�B‹C‚«‚Æ—�‰ð‚Í�[‚Ü‚è�A�S‚Í�Ÿ‚Ý�Ø‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‘æŽl‘T : Šy‚à‚È‚‚È‚è�A•s‹ê•sŠy‚Ì‹«’n‚Å‚·�B�ƒ�ˆ‚È‹C‚«‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ÌŽl’iŠK‚Ì‘T’è‚ð‚Ü‚Æ‚ß‚é‚ÆŽŸ‚̂悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‘æˆê‘T�@�F�@ˆêŽŸŽv�l�A“ñŽŸŽv�l�AŠì�AŠy�Aˆê‹«�«
‘æ“ñ‘T�@�F�@Šì�AŠy�Aˆê‹«�«
‘æŽO‘T�@�F�@Šy�Aˆê‹«�«
‘æŽl‘T�@�F�@ˆê‹«�«
’iŠK‚ª�オ‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A—v‘f‚ª‘�‚¦‚é‚̂ł͂ȂŒ¸‚é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Æ‚±‚낪�A•§‹³“I‚Æ‚¢‚¤‹C‚ª‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�u�—ŽOŠE‚ɉƂȂµ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ¾—t‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŽOŠE‚Ƃ͕§‹³—pŒê‚Å—~ŠE�E�FŠE�E–³�FŠE‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B—~ŠE‚Ƃ͌܂‚̊´ŠoŠíН‚©‚ç“ü‚é�î•ñ‚ðŠy‚µ‚ñ‚¾‚è‹ê‚µ‚ñ‚¾‚è‚·‚é�¢ŠE‚Å‚·�B�FŠE‚Ƃ͕¨Ž¿‚â•¨Ž¿‚ð�¬‚è—§‚½‚¹‚é‹óŠÔ‚Í‚ ‚邯‚Ç�A‚»‚Ì•¨Ž¿Ž©‘Ì‚ªƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�ó‘Ô‚Å�A‘T’è�ó‘Ô‚ð�ì‚é‚̂ɂ»‚Ì‘Î�Û‚É�W’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邾‚¯‚Æ‚¢‚¤�¢ŠE‚Å‚·�B
—~ŠE‚ɂ͕�’ʂ̑P‹Æ‚ʼn�‚¯‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�FŠE‚ɂ͑T’è‚É“ü‚ç‚È‚¢‚Ɖ�‚¯‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Å‘T’莩‘Ì‚à�u�FŠE‘T’è�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì�FŠE‚Ì‘T’è�A�FŠEŽl‘T‚ª�ã‹L‚ÌŽl’iŠK‚Å‚·�B
�FŠE‚ÌŽŸ‚É‚ ‚é‚Ì‚ª–³�FŠE‚Å�A–³�FŠE‚Ì‘T’肪–³�FŠE“™ŽŠ‚Å‚·�BˆÈ‰º‚̂悤‚ɌܒiŠK‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
–³�FŠE“™ŽŠ
ŒÜ”Ô–Ú‚Ì‘T’è
‘Î�ۂɑ΂·‚éˆÓޝ‚ðŠ®‘S‚É’´‚¦�A‘Î�Û‚É�G‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤ˆÓޝ‚à‚È‚�A‚½‚¾�A‹•‹ó‚ªŒÀ‚è‚È‚¢‹ó–³•Ó�ˆ‚Æ‚¢‚¤�S‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B•ǂȂǂŎd�Ø‚Á‚½�u‹óŠÔ�v‚ðŽÕ‚é�u‚à‚Ì�v‚ª‰½‚à‚È‚�u‹•‹ó�v‚¾‚¯‚ªŒÀ‚è‚È‚¢�S‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B
˜Z”Ô–Ú‚Ì‘T’è
‹ó–³•Ó�ˆ‚ðŠ®‘S‚É’´‚¦�A�uޝ‚Í–³•Ó‚Å‚ ‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž¯–³•Ó�ˆ‚É’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŠO‚É�S‚ðŒü‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚½�u‹ó–³•Ó�ˆ�v‚©‚ç�A�S‚»‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚É�S‚ðŒü‚¯‚Ä�A�SŽ©‘Ì‚ª‰½‚É‚àŽÕ‚ç‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢ŒÀ‚è‚È‚¢‚à‚Ì‚¾‚Æ�S‚¾‚¯‚ð–¡‚í‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
޵”Ô–Ú‚Ì‘T’è
ޝ–³•Ó�ˆ‚ðŠ®‘S‚É’´‚¦�A�u‰½‚à‚È‚¢�i‹ó�j�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–³�Š—L�ˆ‚É’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�S‚¾‚¯�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚³‚¦ˆÓޝ‚µ‚È‚¢�u‰½‚à‚È‚¢�v�ó‘Ô‚Ì‘T’è‚Å‚·�B
”ª”Ô–Ú‚Ì‘T’è
–³�Š—L�ˆ‚ðŠ®‘S‚É’´‚¦�A”ñ‘z”ñ”ñ‘z�ˆ‚É’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�BˆÓޝ‚Í‚¨‚ë‚©�AˆÓޝ‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚é�Õ“®�A�u‘z�v‚³‚¦‹N‚±‚ç‚È‚¢�ó‘Ô‚Ì‘T’è‚Å‚·�B‰¼Ž€�ó‘Ԃ̂悤‚È�AˆÓޝ‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚é�Õ“®‚³‚¦‹N‚±‚³‚È‚¢‘T’è‚Å�A–³�FŠE“™ŽŠ‚Ì�Å�‚‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B
�ã‹L�A–³�FŠE“™ŽŠ‚ÌŽl’iŠK‚ð‚Ü‚Æ‚ß‚é‚ÆŽŸ‚̂悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
ŒÜ”Ô–Ú‚Ì‘T’è�@�F�@‹ó–³•Ó�ˆ
˜Z”Ô–Ú‚Ì‘T’è�@�F�@ޝ–³•Ó�ˆ
޵”Ô–Ú‚Ì‘T’è�@�F�@–³�Š—L�ˆ
”ª”Ô–Ú‚Ì‘T’è�@�F�@”ñ‘z”ñ”ñ‘z�ˆ
‚±‚̂悤‚É‘T’è‚É‚Í�A‰½‚©‚Ì‘Î�Û‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä“ž’B‚·‚éŽl’iŠK�i�FŠEŽl‘T�j‚Æ�A‘Î�Û‚ð’Ê‚³‚¸‚É�S‚¾‚¯‚Å“ž’B‚·‚éŽl’iŠK�i–³�FŠE“™ŽŠ�j‚Ì�‡Œv”ªŽí—Þ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‹ã”Ô–Ú‚Ì‘T’è
�S‚Ì�ó‘ԂɘA“®‚µ‚Ä�A�g‘̂̓‚«‚àŽ~‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�BŒÄ‹z‚³‚¦‚È‚�A�×–E‚ÌŠˆ“®Ž©‘Ì‚ª‹xŽ~‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽžŠÔ‚ª‚È‚�A�₦ŠÔ‚̂Ȃ¢�u•ω»�v‚Í‚ ‚é‚̂ł·‚ª�A�g‘̂ɋN‚±‚é‚Í‚¸‚ÌŠˆ“®‚ª‹N‚±‚ç‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Å�A�΂̂¨’n‘ ‚³‚ñ‚̂悤‚È�ó‘ԂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�Bƒuƒbƒ_ˆÈ‘O‚É‚Í�A’N‚à“ž’B‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B
�u–³�v‚Ö‚Æ’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª”ª’iŠK‚Ì‘T’è‚Ȃ̂łµ‚傤‚ª�A‹ã”Ô–Ú‚Í‚»‚Ì�u–³�v‚³‚¦‚à–Å‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃłµ‚傤‚©�B‚±‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Í�u–Å�s’è�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‘T’è‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ¾—t‚à‚ ‚Ă͂܂ç‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃłµ‚傤�B
ˆ¢—…Š¿(Arahatship)‚ƈ¢“ߊÜ(Anagama)
ƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi�EƒXƒbƒ^‚ðƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚©‚ç‰pŒê‚É–|–󂳂ꂽ U JotikaŽ�‚Ì’˜�ì�w Ž©—R‚Ö‚Ì—· �x‚É‚Í�AŒå‚肪Žl’iŠK‚ɂ܂Ƃ߂ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Œå‚è‚Ì‘æˆê‚Ì’iŠK
”Ï”Y‚Ì‚¤‚¿�A‹^‚¢‚ÆŒë‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚Í�ª�₳‚ê‚邪�A—~–]�AæÃ‚è�A“{‚è�A—~‹�•s–ž‚Í�ª�₳‚ê‚È‚¢�B‚Ü‚¾Š´Šo‚ÌŠy‚µ‚Ý‚ð‹�Žó‚·‚邪�AŒÈ‚̉ú‚ð�³�í‚ɕۂÁ‚Ä‚¨‚è�AŒˆ‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ð”j‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ�A‚»‚ê‚ð”j‚肽‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤—~–]‚ð‚à‚‚±‚Æ‚³‚¦‚È‚¢�B
Œå‚è‚Ì‘æ“ñ‚Ì’iŠK
‚ǂ̔ϔY‚à�AŠ®‘S‚É�ª�₳‚ê‚È‚¢‚ª�AæÃ—~‚ÆáÑœ‹�i‚µ‚ñ‚É�FŽ©•ª‚Ì�S‚É‚©‚È‚í‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃɑ΂µ‘ž‚µ‚Ý•®‚é�S�ì—p�j‚ðŽã‚ß‚é�BæÃ‚è�A“{‚è�A—~‹�•s–ž‚àŽã‚ß‚ç‚ê‚邪�AŽã‚¢æÃ—~‚ÆŒ™ˆ«‚͂܂¾Žc‚é�B
‘æ“ñ‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚Í�A‰½‚à�ª�₳‚ê‚È‚¢�B‚½‚¾�A�ª�₳‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢”Ï”Y‚Ì—Í‚ðŽã‚߂邾‚¯‚¾�B
Œå‚è‚Ì‘æŽO‚Ì’iŠK�iˆ¢“ߊÜ�j
Œë‚Á‚½Žv�l�A’†���A‚«‚‚‚Ä‹‚¢Œ¾—t‚Í‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�ª�₳‚ê‚é�BæÃ—~‚ÆáÑœ‹‚à‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�ª�₳‚ê‚é�B“{‚è‚à‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�ª�₳‚ê‚é�B‘S‚Ă̓{‚è‚ÆƒXƒgƒŒƒX‚Í�A‚±‚Ì‘æŽO‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�ª�₳‚ê‚é�BŒã‰÷�iˆ«�ì�j‚à‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚ÌŒå‚è‚Å�Ž•ž‚³‚ê‚é�B
Œã‰÷‚Ɖ÷�¦‚Í�ª�â‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邪�AæÃ—~‚Í�ª�₳‚ê‚È‚¢�BˆË‘R‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚‚‚©‚̔ϔY‚ª‚ ‚é�BŠ´Šo‚ÌŠy‚µ‚Ý‚ð‹�Žó‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚éæÃ—~‚͂Ȃ¢‚ª�A�´�ò‚ňÀ‚炬‚É–ž‚¿‚½‚±‚Ì�ã‚È‚�K•Ÿ‚È�ãˆÊ‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚Ö‚ÌæÃ—~‚͂܂¾Žc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�B“Á•Ê‚È�¶�A�´�ò‚È‘¶�݂ɑ΂·‚鎷’…‚ª‚Ü‚¾‚ ‚é�B�ãˆÊ‚Ì‘¶�݂ւ̂±‚ÌæÃ—~‚àˆêŽí‚ÌŠ‰ˆ¤‚¾�B
‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½Ž©•ª‚Ì’B�¬‚É”ñ�í‚É–ž‘«‚·‚邪�A‚±‚ê‚̓vƒ‰ƒCƒh‚ÆŽ·’…‚Ì”÷�ׂȌ`‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä�AˆêŽí‚Ì—~–]‚Å‚ ‚é�B‚±‚ê‚Í‘æŽl‚Ì’iŠK‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ă̂Ý�Ž•ž‚³‚ê‚é�B
Œå‚è‚Ì‘æŽl‚Ì’iŠK�iˆ¢—…Š¿�j
‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½Žž‚É‚Í�A�P�í“I‚ȉä‚Å‚ ‚鎩ŒÈ‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ð�M‚¶‚È‚‚È‚é�B‰äŒ©‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž×Œ©‚ª�ª�₳‚ê�AŽ©•ª‚Æ‚¢‚¤‘¶�Ý‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚é�B‘S‚Ä‚ª—¬“®�A•ω»‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚é�B
Œå‚Á‚½Œã‚É‚Í�AŠ´Šo‚ÌŠy‚µ‚Ý‚ð–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‹�Žó‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�BŠ´Šo‚ÉŽú‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Å�AŠ´Šo‚ÌŠy‚µ‚Ý‚ª‘f�°‚炵‚¢‚Ì‚¾�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ÌŠy‚µ‚݂Ɏú‚í‚ê‚Ă͂¢‚È‚¢�B
Ÿ¸žÏ‚Í�ÃŽâ�A‚à‚µ‚‚Í�Á‚¦‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½‰Š‚É‚Æ‚Ä‚à‚æ‚Ž—‚Ä‚¢‚é�B�´�ò‚ňÀ‚炬‚É–ž‚¿�A‚±‚Ì�ã‚È‚�K•Ÿ‚È�¶‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Ö‚ÌæÃ—~‚Í�A
‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�ª�₳‚ê‚é�B
Š®‘S‚È‹C‚«‚Í�A‚±‚ÌŒå‚è‚ÌŒã‚É‹N‚±‚é�BãYŒê�i‚‚¾‚ç‚È‚¢‚¨’�‚è�j�AŽ×�¸�i�AŽ×”O�AŽ×’è�AŽ×‰ð’E�AŽ×’q‚Í�A‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�ª�₳‚ê‚é�B
�u‚ ‚ �I Ž„‚Í‚ ‚ê‚₱‚ê‚â‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚½�B‚ ‚ê‚₱‚ê‚â‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðŠy‚µ‚ñ‚¾�v‚È‚Ç�A‰ß‹Ž‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚·‚±‚Æ‚à‚È‚‚È‚é�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚à‚¤‰ß‹Ž‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚È‚¢�B�l‚¦‚邯‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚Í�A‰ß‹Ž‚©–¢—ˆ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AŒ»�݂ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚È‚¢�B–{“–‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹‚Å‚ ‚鎞�A‚»‚±‚ÉŽv�l‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚·‚é—]’n‚͂Ȃ¢�B
�–•””h•§‹³�iEarly
Buddhist Schools�j‚Å‚Í�A�C�s‚ÌŠKˆÊ‚ª‚»‚ꂼ‚êˆÈ‰º‚̂悤‚ÉŽlŽí—Þ‚É•ª—Þ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
—a—¬ �F �¹ŽÒ‚Ì—¬‚ê‚É“ü‚è�ő厵‰ñ�lŠÔŠE‚Æ“VŠE‚ð�¶‚ê•Ï‚èƒjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi‚É“ü‚é�B�{‘ɃIƒ“
�iƒVƒ…ƒ_ƒIƒ“�j
ˆê—ˆ �F �¡�¶‚ð�I‚¦‚½Œã�Aˆê‰ñ‚¾‚¯�lŠÔŠE‚Æ“VŠE‚ÌŠÔ‚ð‰�—ˆ‚µ‚ăjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi‚É“ü‚é�BŽz‘ÉŠÜ
�iƒVƒ_ƒSƒ“�j
•sŠÒ �F �¡�¶‚ð�I‚¦‚½Œã�A�FŠE‚Ö‚Æ“o‚è�A‚»‚±‚©‚çƒjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi‚É“ü‚é�Bˆ¢“ߊÜ
�iƒAƒiƒSƒ“�j
‰ž‹Ÿ �F �¡�¶‚Ńjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi‚ÉŽŠ‚è�A�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ¢�Bˆ¢—…Š¿
�iƒAƒ‰ƒJƒ“�j
�FŠE‚Æ‚Í�AŽOŠE�i—~ŠE �E �FŠE �E –³�FŠE�j‚̂ЂƂ‚Å�A‘ŠE‚̈ú—~‚Æ�H—~‚Ì“ñ‚‚̗~–]‚Í’´‰z‚µ‚½‚à‚Ì‚Ì�A•¨Ž¿“I�ðŒ��i�F�j‚ɂ͂܂¾‚Æ‚ç‚í‚ꂽ‚Æ‚±‚ë‚Å‚·�B
ƒjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi‚É�i‚Þ•ûŒü‚Æ‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Í�uŽlŒüŽl‰Ê�v�i‚µ‚±‚¤‚µ‚©�j‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ¾—t‚Å•\Œ»‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Žl‚‚Ì�uŒü�i–Ú•W�j�v‚ÆŽl‚Â‚Ì �u‰Ê�i“ž’B�j�v‚Ì”ª’iŠK‚Å‚·�BŒå‚è‚Ì�Å�I“I‚È�ó‘Ô‚ª�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‰Ê�i‚ ‚ç‚©‚ñ‚©�j ‚Å‚·�B
�@—a—¬Œü �i‚æ‚邱‚¤�j
�@�@�«
�@—a—¬‰Ê �i‚æ‚é‚©�j
�@�@�«
�@ˆê—ˆŒü �i‚¢‚¿‚ç‚¢‚±‚¤�j
�@�@�«
�@ˆê—ˆ‰Ê �i‚¢‚¿‚ç‚¢‚©�j
�@�@�«
�@•sŠÒŒü �i‚Ó‚°‚ñ‚±‚¤�j
�@�@�«
�@•sŠÒ‰Ê �i‚Ó‚°‚ñ‚©�j
�@�@�«
�@‰ž‹ŸŒü �i‚¨‚¤‚®‚±‚¤�j
or ˆ¢—…Š¿Œü �i‚ ‚ç‚©‚ñ‚±‚¤�j
�@�@�«
�@‰ž‹Ÿ‰Ê �i‚¨‚¤‚®‚©�j or
ˆ¢—…Š¿‰Ê �i‚ ‚ç‚©‚ñ‚©�j
�³‚µ‚¢“¹�@�@�@Œ´Œê‚Í�@Noble Paths�@
�ã�À•”•§‹³�i�¬�æ•§‹³�j‚Å‚Í�A�C�s‚ÌŠKˆÊ�Aƒjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi‚ðŽÀŒ»‚·‚éˆÓޝ‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ª�A‚»‚ꂼ‚êŽlŽí—Þ‚É•ª—Þ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ƒjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi �iƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi�j
‰p•¶Œ´Œê‚Í Nibbana �BŽ€Œã‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ł͂Ȃ�AŒ¶‘z�AŒ™ˆ«�AЉ–]‚©‚玩—R‚ɂȂÁ‚½ˆÓޝ‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�S‚Æ�g‘̂𒴂¦‚½‘ÌŒ±‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B
�”�ç”N‚Ì”NŒŽ‚ª‰ß‚¬‚é‚ɂ‚ê�Aƒjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi‚Ì’iŠK‚ðŒ»�¢‚ő̌±‚Å‚«‚é�C�s–@‚ªŽ¸‚í‚ꂽ‚½‚ß�Aƒjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi‚ÍŽ€Œã‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚錾—t‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œë‰ð‚ª�¶‚܂ꂽ‚悤‚Å‚·�Bƒjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi‚Æ‚Í�A�C�s‚ðŒo‚ÄŒ»�¢‚ő̌±‚Å‚«‚éˆÓޝ‚Ì“ž’B’iŠK‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B
‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ͕ω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�¶‚Ü‚ê�Á–Å‚·‚é–³�í�iƒp�[ƒŠŒê�Faniccia ƒAƒjƒbƒ`ƒƒ�j‚ª‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì�^—�‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä—Bˆê�Aƒjƒ‹ƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi‚¾‚¯‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚à‚È‚�Á–Å‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Sadhu!�@Sadhu!�@Sadhu!
‰pŒê‚̈Ӗ¡‚Í �u ƒqƒ“ƒhƒD�[‹³‚Ì‹ê�sŽÒ�v ‚Å‚·‚ª�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚Í
�u‚·‚΂炵‚¢�v ‚Å‚·�B•§“T‚ł̓uƒbƒ_‚ª’íŽq‚ÌŒ¾—t‚ÉŽ^�¬�E�ÜŽ^‚̈ӂð•\‚·‚Æ‚«‚É�A�u‚»‚ê‚Å—Ç‚¢�v �uŽÀ‚É—Ç‚¢�v ‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å—p‚¢‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ƒuƒbƒ_‚Í“¯‚¶Œ¾—t‚ð•K‚¸ŽO‰ñŒ¾‚Á‚½‚Æ‚¢‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚±‚ł͒íŽq‚àƒuƒbƒ_‚ÌŒ¾—t‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä�ÌŽ^‚ÌŒ¾—t‚𓯂¶‚悤‚ÉŽO‰ñŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
˜a•—ƒfƒU�[ƒg‚Ì‘P�Æ�i‚º‚ñ‚´‚¢�j‚Í�AŒ³�X‚̓p�[ƒŠŒê �usadhu�v ‚ÌŠ¿–ó‚Å‚·�B •§‹³Œê‚Ì �u‘P�Æ �i‚æ‚«‚©‚È�j �v ‚ª‚¨�`•²‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚Ì‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ð�H‚ׂ½‘m‚ª‚ ‚Ü‚è‚Ì‚¨‚¢‚µ‚³‚É‘P�Æ
�i‚æ‚«‚©‚È�j ‚Æ�ÜŽ^‚µ‚½‚©‚ç‚Æ‚¢‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�Aˆê‹x‘TŽt‚ª�‰‚߂đP�Æ �i‚º‚ñ‚´‚¢�j ‚ð�H‚ׂ½Žž‚É�@�u‘P�Æ�Ÿ�` �i‚æ‚«‚©‚È‚±‚Ì‚µ‚é�j�v ‚Æ‚¢‚Á‚½‚±‚Æ‚©‚ç‚Æ‚à‚¢‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
|
—pŒê�EŠT”O�à–¾ Thus have I
heard. The words of Ananda Mahathera who was the Buddha�fs attendant monk. He recited the texts of the Dhamma, as he had
heard them from the Buddha, at the First Council of monks (approx. 544 b.c.). BhagavaThis
is a polite form of address which was used when monks spoke to the Buddha.�@Blessed One. Kuru country�@�@The Kuru country was located in North
West India near New Delhi. Bhikkhu�@�@�@A bhikkhu is a Buddhist monk who has
received full ordination. Bhadante�@�@�gBhadante�h is a polite answer to an elder or superior. Its approximate
meaning would be �gYes, Venerable Sir�h. The one and the
only way�@�@ ekayano maggo The one and the only way: ekayano, this means
that this is: the only way which surely leads to the benefits listed, there
is no other way, and this way leads to nowhere else. This statement does not
need to be believed in blindly, but as a meditator practises he can verify it
by his own experience. cessation Cessation is generally translated as�gdestruction�h which might wrongly imply an
active attack on the physical and mental pain. However, the physical and
mental pain cease due to lack of craving, just as a fire is extinguished due
to lack of fuel. Physical and
mental pain Physical and mental pain (dukkha-domanassa) is a
compound word which denotes the whole spectrum of physical and mental pain.
Here, dukkha (du = bad, painful, + kha = empty, space) refers to all types of
physical pain, and domanassa (du = bad, painful + mana= mind) refers to all
types of mental pain including frustration, grief, fear and various types of
phobias�i‹°•|�Ç�j and neuroses. Noble Paths The Noble Path is the name for the consciousness
that has Nibbana for its object. The Four Noble Paths are the path of a
Stream Enterer (sotapatti magga), the path of the Once-returner (sakadagami
magga), the path of a Non-returner (anagama magga), and the path of an Arahat
(arahatta magga). Nibbana
(Skt. Nirvana) is a reality experienced by a mind totally free from greed,
hatred, and delusion. satipatthanas
(Sati = mindfulness, awareness of what is occuring + patthanas = that which
plunges into �i‰Ÿ‚µ�ž‚Þ�jand penetrates�iŠÑ‚�j continuously, again and
again) is the type of mindfulness that penetrates repeatedly into the body,
feelings, mind, and dhammas, and sees the actual reality that is occurring.
This is in contrast to the normal unmindful state in which the mind bounces
or skips over these phenomena. �gThe four
satipatthanas�h might therefore be translated as the �gfour steadfast(ŒÅ’肵‚½) mindfulnesses�h. Kaya�@�@�@Kaya is the aggregate of physical
phenomena. Here it refers to the corporeal body. not mine, not
I, not self, but just a phenomenon The phrases, �gbody as just the body�h, �gfeelings as just feelings�h, �gmind as just the mind�h, �gdhammas as just dhammas�h, show that the body, feelings, mind, and dhammas are not to be
seen as mine, I or self. This is the natural knowledge that arises from
observing the body, feelings, mind and dhammas with steadfast mindfulness. It
is not a belief. Normally this knowledge is absent due to lack of steadfast
mindfulness. diligence Diligence (atapi) means bringing the mind back
to the object of meditation again and again no matter how many times it slips
away. clear
understanding Clear understanding (sampajanya) is of four
types: satthaka- sampajanya, sappaya-sampajanya, gocara-sampajanya and
asammoha-sampajanya. Before a meditator does any action he should
first consider whether that action is or is not a beneficial action. This
prior consideration is called satthaka-sampajanya. If it is a beneficial action then the meditator
should next consider whether it is suitable or proper. This is called
sappaya-sampajanya. For example, if the meditator wishes to go to a pagoda to
meditate this is a beneficial action. However, if at the time he wishes to go
to the pagoda there is a large crowd gathered for a pagoda festival and there
would be many disturbances because of that, then it would not be suitable. The understanding of the proper field for the
mind is gocara-sampajanya. If the meditator is practising the four
sampajanyas this is the proper field for the mind. If he is thinking about or
indulging in sense pleasures this is not the proper field for the mind. The understanding that sees that all conditioned
phenomena are impermanent and unsatisfactory and that sees all phenomena (including Nibbana) are
not self is asammoha-sampajanya. World�@World (loka) refers to anything that
arises and passes away, i.e. The five aggregates of clinging. Sensation,
feelings (vedana) Vedana (feelings) is not used here in the sense
of�gemotions�h, but refers only to the
pleasant, the unpleasant, and the neither pleasant nor unpleasant feelings
that arise, only one at
a time, with every consciousness, (i.e eye consciousness,
ear-consciousness, nose-consciousness, tongue-consciousness,
body-consciousness, and mind-consciousness). It is important to see these feelings clearly as
they are the cause of craving. Also, if the meditator does not see these
clearly then he may think that there is a being experiencing feeling.ˆÓ–¡‚ÌŠm”F�H mind (citta)�@�@�@Mind (citta) is that which knows, is
aware, or is conscious. dhammas The word dhamma has a number of meanings
according to the context in which it is used. It can mean: natural phenomena,
mental objects, a state, truth, reality, wisdom, actions, good actions,
practice, cause and offence. Also, in English usage Dhamma (there are no
capital letters in the Pali language) can mean the Teachings of the Buddha or
the texts which contains those teachings. Here, in this context dhamma is any
natural phenomenon that is not a concept and it is specifically referring to
the five hindrances, the five aggregates of clinging, the six internal and
external sense bases, the seven factors of enlightenment and the Four Noble
Truths. Bojjhanga –ÚŠo‚ß‚ðŽx‚¦‚é7‚‚̗v‘f�@�@�@�@ Mindfulness (sati). To maintain awareness of reality (dharma). ‹C‚« Investigation of the nature of reality (dhamma vicaya). Œ»�Û‚Ì’T‹� Energy (viriya) also determination, effort“w—Í�¸�i Joy or rapture (pīti) Šì‚Ñ�@ Relaxation or tranquility (passaddhi) of both body and mind•½�à Concentration, (samādhi) a calm, one-pointed state of mind,[1] or clear awareness�W’†�i�´—Á�j Equanimity (upekkha). To accept reality as-it-is (yatha-bhuta) without craving or aversion. •½ˆÀ while walking�@�@�@�@While walking literally means while going. I am walking I am walking: Here as
elsewhere in this discourse the use of the term �gI�h is only a grammatical usage and does not mean that an �gI�h really exists. In Pali language it is
impossible to construct a verb without an ending showing a subject. A similar
situation occurs in English where sometimes we have to make up a subject to
make a sentence i.e. �gIt�fs
raining�h. Clearly the �gIt�h does not exist and there is only raining. Similarly there is only
walking and no�gI�h who is
walking. I am lying down. When the meditator is
aware of the actual motion of the legs and body, that is the sensation of
touch and motion, he can be said to �gknow�h, �gI am walking�h.
In all the postures he should be aware of what is actually happening in a
similar way. In others The meditator knows by
inference that in others, just as in himself, there is no I or self that
breathes but just breathing exists. This cuts out delusion concerning
external phenomena. Elements Only primary elements and no
being or soul. four high roads In
this simile(’¼šg) the four
high roads represent the four postures. The butcher or his apprentice
represents a meditator who sees the body as only elements, just as the cow
having been divided is no longer seen as a cow but is seen only as meat. feelings Vedana (feelings) is not
used here in the sense of�gemotions�h, but refers only to the pleasant, the unpleasant, and the neither
pleasant nor unpleasant feelings that arise, only one at a time, with every
consciousness, (i.e eye-consciousness, ear-consciousness,nose-consciousness,
tongue-consciousness, body-consciousness, and mind-consciousness). It is
important to see these feelings clearly as they are the cause of craving.
Also, if the meditator does not see these clearly then he may think that there
is a being experiencing feeling. pleasant feeling Pleasant feelings
are bodily comfort, mental happiness and so on. unpleasant feeling Unpleasant feeling is
bodily pain and mental pain, and so on. neither pleasant nor unpleasant feeling Neither pleasant nor
unpleasant feeling is the hardest to perceive as its characteristic is the
absence of pleasure and pain, e.g., the neutral feeling that is normally
present on the surface of the eye and the feeling in the mind when it is
neither happy nor unhappy. sense pleasures are the normal type of
pleasure and happiness based on sense pleasures. pleasant feeling not associated with sense
pleasures It is the happiness
experienced while seeing the true nature of body and mind. unpleasant feeling associated with sense pleasures It is the unpleasant
feeling experienced when one does not obtain the sense pleasures one wants to
obtain. neither pleasant nor unpleasant that is associated
with sense pleasures It is the neutral
feeling experienced when the mind is calm and detached from sense pleasures. greed (raga) does not just mean strong passion but refers to the whole range
of lust, craving, and attachment to sense pleasures from the weakest sensual
desire to the strongest lust. It can produce only unwholesome actions. mind without greed is the opposite of
greed and is the cause of renunciation, generosity, charity, and giving. anger Anger (dosa) always
occurs together with mental pain (domanassa). Therefore, if mental pain is
present the meditator should know that anger is also present. Aversion,
ill-will, frustration, fear, and sadness are all included in this term. Anger
can produce only unwholesome actions. mind without anger The mind without anger
is the wholesome opposite of anger and is the cause of loving-kindness
(metta), friendliness, and goodwill. delusion Delusion (moha) is the
mental concomitant�i•t‘®•¨�j that clouds and blinds the mind making it unable
to discern between right and wrong actions, unable to perceive the
characteristics of impermanence, unsatisfactoriness, and soullessness, and
unable to perceive the Four Noble Truths. It is common to all
unwholesome types of consciousness but here it refers specifically to those
types of consciousness associated with doubt, uncertainty, restlessness,
distraction�i�¬—��j, and confusion. mind without delusion The mind without
delusion is the wholesome opposite of delusion. It is the wisdom that
perceives the impermanent, unsatisfactory and soulless nature of conditioned
phenomena, perceives the Four Noble Truths, and is able to discern between
right and wrong actions. Greed, anger, delusion
and their opposites all have a wide range of intensity from weak to strong.
In insight meditation it is important to be aware of whatever is present in
the mind no matter how weak or strong it appears to be. lazy, slothful mind is the shrunken mind that is lethargic�i–³‹C—Í�j,
indolent�i‘Ó‘Ä�j, and lacks interest in anything. distracted mind (vikkhittacitta)A
diffused�iŽU—��j, restless state of mind that goes here and there is therefore not
concentrated. developed mind (mahagattacitta) The developed mind is
the type of mind experienced in the rapa jhanas and arapa jhanas. undeveloped mind (amahagattacitta) The undeveloped mind is
the mind as generally found in the sensuous (kamavacara) realms (i.e. without
jhanas). inferior mind (sauttaracitta) As an undeveloped mind superior mind (anuttaracitta) The rapa jhanas and
arapa jhanas. Amongst these two the arapa jhanas are superior to the rapa
jhanas. concentrated mind (samahitacitta) The mind with either
proximate concentration (upacara samadhi) or absorption concentration (appana
samadhi). A meditator who has no experience of jhana will not need to be
mindful of the concentrated mind, the superior mind or the developed mind. unconcentrated mind (asamahitacitta) The
mind without proximate or absorption concentration. mind temporarily free from defilements
(vimutticitta) The mind temporarily
free from defilements due to insight or jhana. There are ten defilements
(kilesa), namely: greed, anger, delusion, conceit(–��S),
wrong views, doubt, sloth�i‘Ó‘Ä�j, distraction, lack of
moral shame, lack of moral dread�iˆØŒh‚Ì”O�j (lobho, doso,
moho, mano, dinyahi, vicikiccha, thinau, uddhacau, ahirikau, anottapau). five hindrances The five hindrances are
unwholesome mental concomitants that confuse the mind and obstruct it from
achieving wholesome states such as insight or jhana. sense-desire Sense-desire is the
craving for any of the five types of sense-objects (i.e. sights, sounds,
smells, tastes and tactile objects). It arises due to unwise attention to the
pleasant aspect of an object. It is discarded due to the wise attention to
the perception of either impermanence, unsatisfactoriness or soullessness or
to the unpleasant aspect of an object. It is totally eradicated by the path
of an Anagama (anagama magga). ill-wille Ill-will is the same as
anger. It arises due to the unwise attention to the unpleasant aspect of an
object. It is discarded�iŽÌ‚Ä‚é�j due to wise attention to
the perception of either impermanence, unsatisfactoriness, or soullessness or
to the development of lovingkindness. It is totally eradicated by the path of
Anagama. sloth and torpor Sloth and torpor�i–³‹C—Í�j
refer to the state of indolence�i‘Ó‘Ä�j, dullness of mind
and dullness of mental concomitants�i•t‘®•¨�j. They arise
due to unwise attention to lack of interest, lazy stretching of the body,
drowsiness after meals, and mental sluggishness�i‚à‚Ì‚®‚³�j.
They are mental concomitants and do not refer to physical tiredness. They are
discarded due to wise attention to the perception of either impermanence,
unsatisfactoriness, or soullessness or to the development of energy and
exertion. They are totally eradicated by the path of an Arahat (arahatta
magga). distraction and worry Distraction (uddhacca)
refers to the agitated, restless, and unconcentrated mind. Worry (kukkucca)
refers to worrying about past actions that one has or has not done. They
arise due to unwise attention to the things that cause distraction and worry.
They are discarded by wise attention to the perception of either
impermanence, unsatisfactoriness, or soullessness or to the development of
calmness of mind. Distraction is totally eradicated by the path of an Arahat.
Worry is totally eradicated by the path of an Anagami. doubt or wavering Doubt or wavering refers
to doubts such as �gIs the Buddha really fully enlightened?�h; �gDoes this practice really lead to the
cessation of dukkha?�h; �gHave the
disciples of the Buddha really attained enlightenment by this practice?�h; �gIs there a future life?�h; Was there a past life?�h. Doubt or wavering arises
due to unwise attention to things that cause doubt. It is discarded due to
wise attention to the perception of either impermanence, unsatisfacturiness,
or soullessness or to the Dhamma. It is totally eradicated by the path of a
Sotapanna or Streamwinner (sotapatti magga). five aggregates of clinging The five aggregates of
clinging are the objects depending on which the four types of clinging arise.
The four types of clinging are the clinging to sense pleasures, the clinging
to wrong views, the clinging to the belief that there are other paths and
practices that can lead to happiness and liberation besides the Eightfold
Noble Path, and the clinging to the view that there is a Self or Soul. Note The word rapa (corporeal
body) refers to everything made of the four primary elements (i.e. the earth
element, the water element, the fire element, and the air element). But here
it refers mostly to the corporeal body which arises together with the
remaining four aggregates of clinging. Feeling is described in
vedana (feelings). Perception recognizes or perceives an object by means of a
mark. It enables one to recognize colours such as blue, white or red. It can
also wrongly recognize a rope as a snake. Mental formations
include faith, energy, intention, greed, hatred�i‘ž‚µ‚Ý�j, delusion, non-greed,
non-hatred, nondelusion, and mindfulness which prepare, arrange, or
accomplish actions. There are fifty mental formations. Consciousness is that
which is aware of an object. Here it refers only to sensuous, rapa and arapa
types of consciousness and does not include path or fruition�iŒ‹ŽÀ�j consciousness (magga-phala citta) which are not objects of
clinging. sense bases Sense bases are those
things which extend and expand the range of the mind. The six internal sense
bases are the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body and mind. The six external sense
bases are sights, sounds, smells, tastes, tactile objects and mental objects. Š´Šo Š´Šo‚̉p•¶Œ´Œê‚Í�@feelings�Bƒp�[ƒŠ�[Œê‚Å‚Í�@Vedana�B Šð‚µ‚¢�A”ß‚µ‚¢�A‚Ȃǂ̊´�͂Ȃ�A�S’n‚æ‚¢�A�S’n‚æ‚‚È‚¢�A�S’n‚æ‚‚àˆ«‚‚à‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤Žå‚ÉŽOŽí—Þ‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Í�AŠ´ŠoŠíН‚ªŠO‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Æ�Ú�G‚µ‚ÄŒ»‚ê‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŒ»‚ê‚銴Šo‚Í�Aˆê“x‚Ɉê‚‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ªŠ‰–]‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚¾‚Æ’m‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚¾‚Æ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �C�sŽÒ‚ª�AŠ´Šo‚ÍŠ´Šo‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚Æ—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�AŠ´Šo‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éŽå‘Ì
�iŽ©‰ä�j ‚ª‚ ‚邯�l‚¦‚邱‚ƂɂȂé‚Ì‚Å�AŠ´Šo‚ÍŠ´Šo‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ƂĂà�d—v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B ‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à �C�sŽÒ‚Í�AŒÄ‹z‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚ł͂Ȃ�A‚½‚¾ŒÄ‹z‚¾‚¯‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�A‚ÆŽ©•ª‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä�„‘ª‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�A‘¼�l‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‚à“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�„‘ª‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ�AŠO•”‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚錶‘z‚ð�A�Á‚µ‹Ž‚Á‚Ä‚‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ƒSƒGƒ“ƒJ‰ðŽß ƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[‚Í‘z‘œ�iƒCƒ}ƒWƒl�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“�j‚ð”ð‚¯‚Ä�A‚ ‚邪‚܂܂Ì�ó‘Ô�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�”�s–³�í‚É‹C‚«‘±‚¯‚éáÒ‘z‚Ȃ̂Å�A�X‚Ì’†‚ňê�l‚Å‚¢‚鎞‚É�A‚»‚±‚É‚¢‚È‚¢‘¼�l‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒ¾‹y‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å‚ ‚낤�B ‚»‚±‚Å�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚ÌŒ¾Œê’Ê‚è�H�uŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚Ì�g‘Ì�v ‚Æ �uŽ©•ª‚ÌŠO‚Ì�g‘Ì�v ‚ƉðŽß‚·‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚ ‚낤�B Ž©•ª‚Ì’†‚Ì�g‘̂ƂÍ�AˆÓޝ‚Ì‚±‚Æ�H Ž©•ª‚ÌŠO‚Ì�g‘̂ƂÍ�AŒÜНŠíН‚Ì‚±‚Æ�H “à‚Ȃ銴Šo‚ÆŠO‚Ȃ銴Šo‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AƒPƒ“�EƒEƒBƒ‹ƒo�[ ‚Ì �w–³‹«ŠE�x
‚É‚³‚ç‚É�[‚¢�lŽ@‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B �uŽ©•ª‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é“à‚Ȃ銴Šo‚Æ�A�¢ŠE‚ƌĂ΂ê‚éŠO‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Í�A“¯‚¶ˆê‚‚̊´Šo‚Å‚ ‚é�B“à‚È‚éŽå‘̂ƊO‚È‚é‹q‘Ì‚Í�A“¯‚¶ˆê‚‚̊´Šo‚Ì“ñ‚‚̖¼‘O‚Ȃ̂¾�v Ž©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à Ž©•ª‚ɑ΂·‚é�„‘ª‚Æ�A‘¼�l‚ɑ΂·‚é�„‘ª‚Æ�A“¯Žž‚ɂł͂Ȃ�A‚»‚ꂼ‚êŒðŒÝ‚É�„‘ª‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Š´Šo‚ª�oŒ»‚µ�Á–Å‚·‚錴ˆö Š´Šo‚Ì�oŒ»‚Æ�Á–ł̌´ˆö‚Í�AŠO•”�¢ŠE‚Æ‚Ì�Ú�G‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚È‚¢‚©‚Å‚·�B‚»‚±‚ɂ͎l‚‚Ì�^—�‚ɑ΂·‚é–³’m‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B �g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚錴ˆö �g‘Ì‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ�A�Á–Å‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚Í�AŒÄ‹z‚ªŽn‚Ü‚è�AŒÄ‹z‚ª�I‚í‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Í�A�g‘Ì�A•@�E�A�S‚ÉŠÖŒW‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚±‚ł̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂ̌»�Û‚Í�A–³�í�A‚‚܂è�A‚¢‚‚à•ω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð�AŒÄ‹z‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŠ´‚¶‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û‚Æ‚Í�AŒÄ‹z‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é•s•ς̎©•ª‚ª‚¢‚邯�l‚¦‚邱‚Ƃł·�B�C�sŽÒ‚ª�AŒÄ‹z‚ð–³�í�A‚‚܂è�A‚¢‚‚à•ω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯—�‰ð‚µ�AŽ©•ª‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚à‚̂͑¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�AЉ–]‚Í�¶‚܂ꂸ�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚̂̌©•û‚Í‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B “à‚ÆŠO‚Æ‚¢‚¤1‚‚̉ðŽß‚ÌŽd•û �u‚±‚ÌŽ€‘Ì‚à‚©‚‚ĂÍ�¶�g‚̂悤‚¾‚Á‚½‚̂ł ‚è�A�i‚킽‚µ‚Ì�j‚±‚Ì�¶�g‚à‚¢‚¸‚ê‚ÍŽ€‘̂̂悤‚ɂȂé‚Ì‚¾‚낤�v ‚±‚¤�l‚¦‚Ä�A“à‚É‚àŠO‚É‚à�A�g‘̂ɑ΂·‚é—~–]‚𗣂ê‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚ ‚é�B�@�@�uƒXƒbƒ^ƒjƒp�[ƒ^�v‘æˆê�Í ‚±‚Ì‘¾•¶Žš‚Ì•”•ª‚Í�AƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi‚Ì�C�s‚É‚¨‚¯‚鋤’ʂ̊î”Õ‚Å‚·�BƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi�EƒXƒbƒ^‚ÌŽl‚‚̒Œ‚Å‚ ‚é�u�g‘̂̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi�v �uŠ´Šo‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi�v
�u�S‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi�v �u�S‚Ì’†–¡‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi�v ‚Ì’†‚Å‚àŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ�q‚ׂç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚Ì HP ‚ªƒeƒLƒXƒg‚É‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é U Jotika Ž� ‚Æ U Dhamminda Ž� ‚ª‰p–󂳂ꂽ �uƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi�EƒXƒbƒ^�v ‚Å‚Í�A�uŽ©•ª‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚Ì�g‘Ì�v ‚Æ �u‘¼�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚Ì�g‘Ì�v
‚ƂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�AThanissaro Bhikku Ž�‚ª‰p–󂳂ꂽ‚à‚̂łÍ�A�uŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚Ì�g‘Ì�v ‚Æ �uŽ©•ª‚ÌŠO‚Ì�g‘Ì�v
‚ƂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B “à‚Ȃ銴Šo‚ÆŠO‚Ȃ銴Šo‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AƒPƒ“�EƒEƒBƒ‹ƒo�[
‚Ì �w–³‹«ŠE�x ‚É‚³‚ç‚É�[‚¢�lŽ@‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B �uŽ©•ª‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é“à‚Ȃ銴Šo‚Æ�A�¢ŠE‚ƌĂ΂ê‚éŠO‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Í�A“¯‚¶ˆê‚‚̊´Šo‚Å‚ ‚é�B“à‚È‚éŽå‘̂ƊO‚È‚é‹q‘Ì‚Í�A“¯‚¶ˆê‚‚̊´Šo‚Ì“ñ‚‚̖¼‘O‚Ȃ̂¾�v ƒPƒ“�EƒEƒBƒ‹ƒo�[‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�AŠ´Šo‚ÆŠ´Šo‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‚à‚͓̂¯‚¶‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BŠÏŽ@ŽÒ
�iŽ©•ª�j ‚ÆŠÏŽ@‚³‚ê‚é‚à‚Ì �i�¢ŠE�j ‚Í“¯‚¶‚Ȃ̂ł· �B �uŽ©•ª‚ª’¹‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�AŽ©•ª‚Í‚»‚Ì’¹‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Å‚ ‚é�B—‹‚̉¹‚ð•·‚‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í—‹‚̉¹‚Ȃ̂¾�v Ž‹Šo‚Æ�AŽ‹Šo‚ɉf‚Á‚½ŒõŒi‚Å‚ ‚é’¹‚Í“¯‚¶‚Å‚ ‚è�A’®Šo‚Æ�A’®Šo‚ªŠ´‚¶‚½—‹‚̉¹‚Í�A“¯‚¶‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B ‚±‚̂悤‚ȑ̌±‚ðŒo‚Ä�A�uŽ©•ª‚ÆŽ©•ª‚̑̌±‚̊Ԃɂ͋«ŠE‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚é�v
‚±‚ƂɂȂè�A�uŽ©•ª‚Ƒ̌±‚³‚ê‚é�¢ŠE‚ÌŠÔ‚É‚à‹«ŠE‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂé�v ‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B Ž©•ª‚Æ�¢ŠE‚Ƃ̊Ԃɋ«ŠE‚ª‚È‚‚È‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚Ì�uŠÔ‚̈ӎ¯�ó‘Ô‚Í�AƒPƒ“�EƒEƒBƒ‹ƒo�[‚ÌŒ¾‚¤
�u“�ˆêˆÓޝ�v ‚ƈê‘̂ƂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂łµ‚傤�B �u‹ê‚µ‚ނ͕̂”•ª‚Å‚ ‚è�A‘S‘̂ł͂Ȃ¢�B‹ê‚µ‚ނׂ«•ª—£‚µ‚½Ž©ŒÈ‚ȂǂȂ¢�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�í‚É‘S‘̂ł ‚è�AŽ©—R‚Ɖð•ú‚Æ‹P‚«‚µ‚©‚µ‚ç‚È‚¢�B‘S‘Ì‚ðŒå‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Í�A•”•ª‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‹ê‚µ‚݂ƒɂ݂Ǝ€‚̉^–½‚𓦂ê‚邱‚Æ‚¾�v ‚±‚ê‚͋ꂩ‚ç‚̉ð•ú‚Ì•û–@‚ð“`‚¦‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi�EƒXƒbƒ^‚ª–ÚŽw‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚Æ�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç“¯‚¶‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�B ‚ǂ̂悤‚ɉðŽß‚·‚é‚É‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚±‚±‚Å‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Í�A�u�g‘Ì�v
�uŠ´Šo�v �u�S�v �u�S‚Ì’†–¡�v ‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ�A‚»‚ÌŠÏŽ@‚ª�[‚܂邯�A�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚Í�Á‚¦‹Ž‚錻�Û‚¾‚¯‚ªŠÏŽ@‚³‚ê�A�uŽ©•ª�v ‚Æ‚¢‚¤ŽÀ‘̂͑¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤—�‰ð‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚É‚àŽ·’…‚ª‚È‚‚È‚è�Aˆê�؂̂Ƃç‚í‚ꂪ�Á–Å‚µ�A‹ê‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B ƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi�EƒXƒbƒ^‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚̋ꂩ‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邽‚ß‚ÌŽèˆø�‘‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂Ȃ̂ł·�B
|
|
ƒuƒbƒ_‚Í“¯‚¶Œ¾—t‚ð•K‚¸ŽO‰ñŒ¾‚Á‚½‚Æ‚¢‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B“¯‚¶Œ¾—t‚Å‚à�A•·‚Žž‚Ì‹CŽ�‚¿‚ɕω»‚ª‚ ‚ê‚Î�Aˆá‚Á‚½Œ¾—t‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚³‚ê‚é‚̂łµ‚傤�Bˆê‹x‘TŽt‚Í�AƒJƒ‰ƒX‚̖‚«�º‚ÅŒå‚è‚ðŠJ‚¢‚½‚Æ‚¢‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BƒJƒ‰ƒX‚̖‚«�º‚Í–ˆ“ú•·‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚É�B �uƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^�[ƒi�EƒXƒbƒ^�v‚ÍŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚ª‘½‚¢‚¹‚¢‚©�A“ú–{Œê”ł̌o“T‚à‰pŒê”ł̌o“T‚à�È—ª‚ª‘½—p‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚킽‚µ‚ª“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚à‚Ì‚Í�A‚Ù‚Ú‚·‚ׂĂª‚»‚¤‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚Í“¯‚¶Œ¾—t‚ð•K‚¸ŽO‰ñŒ¾‚Á‚½ƒuƒbƒ_‚Ì�S‚É”½‚·‚邿‚¤‚È‹C‚ª‚µ‚Ü‚·�BƒJƒ‰ƒX‚̖‚«�º‚Å‚à�A‰½“x‚à•·‚¯‚Î�AŒå‚è‚𓾂ç‚ê‚é‚̂ł·‚©‚ç�B Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì“ú�í‚ÍŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚̘A‘±‚Å‚·�B�Kе‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒŒ�[ƒ‹‚ð‘–‚é“dŽÔ‚̂悤‚È�¶‚«•û‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�l�¶‚©‚ȂƂàŽv‚¤‚̂ł·‚ª�A“¯‚¶�ê�Š‚ð‚®‚é‚®‚é‰ñ‚éŒ©Šµ‚ꂽ“dŽÔ‚Ì•—Œi‚à�AŒ©‚鎞‚Ì‹CŽ�‚¿‚ɕω»‚ª‚ ‚ê‚ΈႤ•—Œi‚Å‚·�B“¯‚¶•—Œi‚Å‚à�A“ú�X�A�V‚½‚È‹CŽ�‚¿‚ÅŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A�l�¶‚Í�V‘N‚Å”ü‚µ‚¢‚à‚Ì‚¾‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì�A�V‚µ‚¢‹CŽ�‚¿‚Å�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚ª‚ƂĂà‚Þ‚¸‚©‚µ‚¢‚̂ł·‚ª�B’N‚à‚ªƒJƒ‰ƒX‚̖‚«�º‚ÅŒå‚è‚𓾂ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Í�A‚¾‚©‚ç‚È‚ñ‚Å‚·‚Ë�B Œ¾—t‚Í�Kе‚Å‚·�B‚¢‚‚ç•׋‚µ‚Ä‚à‰pŒê‚ª�g‚ɂ‚©‚È‚¢�l‚ª‘å�¨‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚̑ދü‚³‚ɑς¦‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚µ‚傤�B–ˆ“x�A�V‚µ‚¢‹CŽ�‚¿‚ÅŠw‚ׂÎ�A‰pŒê‚̕׋‚à�\•ª‚ÉŠy‚µ‚߂܂·�BŠy‚µ‚߂Ύ©‘R‚Æ�g‚ɂ‚«‚Ü‚·�B�V‚µ‚¢‹CŽ�‚¿‚łƂ¢‚¤‚Ì‚ª�A‚â‚Á‚Ï‚è�A‚Þ‚¸‚©‚µ‚¢‚̂łµ‚傤‚Ë�B�V‚µ‚¢‹CŽ�‚¿‚ɂȂ邽‚߂̂ЂƂ‚̕û–@‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�A‰pŒê‚ðˆÃ�†‚̂悤‚È‚à‚Ì‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ă͂ǂ¤‚Å‚µ‚傤�BŽ�‚ð“ǂނ悤‚È�A�¹“T‚ð‰ð“Ç‚·‚邿‚¤‚È�A‚»‚ñ‚È‹CŽ�‚¿‚Å‚·�B’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é’PŒê‚Å‚à�A”é–§‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª‰B‚³‚ꂽ�A”é•ó‚ð’T‚·‚悤‚È‹CŽ�‚¿‚œǂނ̂ł·�B �Kе‚ÉŠî‚“ú�í‚à�A‚»‚¤‚¢‚¤‹CŽ�‚¿‚ʼn߂²‚¹‚Î�AŠy‚µ‚�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚¯‚é‹C‚ª‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚±‚ɂ͉B‚³‚ꂽ”é•󂪂 ‚é�A‚킽‚µ‚¾‚¯‚Ì”é•ó‚ª�A‚ȂǂƎv‚¦‚ê‚΂킂킂µ‚Ü‚·�B‰õŠy‚ð‹�‚ß‚é•K—v‚à‚È‚‚È‚è�A—~–]‚©‚ç‚à‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B”ü–¡‚µ‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ð�H‚ׂȂ‚Ä‚à•½‹C‚Å‚·�B‚½‚¾�A‚»‚¤Žv‚¤‚Ì‚ª�A‚â‚Á‚Ï‚è�A‚Þ‚¸‚©‚µ‚¢‚̂ł·‚Ë�B‚»‚¤Žv‚¦‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Í�Aˆê“xŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚±‚ƂɂÍ�V‚µ‚¢‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚È‚¢�A’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚¾�A‚ÆŽv‚¢�ž‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚©‚ç‚Å‚µ‚傤�B’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚̂ɒm‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤Žv‚¢�ž‚݂͒N‚à‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A–{�l‚ª‹C‚©‚È‚¢‚©‚ç–ï‰î‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚É‹C‚¯‚Î�AƒJƒ‰ƒX‚̖‚�º‚Å‚àŒå‚è‚𓾂ç‚ê‚é‚̂łµ‚傤�Bƒuƒbƒ_‚ª“¯‚¶Œ¾—t‚ð•K‚¸ŽO“xŒ¾‚Á‚½‚Ì‚Í�A‚»‚¤‚¢‚¤Žv‚¢�ž‚݂ɋC‚©‚¹‚邽‚߂ł͂Ȃ¢‚©‚Æ‚¢‚¤‹C‚à‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �uŽv‚¢�o‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚à‚È‚¢‚³‚³‚â‚©‚ÈŽ€‚±‚»�A‚í‚ê‚í‚ê‚ÌŽ�‚‰hŒõ‚Ì‚·‚ׂÄ�v Ž��l‚Ì’·“c�OŽ�‚ÌŒ¾—t‚Å‚·�B“ñ�\�¢‹I‚Æ‚¢‚¤“sŽs‚ÌŽž‘オ‚à‚½‚炵‚½‚à‚Ì‚Í�A–²‚Å‚à–L‚©‚³‚Å‚à‚È‚�A’N‚É‚à’m‚ç‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢–³–¼‚ÌŽ€‚¾‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B �l�¶‚Í�„—ç‚Ì—·‚Å‚·�B�„—ç�ipilgrimage�j‚̌ꌹ‚Í�uŒ©’m‚ç‚Ê“y’n‚ð’ʉ߂·‚é�v‚Å‚·�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ©’m‚ç‚Ê“y’n‚É’a�¶‚µ�A‚¢‚Â‰Ê‚Ä‚é‚Æ‚à’m‚ê‚È‚¢“¹‚ð�s‚‚í‚ê‚í‚ê‚Í�A’N‚à‚ª’n�ã‚Ì�„—çŽÒ‚Å‚·�B�¶‚«‚é‰c‚݂̂·‚ׂÄ�A‚è‚ñ‚²‚Ì”ç‚ð”�‚‚Ì‚à�A–žˆõ“dŽÔ‚Œʋ΂·‚é‚Ì‚à�A�HŠí‚ð�ô‚¤‚Ì‚à�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é‰c‚Ý‚ª‹F‚è‚Å‚·�B�„—ç‚Ì—·‚̉hŒõ‚Í�A�„—ç‚ð�I‚¦‚½Žž‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì“r�ã‚ɉhŒõ‚ð‹�‚߂邯�A�„—炪�„—炳͂Ȃ‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B�„—ç‚Ì—·‚ª�„—ç‚Ì—·‚ł͂Ȃ‚È‚é‚Æ�AŒ©’m‚ç‚Ê“y’n‚ªŒ©’m‚Á‚½“y’n‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚·�B�¶‚̉c‚Ý‚ª‹F‚è‚ł͂Ȃ�A˜J“‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B“¯‚¶‚±‚Ƃ̌J‚è•Ô‚µ‚ª‰„�X‚Æ‘±‚�A‹C�°‚炵‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂â‚è‚«‚ê‚È‚¢‘Þ‹ü‚È“ú�X‚Å‚·�B“¯‚¶‚à‚̂Ȃlj½‚ЂƂ‚Ȃ¢‚Ì‚É�AŒ©’m‚ç‚Ê“y’n‚ª�AŒ©’m‚Á‚½‚¢‚‚à‚Ì•—Œi‚ɂȂé‚̂ł·�B�„—ç‚Ì—·‚É‚Í�A“¯‚¶•—Œi‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚à‚Ì‚Í�A‚Ç‚±‚É‚à‚È‚¢‚̂ł·‚Ë�B ‚킽‚µ‚à‚ЂƂè‚Ì’n�ã‚Ì�„—çŽÒ‚Æ‚µ‚Æ�AŒ©’m‚ç‚Ê•—Œi‚ɂ킂킂µ‚È‚ª‚ç�A‚¢‚Â‰Ê‚Ä‚é‚Æ‚à’m‚ê‚È‚¢“¹‚ð•à‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚¯‚ê‚΂ȂƎv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B |
|
|
Pure dhamma
�@�@�@áÒ‘zBhāvana
áÒ‘z
Ariya Metta Bhāvana (Loving Kindness Meditation)
Annantara and Samanantara Paccaya
Is Ānāpānasati Breath Meditation?
6. Anāpānasati Bhāvanā (Introduction)
7. What is Ānāpāna?
8. The Basic Formal Anāpānasati Meditation
9. Key to Ānapānasati – How to Change Habits and
Character (Gati)
Possible Effects in Meditation – Kundalini Awakening
Satipaṭṭhāna –
Introduction
Prerequisites for the Satipaṭṭhāna Bhāvanā
Satipaṭṭhāna Sutta
– Structure
The Basics in Meditation
The Second Level – Key to Purify the Mind
What Do All These Different Meditation Techniques
Mean?
Ariya Metta Bhāvana (Loving Kindness Meditation)
The
top 10 posts in this section describe the fundamentals of Buddhist meditation.
The rest of the posts in this section are on possible meditation subjects and
can be used to clarify unresolved questions, and to gain samādhi.
The first 11 posts should be followed in that order, at least initially.
1. We all have
acquired innumerable �gbad kamma vipāka�h in this cycle of rebirths (samsāra)
that has no beginning. There is a very simple recipe for
stopping many of such �gbad kamma vipāka�h from coming to
fruition by �gwearing out�h and ultimately removing the �gkamma seeds�h
associated with them.
2. The standard Metta
Bhāvanā (loving-kindness meditation) goes something like, �gMay myself
and all beings are free of suffering, healthy, happy, and be free of all
suffering�h, or some similar (longer) passages.
3. However, the Ariya
Metta Bhāvanā has a much deeper meaning. It is done with at least some
idea of the complexity of �gthis world�h with 31 realms and the status of the
beings in those realms. In order to cultivate true compassion and
loving-kindness one NEEDS TO FEEL the possible suffering in all those realms;
see, �gThe Grand
Unified Theory of Dhamma�g:
‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚̃gƒbƒv10‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚Í�A•§‹³‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌŠî–{‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŽc‚è‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A�l‚¦‚ç‚ê‚éáÒ‘z‚ÌŽå‘è‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A–¢‰ðŒˆ‚ÌŽ¿–â‚𖾊m‚É‚µ�AƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒB‚𓾂邽‚߂Ɏg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚Ì11Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à�Å�‰‚Í‚±‚Ì�‡�˜‚ŃtƒHƒ��[‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
1.Ž„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠF�AŽn‚Ü‚è‚̂Ȃ¢‚±‚Ì�Ä�¶‚̃TƒCƒNƒ‹�iƒTƒ€ƒT�[ƒ‰�j‚Å–³�”‚Ì�uˆ«‚¢kammavipāka�v‚ðŠl“¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�uˆ«‚¢kammavipāka�v‚Ì‘½‚‚ª�u�Á–Õ�v‚µ�A�Å�I“I‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�ukamma seed�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄŒ‹ŽÀ‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð‘jŽ~‚·‚邽‚߂̔ñ�í‚ÉŠÈ’P‚ȃŒƒVƒs‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�¶‚«•¨‚ɉ½‚©ˆ«‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ�Aˆ«‚¢�uƒJƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽí�v‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŽØ‹à‚ð•Ô�Ï‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�u–³ŽØ‹à�v‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É�A‚»‚ÌŽØ‹à‚ð•Ô�Ï‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B–â‘è‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªˆÈ‘O‚Ì�Ä�¶‚Å–³�”‚Ì‘¶�݂ɉ¶Œb‚ðŽó‚¯‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B Mettā¬saha¬gataSutta�iSN 46.54�j‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‘¼‚Ìsuttas‚Å�A•§‚ÍAriya MettaBhāvanā‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚Ü‚½Ž„’B‚ª‚æ‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ‚«�u‚·‚ׂĂ̑¶�Ý�v‚ɉ¿’l‚ðˆÚ‚·‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‚±‚Ì•‰�‚̂ǂꂾ‚¯•Ô�ςł«‚é‚©�à–¾‚µ‚½�Ø�‘; �uƒ�ƒŠƒbƒg‚Ì“]‘—�iƒpƒbƒeƒBƒ_ƒi�j–‚ǂ̂悤‚É”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·‚©�H�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�AAriya MettaBhāvanā‚É’�–Ú‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚¸�A‚±‚ꂪ‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚Ì‚©‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚邽‚߂̔wŒiŽ‘—¿�B �uKaraniya Metta Sutta – MettaBhāvanā�v‚àŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
2.•W�€‚ÌMettaBhāvanā�iˆ¤�î‚Ì‚ ‚éáÒ‘z�j‚Í�A�uŽ„‚Æ‚·‚ׂĂ̑¶�Ý‚ª‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê�AŒ’�N‚Å�A�K‚¹‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚·‚ׂĂ̋ꂵ‚Ý‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邿‚¤‚É�v�A‚Ü‚½‚Í“¯—l‚Ì�i‚æ‚è’·‚¢�jƒpƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ç‚ñ‚ȃ^ƒCƒv‚Ì‚»‚̂悤‚ÈáÒ‘z‚à‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ—Ç‚¢‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½Ž©�g‚Ì�S‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹�A‘¼‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚Ì�iƒ€ƒ“ƒ_ƒ“�j•ŸŽƒ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B
3.‚µ‚©‚µ�AAriya MettaBhāvanā‚ɂ͂à‚Á‚Æ�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A31‚̗̈æ‚ðŽ�‚Â�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Ì•¡ŽG�«‚Æ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚̗̈æ“à‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�‚È‚‚Æ‚à‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì�l‚¦‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�^‚ÌŽv‚¢‚â‚è‚Æˆ¤‚ ‚é�e�Ø‚ð”|‚¤‚½‚ß‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂ̗̈æ‚Å‹N‚±‚肤‚é‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ðŠ´‚¶‚³‚¹‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B �uƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì‘å“�ˆê—�˜_�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
•�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ�iapāyā�j‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚Í�A“÷‘Ì“I‚É‚àƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I‚É‚à‘z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é‹ê’É‚ðŽó‚¯‚Ü‚·�B
�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì5‚‚̗̈æ�iƒAƒp�[ƒ„‚Æ�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ�j‚Å‚Í�A�¶•¨‚Í•a‹C�A�g‘̂̒ɂÝ�AŽ€‚Ê‘O‚ɘV‰»‚·‚镨—�“I�g‘Ì‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
6”Ô–Ú‚©‚ç11”Ԗڂ̗̈æ‚Í�AƒfƒB�[ƒo‚Ì‚à‚̂ł·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í�A•a‹C�A’É‚Ý�A’É‚Ý�AŽ€‚ɋ߂‚܂ŖڂɌ©‚¦‚é˜V—î‚Ì’¥Œó‚É‚³‚炳‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Š®‘S‚ÉŒ`�¬‚³‚ꂽ�i‚µ‚©‚µ–§“x‚Ì’á‚¢�j‘̂Ŏ©‘R‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚͂܂½�A‰ºˆÊ5‚Â‚Ì—Ìˆæ‚Æ“¯—l‚É5‚‚̕¨—�“IŠ´Šo‚·‚ׂĂð”õ‚¦‚Ä‚¨‚è�A”½”“I‚ȃ^ƒbƒ`�A•s‰õ/•s‰õ‚È–¡�A“õ‚¢�A‰¹�AŽ‹Šo‚É‚³‚炳‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ƒ‹ƒpƒ�ƒJ‚ƃAƒ‹ƒpƒ�ƒJ‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�ãˆÊ20‚̗̈æ‚Í�AƒfƒB�[ƒ”ƒ@‚æ‚è‚à–§“x‚ª’á‚�A–¡�A“õ‚¢�A�g‘Ì‚Ì�GŠ´‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�g‘Ì“IŠ´Šo‚Ì”\—Í‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A”ނ炪•ø‚¦‚é‹ê‚µ‚݂͂·‚ׂă�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A‰º‚̗̈æ‚Ù‚ÇŒƒ‚µ‚¢‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
4. However, no living
being is free of FUTURE suffering in any of the 31 realms, because unless
the Sōtapanna stage of Nibbāna has been
attained, even the beings in the highest realm can end up even in the apāyā (lowest
four realms) in future rebirths.
5. Now we can see how
the Ariya Metta Bhāvanā is formulated:
6. What matters is not the particular set of words used, but
what is felt in one�fs heart. In order to do that one needs to truly comprehend
that there is REAL SUFFERING in this world, not only at the human or animal
realms but in many other realms.
7. The Ariya
Metta Bhāvanā is one of the most POTENT tools that we have. It is a
simple concept, but the main difficulty is with the �gAriya�h part; one
needs to comprehend anicca, dukkha, anatta for the Bhāvanā to
be fully effective.
Next, �gĀnāpānasati
Bhāvanā (Introduction)�g, �c�c..
4.‚µ‚©‚µ�Aƒjƒo�[ƒi‚ÌSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A31‚̗̈æ‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å–¢—ˆ‚ɋꂵ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é�¶•¨‚Í‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�«—ˆ‚Ì�Ä�¶�B
•‚»‚µ‚Ä�ANibbāna‚ÌSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̗Bˆê‚Ì•û–@‚Í�A31‚̗̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�Fanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�B
•anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì‘æ1ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì—�‰ð‚Í�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�BSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�AƒAƒpƒ„ƒtƒH�[ƒGƒo�[‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Aƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒi‚Ì�S‚ª�uƒAƒpƒ„ƒKƒ~�v‚̃Jƒ~ƒbƒN—Í‚ðŽ�‚“Á’è‚̃`ƒbƒ^‚ð�¶�¬‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B �uƒAƒNƒTƒ‰ƒ`ƒbƒ^–Sōtapanna‚ªƒAƒpƒ„ƒKƒ~ƒ`ƒbƒ^‚ð”ð‚¯‚é•û–@�v‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�uƒjƒo�[ƒi‚Ì4‚‚̒iŠK‚Ì�ðŒ��v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
•Nibbāna‚ÌŽŸ‚Ì’iŠK�iSakadāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK�j‚É’B‚·‚邯�A�g‘̂̕a‹C‚â•a‹C‚É‚æ‚é‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª‹N‚±‚肤‚鉺ˆÊ5‚‚̗̈æ‚Å�o�¶‚ª‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASakadāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A1‚‚̉i‘±“I‚É�uŒ’�N�v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
•ƒAƒiƒKƒ~‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚Í�A‚æ‚葽‚‚Ìakusala citta�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‘¼‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ð–ž‚½‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�uNibbāna‚Ì4‚‚̒iŠK‚Ì�ðŒ��v‚ðŽQ�Æ�j‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚Í�g‘Ì“I‚ȋꂵ‚Ý‚©‚ç‰i‹v‚ÉŽ©—R‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
•‚»‚ÌŒã�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒg‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�A‚·‚ׂẲ˜‚ꂪ�S‚©‚çŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê�A31‚̗̈æ‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�S‚Í–{“–‚ÉŽ©—R‚ɂȂè�A‰i‹v“I‚Èniramisa sukha‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �uŽOŽí—Þ‚Ì�K•Ÿ-niramisa sukha‚Æ‚Í�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚¨‚æ‚Ñniramisa sukha‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚»‚Ì‘¼‚̃gƒsƒbƒN�B
•‚²——‚̂Ƃ¨‚è�AAriya MettaBhāvanā‚Ì�\‘¢‚Í�]—ˆ‚Ì‚à‚̂Ǝ—‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A’PŒê‚ɂ͂æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B—Ⴆ‚Î�A�¡�uŒ’�N‚Å‚ ‚é�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‰i‰“‚ÉŒ’�N‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚Ȃ킿�A•a‹C‚â˜V—î‚ɂȂè‚â‚·‚¢‘Ì‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
5.‚±‚ê‚Å�AAriya MettaBhāvanā‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚ɒ莮‰»‚³‚ê‚é‚©‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
•�uŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚Æ‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚ªSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ�AƒAƒpƒ„‚ʼni‰“‚ɋꂵ‚Þ‚±‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢‚悤‚É�v
�uŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚Æ‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚ªƒTƒJƒ_ƒKƒ~’iŠK‚É’B‚µ�A‰i‰“‚ÉŒ’�N‚Å‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v�B
�uŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚Æ‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚ªƒAƒiƒKƒ~‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ�A‰i‰“‚É–ž‘«�i•½˜a‚È�K•Ÿ‚ð’B�¬�j‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É�B�v
�uŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚Æ‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚ªƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒg‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ�A‚·‚ׂĂ̋ꂵ‚Ý‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê�AŠ®‘S‚ȃjƒoƒjƒbƒN‚ÌŽŠ•Ÿ‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É�v�B
•4‚‚·‚ׂẴuƒ‰ƒtƒ}�[ƒrƒnƒ‰�iƒ�ƒbƒ^�AƒJƒ‹ƒi�Aƒ€ƒfƒBƒ^�AƒEƒyƒJ�j‚Í�A‚±‚̃o�[ƒoƒi‚Å�Í”|‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
6.�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�AŽg—p‚³‚ê‚é“Á’è‚Ì’PŒê‚̃Zƒbƒg‚ł͂Ȃ�A�S‚Ì’†‚ÅŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ê‚ð�s‚¤‚½‚߂ɂÍ�A�lŠÔ‚â“®•¨‚̗̈悾‚¯‚łȂ�A‘¼‚Ì‘½‚‚̗̈æ‚Å‚à�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É–{“–‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�^‚É—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•MettaBhāvanā‚̉e‹¿‚Í�Aanicca�AƒhƒDƒbƒJ�AƒAƒiƒbƒ^‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª�[‚Ü‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�™�X‚É‘�‰Á‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶•¨‚ª�«—ˆ‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚Å’¼–Ê‚·‚éŠëŒ¯‚Æ‹ê’É‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邽‚߂ł·�B
•MettaBhāvanā‚̉”\�«‚Í–c‘å‚Å‚·�BŽß‘¸‚Í�Aƒ�ƒbƒ^�Eƒo�[ƒ”ƒ@ƒi�[‚ð�³‚µ‚�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�AƒAƒiƒKƒ~�EƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Í�Aanicca�AƒhƒDƒbƒJ�AƒAƒiƒbƒ^‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�ASōtapanna‚Ì•‘‘ä‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚©�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚àSōtapanna‚Ì•‘‘ä‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ð•à‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ð•K—v‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‘O‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�A‚±‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Ariya mettabhāvanā‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃő½‚‚Ì—˜‰v‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B �uƒJƒ“ƒ}�A•‰�Â�A‚¨‚æ‚ÑáÒ‘z�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
•–ˆ“ú�À‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚éáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�AƒAƒŠƒ„�Eƒ�ƒbƒ^�Eƒo�[ƒ”ƒ@ƒi�[‚ƃ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[�Eƒo�[ƒ”ƒ@ƒi�[�ianicca�AƒhƒDƒbƒJ�AƒAƒiƒbƒ^�A‚»‚Ì‘¼‚̃_ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éáÒ‘z�j‚ð�s‚¤‚Ì‚ª�Å‘P‚Å‚·�B �u‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚ÈáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Í‚·‚ׂĂǂ¤‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·‚©�H�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
•�Å�‰‚Í�A10〜15•ª‚ª�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘z‚É“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�Aniramisa sukha‚ª‰¶Œb‚É‹C‚«Žn‚߂邯‘�‰Á‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‰½ŽžŠÔ‚àáÒ‘z‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AĀnāpānasati‚Í1“ú’†—û�K‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�uŽæ‚è“ü‚ê‚ç‚ê‚é�v‚à‚Ì�iāna�j‚Æ�uŽÌ‚Ä‚ç‚ê‚é�v‚à‚Ì�ipāna�j‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B �uƒAƒiƒpƒi‚Æ‚Í�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚¨‚æ‚ÑáÒ‘zƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì‘¼‚ÌŠÖ˜A‹LŽ–�B
•’k˜b‚ð•·‚¢‚½‚è�ADhamma‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚àáÒ‘z‚̈êŒ`‘Ô‚Å‚ ‚è�A�d—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ð‹zŽû‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É‚©‚È‚è‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚É�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
7. Ariya MettaBhāvanā‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�Å‚à‹—Í‚Èƒc�[ƒ‹‚Ì1‚‚ł·�B‚±‚ê‚Í’P�ƒ‚ÈŠT”O‚Å‚·‚ª�AŽå‚È“ï“_‚Í�uƒAƒŠƒ„�v‚Ì•”•ª‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B Bhāvanā‚ªŠ®‘S‚ÉŒø‰Ê‚ð”Šö‚·‚é‚É‚Í�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”2‚Å�q‚ׂ½‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚à—Ç‚¢ƒXƒ^�[ƒg‚Å‚·�B“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚è�AŠT”O‚ð‚æ‚è‚æ‚—�‰ð‚·‚é�i–{‚Ì’mޝ‚ł͂Ȃ�j‚Æ�AŽv�l‚̃Wƒƒƒoƒi‚Ì—Í‚ª‹‚‚È‚è�Abhāvanā‚ª‚æ‚è‹‚�A‚æ‚èŒø‰Ê“I‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
•AbhidhammaŒ¾Œê‚Å‚Í�A�Å‚à‹—Í‚ÈƒNƒTƒ‰ƒ`ƒbƒ^‚Í�uƒ\ƒ}ƒiƒbƒTƒTƒnƒKƒ^ƒjƒƒ�[ƒiƒTƒ“ƒpƒ†ƒbƒ^ƒAƒTƒ“ƒJƒŠ�[ƒJƒ`ƒbƒ^�v�A‚‚܂è�uŠì‚тƒmŒb‚ÅŽ©“®“I‚É�¶‚¶‚éŽv�l�v‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì�l‚¦‚Í�A’mŒb‚ª‘�‚·‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä‹‚‚È‚è�ASōtapannaƒ}ƒOƒK�ASōtapannaƒtƒ@ƒ‰‚Ȃǂɓž’B‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä‹‚‚È‚è�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒg’iŠK‚ł̂Ý�Å“K‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
•‚µ‚©‚µ�A•½–}‚È”ª�d‚Ì“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚à�A‚±‚̃`ƒbƒ^‚Í‚æ‚è’á‚¢‹“x‚Å‚»‚±‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�Í”|‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B �uBuddha Dhamma –ƒ`ƒƒ�[ƒg“à�v‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�uBuddha Dhamma‚цƒj�[ƒN‚È‚à‚Ì�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
ŽŸ‚É�A�uĀnāpānasatiBhāvanā�i‚Í‚¶‚ß‚É�j�v�A�c�c..
Annantara and Samanantara Paccaya
1. These are two
important �gpaccaya�h or relations in Buddha Dhamma. Anything in this
world happens due to a reason (hetu, pronounced �ghéthu�h). But just because
there is a hetu (cause), the appropriate result (or the
effect) may not occur until suitable conditions are realized.
2. This is the reason
why kamma is not deterministic. In the post, �gWhat is Kamma? –
Is Everything Determined by Kamma?�h, I stated this fact and here we
will see the reason for it.
3. Let us look at
the annantara and samanantara relations as
discussed in the Patthäna Dhamma (book on �gConditional
Relations�h in Abhidhamma):
4. Here is one example
the Buddha gave: If one prepares a plot by preparing the soil, providing water,
and if sunlight is also available, the samanantara for a seed
to germinate is there. However, unless one starts off with an apple seed (annantara condition
not met), an apple tree will not grow.
5. More examples can be given these days that are related
to modern technology. If a radio station is broadcasting a radio program, that
can be taken as the annantara: the seed energy is available anywhere within a
certain range. But one cannot listen to the program without a radio; even if
someone has a radio, one cannot listen to the program unless the radio is
�gtuned�f to the correct frequency. When those conditions are met, one could hear
the program even many miles away. The delay between the broadcast and reception
is a very short time.
6. By being mindful,
we can avoid many past bad kamma seeds from coming to
fruition. We just make sure that samanantara conditions are
not present. If one goes out at night in a bad neighborhood that is providing
fertile ground for a past bad kamma seed to germinate and
the kamma vipaka to take place.
7. From our past
innumerable lives we have accumulated innumerable kamma seeds
both good and bad. Some of the stronger ones bear fruit no matter what we do,
especially the anantariya kamma vipaka.
8. One important
cross-connection is matching �ggathi�h with similar �ggathi�h that we
have discussed before; see, �gHabits and Goals�h, and �gSansaric Habits and Asavas�h.
In other posts we
will discuss further applications of annantara-samanantara relations.
One important application is in, �gTransfer of
Merits (Pattidana)- How does it Happen?�g.
Next in the series, �gAsevana and Annamanna Paccaya�g, ..
1.‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�A•§–@‚É‚¨‚¯‚é2‚‚Ì�d—v‚È�uƒpƒbƒJƒ„�v‚Ü‚½‚ÍŠÖŒW‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂÍ�A—�—R‚É‚æ‚è‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�iƒwƒgƒD�A�uƒwƒgƒD�v‚Æ”‰¹�j�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Aƒwƒc�iŒ´ˆö�j‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚ç‚Æ‚¢‚Á‚Ä�A“K�Ø‚È�ðŒ�‚ªŽÀŒ»‚³‚ê‚é‚Ü‚Å�A“K�؂Ȍ‹‰Ê�i‚Ü‚½‚͉e‹¿�j‚ª”�¶‚µ‚È‚¢�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
2.‚±‚ꂪ�Akamma‚ªŠm’è“I‚łȂ¢—�—R‚Å‚·�B“Š�e‚Å‚Í�A�uKamma‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚·‚©�H –‚·‚ׂĂÍKamma‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŒˆ’肳‚ê‚Ü‚·‚©�H�v�AŽ„‚Í‚±‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚ð�q‚×�A‚±‚±‚Å‚»‚Ì—�—R‚ðŠm”F‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª‘P‚Ü‚½‚͈«‚Ì�sˆ×‚ð�s‚¤‚Æ‚«�A‚»‚Ì�sˆ×‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�_”é“I‚ȃ|ƒeƒ“ƒVƒƒƒ‹‚Ü‚½‚̓Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Í�AƒJƒ“ƒ}ƒr�[ƒWƒƒ‚Ü‚½‚̓Jƒ“ƒ}ƒV�[ƒh‚É’~�Ï‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�Å�I“I‚É‚Í�u‚Ç‚±‚ɕۑ¶‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž¿–â‚É�s‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�AƒJƒ“ƒ}ŽíŽq‚Í•¨—�“I‚ÈŽíŽq‚ł͂Ȃ�AƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Ü‚½‚̓|ƒeƒ“ƒVƒƒƒ‹‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¨‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�uSankhara�AKamma�AKamma Beeja�AKamma Vipaka�v‚Ì‹LŽ–‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒJƒ}ŽíŽq‚Ì”‰è‚Í�A•¨—�“I‚ÈŽíŽq�A‚½‚Æ‚¦‚ÎƒŠƒ“ƒS‚ÌŽíŽq‚Ì”‰è‚Æ‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì—ÞŽ—“_‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BƒŠƒ“ƒS‚ÌŽíŽq‚ÍƒŠƒ“ƒS‚Ì–Ø‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A”‰è‚É“K‚µ‚½�ðŒ�‚ªŽÀŒ»‚·‚é‚܂ŎíŽq‚Í”‰è‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�FŽíŽq‚Í“y�ë‚É‚ ‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è�A”‰è‚ð�s‚¤‚É‚Í�…‚Æ“úŒõ‚à’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•“¯—l‚É�AƒJƒ}ƒrƒpƒJ�i‰ß‹Ž‚̃Jƒ}‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�j‚Í�A‘Ήž‚·‚éƒJƒ}ŽíŽq‚ª”‰è‚·‚邽‚߂̓K�Ø‚È�ðŒ�‚ªŽÀŒ»‚µ‚½�ê�‡‚ɂ̂Ý�AŽÀ‚ðŒ‹‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
3.ƒpƒbƒ^ƒiƒ_�[ƒ}�iƒAƒrƒ_�[ƒ“ƒ}Œê‚Ì�u�ðŒ�•t‚«ŠÖŒW�v‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é–{�j‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚éƒAƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰‚ƃTƒ}ƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰‚ÌŠÖŒW‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚Ý‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B
•�uAn�v‚Í�A�H•i�A‚Ü‚½‚Í‚±‚Ì�ê�‡‚̓Jƒ}ŽíŽq‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �uantara�v‚Æ‚Í�AŽÀ‚ª‚È‚é‚Ì‚ð‘Ò‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é’™‘ �ó‘Ô‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aannantara‚ÍŠî–{“I‚É”‰è‚ð‘Ò‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚éƒJƒ}ŽíŽq‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•�u—l�v‚Æ‚Í�A“¯“™‚Ü‚½‚Í—ÞŽ—‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AƒTƒ}ƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰�i�uƒTƒ}�v+�uƒAƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰�v�j‚Í�AƒAƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰‚Æ‚Ì�uˆê’v�ðŒ��v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aannantara‚Æsamanantara‚͈ê��‚ÉŽg—p‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BƒTƒ}ƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰‚ªŒø‰Ê“I‚Å‚ ‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�AƒAƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰�iŠî–{“I‚ÉŒ´ˆö‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽíŽq‚É’~‚¦‚ç‚ꂽƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�j‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bˆê•û�AƒTƒ}ƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰�i‚»‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ª—LŒø‚ɂȂé�A‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽíŽq‚ª”‰è‚·‚邽‚߂̓K�Ø‚È�ðŒ��j‚ª‚È‚¢�ê�‡�AƒAƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰‚̃Jƒ}ŽíŽq‚ÍŽÀ‚ðŒ‹‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
•‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�AƒCƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰�iƒCƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒŠƒ„ƒJƒ“ƒ}‚̂悤‚É�j‚Í�A‚Ü‚Á‚½‚•ʂ̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚·�B �uĀnantariyaKamma – Gandhabba‚Ö‚Ì�Ú‘±�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
4.‚±‚±‚É•§‘É‚ª—^‚¦‚½ˆê—Ⴊ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�F“y‚ð�€”õ‚µ�A�…‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‹æ‰æ‚ð�€”õ‚µ�A“úŒõ‚à—˜—p‚Å‚«‚é�ê�‡�AŽíŽq‚ª”‰è‚·‚邽‚߂̃Tƒ}ƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰‚ª‚»‚±‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒŠƒ“ƒS‚ÌŽíŽq‚©‚çŽn‚߂Ȃ¢ŒÀ‚è�iƒAƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ª–ž‚½‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�j�AƒŠƒ“ƒS‚Ì–Ø‚Í�¬’·‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
•ˆê•û�AƒŠƒ“ƒS‚ÌŽíŽq‚ð—Á‚µ‚Š£‘‡‚µ‚½�ê�Š‚É•ÛŠÇ‚·‚邯�A”‰è‚µ‚È‚¢�A‚‚܂èƒTƒ}ƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ª–ž‚½‚³‚ê‚È‚¢
•ƒAƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰‚ƃTƒ}ƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰‚Ì—¼•û‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ª–ž‚½‚³‚ꂽ�ê�‡�A‚‚܂è�A“K�Ø‚È‹æ‰æ‚ÉƒŠƒ“ƒS‚ÌŽí‚ð�A‚¦‚邯�A”‰è‚µ‚ÄƒŠƒ“ƒS‚̖؂ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
•‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒŠƒ“ƒS‚̎킪�A‚¦‚ç‚ê‚邯�Aƒ}ƒ“ƒS�[‚̖؂͂»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ł͂ȂƒŠƒ“ƒS‚̖؂݂̂©‚ç�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AƒTƒ}ƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰‚Í�AƒAƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰‚É‚ ‚Á‚½�uŽíŽq�v‚Ɉê’v‚·‚éŒø‰Ê‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
5.�ŋ߂̗á‚Å‚Í�AŒ»‘ã‚̃eƒNƒmƒ�ƒW�[‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bƒ‰ƒWƒI‹Ç‚ªƒ‰ƒWƒI”Ô‘g‚ð•ú‘—‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚ðƒAƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰‚ÆŒ©‚È‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BƒV�[ƒhƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Í“Á’è‚͈͓̔à‚̂ǂ±‚Å‚à—˜—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Aƒ‰ƒWƒI‚È‚µ‚ł͔ԑg‚ð•·‚‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B’N‚©‚ªƒ‰ƒWƒI‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚Å‚à�Aƒ‰ƒWƒI‚ª�³‚µ‚¢Žü”g�”‚É�u’²�®�v‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Æ�Aƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚ð•·‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ª–ž‚½‚³‚ê‚邯�A‰½ƒ}ƒCƒ‹‚à—£‚ꂽ�ê�Ђłàƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚ð•·‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B•ú‘—‚ÆŽó�M‚ÌŠÔ‚Ì’x‰„‚Í”ñ�í‚É’Z‚¢ŽžŠÔ‚Å‚·�B
•Kamma vipaka‚Í�A�ðŒ�‚ª�®‚¦‚Î�A�u‘¦Žž‚̃Rƒ~ƒ…ƒjƒP�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŽÀ‚ðŒ‹‚Ô‚Æ�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚ׂẴJƒ~ƒbƒN“dˆÊ‚Í�A—ÊŽqƒGƒ“ƒ^ƒ“ƒOƒ‹ƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂Ɠ¯—l‚ÌŠT”O‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä�u�uŽž‚É�Ú�G�v‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�u—ÊŽqƒGƒ“ƒ^ƒ“ƒOƒ‹ƒ�ƒ“ƒg–Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í‚·‚ׂÂȂª‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�ö�Ý“I‚ȃJƒ}ŽíŽq‚̓Aƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰‚őҋ@‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�A“K�Ø‚È�ðŒ��iƒTƒ}ƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰�j‚ª�oŒ»‚·‚邯‘¦�À‚ÉŒ‹‰Ê‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
6.‹C‚ð•t‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A‰ß‹Ž‚Ì‘½‚‚̈«‚¢ƒJƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽíŽq‚ªŽÀ‚ðŒ‹‚Ô‚Ì‚ð–h‚®‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BƒTƒ}ƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰�ðŒ�‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‰ß‹Ž‚Ɉ«‚¢ƒJƒ}ŽíŽq‚ª”‰è‚µ�AƒJƒ}ƒrƒpƒJ‚ª‹N‚±‚邽‚߂̔엀‚È“y’n‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鈫‚¢’nˆæ‚Å–é‚É�o‚©‚¯‚é�ê�‡�B
•“¯—l‚É�A“K�Ø‚È�ðŒ�‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A—Ç‚¢ƒJƒ}ŽíŽq‚ð‹�§“I‚É”‰è‚³‚¹‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AƒeƒXƒg‚É�‡Ši‚µ‚½‚è�A�A�E‚µ‚½‚è‚Å‚«‚é�\•ª‚ȃ�ƒŠƒbƒg�i—D‚ꂽƒJƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽí�j‚ª‚ ‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A“K�Ø‚È�ðŒ��i‚‚܂è�AŽ–‘O‚É�€”õ�j‚ð�s‚í‚È‚¢‚Æ�AŒ‹‰Ê‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•‚Æ‚«‚Ç‚«�AƒJƒ}ŽíŽq‚ª‹‚¢�ê�‡�AƒeƒXƒg‚Å—\‘zŠO‚̃vƒ�ƒ‚�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚â—\‘z‚æ‚è‚à—Ç‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
7.Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì‰ß‹Ž‚Ì–³�”‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚©‚ç�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í–³�”‚̃Jƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽí‚ð‘P‚ƈ«‚Ì—¼•û‚Å’~�Ï‚µ‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‰½‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚à‹‚¢‚à‚Ì�A“Á‚Éanantariya kamma vip‚ÍŽÀ‚ðŒ‹‚Ñ‚Ü‚·
•Ê–¼�B
•‚µ‚©‚µ�Aˆê”Ê“I‚É�A‹C‚ð•t‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚Å�i‚‚܂è�A“K�Ø‚È�ðŒ�‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚Å�j�A‘½‚‚̈«‚¢ƒJƒ“ƒpƒrƒpƒJ‚ð‰ñ”ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B“K�Ø‚È�€”õ‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚Å�i‚‚܂è�AƒTƒ}ƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ð�Å“K‰»‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�j�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì—Ç‚¢ƒJƒ}ŽíŽq‚ðŠˆ—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
•“Á‚É�d—v‚ȃP�[ƒX‚Í�AŽqˆç‚Ăł·�B—¼�e‚Æ‹³Žt‚Í�A‚»‚ÌŽá‚¢�S‚ª”’B‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢�ðŒ�‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚邱‚Ƃɑ΂µ‚đ傫‚È�Ó”C‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B“Á‚É�Aˆ«‚¢—F’B‚Ƃ̂‚Ȃª‚è‚Í�AŽá‚¢�l�¶‚ðŠÔˆá‚Á‚½•ûŒü‚ÉŒü‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B“¯—l‚É�Aˆç�¬ŠÂ‹«‚Å‚ ‚é—Ç‚«—F�l‚Ƃ̂‚Ȃª‚è‚Í�A�¶ŽY“I‚Å�Ó”C‚ ‚é‘å�l‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
8.�d—v‚È‘ŠŒÝ�Ú‘±‚Ì1‚‚Í�A�ugathi�v‚ð�A‚±‚ê‚܂łÉ�à–¾‚µ‚½“¯—l‚Ì�ugathi�v‚Æ�Æ�‡‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B �u�Kе‚Æ–Ú•W�v‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�uƒTƒ“ƒTƒŠƒbƒN‚Ì�Kе‚ƃAƒTƒo�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
•‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AƒKƒ“ƒoƒo‚ª“K�؂Ȏq‹{‚ð‘Ò‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�AƒAƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰ƒTƒ}ƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰ƒpƒbƒJƒ„‚ª�o�ꂵ‚Ü‚·�BˆÈ‘O‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚Ì’†‚Å‚ ‚é“Á’è‚Ì�Kе�A‚‚܂è‘å—ʈùŽð‚ð”’B‚³‚¹‚Ä‚¢‚½ƒKƒ“ƒoƒo‚Í�A“¯—l‚Ì�Kе‚ðŽ�‚Â�—�«‚ÌŽq‹{�A‚¨‚»‚炃Aƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹ˆË‘¶�ǂ܂½‚Í–ƒ–òŽg—pŽÒ‚Ɉø‚«Šñ‚¹‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�BƒKƒ“ƒ_�[ƒo‚ÌŠT”O‚Í�A�uƒ}ƒmƒ}ƒ„ƒJƒ„�iƒKƒ“ƒ_�[ƒo�j‚Æ“÷‘Ì�v‚Æ�uƒ}ƒmƒ}ƒ„ƒJƒ„‚Ƒ̊O‘ÌŒ±�iOBE�j�v‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•“¯—l‚É�AˆÈ‘O‚Ì�l�¶‚Å“¹“¿“I‚È�l�¶‚ðŽå“±‚µ‚½ƒKƒ“ƒoƒo‚Í�A“¹“¿“I‚ȉƑ°‚Ì•ê�e‚ÌŽq‹{‚ÉŽä‚©‚ê‚é‚ɈႢ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�ã‹L‚Ì�ê�‡‚Æ“¯—l‚É�A‚±‚±‚Å‚àƒKƒ“ƒ_ƒo‚̃Tƒ}ƒiƒ“ƒ^ƒ‰�i‚»‚ꂪŠm—§‚Å‚«‚é�ê�Š�j‚Í�A‚»‚ꎩ‘Ì‚Ì�uƒKƒeƒB�v‚Ɉê’v‚·‚éŠÂ‹«‚Å‚·�B
•‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚à�A‘¼‚Ì—Ç‚¢ƒJƒ}ƒrƒpƒJ‚ªŽÀŒ»‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ð�ì‚è�Aˆ«‚¢ƒJƒ}ƒrƒpƒJ‚ªŽÀŒ»‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ð�ì‚ç‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�AŽ©•ª‚̉^–½‚ð•Ï‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‘¼‚Ì“Š�e‚Å‚Í�Aannantara-samanantaraŠÖŒW‚Ì‚³‚ç‚Ȃ鉞—p‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�d—v‚ȃAƒvƒŠƒP�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì1‚‚Í�A�uTransfer of Merits�iPattidana�j-How do it Happen�H�v‚Å‚·�B
ƒVƒŠ�[ƒY‚ÌŽŸ‚Í�A�uƒAƒZƒoƒi‚ƃAƒ“ƒiƒ}ƒ“ƒiƒpƒbƒJƒ„�v�A..
Is Ānāpānasati Breath Meditation?
June
2, 2017; revised September 2, 2017
1. If you Google
�gAnapanasati�h, almost all websites that come up identify it as �gBuddhist breath
mediation�h or �gmindfulness of breathing�h. But Tipitaka suttās clearly
lead to the conclusion that breath meditation is not Buddhist Ānāpāna bhāvanā.
I will provide
evidence for those two statements below. First, let us see what can be
accomplished with Buddhist Ānāpānasati bhāvanā.
1.�uAnapanasati�v‚ðGoogle‚ÅŒŸ�õ‚·‚邯�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚·‚ׂĂÌWebƒTƒCƒg‚Å�u•§‹³‚̌ċzáÒ‘z�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uŒÄ‹z‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�v‚Æ•\ަ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ATipitaka suttās ‚ł͖¾‚ç‚©‚É�AŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚Í•§‹³‚ÌĀnāpānabhāvanā‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ‹˜_‚ÉŽŠ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•ŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚Å‚³‚¦ƒˆƒM‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŽÀ‘H‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�AŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ÌĀnāpāna bhāvan₿‚èˆÈ‘O‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�BŽß‘¸‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð‹‘”Û‚µ‚½‚Ì‚ÍNibbāna‚·‚Ȃ킿‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚©‚ç‚̉i‘±“I‚È‹~�ςɂ‚Ȃª‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
•Tipitaka‚ɂ͑½‚‚Ìsuttā‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�AĀnāpāna‚ª�³‚µ‚ŽÀ‘H‚³‚ê‚邯�AŽ©“®“I‚ÉSatipatthāna�ASaptha Bojjanga�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚·‚ׂĂÌ37‚Ì�³Šo‚Ì—vˆö‚ð–ž‚½‚µ�ANibbāna‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邯–¾Šm‚É�q‚ׂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AĀnāpāna
sati‚Í�A’P‚Ɍċz‚É�Å“_‚ð�‡‚킹‚邿‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É�[‚¢‚̂ł·�B
•ˆÈ‰º‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ç2‚‚Ì�Ø‹’‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚¸�A•§‹³‚ÌĀnāpānasati
bhāvanā‚ʼn½‚ª’B�¬‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚Ý‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B
2. According to
the Ānāpānassati
Sutta (MN 118): �g..Ānāpānassati, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā
cattāro satipaṭṭhāne paripūreti. Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā bahulīkatā satta
bojjhaṅge paripūrenti. Satta bojjhaṅgā bhāvitā bahulīkatā vijjāvimuttiṃ
paripūrenti.�h
Therefore, it is
quite clear that ānāpānassati, by itself, can lead to
all the way to the Arahanthood. Thus, one does not need to do �gseparate vipassanā (insight)
meditation after getting to samatha with ānāpānassati�h as
some suggest.
2Ānāpānassati
Sutta (MN 118)‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�@ �g..Ānāpānassati,
bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā cattāro satipaṭṭhāne paripūreti. Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā
bhāvitā bahulīkatā satta bojjhaṅge paripūrenti. Satta bojjhaṅgā bhāvitā
bahulīkatā vijjāvimuttiṃ paripūrenti.
•–|–󂷂邯�u..Ānāpānassati�v‚ðŽg—p�ibhāvitā�j‚·‚邯�A‚»‚µ‚Ä•p”ɂɎg—p�ibahulīkatā�j‚·‚邯�A4Ží—Þ‚ÌSatipatthāna‚ªŠ®�¬�iparipūreti�j‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Cattāro satipaṭṭhāna‚ÍŽg—p�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ•p”ɂɎg—p‚·‚邯�ASapta Bojjanga‚ªŠ®�¬‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B
Sapta Bojjanga‚Í�AŽg—p‚¨‚æ‚Ñ•p”ɂɎg—p‚·‚邯�AŠ®‘S‚È—£’E�iNibbāna‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n�j‚ðŠ®—¹‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•Ananda Sutta (SN
54.13)‚Å‚à‚Ü‚Á‚½‚“¯‚¶�º–¾‚ª‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û�AĀnāpāna Saṃyutta (SN 54)‚Ìsuttā‚̂قƂñ‚ǂɂÍ�A�gĀnāpānassati,
bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā�g‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚±‚Å�A�umahappalā�v�i�umahā�v+�upala�v�j‚Í�ASotapanna,
Sakadagami, Anagami, Arahant‚Ì4‚‚Ì�‚‹M‚È’iŠK‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aānāpānassati‚ª’P“ƂŃAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aˆê•”‚Ì�l‚ªŽ¦�´‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�A�uānāpānassati‚ŃTƒ}ƒ^‚𓾂½Žž‚É‚Í�A•ʌ‚ł ‚郔ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[�i“´Ž@�jáÒ‘z�v‚ð‚·‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
3.
The next key question is: �gCan breath meditation, by itself, lead to Arahanthood? This is the critical question that
needs to contemplated by those who believe that Ānāpānassati means
breath meditation.
If Ānāpānassati means
breath meditation, how could keeping the mind on one�fs breath by itself REMOVE rāga,
dōsa, mōha from one�fs mind?
3.ŽŸ‚Ì�d—v‚ÈŽ¿–â‚Í�uŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚Í�A‚»‚ꂾ‚¯‚ŃAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚ÉŽŠ‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H�v
‚±‚ê‚Í�AĀnāpānassati‚ªŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚邯�M‚¶‚é�l�X‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�n�l‚³‚ê‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�d—v‚ÈŽ¿–â‚Å‚·�B
•ƒjƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi‚Æ‚Í�A—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃł·�B
�grāgakkhayō dōsakkhayō mōhakkhayō idaṃ vuccati nibbānanti�g.�@�@�@�@ŽŠ‚é�H�œ‹Ž�H
‚±‚ê‚Í Nibbāna pañhā Sutta (SN 38.1)ŠÜ‚ß�A‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ìsutta‚É�o‚Ä‚‚éƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Å‚·�B
•Ānāpānasnasati‚ªŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�ê�‡�A‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚΃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŽ©•ª‚̌ċz‚É—¯‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�Hƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚çrāga, dōsa, mōha‚ð�œ‹Ž‚Å‚«‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H
4. The conventional (and erroneous) teaching in many texts
today is that one needs to get to samādhi with Ānāpānassati and
then one needs to do Vipassanā or insight mediation to
attain magga phala.
Of course this
erroneous interpretation — that breath meditation is Buddhist Ānāpāna
bhāvanā — is not something that current practitioners came up
with. It can be traced back to Buddhaghosa�fs Visuddhimagga, see, �gBuddhaghosa�fs Visuddhimagga – A Focused Analysis�g.
4.�¡“ú‚Ì‘½‚‚̃eƒLƒXƒg‚Å‚Ì�]—ˆ‚Ì�i‚»‚µ‚ÄŒë‚Á‚½�j‹³‚¦‚Í�A‚Í‚¶‚ß‚É Ānāpānassati ‚Åsamādhi‚É“ž’B‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è�AŽŸ‚Émagga phala�iƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚S’iŠK‚Ì“¹�j‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚ÉVipassanā‚Ü‚½‚Í“´Ž@áÒ‘z‚ð�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
•‚µ‚©‚µ�A�ã‹L‚Å‹c˜_‚µ‚½sutta‚©‚ç�AĀnāpānassatiŽ©‘Ì‚ªƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚É‚³‚¦“±‚¯‚邱‚Ƃ͔ñ�í‚É–¾Šm‚Å‚·�I
•‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A�uŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚Ƃ͕§‹³‚ÌĀnāpāna bhāvanā‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł ‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œë‚Á‚½‰ðŽß‚Í�AŒ»�݂̎À‘HŽÒ‚ªŽv‚¢‚‚¢‚½‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BBuddhaghosa‚Ì�´�ò“¹˜_‚ɂ܂ł³‚©‚̂ڂ邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BBuddhaghosa�fs Visuddhimagga – A Focused Analysis
5. The incorrect
version of Ānāpānassati was there even before the Buddha. In
the Arittha Sutta
(SN 54.06), the Buddha, upon finding out that Bhikkhu Arittha
was practicing the incorrect breath meditation as Ānāpānassati told
him, �g..Atthesā, ariṭṭha, ānāpānassati, nesā natthī�fti vadāmi. Api ca, ariṭṭha,
yathā ānāpānassati vitthārena paripuṇṇā hoti taṃ suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi
karohi; bhāsissāmī�hti.
5. Ānāpānassati
‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚̈ȑO‚Å‚³‚¦‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�BArittha Sutta
(SN 54.06)‚Å‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚Í�A”ä‹uArittha‚ªŒë‚Á‚½áÒ‘z‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä�A”Þ‚ÉŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�g..Atthesā, ariṭṭha,
ānāpānassati, nesā natthī�fti vadāmi. Api ca, ariṭṭha, yathā ānāpānassati
vitthārena paripuṇṇā hoti taṃ suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī�hti.
•�A�u.. Arittha‚æ�A‚»‚̂悤‚Èānāpānassati‚ª‚È‚¢‚Ƃ͌¾‚í‚È‚¢�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ„‚Í–{•¨‚Ìānāpānassati‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é‚Ì‚Å�Aލ‚ðŒX‚¯�A�×�S‚Ì’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¢‚È‚³‚¢�A‚Å‚Í�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B"
•‚³‚ç‚É�A“–Žž‚Ìyōgisƒˆ�[ƒM‚Í�A‚æ‚è�‚‚¢ jhāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A‚»‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚̌ċzáÒ‘z‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìanāriya jhāna‚Í�A’P‚ɉ˜‚ê�ikeles�j‚ð—}�§‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê�Amagga phala‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚̂悤‚Èanāriya jhāna‚ðˆç‚Þ�l�X‚ÍŽŸ‚Ì’a�¶‚ðƒuƒ‰ƒtƒ}‚̗̈æ‚Å‚à‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ÌŒã‚Í apāyās‚É‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
6. The main reason
for the incorrect interpretation of Ānāpānassati as breath
meditation is that in many suttās it is described as assāsa/passāsa,
which conventionally means taking in/putting out of something,
and particularly to breathing in/breathing out.
That should be clear
to anyone who knows that Nibbāna is attained via getting rid
of dasa akusala.
6.Ānāpānassati‚ªŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒë‚Á‚ĉðŽß‚³‚ê‚éŽå‚È—�—R‚Í�A‘½‚‚Ìsuttās‚Åassāsa/passāsa‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‹L�q‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
•ŽÀ�Û�Aāna/āpāna‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�AŽæ‚è�ž‚Ý/Žæ‚è�o‚µ‚àˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•‚½‚¾‚µ�AĀnāpānassati‚Ìsuttās‚Å‚Í�Aassassa /passāsa‚Ü‚½‚Íāna/pāna‚Í�A‹ï‘Ì“I‚É‚Í�Akusala‚ðŽæ‚è�ž‚Þ‚±‚Æ/ akusala‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŒë‚Á‚½”ª“¹‚ð•úŠü‚µ‚Ä”ª�³“¹‚ð�i‚Þ‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
•Nibbāna ‚Ídasa akusala‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚ƂŒB�¬‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚È‚ç’N‚É‚Å‚à–¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚ ‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B
7. In the assāsa Sutta
(SN38.5), it is specifically said what needs to be �gtaken in�h (assāsa):
Therefore, there
should not be any confusion about what assāsa means.
7. assāsa Sutta
(SN38.5)‚Å‚Í�A�uŽæ‚è“ü‚ê‚é(assāsa)�v•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚à‚̂Ƌï‘Ì“I‚É�q‚ׂç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�gKatamo
panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa assāsassa�ito be �gtaken in�h�j sacchikiriyāyāti (what
needs). Ayameva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāya (it
is the Noble Eightfold Path that needs to be �gtaken in�h). Seyyathīdaṃ (Š·Œ¾‚·‚邯): sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto
sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi�h.
•Parama assāsa
Sutta (AN38.6)‚É‚à“¯‚¶ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ª‚ ‚è�A�uparama�v‚‚܂è�u�ã‚̈ʒu�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤—pŒê‚ð‹’²‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aassassa‚̈Ӗ¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�¬—�‚͂Ȃ¢‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B
8. A detailed
description of how the cultivation of correct Ānāpānassati leads
to Ariya jhānas as well as magga phala is
described in the Padīpopama sutta (SN 54.8), also called the Dipa
Sutta.
�gpaṭinissaggānupassī
assasissāmī�fti sikkhati, �epaṭinissaggānupassī passasissāmī�fti sikkhati�h
means, �gone cultivates discipline (sikkhati) by removing bonds that
binds one to the rebirth process (patinissaganupassi) by taking in
morals (assasissāmi) and getting rid of immorals (passasissāmi)�h.
8.�³‚µ‚¢Ānāpānassati‚̈ç�¬‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚ÉAriya jhānas‚Æmagga
phala‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚©‚Ì�Ú�ׂÈ�à–¾‚Í�ADipa
Sutta‚Æ‚àŒÄ‚΂ê‚éPadīpopama sutta
(SN 54.8)‚É‹L�q‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�gSo satōva
assasati, satōva passasati�h ‚Æ‚Í
Kusala“¿‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ê�Aakusala•s‘P‚ð�œ‹Ž‚·‚éƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðƒL�[ƒv‚·‚é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B
�gpaṭinissaggānupassī
assasissāmī�fti sikkhati, �epaṭinissaggānupassī passasissāmī�fti sikkhati�h
‚Í,�@“¿‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ê(assasissāmi)�A•s‘P‚ð�œ‹Ž‚·‚é(passasissāmi)‚±‚Æ‚Å�A�Ä�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX(patinissaganupassi)‚Æ‚Ì�S‘©‚ð�œ‹Ž‚µ‚Ä�A‹K—¥(sikkhati)‚ªˆç�¬‚³‚ê‚é�B
9. As is the case
with many Pāli words, the meaning of the word Ānāpāna is
embedded in the word itself. The two words �gāna�h and �gāpāna�h
combine to rhyme as ānāpāna. When �gsati�h is
added for being mindful of that, it becomes ānāpānassati.
So, one does not
throw away everything or take in everything. One needs to be selective in
taking in �ggood things�h and throwing away �gbad things�h. That is where
mindfulness comes in. That cannot be done with breath.
9.‘½‚‚̃p�[ƒŠŒê‚Ì�ê�‡‚Æ“¯—l‚É�AĀnāpāna‚̈Ӗ¡‚ÍŒê‹åŽ©‘̂ɖ„‚ß�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �uāna�v‚Æ�uāpāna�v‚Ì2‚‚̒PŒê‚Í�Aānāpāna‚Æ‚µ‚ĉC‚ð�‡‚킹‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð”O“ª‚É’u‚¢‚Ä�usati�v‚ð’ljÁ‚·‚邯�Aānāpānasnasati‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
•�uĀna�v‚ªŽæ‚è“ü‚ê‚Å�A�uÄpāna�v‚Í•úŠü‚Å‚·�BƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Å‚Í�A�uānayanaya�v‚Í�u—A“ü�v‚Å�uapanayanaya�v‚Í�u—A�o�v‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uäna�v+�uäpäna�v‚Ü‚½‚Íanapana‚Í�uŽæ‚è�ž‚Ý/•úŠü�v‚Ü‚½‚̓Cƒ“ƒ|�[ƒg/ƒGƒNƒXƒ|�[ƒg‚Å‚·�B
•�uAssa�v‚Í�uāna�v‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚ ‚è�A�upassa�v‚Í�uāpāna�v‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B
‚·‚ׂĂðŽÌ‚Ä‚½‚è�A‚·‚×‚Ä‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ꂽ‚è‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �u—Ç‚¢‚à‚Ì�v‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ê�A�uˆ«‚¢‚à‚Ì�v‚ðŽÌ‚Ä‚é�Û‚É‚Í�A‘I‘ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Ń}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX‚Ì�o”Ô‚Å‚·�B
�u‘§�v‚ł͑I‘ð‚â”»’f‚͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
10. Most people are reluctant to give up the wrong practice
of �gbreath meditation�h simply because they are attached to the �gstate of well
being�h that can be reached with breath meditation. But that relief is only
temporary.
It must also be
mentioned that breath mediation can be used to calm down one�fs mind. But one
should not expect to make much progress towards Nibbāna using
it. In fact, if one gets �gaddicted�h to it (as I have seen many
people do), it could be a serious distraction to the Noble Path.
10.‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�AŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚Å“¾‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�u�K•Ÿ‚Ì�ó‘Ô�v‚ÉŽ·’…‚µ‚Ä�uŒÄ‹záÒ‘z�v‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ŽÀ‘H‚ð•úŠü‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŒ™‚ª‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚Ì‹~�ς͈ꎞ“I‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B
•ŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚Åanāriya jhānas‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‰Â”\‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃Wƒƒƒi‚àˆêŽž“I‚È‚à‚̂ł·�Bˆê•û‚Å�A�³‚µ‚¢Ānāpānasati bhāvanā‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ꂽAriya jhānas‚Í�A�[‚‰B‚³‚ꂽ‰˜‚ê�ianusaya�j‚ª�œ‹Ž‚³‚ê‚邽‚ß�A�«—ˆ‚Ì�Ä�¶‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚à‰i‘±“I‚Å‚·�B
•‚Ü‚½�AŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�S‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚É‚àŒ¾‹y‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ðŽg‚Á‚ÄNibbāna‚ÉŒü‚©‚Á‚đ傫‚È�i•à‚ðŠú‘Ò‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽÀ�Û�A�i‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ª‚»‚¤‚È‚é‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�j�u’†“Å�v‚É‚È‚é‚Æ�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽl’ú‚Ì“¹‚É�[��‚È�áŠQ‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
11. As I have
emphasized in the �gBhävanä (Meditation)�h and the �gMaha Satipatthana Sutta�g, one should not restrict either Ānāpānasati or Satipatthāna bhāvanā to
formal sessions conducted sitting down at an isolated place.
11. Bhävanä
(Meditation)‚ÆMaha Satipatthana Sutta‚Å‹’²‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�Aanāpāna sati‚Ü‚½‚ÍSatipatthāna
bhāvanā‚ðŒÇ—§‚µ‚½�ê�Š‚Å�À‚Á‚Ä�s‚í‚ê‚é�³Ž®‚ȃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚É�§ŒÀ‚·‚ׂ«‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
•Žß‘¸‚ª�ã‹L‚Ì�”2‚Å�u..Ānāpānasnasati�Abhikkhave�Abhāvitābahulīkatā..�v‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«�A”ނ͉”\‚ÈŒÀ‚è‚Ç‚±‚Å‚à‚»‚ê‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚‚܂è�AŠî–{“I‚É‚Í�í‚ɂł·�IŽ©•ª‚Ì�s“®�AŒ¾˜_�AŽv�l‚É—¯ˆÓ‚µ�Aˆ«‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðŽ~‚ß�A—Ç‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ð—{‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•‚±‚ꂪŽÀ‘H‚ÌŠî–{“I‚ȃAƒvƒ��[ƒ`‚Å‚·�B�Ä�¶‚âkamma‚̂悤‚ÈBuddha Dhamma‚ÌŠî–{“I‚È�M�ð‚ð�M‚¶‚È‚¢�l‚Å‚àŽg—p‚Å‚«‚é’iŠK“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�uLiving Dhamma�v‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
12. Some people
believe that Ānāpānasati or Satipatthāna bhāvanā should
be done in formal sessions, because of the verse, �gIdha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu aranna gato vä rukkhamüla gato vä sunnägära gato vä nisidati
pallankaṃ äbhujitvä, ujuṃ käyaṃ paṇidhäya, parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvä�h,
that appears in multiple suttās explaining both Ānāpānassati and Satipattāna
bhāvanā.
In most English translations this verse is written as,
�gThere is the case where a monk, having gone to the wilderness, to the foot of a tree, or to an empty building, sits down folding his legs crosswise, holding his body erect, and setting mindfulness to the fore�h.
One could also use the conventional meaning for formal sessions. But of course, it is the deeper meaning that is much more important even in formal sessions.
12. Ānāpānasati ‚â Satipatthāna bhāvanā‚ÍŒöŽ®ƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚¾‚Æ�l‚¦‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚Í‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ìsutta‚É‹L�q‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é
�gIdha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aranna gato vä rukkhamüla gato vä sunnägära gato vä nisidati pallankaṃ äbhujitvä, ujuṃ käyaṃ paṇidhäya, parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvä�h
‚ð‚±‚Ì‚Q‚‚ÌáÒ‘z‚É‚à“K—p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚߂ł·�B
•‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ̉pŒê‚Ì–|–ó‚Å‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¹‹å‚ÍŽŸ‚̂悤‚É�‘‚©‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�u”ä‹u‚Í–ì‚É�s‚«�AŽ÷‚̉º‚Å�A‚à‚µ‚‚Í’N‚à‚¢‚È‚¢Œš•¨‚Ì’†‚Å�A‘«‚ðƒNƒ�ƒX‚³‚¹‚Ä�À‚è�A‘Ì‚ð‚Ü‚Á‚·‚®‚É‹N‚±‚µ�A‹C‚«‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Å‚¢‚È‚³‚¢�v
•‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚Ì�¹‹å‚ɂ͂à‚Á‚Æ�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�urukkhamūla�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤’PŒê‚Ì�urukkha�v‚Í�u–Ø�v�A�umūla�v‚Í�u�ª�v‚Å‚·�B–؂̂ĂÁ‚Ø‚ñ‚Í•—‚Å‘OŒã‚É—h‚ê‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�ª‚ɋ߂¢–؂̊²‚Í”ñ�í‚ɈÀ’肵‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�urukkhamūla gatō vā �v‚Æ‚Í�AˆÀ’肵‚½�l‚¦•û‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�]—ˆ‚̉ðŽß‚Å‚Í�A�u–Ø‚Ì�ªŒ³‚É�s‚�v‚ƉðŽß‚³‚ê‚Ä‚«‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•‚»‚ÌŠ®‘S‚Èèñ‰Ì‚Ì‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚Í�APrerequisites for the Satipatthāna Bhāvanā‚Å�Ú�ׂɋc˜_‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚©‚ç�A‚±‚Ì�߂͎Ÿ‚̂悤‚É�q‚ׂĂ¢‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�uЉ–]‚ÆŒ™ˆ«‚Æ–³’m‚©‚ç—£‚ê�A�©‚Å—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚½ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É“ü‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä—D‰zŠ´‚ª‚È‚¢�T‚¦‚߂ȑԓx‚ð•Û‚¿�A—¦’¼‚©‚Â�³’¼‚ɂȂè�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð—â�Âɂ·‚邱‚Æ‚ð–Ú“I‚É‚µ‚Ä�S‚ð•Û‚¿‚Ü‚·�B�v
‚»‚ê‚͂ǂ±‚Å‚à�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Ì‚Å�A�³Ž®‚ȃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÍŒø‰Ê“I‚Å‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�â‘΂Ì�ðŒ�‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
•�³Ž®‚ȃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�]—ˆ‚̈Ӗ¡‚ʼnðŽß‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A�³Ž®‚ȃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œê‹å‚É‚à�A‚æ‚è‘å�Ø‚Å�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
13. If anyone has any
evidence to the contrary from the Tipitaka, please make
a comment at the �gDiscussion Forum�g.
I will be happy to address any such issues.
13.’N‚©‚ªTipitaka‚©‚甽‘΂Ì�Ø‹’‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚Í�A�uDiscussion Forum�v‚ŃRƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚̂悤‚È–â‘è‚É‘Î�ˆ‚³‚¹‚Ä‚¢‚½‚¾‚«‚Ü‚·�B
•Tipitaka‚Ɋ܂܂ê‚é3‚‚̉ð�à�iPatisambhidamagga�APetakopadesa�A‚¨‚æ‚ÑNettippakarana�j‚ð�œ‚«�AŒã‚Å‹L�q‚³‚ꂽ‘¼‚Ì‚·‚ׂẲð�à‚ɂ͑½‚‚Ì–µ�‚‚ÆŠ®‘S‚ÈŒë‰ð‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�uBuddhaghosa�fs Visuddhimagga – A Focused Analysis‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
The top 10 posts in this section
describe the fundamentals of Buddhist meditation. The rest of the posts in this
section are on possible meditation subjects and can be used to clarify unresolved
questions, and to gain samādhi. The first 11 posts should be followed in that order, at least
initially.
‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì�ãˆÊ10Œ�‚Í�A•§‹³‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌŠî‘b‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŽc‚è‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�l‚¦‚ç‚ê‚éáÒ‘z‚̃e�[ƒ}‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A–¢‰ðŒˆ‚ÌŽ¿–â‚𖾊m‚É‚µ�AƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒB�[‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚邽‚߂Ɏg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚Ì11Œ�‚Í�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à�Å�‰‚Í‚±‚Ì�‡�˜‚ŃtƒHƒ��[‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
1. I hope that several
key points are clear from the discussion in the post, �gThe Second Level – Key to Purify the Mind�g:
AND we need to do this all the time; we cannot let bad habits
come back, which means we need to be on the lookout for any lapses in our
practice. And we need to be on the lookout for opportunities to do moral acts
that are beneficial for oneself and others.
1. The Second Level – Key to Purify the Mind‚ł̋c˜_‚©‚ç�A‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì�d—v‚È“_‚ª–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂê‚Î�K‚¢‚Å‚·�B
ˆ«‚¢�Kе�igati /āsava�j‚Í�A•s“¹“¿‚Ü‚½‚͉¿’l‚̂Ȃ¢�sˆ×�AŒ¾˜_�A‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽv�l‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð”jŠü‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ˆ«‚¢�Kе‚É‘Î�R‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A—Ç‚¢�Kе‚ð—{‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂÍ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÉŠì‚Ñ‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·“¹“¿“IŠˆ“®‚ð�s‚¢�A“¹“¿“I�s“®‚ðˆç�¬‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ð�í‚É�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è–ß‚µ‚½‚‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚‚܂è�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚ÌŒ‡”@‚ðŠÄŽ‹‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚Æ‘¼�l‚Ì‚½‚߂ɗL‰v‚È“¹“¿“I�sˆ×‚ð‚·‚é‹@‰ï‚ð’T‚µ‘±‚¯‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
2. The Buddha
described bhävana as
follows: �gāsevitäya,
bhāvitāya, bahuleekathāya,...�h or �gkeep close association, use
often, and use all the time (what is good)�c�c�h. When
one is making an effort to form a new habit, one should be thinking about it
and doing things to support that whenever possible. Trying to do it in a formal
meditation session will not be enough.
Nowadays, �gāna�h
is taken to be �gbreath in�h and �gāpāna�h
is taken to be �gbreath out�h; �gsati�h
means mindfulness so, the word �gānāpānasati�h
is interpreted as �gmindfully breathing in and mindfully breathing out�h. This is
the conventional (or �gpadaparama�g)
interpretation of �gānapāna�g,
and that is only a very narrow use; see the post below that explains these
terms.
2.Žß‘¸‚Íbhävana‚ðŽŸ‚Ì‚æ‚¤‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�F�uāsevitäya�Abhāvitāya�Abahuleekathāya�A...�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u–§�Ú‚ÈŠÖ˜A‚ð•Û‚¿�A•p”ɂɎg—p‚µ�A�í‚ÉŽg—p‚·‚é�i—Ç‚¢‚±‚Æ�j�c�c�v�B�V‚µ‚¢�Kе‚ð�ì‚é“w—Í‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦�A‚»‚ê‚ðƒTƒ|�[ƒg‚·‚邽‚߂ɉ”\‚ÈŒÀ‚è‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚¾‚¯‚Å‚Í�\•ª‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚̃VƒŠ�[ƒY‚̈ȑO‚É�AŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ì�sˆ×‚ª”]‚Ì�_Œo�Ú‘±‚ð‹‰»‚µ‚Ä�Kе‚ðŒ`�¬‚·‚錻�݂̉Ȋw“I�à–¾‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A“ª‚É•‚‚©‚Ô‚½‚тɂ»‚ê‚ð‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚Å�Aˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ð‘Å”j‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŠù‘¶‚Ì�_Œo‚Ì�Ú‘±‚ªŽã‚‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚‚̂ł·�B
‰½‚ð�l‚¦‚é‚ׂ«‚©�F�u—Ç‚¢‚à‚Ì�ikusala‚·‚Ȃ킿“¹“¿“I‚È‚à‚Ì�j‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ê�A�uˆ«‚¢‚à‚Ì�iakusala‚·‚Ȃ킿•s“¹“¿‚È‚à‚Ì�j‚ðŽÌ‚Ä‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ð�S‚É—¯‚߂è‚‚±‚Æ�B‚±‚ꂪānāpānasati
bhāvana‚Ì–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚·�B
‚æ‚è�L‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚Í�A�uāna�v‚É‚Í�A�¶Šˆ‚ð‰ü‘P‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�uŽæ‚è“ü‚ê�v‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é‚à‚Ì‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê�A�uāpāna�v‚ɂ͂»‚Ì‹t‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‘̂ɗǂ¢�H‚ו¨‚¾‚¯‚ð�H‚×�Aˆ«‚¢�H‚ו¨‚Í”ð‚¯‚½‚èŽÌ‚Ä‚½‚è‚·‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B
Œ»�Ý�A�uāna�v‚Í�uŒÄ‹z‚Ì‹z�v�A�uāpāna�v‚Í�uŒÄƒuƒŒƒXƒAƒEƒg�v‚ƉðŽß‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�usati�v‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚Ì‚Å�A�uānāpānasati�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ¾—t‚Í�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹‚É‘§‚ð‹z‚¢�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹‚É‘§‚ð“f‚�v‚ƉðŽß‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�uānapāna�v‚Ì�]—ˆ‚Ì�i‚·‚Ȃ킿�upadaparama�v�j‰ðŽß‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚±‚ê‚Í”ñ�í‚É‹·‹`‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì—pŒê‚ð�à–¾‚·‚éˆÈ‰º‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
3. These aspects are
discussed in many suttā. I have a couple of posts that discuss the Sabbāsava Sutta (sabba+āsava is all āsavas), which point
out seven specific steps that will help remove bad habits and develop good
habits (gati/āsavas).
Looking at the same goal from a slightly different viewpoint,
five such steps are given in the Vitakkasanthāna (vitakka+san+thāna = removing
defiled thoughts) sutta;
I hope to write a post on this later.
3.‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‘¤–ʂ͑½‚‚Ìsuttā‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B SabbāsavaSutta�isabba +āsava�@‚·‚ׂĂÌāsavas�j‚ł͈«‚¢�Kе�igati /āsavas�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�A—Ç‚¢�Kе‚ð�g‚ɂ‚¯‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂Â7‚‚̋ï‘Ì“I‚ÈŽè�‡‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚킸‚©‚ɈقȂ鎋“_‚Å‚·‚ªVitakkasanthāna�ivitakka�i�l‚¦�j + san�iæÃáÑ’s�j +thāna�i�í�œ�j�jsutta‚É‚Í�A“¯‚¶–Ú•W‚Ì5‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ªŽ¦‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͌ã‚ŃgƒsƒbƒN‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
4. Now, with all the
discussion we have had up to this point, how can just a process of
�gbreathing in�h and �gbreathing out�h mindfully GET RID OF either the bad habits (gati/āsāvas) or the
five hindrances?
However, this calming down or getting to Samatha is a
TEMPORARY solution. The moment we come back to the real world with all its
distractions and temptations, those habits take over.
4.‚³‚Ä�A‚±‚±‚܂ł̋c˜_‚Å�A�u‘§‚ð‹z‚¢�ž‚Þ�v‚Æ�u‘§‚ð“f‚�v‚¾‚¯‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å�Aˆ«‚¢�Kе�igati /āsāvas�j‚Ü‚½‚Í5‚‚Ì�áŠQ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚ɂ͂ǂ¤‚·‚ê‚΂悢‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚»‚ê‚Í•s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‘O�q‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�A1‚‚̂±‚Æ‚ðŽÀ�s‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B–Ú‚ð•‚¶‚Ä�©‚È�ê�Š‚É�À‚Á‚Ä�i‚‚܂è�AŒø‰Ê“I‚È5‚‚Ì�g‘ÌŠ´Šo‚ðƒIƒt‚É‚µ‚Ä�j�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŒÄ‹z‚ɌŒ肷‚邯�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚Ä5‚‚Ì�áŠQ‚ª—§‚¿�オ‚ç‚È‚‚È‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�iƒrƒbƒOƒGƒCƒg‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð”Æ‚³‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‘O’ñ‚Å‚·�j�B
‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚Å—Ž‚¿’…‚«�A‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒTƒ}ƒT‚ÉŽŠ‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚͈̂ꎞ“I‚ȉðŒˆ�ô‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª“ú�í�¶Šˆ‚É–ß‚Á‚½�uŠÔ‚É‹C�°‚炵‚Æ—U˜f‚Å�A‚±‚ê‚܂łÌ�Kе‚ª�ÄŠJ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
5. The breath meditation
needs to be used appropriately, with the understanding that it can provide only
temporary relief. This breath meditation is the same meditation that was used
by the Hindu yogis to
attain mundane (Anāriya) jhānā even before
the Buddha.
The real anāpānasati
bhāvanā is not described in the Visuddhimagga and
is not described in any Mahayaṃa or even Theravada texts today. One needs
to go directly to the Tipiṭaka to
find it; it is described in many suttā,
for example, the Assāsa
sutta. I could not find an English translation of this sutta. Another
one Arittha Sutta and
the translation published at the Access to insight site is not complete, even
though it does contain Buddha�fs admonition to Ven. Arittha that in and
out-breathing is only one version of Ānāpānasati (in
the sutta it
says it is NOT the Ariya or
Noble version): http://www.accesstoinsight.org/tipitaka/sn/sn54/sn54.006.than.html.
5.ŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚͈ꎞ“I‚Ȋɘa‚݂̂ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½�ã‚Å�A“K�؂Ɏg—p‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̌ċzáÒ‘z‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚̈ȑO‚Å‚à•½–}‚È�iAnāriya�jjhānā‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂Ƀqƒ“ƒhƒD�[‹³‚̃ˆƒM‚ªŽg—p‚µ‚½áÒ‘z‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B
Buddhaghosa‚ÌVisuddhimagga‚ª�ã�À•”Dhamma�iCE 5�¢‹I�j‚ÌŠî‘b‚Æ‚µ‚Ä”F‚ß‚ç‚ê‚½ŽžˆÈ—ˆ�Aānāpānasati‚Ì�u•¶Žš’Ê‚è‚̉ðŽß�v‚ªŽg—p‚³‚ê‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
ŽÀ�Û‚Ìanāpānasatibhāvanā‚ÍVisuddhimagga‚ɂ͋L�q‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¨‚炸�A�¡“ú‚Ì‘å�æ‚â�ã�À•”‚̃eƒLƒXƒg‚É‚à‹L�q‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BTipiṭaka‚ð’¼�ÚŒ©‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B Assassa sutta‚È‚Ç�A‘½‚‚Ìsuttā‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ìsutta‚̉pŒê–ó‚ÍŒ©‚‚©‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚à‚¤1‚‚ÌArittha Sutta‚ÆAccess to insightƒTƒCƒg‚ÅŒöŠJ‚³‚ꂽ–|–ó‚É‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚ÌArittha‘¸ŽÒ‚Ö‚Ì’‰��‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚à�AŠ®‘S‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Arittha‚ª‘§‚ð‹z‚Á‚½‚è“f‚¢‚½‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ÍĀnāpānasati‚Ì‚½‚Á‚½1‚‚̃o�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚ ‚é�isutta‚Ì’†‚Å‚»‚ê‚ÍAriya‚·‚Ȃ킿Nobleƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�j
http://www.accesstoinsight.org/tipitaka/sn/sn54/sn54.006.than
.html
6. Thus there are two
interpretations of the Ānāpānasati Bhavana:
one is the conventional �gbreathing�h version and the other is the real
version recommended by the Buddha, which has a wider interpretation, including
breathing to a minor extent.
Buddhaghosa was a Hindu before converting to be a Buddhist later
on; see, �gThe Life and Work of Buddhaghosa�h by B. C. Law (1927). Some say he
became a Buddhist in order to introduce Hindu concepts to Buddha Dhamma. Either
that or he just used whatever he understood to be the Ānāpānasati without
any malicious intentions. Either way, the correct interpretation had been
hidden for all these years; see, �gBuddhaghosa�fs Visuddhimagga – A
Focused Analysis�g.
6.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AĀnĀpānasatiBhavana‚É‚Í2‚‚̉ðŽß‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B1‚‚Í�]—ˆ‚Ì�uŒÄ‹z�vƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚à‚¤1‚‚̓uƒbƒ_‚ª�„�§‚·‚éŽÀ�ۂ̃o�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚·�B which has a wider
interpretation, including breathing to a minor extent.
Ānāpānasati sutta‚Í�AĀnāpānasati Bhavana‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̎ߑ¸‚Ìdesana�i�u˜b�j‚Ì—v–ñ”łł·�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ̎å—v‚Èsutt₯“¯—l‚É�AŠÈ’P‚É“`’B‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É‹Ã�k‚³‚ꂽŒ`Ž®‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽå‚ÉSariputta‘¸ŽÒ‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‘¼‚Ìsutta‚Å‚àāna‚Æāpana‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�Ú�ׂÉ�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�iAssāsaSutta‚È‚Ç�j�B
Is Ānāpānasati Breath Meditation?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�ATipiṭaka‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�Ú�ׂȃfƒBƒXƒJƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚³‚ç‚É�AƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚̉ð�à�iAtthakathā�j‚àŽå—v‚Èsuttā‚ð�à–¾‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�‘‚©‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽc”O‚È‚ª‚ç�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìatthakath‚Í�ABuddhaghosa‚ª”Þ‚ÌVisuddhimagga‚Æ‘¼‚Ì–{‚ð�‘‚¢‚½’¼Œã‚É‘S�Ä‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A3‚‚Ì�d—v‚ÈPatisambhida Magga Pakarana�APitakopadesa�A‚¨‚æ‚ÑNetthipakarana‚Í�ATipiṭaka‚Ɋ܂܂ê‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚߂Ɏc‘¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚ÅŽ„‚ª�à–¾‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�ATipiṭaka‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
Buddhaghosa•§‹³“k‚ɉü�@‚·‚é‘O‚̓qƒ“ƒhƒD�[‹³“k‚Å‚µ‚½�B B.
C. Law�i1927�j‚É‚æ‚é�uThe Life and
Work of Buddhaghosa�v‚ðŽQ�Æ�Bƒqƒ“ƒY�[‹³‚ÌŠT”O‚ð•§–@‚É“±“ü‚·‚邽‚߂ɔނª•§‹³“k‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚ÆŒ¾‚¤�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Æ‚àˆ«ˆÓ‚̈Ó�}‚͂Ȃ�A”Þ‚ªĀnāpānasati‚Å‚ ‚邯—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚à‚Ì‚ð�‘‚¢‚½‚Ì‚©�A‚̂ǂ¿‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B‚¢‚¸‚ê‚É‚¹‚æ�A�³‚µ‚¢‰ðŽß‚Í‚¸‚Á‚Æ’·‚¢ŠÔ‚ɂ킽‚Á‚ĉB‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�BBuddhaghosa�fs Visuddhimagga – A
Focused Analysis‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
7. The key message of the
Buddha was that we need to remove the greed, hate, and ignorance that we all
have in our minds, and by doing that we can experience the nirāmisa sukha that
is of better quality and of permanent nature. Let us now discuss the basic
meditation technique that will start us on the correct path to achieve lasting
happiness.
7.Žß‘¸‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‘Sˆõ‚ªƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É•ø‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚éæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł ‚è�A‚»‚¤‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�AŽ¿‚Ì—Ç‚¢�A‰i‘±“I‚È�«Ž¿‚Ìnirāmisa sukha‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‰i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢“¹‚ð•à‚Þ‚½‚߂̊î–{“I‚ÈáÒ‘z‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B
Tipiṭaka‚©‚ç‚Ì‚æ‚葽‚‚Ì�Ø‹’�FIs Ānāpānasati Breath Meditation?
7. What is Ānāpāna?
The
top 10 posts in this section describe the fundamentals of Buddhist meditation.
The rest of the posts in this section are on possible meditation subjects and
can be used to clarify unresolved questions, and to gain samādhi.
The first 11 posts should be followed in that order, at least initially.
Revised April 2, 2017 (#4); September 2
(#11)
‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì�ãˆÊ10Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A•§‹³‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌŠî‘b‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŽc‚è‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�l‚¦‚ç‚ê‚éáÒ‘z‚̃e�[ƒ}‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A–¢‰ðŒˆ‚ÌŽ¿–â‚𖾊m‚É‚µ�AƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒB�[‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚邽‚߂Ɏg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚Ì11Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à�Å�‰‚Í‚±‚Ì�‡�˜‚ŃtƒHƒ��[‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
1. The Ānāpānasati
Sutta in the Majjhima Nikaya (Ānāpānasati
Sutta, MN 118) starts off with the following, just
after the very first verse:
Ānāpānassati, bhikkhave, bhāvithā bahulīkathā mahāpphalā hoti mahānisansā. Ānāpānassati, bhikkhave, bhāvithā bahulīkathā chattāro satipaṭṭhāna paripūreti. Chattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvithā bahulīkathā saptha bojjhaṅga paripūrenti. Saptha bojjhaṅgā bhāvithā bahulīkathā vijjā vimuttin paripūrenti.�c..
That
means: �gĀnāpānasati , Bhikkhus, when
practiced frequently bears much fruits and leads to much benefits. Ānāpānasati , Bhikkhus, when
cultivated and pursued, brings the four Satipaṭṭhānas to their
completion. The four Satipaṭṭhānas, when cultivated and
pursued, bring the seven bojjangas to their completion. The
seven bojjangas, when cultivated and pursued, bring vijjā (opposite
of avijjā) and vimutti (or Nibbāna) to
their completion�c.�h
Instead, ānapāna MEANS cultivating Satipaṭṭhāna, saptha
bojjanga, etc., by �gtaking in morals�h and �gexpelling immorals�h as we
discuss below.
1. Majjhima Nikaya‚ÌĀnāpānasati Sutta�iĀnāpānasatiSutta�AMN 118�j‚Í�A�Å�‰‚Ì�߂̒¼Œã‚ÉŽŸ‚̂悤‚ÉŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�u”ä‹u‚æ�AĀnāpānasati‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚邯�A•p”ɂɑ½‚‚ÌŽÀ‚ðŒ‹‚Ñ�A‘½‚‚̉¶Œb‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B ”ä‹u‚æ�AĀnāpānasati‚Í�Aˆç‚݋ɂ߂Ă¢‚‚Æ�A4‚‚ÌSatipaṭṭhānas‚ðŠ®�¬‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B 4‚‚ÌSatipaṭṭhānas‚Í�Aˆç‚݋ɂ߂Ă¢‚‚Æ7‚‚Ìbojjangas‚ðŠ®�¬‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B7‚‚Ìbojjangas‚Í�Aˆç‚݋ɂ߂½Žž‚Évijjā�iavijjā‚Ì”½‹`Œê�j‚Ævimutti�i‚·‚Ȃ킿Nibbāna�j‚ðŠ®�¬‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B�v
‚³‚Ä�Aānapāna‚ª�u‘§‚ð‹z‚¢�ž‚ñ‚Å‘§‚ð“f‚�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�ê�‡�A4‚‚ÌSatipaṭṭhānas�A7‚‚Ìbojjangas�Aavijjā‚Ì�œ‹Ž�A‚¨‚æ‚уjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚Ì’B�¬‚ɂǂ̂悤‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�B’N‚©‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð‰Â”\‚¾‚Æ�^Œ•‚É�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚©�H
‘ã‚í‚è‚É�Aānapāna‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�A�u“¹“¿‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ê�v�A�u•s“¹“¿‚ð’Ç‚¢•¥‚¤�v‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�ASatipaṭṭhāna�Asaptha bojjanga‚Ȃǂðˆç�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
2. Satipaṭṭhāna bhāvana is a more detailed
version of the Ānāpānasati bhāvana. Thus it is important to learn
the correct version of the Ānāpānasati. If one does Ānāpānasati correctly,
it can be easily turned to Satipaṭṭhāna bhāvana.
2.Satipaṭṭhāna bhāvana‚Í�AĀnāpānasati bhāvana‚Ì‚æ‚è�Ú�ׂȃo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AĀnāpānasati
‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B Ānāpānasati‚ð�³‚µ‚ŽÀ�s‚·‚ê‚Î�AŠÈ’P‚ÉSatipaṭṭhāna bhāvana‚ɕς¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
3. First let us
figure out exactly what the Buddha meant by �gāna�h and �gāpāna�h in
�gāna+āpāna+sati�h which rhymes as ānāpānasati; of course �gsati�h
is mindfulness.
When cleaning the room, the child needs to get rid of the
clutter (passa), but also can take in (assa) something like a
flower vase to make the room look more pleasant, or to take in a chair that can
be useful.
3.‚Ü‚¸�AŽß‘¸‚ª�uāna+āpāna+ sati�v‚Ì�uāna�v‚Æ�uāpāna�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĉ½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ð�³Šm‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�usati�v‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX‚Å‚·�B
�uāna�v‚ÍŽæ‚è“ü‚ê‚Å‚·�BƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Å‚Í�A�uānayānaya�v‚Í�u—A“ü�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �uāpāna�v‚Í”jŠü‚Å‚·�BƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Å‚Í�A�uapānayānaya�v‚Í�u—A�o�v‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uāna�v+�uāpāna�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�unapāna�v‚Í�uŽæ‚è�ž‚Ý/”jŠü�v‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒCƒ“ƒ|�[ƒg/ƒGƒNƒXƒ|�[ƒg‚Å‚·�B
�uAssa�v‚Í�uāna�v‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å�A�upassa�v‚Í�uāpāna�v‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�BƒXƒŠƒ‰ƒ“ƒJ‚Å‚Í�A�e‚ªŽq‹Ÿ‚É�ukāmaraya�i•”‰®�jassa passa�i‚·‚Ȃ킿aspas�jkar sayingganna�v‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚ÄŽ©•ª‚Ì•”‰®‚ð‘|�œ‚·‚邿‚¤‚ÉŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•”‰®‚ð‘|�œ‚·‚邯‚«�AŽq‹Ÿ‚ÍŽU‚ç‚©‚Á‚½•¨‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚�ipassa�j•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‰Ô•r‚̂悤‚È‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ê‚Ä�iassa�j�A•”‰®‚ð‚æ‚è”ü‚µ‚Œ©‚¹‚½‚è�A•Ö—˜‚Ȉ֎q‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ꂽ‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�@
4. During the
time of the Buddha itself, auxiliary suttā as well as commentaries
(�gAtthakatha�g) were written to explain the key words/phrases in the main
suttā that were abbreviated for easy transmission; see, �gPreservation of Dhamma�g.
There are two important suttā, Assāsa sutta and
the Parama Assāsa sutta that describe how one should �gtake
in�h kusala thoughts and �gdiscard�h akusala thoughts;
that is �gāna�h+�hāpāna�h (ānapāna) or �gassa/passa�h,
for cleaning up (the mind).
For example, there are several conventional and deeper meanings
to the key words �gatta�h and �ganatta�g, and one needs to be able
figure out which meaning to use for a given case; see, �gAtta Hi Attano
Natho�g, �gAnatta – the Opposite of Which Atta?�g, and links in those posts.
4.Žß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚É‚Í�AŠÈ’P‚É“`‚í‚邿‚¤‚É�È—ª‚³‚ꂽŽå—v‚È•§–@‚̃L�[ƒ��[ƒh/ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ð�à–¾‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A•â�•“I‚Èsutta‚Æ’�Žß�i�uAtthakatha�v�j‚ª�‘‚©‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�BPreservation of Dhamma‚ð‚²——‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B 2‚‚Ì�d—v‚Èsutta‚ªAssāsa sutta‚ÆParama Assāsa sutta‚Å‚ ‚è�Akusala‚Ì�l‚¦‚ð�uŽæ‚è“ü‚ê�v�Aakusala‚Ì�l‚¦‚ð�u”jŠü�v‚·‚é•û–@‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðƒNƒŠ�[ƒ“ƒAƒbƒv‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�uāna�v+�u�gpāna�v�iānapāna�j‚·‚Ȃ킿�uassa / passa�v‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B
Mahasaccaka Sutta‚Å‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚ªSaccaka‚É�A‚Ü‚¾•ìŽF‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ð’T‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é� ‚ÉAlara Kalama ‚Æ Uddacaramaputt‚ÌŽwަ‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�uŒÄ‹záÒ‘z�v‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚É�s‚Á‚½‚©‚ð�à–¾‚·‚邯‚«‚É�A�uŒÄ‹z‚̃Cƒ“‚ƃAƒEƒg�v‚ðŽ¦‚·‚½‚ß‚É�uassa/passa�v‚àŽg‚í‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚Ìsutta‚ÌŽŸ‚Ì�ß‚Í�A”Þ‚ª‚»‚ÌŽè–@‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß‚Ä�³‚µ‚¢“¹‚É�i‚ñ‚¾‚±‚Æ‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A�󋵂ɉž‚¶‚Ä�A“Á’è‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚ª“K�؂ȃRƒ“ƒeƒLƒXƒg‚ÅŽg—p‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�uatta�v‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�uanatta�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒL�[ƒ��[ƒh‚É‚Í�A‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì�]—ˆ‚Ì‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ª‚ ‚è�A“Á’è‚̃P�[ƒX‚łǂ̈Ӗ¡‚ðŽg—p‚·‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BAtta Hi Attano Natho�g, �gAnatta – the Opposite of Which Atta?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
5. When one knows
what kusala/akusala kamma are, the first thing to do is to
prevent from doing akusala kamma and to make an effort to
do kusala kamma by engaging in meritorious actions (puñña
kriya); see, �gTen Immoral
Actions (Dasa Akusala)�h, and �gPunna Kamma –
Dāna, Sīla, Bhāvanā�h.
AND one cannot do a proper formal Ānāpānasati meditation
and get to even samādhi, let alone a jhāna, unless one
leads a moral life. The five hindrances are too strong to be suppressed; see, �gKey to Calming
the Mind – Five Hindrances�h.
5. kusala / akusala kamma‚ª‰½‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A�Å�‰‚É�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Í�Aakusala kamma‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Æ�A‰¿’l‚ ‚é�s“®�ipuñña kriya�j‚É�]Ž–‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Äkusala kamma‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚邽‚߂̓w—Í‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃł·�BTen Immoral
Actions (Dasa Akusala)�h, and �gPunna Kamma –
Dāna, Sīla, Bhāvanā‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚ª“¹“¿“I‚È�l�¶‚ð‘—‚é‚Æ‚«�A�l‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚ÉĀnāpānasati‚ÌŠî–{“I‚ÈŒ`‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�l‚Í“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚ð‘—‚ç‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A“K�Ø‚È�³Ž®‚ÈĀnāpānasatiƒBáÒ‘z‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚¸�Ajhāna ‚Ç‚±‚ë‚©samādhi‚É‚³‚¦‚à“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
5‚‚Ì�áŠQ‚Í‹‚·‚¬‚Ä—}�§‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚̂ł ‚ê‚ÎKey to Calming
the Mind – Five Hindrances‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
6. Formal Ānāpānasati
bhāvana can be done in a formal sitting or walking meditation
session, while engaging in the basic version (taking in what is
good/discarding what is bad) all the time.
When one gets to samādhi, the mind goes on �gauto
pilot�h; you will feel that your mind is taking charge and you need to exert
less effort to keep the focus.
6.�³Ž®‚ÈĀnāpānasati bhāvana‚Í�AŠî–{“I‚ȃo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“�i—Ç‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ê�Aˆ«‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ð”jŠü‚·‚é�j‚É�펞�]Ž–‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç�A�³Ž®‚É�À‚Á‚½‚è�A‚Ü‚½‚Í•à‚áÒ‘z‚Å�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Samatha bhāvanā‚ðŒÂ•Ê‚É�s‚¤•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�©‚È�ê�Š‚Å–Ú‚ð•‚¶‚Ä�³Ž®‚ÈĀnāpānasatiƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�s‚¤‚Æ�AŽ©“®“I‚Ésamādhi‚É“ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B—Ç‚¢�l‚¦‚ðˆç‚Ä�Aˆ«‚¢�l‚¦‚ðŽÌ‚Ă܂µ‚傤�B‚ƂĂàƒVƒ“ƒvƒ‹‚Å‚·�B
�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�s‚¤‚à‚¤1‚‚̂±‚Æ‚Í�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ȃǂ̓Á’è‚ÌdhammaƒRƒ“ƒZƒvƒg ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·
‚±‚ê‚Í–{“–‚É�uāna�v‚É�Å“_‚𓖂ĂĂ¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
samādhi‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�uŽ©“®‘€�c�v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ɏ哱Œ ‚ª‚ ‚邿‚¤‚ÉŠ´‚¶�A�W’†—Í‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚邽‚߂ɂæ‚è�‚È‚¢˜J—͂ł·‚݂܂·�B
1. When one does the basic version while engaged in other
activities, one is only being mindful of what one is engaged in, i.e., the task
at hand. That task presumably does not involve any of the BIG EIGHT we
discussed previously; see, �gThe Basics in Meditation�h. It could be a
technical task or a daily chore like washing dishes or driving. Be
mindful of just the task (washing, driving, etc). Here one will NOT get
into samādhi, so there is no danger in injuring oneself; Many people get into
accidents while driving, because they are not being mindful of driving.
However, if one does not have a specific task (say, when riding
a bus or waiting at the doctor�fs office), one could be engaged in Ānāpānasati
bhāvanā. When our minds are not focused on something (like in the above
mentioned cases), all sorts of ideas bubble up. As we discussed in �gThe Basics in Meditation�h. These are due
to deeply-ingrained habits or āsavā that we have acquired not only in this life
but also from previous lives.
‘¼‚ÌŠˆ“®‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚ÉŠî–{ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚邯‚«�AŽ©•ª‚ª�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì�A‚‚܂è–Ú‘O‚̃^ƒXƒN‚ɂ̂ݒ�ˆÓ‚𕥂¢‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚̃^ƒXƒN‚Í�AˆÈ‘O‚É‹c˜_‚µ‚½BIG EIGHT‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚à‚¨‚»‚炊܂܂Ȃ¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�BThe Basics in Meditation‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚ê‚Í‹Z�p“I‚ÈŽdŽ–‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚µ�AŽM�ô‚¢‚â‰^“]‚̂悤‚È–ˆ“ú‚ÌŽG—p‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽdŽ–�i�ô‘ó�A‰^“]‚È‚Ç�j‚¾‚¯‚É’�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚±‚ł̓Tƒ}ƒfƒB‚É“ü‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚Å�A‰ö‰ä‚ð‚·‚éŠëŒ¯‚ð‚È‚‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‰^“]’†‚ÉŽ–ŒÌ‚É‘˜‚¤�l‚ª‘½‚¢‚Ì‚Í�A‰^“]‚ð‚¿‚á‚ñ‚ƈӎ¯‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚½‚߂ł·�B
‚½‚¾‚µ�A“Á’è‚̃^ƒXƒN‚ª‚È‚¢�ê�‡�iƒoƒX‚É�æ‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚â�f—Ã�Š‚Å‘Ò‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚È‚Ç�j‚Í�A�uĀnāpānasati bhāvanā �v‚É�]Ž–‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‰½‚©‚É�W’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�ê�‡�i�ã‹L‚Ì�ê�‡‚̂悤‚É�j�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŽí—ނ̃AƒCƒfƒA‚ª•‚�サ‚Ü‚·�BThe Basics in Meditation‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A‘O�¢‚©‚ç‚à�g‚ɂ‚¯‚Ä‚«‚½�A�[‚�ª•t‚¢‚½�Kе‚â�uāsavā�v‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B
8. The more we keep
reviving or re-living this habit (i.e., doing āna/apāna or assa/passa),
we strengthen that good habit (gati).
We have come all this way in the cycle of rebirths that are
mostly filled with suffering because of our bad habits (gati) that have
been percolated to very dense state of deep-seated cravings (āsavas). It
may take some time to develop this �gāna/pāna�h, but you will definitely
see results in a few weeks to few months.
8.Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚Ì�Kе‚𕜊ˆ‚Ü‚½‚Í•œŠˆ‚³‚¹‘±‚¯‚é�i‚‚܂èāna/apāna‚·‚Ȃ킿assa / passa‚ð�s‚¤�j‚Ù‚Ç�A‚»‚Ì—Ç‚¢�Kе�igati�j‚ð‹‰»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�A�ª�[‚¢Š‰–]�iāsavas �j‚ª”ñ�í‚É–§“x‚Ì”Z‚¢�ó‘Ô‚Å�Z“§‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鈫‚¢�Kе�igati�j‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�A‹ê‚µ‚݂ł¢‚Á‚Ï‚¢‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä�u�Ä�¶‚̃TƒCƒNƒ‹�v‚É–ß‚Á‚Ä‚‚邿‚¤‚É‚µ‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚Ì�uāna/pāna�v‚ðŠJ”‚·‚é‚ɂ͎žŠÔ‚ª‚©‚©‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�”�TŠÔ‚©‚ç�”‚©ŒŽ‚ÅŒ‹‰Ê‚ªŠmŽÀ‚É•\‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
9. In the ānapānapabba of
the Satipaṭṭhāna sutta, it says, �g..sō satō vā assa sati,
satō vā passa sati. Digham vā assasantō digham assasāmi ti pajānāti, digham vā
passasantō digham passasāmi ti pajānāti, �c�c�h Here it DOES NOT mean
�gtake long breaths in, expel long breaths out�h; rather it means, �gget rid of
old bad habits, and cultivate the old good habits�h.
There is no way that one can purify one�fs mind by breathing
in/out, even though it can get one�fs mind to calm down (samatha). The
correct way of doing it does both samatha and vipassāna together.
9.Satipaṭṭhāna sutta‚Ìānapānapabba‚É‚Í�A�u..sō satō vā assa sati�Asatō v āpassa sati. Digham vā assasantō digham assasāmi ti pajānāti,
digham vā passasantō digham passasāmi ti pajānāti�A�c�c�h‚Æ�‘‚©‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�u’·‚¢‘§‚ð‹z‚¢�ž‚ñ‚Å�A’·‚¢‘§‚ð“f‚«�o‚·�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�uŒÃ‚¢ˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�AŒÃ‚¢—Ç‚¢�Kе‚ðˆç‚Ä‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
“¯—l‚É�AŽŸ‚Ì•¶�u..rassam vā assasantō�c�v‚Í�A’Z‚¢ŒÄ‹z‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł͂Ȃ�A�ŋߎæ‚è‘g‚ñ‚¾—Ç‚¢�Kе�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�ŋ߃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É”E‚Ñ�ž‚ÝŽn‚ß‚½ˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�B�i‚à‚µ‚ ‚é‚̂ł ‚ê‚Î�j
�S‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚é�isamatha�j‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŒÄ‹z‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚Å�S‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ð�s‚¤�³‚µ‚¢•û–@‚Í�Asamatha‚Ævipassāna‚Ì—¼•û‚ðˆê��‚ÉŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
10. When we think a
bit more about this, we realize that what needs to be discarded are micchā
diṭṭhi (wrong views), micchā saṅkappa (wrong thoughts
or ideas), micchā vācā (incorrect, harmful speech), micchā
kammaṃta (incorrect/harmful actions), micchā ājiva (incorrect/harmful
way of living), micchā vāyāma (tendency to strive on immoral
activities), micchā sati (tendency to focus on immoral
activities); when one does all that micchā samādhi (tendency
to get absorbed in immoral ideas/actions) is the result.
Put it in another way, Ānāpānasati is nothing
but �gtaking in�h the Noble Eightfold Path and �g�hdiscarding�h the opposite.
10.‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à‚¤�‚µ�l‚¦‚邯�A”jŠü‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚Í�Amicchā
diṭṭhi�iŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒrƒ…�[�j�Amicchā saṅkappa�iŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�l‚¦‚âƒAƒCƒfƒA�j�Amicchā vācā�i�³‚µ‚‚È‚¢�A—LŠQ‚ȃXƒs�[ƒ`�j�Amicchā kammaṃta�i�³‚µ‚‚È‚¢/—LŠQ‚È�s“®�j�Amicchā ājiva�i�³‚µ‚‚È‚¢/—LŠQ‚È�¶‚«•û�j�Amicchā vāyāma�i•s“¹“¿‚ÈŠˆ“®‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚ÞŒXŒü�j�Amicchā sati�i•s“¹“¿‚ÈŠˆ“®‚É�W’†‚·‚éŒXŒü�j;‚»‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂªmicchā samādhi�i•s“¹“¿‚È�l‚¦‚â�s“®‚É–v“ª‚·‚éŒXŒü�j‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ‚«‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Å‚·�B
“¯—l‚É�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�uŽæ‚è�ž‚Þ�v•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚Í�Asammā diṭṭhi�Asammā saṅkappa�Asammā vācā�Asammā kammaṃta�Asammā ājiva�Asammā vāyama�Asammā sati‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚𑱂¯‚邯�AŽ©“®“I‚Ésammā samādhi‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
•ʂ̌¾‚¢•û‚ð‚·‚ê‚Î�AĀnāpānasati‚Í”ª�³“¹‚ð�uŽæ‚è�ž‚ñ‚Å�v�A”½‘΂̂à‚Ì‚ð�uŽÌ‚Ä‚é�v‚±‚Ƃɑ¼‚È‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
11. The
longer one �gtakes in�h or �glives�h the Noble Eightfold Path and �grejects�h
the opposite, easier it becomes to get to samādhi in a formal meditation
session. When samādhi grows little by little, one day one will automatically
get into the first Ariya jhāna. However, there is one more
thing that is needed before getting to the Ariya jhānā: an
understanding of anicca, dukkha, ānatta. We will discuss why in a
future post.
11.”ª�³“¹‚ð�uŽæ‚è“ü‚ê�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�¶‚«�v�A‚»‚ê‚É”½‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð�u‹‘�â�v‚·‚鎞ŠÔ‚ª’·‚¢‚Ù‚Ç�A�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Åsamādhi‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚«‚â‚·‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B samādhi‚ª�‚µ‚¸‚Â�¬’·‚·‚邯�A‚ ‚é“úŽ©“®“I‚É�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚É“ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�AAriya jhānā‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‘O‚É•K—v‚È‚±‚Æ‚ª‚à‚¤1‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Banicca�Adukkha�Aānatta‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚Ì—�—R‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�¡Œã‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�uānapāna�v‚ðˆê“ú’†‚Å‚«‚邾‚¯—û�K‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�BŽžŠÔ‚ªŒo‚‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�univana�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uNibbāna‚Ì–¡�v‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
•§–@‚Í‹VŽ®‚É•t‚«�]‚¤‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚·‚ׂă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃł ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ͓w—Í‚Æ�W’†—Í‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B�Å�‰‚Í‚»‚ê‚͓‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A�l‚ª�‚µ‚¸‚Âsamādhi‚𓾂é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A‚â‚é‹C‚ª�o‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚·�B�”‚©ŒŽ‚·‚ê‚Î�AŽ©•ª‚Ì�l�¶‚ð�U‚è•Ô‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚ꂪ‚æ‚è—Ç‚¢•ûŒü‚ɕω»‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ðŽÌ‚Ä�A“¹“¿‚ð—{‚¤‚·‚È‚í‚¿Žæ‚è“ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚©‚çŽn‚߂邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚Åānāpānasati bhāvana ‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚é‚É‚Í�usan�v�Aanicca�Aanatta‚Ì–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð’m‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�ii�j�usan�v‚·‚Ȃ킿‰˜‚ê‚ð”jŠü‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�@�@�@�@�@San‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
�iii�jŽO‘ŠTilakkhana‚Ì‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ð’m‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�BAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta‚ðŽQ�Æ
8. The Basic Formal Anāpānasati Meditation
The top 10 posts in this section
describe the fundamentals of Buddhist meditation. The rest of the posts in this
section are on possible meditation subjects and can be used to clarify
unresolved questions, and to gain samādhi. The first 11 posts
should be followed in that order, at least initially.
‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì�ãˆÊ10Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A•§‹³‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌŠî‘b‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŽc‚è‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�l‚¦‚ç‚ê‚éáÒ‘z‚̃e�[ƒ}‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A–¢‰ðŒˆ‚ÌŽ¿–â‚𖾊m‚É‚µ�AƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒB�[‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚邽‚߂Ɏg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚Ì11Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à�Å�‰‚Í‚±‚Ì�‡�˜‚ŃtƒHƒ��[‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
1. As we discussed in the previous posts of this series, it is
important to live a moral life without engaging in the BIG EIGHT in order to
achieve the full benefits of meditation. One could start even while making
progress on the BIG EIGHT, and these formal sessions will help with those as
well.
1.‚±‚̃VƒŠ�[ƒY‚̈ȑO‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�AáÒ‘z‚̃�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ð�Å‘åŒÀ‚ÉŠˆ—p‚·‚é‚É‚Í�ABIG EIGHT‚É�]Ž–‚¹‚¸‚É“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B BIG EIGHT‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ä�i•à‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éŠÔ‚É‚àŽn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�³Ž®‚ȃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚É‚à–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B
2. Now let us talk
about how to do the correct ānāpānasati meditation as taught
by the Buddha; see, �g7. What is Ānāpāna?�g.
First pick out a quiet time slot that you can allocate without
having to worry about other tasks. Initially, 10-15 minutes a day would be fine
and you can extend the time to several hours when the benefits of proper
meditation becomes clear and you start feeling the nirāmisa sukha.
2.‚±‚±‚Å�AŽß‘¸‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‹³‚¦‚ç‚ꂽ�³‚µ‚¢ānāpānasatiáÒ‘z‚ð�s‚¤•û–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ęb‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B7. What is Ānāpāna?
�Å�‰‚É�A‘¼‚̃^ƒXƒN‚ð‹C‚É‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢�©‚ÈŽžŠÔ‘Ñ‚ð‘I‚т܂·�B�Å�‰‚Í�A1“ú10〜15•ª‚Å�\•ª‚Å‚·�B“K�Ø‚ÈáÒ‘z‚Ì—˜“_‚ª–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè�Anirāmisa sukha‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邿‚¤‚É‚È‚é‚Æ�AŽžŠÔ‚ð�”ŽžŠÔ‚ɉ„’·‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
3. Pick out a room
away from external disturbances as much as possible. A room that can be
darkened and the door can be closed would be ideal. Sit in a comfortable chair
with arm rest, and this becomes important when one start getting into samādhi, because
the body could become less rigid and tends to slide off (however,
some people including myself tend to �gfreeze�h just like in samādhi statues).
Anyway, do not make the chair too comfortable because you may
fall asleep. With practice this sleepiness will automatically go away, when the
mind starts liking the meditation sessions, i.e., when one of the pancanivarana,
thina middha, is automatically removed. One comes out of samādhi energized.
3.ŠO‚Ì‘›‚ª‚µ‚³‚©‚ç‚Å‚«‚邾‚¯—£‚ê‚Ä•”‰®‚ð‘I‚т܂·�BˆÃ‚‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�AƒhƒA‚ð•‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é•”‰®‚ª—�‘z“I‚Å‚·�BƒA�[ƒ€ƒŒƒXƒg•t‚«‚̉õ“K‚Ȉ֎q‚É�À‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Asamādhi‚É“ü‚邯‚«‚É�d—v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�g‘̂̂±‚í‚΂肪‚È‚‚È‚è�AŠŠ‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚邽‚߂ł·�i‚½‚¾‚µ�AŽ„‚ðŠÜ‚ވꕔ‚Ì�l‚Í�AƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒB‘œ‚̂悤‚É�u“€‚é�vŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j
‚Ƃɂ©‚�A–°‚è‚É—Ž‚¿‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚Å�AˆÖŽq‚ð‚ ‚Ü‚è‰õ“K‚É‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B—û�K‚ð‚·‚ê‚Î�A‚±‚Ì–°‹C‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚ɂȂ‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ªáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�D‚«‚É‚È‚é‚Æ�A‚‚܂è�Apancanivarana‚Ì1‚‚ł ‚éthina middha‚ªŽ©“®“I‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Ì‚ ‚éƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚©‚ç�o‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚·�B
4. Sit in the chair
with the hands on the lap and eyes closed. What we will be trying to do is to
ward off any thoughts of lust, cravings, etc. (kāmacchanda), any
thoughts of hate (vyāpāda) in particular, and also any stray thoughts
such as on kids or other pending tasks. We want to experience the �gcooling
down�h due to the absence of kāmachanda and vyāpāda,
and also to focus the mind on a Dhamma concept. For those who are starting out,
it may be good to do the following first:
Thinking about the serenity of a Buddha statue helps in the case
of both kāmacchanda and vyāpāda (and any
stray thought).
4.•G‚ÉŽè‚ð“Y‚¦‚Ä–Ú‚ð•‚¶�AˆÖŽq‚É�À‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�A—~–]‚⊉–]‚ȂǂÌ�l‚¦�ikāmacchanda�j�A“Á‚É‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�l‚¦�ivyāpāda�j�A‚»‚µ‚ÄŽq‹Ÿ‚⑼‚ۗ̕¯’†‚̃^ƒXƒN‚ȂǂÌ�u‚³‚܂悤�l‚¦�v‚ð’Ç‚¢•¥‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�Bkāmachanda‚Ævyāpāda‚ª‚È‚‚Ȃ邱‚Ƃɂæ‚é�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ�ADhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�W’†‚³‚¹‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¤Žn‚߂Ă¢‚é�l‚Í�A�Å�‰‚ÉŽŸ‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª—Ç‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�F
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª“¦‚°‚é‚Ì‚ð–h‚®‚½‚ß‚É�A�u‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚ª�K‚¹‚ÅŒ’�N‚Å‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚ƃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É—¯‚ß‘±‚¯‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚Ü‚½‚Í�A�Å‹ß�s‚Á‚½Š°‘å‚È�sˆ×‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A“Ë‘R�A‚ ‚éŽí‚ÌŠ¯”\“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ�i‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ÌŠ´Šo‚É‚æ‚é�j‚Ì�l‚¦‚ɃhƒŠƒtƒg‚·‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BˆÓ�}“I‚É‚»‚Ì�l‚¦‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�AŒ³‚̃^ƒXƒN‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�W’†‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B
�i’N‚©‚Ü‚½‚͉½‚©‚ÉŒü‚¯‚½�j‘žˆ«‚Ì�l‚¦‚ªŽv‚¢•‚‚©‚ñ‚¾�ê�‡‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�l‚¦‚à‹�§“I‚É’âŽ~‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�l‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä—Ç‚¢�l‚¦‚ðŒÌˆÓ‚É�l‚¦‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B�Å‚à”Ú—ò‚È�l‚Å‚³‚¦�A‚»‚Ì�l‚ðˆ¤‚·‚é—F�l/‰Æ‘°‚ª‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¨‚‚±‚Æ‚Í�d—v‚Å‚·�B�½ŽÀ‚É�uX‚Í�K‚¹‚ÅŒ’�N‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì�l‚ðŒy•Ì‚·‚é�³“–‚È—�—R‚ª‚ ‚邯‚µ‚Ä‚à�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽdŽ–‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚鑞‚µ‚݂̊´�î‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃł ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�A�«—ˆ�A’N‚©‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚É”½‘΂µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‹‚¢‘žˆ«‚ÌŠ´�î‚ð•ø‚‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
•§‘œ‚Ì�¯‚³‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚Í�Akāmacchanda‚Ævyāpāda‚Ì—¼•û‚Ì�ê�‡�i‚»‚µ‚Ä‚³‚܂悤�l‚¦�j‚É–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B
5. Once one gets some
practice to sit at one place with a focused mind for a little while, one should
start meditating or contemplating on Dhamma concepts. It may be a good idea to start with the introductory posts (posts above this post).
After that, one could read one of the posts from the �gKey
Dhamma Concepts�h on the top menu just before the meditation session and then
contemplate on those concepts; for example, one could think about examples on �ganicca�g:
We cannot maintain anything to our satisfaction over long term. If you are old
enough you have many examples on your own. If you are young, you can still
maintain your body, hair, teeth, etc to your liking but when you get to middle
age, you will see that it is an impossible task. The easiest is to think about
your parents/grand parents and see how their bodies have changed, how they are
unable to keep their bodies the way they would like.
5.‚·‚±‚µ‚ÌŠÔ‚Å‚¢‚¢‚Ì‚Å1‚‚̂±‚Æ‚É�W’†‚µ‚Ä�À‚é—û�K‚ð‚µ‚½‚ç�ADhamma‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄáÒ‘z‚Ü‚½‚Í�n�l‚ðŽn‚߂܂·�B
ƒCƒ“ƒgƒ�ƒ_ƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚̃e�[ƒ}‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚é‚̂͗ǂ¢�l‚¦‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚ÌŒã�AáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì’¼‘O‚Ƀgƒbƒvƒ�ƒjƒ…�[‚É‚ ‚é�uKey Dhamma Concepts�v‚Ì1‚‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�uanicca�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í’·Šú‚ɂ킽‚Á‚ĉ½‚à–ž‘«‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚Ɉێ�‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚ ‚È‚½‚ª�\•ª‚É”N‚ðŽæ‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚È‚ç�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚ ‚È‚½Ž©�g‚Å‘½‚‚̗Ⴊ‚ ‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�BŽá‚¢�ê�‡‚Å‚à�A‘Ì�A”¯�AŽ•‚Ȃǂð�D‚«‚Ȃ悤‚Ɉێ�‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A’†”N‚É‚È‚é‚Æ�A‚»‚ê‚Í•s‰Â”\‚ÈŽ–‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B�Å‚àŠÈ’P‚Ȃ̂Í�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì—¼�e/‘c•ƒ•ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦�A”Þ‚ç‚̑̂ª‚ǂ̂悤‚ɕω»‚µ‚½‚©�A”ނ炪”Þ‚ç‚Ì–]‚ނ悤‚ɔނç‚̑̂ð•ۂ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Ƃł·�B
You could actually read any post from any area of the site and
use that as a �gfocal point�h on the meditation session later on. Not all
sections are relevant to everyone. Different
people can get to samādhi focusing on different topics. The only posts that is absolutely necessary are
the ones on anicca, dukkha, anatta. But if they are hard to grasp,
one should probably start at the �gMoral Living�h section. It is a matter of
getting used to new concepts. In meditation, one will automatically �gdrift
to samādhi�h when the concepts become clear; the mind becomes awake
and clear.
‚±‚Ì‚½‚߂ɕ§–@‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�¢ŠE‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚ÉŒ©‚é‚©�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤�V‚µ‚¢ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚à’ljÁ‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�uMyths about Meditation�v‚ÌŒã‚ɒljÁ‚µ‚½ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚Í�AáÒ‘z‚̃ZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì‘O‚ɓǂñ‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚̃AƒCƒfƒA‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚·‚é‚̂ɓK‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AA Simple Way to
Enhance Merits (Kusala) and Avoid Demerits (Akusala)‚Ȃǂł·�B‚»‚̉º‚É‚ ‚鑼‚Ì3‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�Aˆê•”‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ª�‚µ�㋉ŽÒŒü‚¯‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚à‚µ‚»‚¤‚È‚ç�AŽü•Ó‚Ì‘¼‚Ì“K�؂Ȃà‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B�Å�I“I‚É‚Í�AKey Dhamma ConceptsƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚¸Moral Living and
Fundamentals‚ð“ǂނ±‚Æ‚ð‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�AƒTƒCƒg‚Ì”CˆÓ‚̗̈悩‚çƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ðáÒ‘z‚Ì�u�Å“_�v‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŽg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·
‚·‚ׂẴZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ª‚·‚ׂĂÌ�l‚É“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚킯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Ž©•ª‚É‚ ‚Á‚½ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ŃTƒ}�[ƒfƒB�[‚ÉŽŠ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�â‘΂ɕK—v‚Ȃ̂Íanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚¢�ê�‡‚Í�A‚¨‚»‚ç‚Moral Living and
Fundamentals‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚µ‚傤�B�V‚µ‚¢ŠT”O‚ɂ͊µ‚ê‚é‚Ì‚ª‚¢‚¢‚Å‚·�BáÒ‘z‚Å‚Í�AŠT”O‚ª–¾‚ç‚©‚É‚È‚é‚Æ�AŽ©“®“I‚É�uƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚ɃhƒŠƒtƒg�v‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª–ÚŠo‚߂˾Šm‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
6. Inevitably, your
mind will try to wander off during the session. Stopping lustful and hateful
thoughts is the main task of this formal meditation session. If any
distracting thought comes to the mind, DO NOT let it �grun wild�h; this is what
is called �gbeing mindful�h. Keep a sharp eye on such stray thoughts and put a
stop soon as they surface.
Once one gets the mind to calm down some, one could start
focusing on the good/bad habits that one has, in addition to �gtaking in�h Dhamma
concepts.
6.•K‘R“I‚É�A‚ ‚È‚½‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̓ZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“’†‚ɂӂç‚ӂ炵‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌŽå‚ȃ^ƒXƒN‚Í�AæÃ—~‚Å‘žˆ«‚Ì�l‚¦‚ð‚â‚߂邱‚Ƃł·�B‹C‚ªŽU‚邿‚¤‚È�l‚¦‚ª“ª‚É•‚‚©‚ñ‚¾�ê�‡‚Í�A‚»‚ꂪ�u‹ì‚¯‰ñ‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ð‚³‚¹‚È‚¢‚Å‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚ꂪ‚¢‚í‚ä‚é�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�u‚³‚܂悤�l‚¦�v‚ɉs‚¢–Ú‚ðŒü‚¯�A‚»‚ꂪ•‚�サ‚Ä‚«‚½‚ç‚·‚®‚É‚»‚ê‚ðŽ~‚߂Ă‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ì�áŠQ�ithina midha�Auddhacca kukkucca�Avicikicca�j‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚Ƀ_ƒEƒ“‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�u—Ç‚¢áÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“�v‚ÌŒã‚Í�A‘u‰õ‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚邱‚ƂɋÁ‚‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
�Å�‰‚͓‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�ABIG EIGHT‚Ì�󋵂ɂæ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A1�TŠÔ‚©‚ç1‚©ŒŽˆÈ“à‚ÉŒ‹‰Ê‚ðŠm”F‚Å‚«‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚à�™�X‚ÉŒ¸�‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�S‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚é�S‚ð‚‚©‚ñ‚¾‚ç�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚̃Rƒ“ƒZƒvƒg‚ð�uŽæ‚è“ü‚ê‚é�v‚±‚ƂɉÁ‚¦‚Ä�AŽ©•ª‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‘Pˆ«‚Ì�Kе‚É�Å“_‚𓖂Ă邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
7. In the Anapānapabba of
the Satipaṭṭhāna sutta, it says, �g..sō satō vā assa sati,
satō vā passa sati. Digham vā assasantō digham assasāmi ti pajānāti, digham vā
passasantō digham passasāmi ti pajānāti, �c�c�h Here it DOES NOT mean
�gtake long breaths in, expel long breaths out�h; rather it means, �gget rid of
old bad habits, and cultivate the old good habits�h.
In the above verse, sati is a very important
term; it is not mere concentration, but contemplation with an understanding
of anicca, dukkha, anatta (actually any form of meditation
cannot be done effectively without at least some understanding of anicca,
dukkha, anatta).
7.Satipaṭṭhāna sutta‚ÌAnapānapabba‚Å‚Í�A�u..sōsatōvāassa sati�Asatōvāpassa sati�B
Dighamvāassasantōdighamassasāmitipajānāti�Adighamvāpassasantōdighampassasāmitipajānāti�A�c�c�h
‚Æ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A�u’·‚¢‘§‚ð‹z‚¢�ž‚ñ‚Å�A’·‚¢‘§‚ð“f‚«�o‚·�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�uŒÃ‚¢ˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�AŒÃ‚¢—Ç‚¢�Kе‚ðˆç‚Ä‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
“¯—l‚É�AŽŸ‚Ì•¶�u..rassamvāassasantō�c�v‚Í’Z‚¢‘§‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł͂Ȃ�A�ŋߎæ‚è‘g‚ÝŽn‚ß‚½—Ç‚¢�Kе�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�Å‹ß�S‚É”E‚Ñ�ž‚ÝŽn‚ß‚½ˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�B
‚±‚Ì‚½‚ß�A�Kе‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚ÉŒ`�¬‚³‚ê�A�uāsavā�v‚ɂȂ邩‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ÌŒ�‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚‚‚©‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�S‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚邱‚Æ�isamatha�j‚͂ł«‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŒÄ‹z‚Å�S‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ð�³‚µ‚¢�s‚¤‚É‚Í�Asamatha‚Ævipassana‚Ì—¼•û‚ðˆê��‚ÉŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�ã‹L‚Ì�߂łÍ�Asati‚Í”ñ�í‚É�d—v‚È—pŒê‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í’P‚È‚é�W’†‚ł͂Ȃ�Aanicca, dukkha,
anatta‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½�n�l‚Å‚·�iŽÀ�Û�AƒAƒjƒbƒJ�AƒhƒDƒbƒJ�AƒAƒiƒbƒ^‚ð�‚È‚‚Æ‚à‚ ‚é’ö“x—�‰ð‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ�A‚¢‚©‚È‚éŒ`‚ÌáÒ‘z‚àŒø‰Ê“I‚É�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j
8. The key to success is to do this as often as possible. You do
not need to be in a quiet place either, even though it helps especially
initially. As you make progress, try to do it while riding the subway or a bus
(but not while driving!), while waiting at the doctor�fs office, during a lunch
break, etc.
8.�¬Œ÷‚ÌŒ®‚Í�A‚Å‚«‚邾‚¯•p”É‚É�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B“Á‚É�Å�‰‚Í�©‚È�ê�Ђɂ¢‚邱‚Ƃ͖𗧂¿‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�i•à‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A’n‰º“S‚âƒoƒX‚É�æ‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�i‰^“]’†‚ł͂Ȃ�I�j�A�f—Ã�Š‚Å‘Ò‹@‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�A’‹‹x‚Ý’†‚È‚Ç‚É‚àŽŽ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
9. When one starts
on Ariya Bhāvanā, sometimes things may look worse before getting
better. It is like trying to cool a hot iron by sprinkling water on it,
when all that smoke comes out and may appear to be getting worse. But one needs
to be persistent. One needs to keep in mind that uncountable beings have
attained �gcooling down�h by having faith in the Buddha.
Understanding key Dhamma concepts is key to any type of
meditation. Whenever you have time, try to read on different topics. Things
will start �gfalling into place�h at some point, if it hasn�ft yet. From that
point on, one will start feeling the joy of Dhamma, and will be seeking to
clarify things with enthusiasm. It is a good addiction to have!
9. AriyaBhāvanā‚ðŽn‚߂邯�A�󋵂ª—Ç‚‚È‚é‘O‚Ɉ«‰»‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í”M‚¢“S‚É�…‚ð‚©‚¯‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‚ð—â‹p‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B‰Œ‚ª�o‚Ä‚«‚Ĉ«‰»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚·‚ª�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�h•ø‹‚³‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B–³�”‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ª•§‚ð�M‚¶‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð�S‚É—¯‚߂è‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éƒ^ƒCƒv‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌŒ®‚ƂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŽžŠÔ‚ª‚ ‚邯‚«‚Í‚¢‚‚łà�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃgƒsƒbƒN‚ɂ‚¢‚ēǂñ‚ł݂Ă‚¾‚³‚¢�B•¨Ž–‚Í‚ ‚鎞“_‚Å�u“K�Ђɗނ¿‚é�v‚悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŽž‚©‚ç�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ðŠ´‚¶Žn‚ß�A”MˆÓ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä•¨Ž–‚ð‰ð–¾‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚ê‚Í—Ç‚¢’†“łł·�I
The top 10 posts in
this section describe the fundamentals of Buddhist meditation. The rest of the
posts in this section are on possible meditation subjects. They can clarify
unresolved questions, and lead to samādhi. But one must contemplate on them.
Meditation is all about purifying one�fs mind. We all have
individualized cravings and habits that we have acquired in our past lives that
continue during this life unless we act to change or stop them. We need to
cultivate good habits and stop bad ones. The only way to do this is to be
mindful of our actions and stop bad actions as they start as thoughts in our
minds. Most bad thoughts arise due to bad habits; they just �gpop up�h.
Introduction to Character or
Personality (Gati)
A Broad View of the �gPerson�h Trying
to be a �gBetter Person�h
How Character (Gati) Leads to Bhava and Jāti
How Habits are Formed and Broken – A Scientific View
9.Ānapānasati‚Ö‚ÌŒ®–�Kе‚Æ�«Ši‚ð•Ï‚¦‚é•û–@�iGati�j
‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì�ãˆÊ10Œ�‚Ì“Š�e‚Í�A•§‹³‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌŠî‘b‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŽc‚è‚Ì“Š�e‚Í�A‰Â”\‚ÈáÒ‘z‚ÌŽå‘è‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�B ”Þ‚ç‚Í–¢‰ðŒˆ‚ÌŽ¿–â‚𖾊m‚É‚µ�AƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒB‚É“±‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚ç‚Í�n�l‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
áÒ‘z‚Æ‚Í�A�S‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃł·�B Ž„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠF�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‰ß‹Ž‚Ì�l�¶‚Å�g‚É•t‚¯‚½Š‰–]‚Æ�Kе‚ðŒÂ•ʉ»‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ð•Ï‚¦‚½‚èŽ~‚ß‚½‚肵‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ÌŠÔ‘±‚«‚Ü‚·�B —Ç‚¢�Kе‚ð�g‚ɂ‚¯�Aˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ð‚â‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚ð�s‚¤—Bˆê‚Ì•û–@‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�s“®‚É’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¢�Aˆ«‚¢�s“®‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�S‚Ì’†‚ÌŽv�l‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŽn‚܂邯‚«‚ÉŽ~‚߂邱‚Ƃł·�B ‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ̈«‚¢�l‚¦‚͈«‚¢�Kе‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚½‚¾�uƒ|ƒbƒvƒAƒbƒv�v‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ƒLƒƒƒ‰ƒNƒ^�[‚âƒp�[ƒ\ƒiƒŠƒeƒB‚Ì�Љî�iGati�j
�u‚æ‚è—Ç‚¢�l�v‚ɂȂ낤‚Æ‚·‚é�u�l�v‚Ì�L‚¢Ž‹–ì
ƒLƒƒƒ‰ƒNƒ^�[�iƒKƒeƒB�j‚ªƒoƒo‚ƃWƒ…ƒeƒB‚É“±‚•û–@
�Kе‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚ÉŒ`�¬‚³‚ê�A‰ó‚ê‚é‚©–‰ÈŠw“IŒ©‰ð
Possible Effects in Meditation – Kundalini Awakening
June
25, 2016; updated July 19, 2016
In the post, �gCan Buddhist Meditation be Dangerous?�h in the Section �gMyths or
Realities�g, I discussed some possible effects of meditation, both in
conventional and in true Buddhist meditations. Here I will focus on just
Buddhist meditation, and explain the physical and mental changes that one
may experience. However, this does not mean everyone will experience
these; these symptoms cannot be generalized, and some may not even feel them.
ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚Í�ACan Buddhist Meditation be Dangerous?�AMyths or Realities‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�AŽ„‚Í’Ê�í‚ÌáÒ‘z‚Æ�^‚Ì•§‹³‚ÌáÒ‘z‚Ì—¼•û‚Å�AáÒ‘z‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì�l‚¦‚ç‚ê‚é‰e‹¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A•§‹³‚ÌáÒ‘z‚¾‚¯‚É�Å“_‚ð“–‚Ä�A�l‚ªŒoŒ±‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚é“÷‘Ì“I‚¨‚æ‚у�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚ȕω»‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚Í’N‚à‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�Ç�ó‚͈ê”ʉ»‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚¸�AŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚³‚¦‚È‚¢�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�@
1. It is possible that one may encounter some soothing physical
sensations first and then even some discomforts, when one starts seriously
cleansing one�fs mind. I did not want to discuss this topic until I had enough
background material to explain the origins of such effects.
Before reading this post, it is advisable to first read the
introductory post, �gCan Buddhist Meditation be Dangerous?�g, because some body sensations
encountered in early stages of meditation are discussed in that post.
1.ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�^Œ•‚É�ò‰»‚µŽn‚߂邯�A�Å�‰‚É�S’n‚æ‚¢�g‘Ì“IŠ´Šo‚É‘˜‹ö‚µ�AŽŸ‚É•s‰õŠ´‚É‚³‚¦‘˜‹ö‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚ȉe‹¿‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚È”wŒiŽ‘—¿‚ª‘µ‚¤‚Ü‚Å�A‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B
ˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�Å�‰‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ð‚Ü‚Á‚½‚ˆ«‚‚È‚¢‚ÆŠ´‚¶�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ɉ¤’…‚³‚¦‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bƒqƒ“ƒhƒD�[‹³‚Å�uƒNƒ“ƒ_ƒŠ�[ƒj‚Ì–ÚŠo‚ß�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä’m‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚à�A‚±‚ÌŒø‰Ê‚ÌŒ»‚ê‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�Aanariya áÒ‘z‚Å‘˜‹ö‚·‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚͂قƂñ‚ǂ̔ñ•§‹³‚ÌáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Ì–Ú•W‚Ȃ̂Å�A‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�ò‰»ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̂悤‚ÈŒø‰Ê‚Í�A–{•¨‚Ì•§‹³‚ÌáÒ‘z‚Å‚à‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A”Þ‚ç‚Í‚»‚ꂪ—Ç‚‚È‚é‘O‚É�‚µ‹ê’ɂɂȂ邩‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚̂悤‚È’iŠK‚ðŒo‚Ä–{•¨‚Ì�¯‚³‚𓾂é‚É‚Í�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚©‚ç�A‚³‚ç‚É�i‚Þ•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð“ǂޑO‚É�A�Å�‰‚Ì�Љî‹LŽ–Can Buddhist Meditation be Dangerous?‚ð“ǂނ±‚Æ‚ð‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�BáÒ‘z‚Ì�‰Šú’iŠK‚Å‘˜‹ö‚·‚é�g‘̂̊´Šo‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A‚»‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚߂ł·�B
2. Fully
understanding the current post requires some background material on the
concept of gandhabba; Click to hear pronunciation:
. The
inert physical body is made alive by the gandhabba (or �gmanomaya
kaya�g) that comes out of the physical body in the case of �gout-of-body
experiences�h; see, �gManomaya Kaya
and Out-of-Body Experience (OBE)�g.
While it is not necessary to learn about the gandhabba to
attain Nibbāna, if one needs to understand the mechanisms
underlying these �gmeditation experiences�h, it is the bridge between mind and
the physical body. In any case, it is good to know about these possible
effects (more of which are discussed below), so that if one gets to experience
them, one would not be perplexed.
2.Œ»�݂̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚é‚É‚Í�Agandhabba‚ÌŠT”O‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é”wŒiŽ‘—¿‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�BƒNƒŠƒbƒN‚µ‚Ä”‰¹‚ð•·‚�F
•sŠˆ�«‚È�g‘Ì‚Í�A�u—H‘Ì—£’E�v‚Ì�ê�‡‚É�g‘Ì‚©‚ç�o‚Ä‚‚égandhabba (‚·‚Ȃ킿 �gmanomaya kaya�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚«�¶‚«‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�BManomaya Kaya
and Out-of-Body Experience (OBE)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚̃TƒCƒg‚É‚Í�Agandhabba‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȑ¤–Ê‚ð�à–¾‚·‚鑽‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BGandhabba (Manomaya Kaya)�g, �gThe Grand Unified Theory of Dhamma�g, �gUdayavaya Ñāna
‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
ƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚Égandhabba‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠw‚Ô•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�uáÒ‘z‘ÌŒ±�v‚Ì�ª’ê‚É‚ ‚éƒ�ƒJƒjƒYƒ€‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Æ“÷‘̂̊Ԃ̉˂¯‹´‚Å‚·�B‚¢‚¸‚ê‚É‚¹‚æ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�l‚¦‚ç‚ê‚é‰e‹¿�i�Ú�ׂ͈ȉº‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä’m‚Á‚Ä‚¨‚‚Ƃ悢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�AŽÀ�ۂɑ̌±‚µ‚Ä‚à�¢˜f‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
3. The gandhabba has
a very fine body which is really an invisible blueprint of the physical body.
And that fine body is the one that controls the heavy physical body according
to the commands from the mind, which is also located in the gandhabba (at
the hadaya vatthu).
For example, most of the energy to move the heavy body parts
comes from the food that we eat. gandhabba just sends the
�gcontrol signals�h.
3. gandhabba‚ɂ͔ñ�í‚É”÷�׃{ƒfƒB‚ª‚ ‚è�AŽÀ�ۂɂ͓÷‘̂̌©‚¦‚È‚¢�ÂŽÊ�^‚Å‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚Ì”÷�ׂȑ̂ª
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚ç‚Ì–½—ß‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�d‚¢“÷‘Ì‚ð�§Œä‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚àgandhabba�ihadaya vatthu‚É‚ ‚é�j‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ðŽ‹Šo‰»‚·‚é�ŗǂ̕û–@‚Í�Agandhabba‚ð“÷‘Ì‚É�d‚È‚é�ׂ©‚¢ƒ�ƒbƒVƒ…‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‘z‘œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚Ì”÷�ׂȑ̂Í�A�g‘̂̂·‚ׂĂ̕”•ª‚ðŽ�‚¿�AˆÚ“®‚µ‚½‚¢•”•ª‚ðˆÚ“®‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�Agandhabba‚ª”÷�ׂȘr‚ð“®‚©‚·‚Æ�A•¨—�“I‚Șr‚àˆê��‚É“®‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�g‘Ì‚ðƒRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚·‚é•û–@‚Å‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A’‡‰îŽÒ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‹@”\‚·‚é”]‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�Ú�ׂÈ�à–¾‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BBrain – Interface between Mind and Body‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�d‚¢‘̂̕”•ª‚ð“®‚©‚·‚½‚߂̃Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�H‚ו¨‚É—R—ˆ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B gandhabba‚Í�u�§Œä�M�†�v‚ð‘—�M‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�B
4. The nervous
system of the physical body overlaps the fine nervous system of the gandhabba,
and tries to maintain that overlap all the time. If one sits down cross-legged,
for example, the nervous system of the physical body may shift from that of
the gandhabba. Then the physical nervous system will try to adjust
for that shift, pulling the attached muscles with it.
Therefore, this effect does not give an indication of a progress
in the meditation program. Significant effects are discussed below.
4.“÷‘Ì‚Ì�_ŒoŒn‚Ígandhabba‚Ì”÷�ׂÈ�_ŒoŒn‚Æ�d‚È‚è�A�í‚É‚»‚Ì�d‚È‚è‚ðˆÛŽ�‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‘«‚ð‘g‚ñ‚Å�À‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯�Agandhabba‚Ì�_ŒoŒn‚©‚ç“÷‘Ì‚Ì�_ŒoŒn‚ɃVƒtƒg‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A•¨—�“I‚È�_ŒoŒn‚ª‚»‚̃Vƒtƒg‚É“K‰ž‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚É”º‚Á‚ÄŽÀ�Û‚Ì‘«‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚鋨“÷‚ðˆø‚Á’£‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A“Á‚É‚ ‚®‚ç‚ð‚©‚¢‚Ä�À‚é‚̂Ɋµ‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ă͕s‰õ‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�iе‚ê‚邯�A•¨—�“I‚ȃVƒXƒeƒ€‚Í‚·‚΂ₒ²�®‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�j�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ÌŒø‰Ê‚ÍáÒ‘zƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚Ì�i’»�ó‹µ‚ðŽ¦‚·‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�d—v‚ȉe‹¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
5. Our thoughts
(i.e., the cittaja kaya) can influence the fine body (utuja kaya)
of the gandhabba. In fact, the utuja kaya arises
out of suddhashtaka produced by the cittaja kaya and
the kammaja kaya.
The first effect can bring about aches and pains in the physical body due
to kamma vipāka (by shifting the gandhabba�es body
to out-of- balance in a short time, so we can feel the shift). These are mostly experienced as we get old (e.g., chronic back
pains) and are of course not due to meditation.
Some of these may get better with meditation.
5.Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì�l‚¦�i‚‚܂è�Acittaja kaya�j‚Í�Agandhabba‚Ì”÷�ׂȑÌ�iutuja kaya�j‚ɉe‹¿‚ð—^‚¦‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ–ŽÀ�Autuja kaya‚Í�Acittaja kaya‚Ækammaja kaya‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶�¬‚³‚ꂽsuddhashtaka‚©‚ç�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Agandhabba‚Ì”÷�׃{ƒfƒB‚Í�A2‚‚̕û–@‚ʼne‹¿‚ðŽó‚¯‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Fkammaja kaya�i‚‚܂è�Akamma vipāka�j‚Æcittaja kaya�A‚·‚È‚í‚¿Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì�l‚¦•û‚É�]‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�Å�‰‚ÌŒø‰Ê‚Í�Akamma vipāka‚É‚æ‚é“÷‘Ì‚Ì’É‚Ý‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚Ü‚·�igandhabba‚̑̂ðƒoƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚ÌŽæ‚ê‚È‚¢�ó‘Ô‚É’ZŽžŠÔ‚ɃVƒtƒg‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AƒVƒtƒg‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�j�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª”N‚ðŽæ‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚ÄŽå‚ÉŒoŒ±‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�i‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A–��«“I‚È”w’†‚Ì’É‚Ý�j�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AáÒ‘z‚ªŒ´ˆö‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚ÍáÒ‘z‚Å—Ç‚‚Ȃ邩‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
6. In
addition to the shifts caused by kamma vipāka, we can change
the equilibrium position of the gandhabba�es fine nervous system
with consistent thoughts over long periods of time. For example, if we
think hateful thoughts a lot, the nervous system of the gandhabba may
twist in a certain way; if we think mostly greedy thoughts, it may shift in a
different way.
This is why this effect is much less in young children. Their
nerves have not yet being shifted too much.
6. kammavipāka‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ĉø‚«‹N‚±‚³‚ê‚éƒVƒtƒg‚ɉÁ‚¦‚Ä�A’·ŠúŠÔ‚ɂ킽‚éˆêŠÑ‚µ‚½Žv�l‚ðŽ�‚‚±‚Æ‚Ågandhabba‚Ì�¸�I‚È�_ŒoƒVƒXƒeƒ€‚Ì•½�tˆÊ’u‚ª‚¸‚ê‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‘ž‚µ‚݂ɖž‚¿‚½�l‚¦‚ð‚æ‚‚·‚邯�Agandhabba‚Ì�_ŒoŒn‚Í“Á’è‚ÌŽd•û‚ɂ˂¶‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽå‚ÈæÃ—~‚È�l‚¦‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ�A•ʂ̂˂¶‚ê‚ɃVƒtƒg‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‰˜‚ꂽ�l‚¦‚ð‚µ‚Ä�A’èŠú“I‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚ɑΉž‚·‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚Ígandhabba‚Ì�_Œo‘©‚Ì’iŠK“I‚Ȃ˂¶‚ê‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä•¨—�“I‚ȋؓ÷‚à‚Ë‚¶‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚ÌŒø‰Ê‚É”ä‚ׂĒiŠK“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚ ‚邽‚ß�A’Ê�í‚ÍŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i”N‚ðŽæ‚é‚Ü‚Å�j�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ò‰»‚ðŽn‚߂邯�Agandhabba‚Ì�¸�I‚ȑ͕̂½�t�ó‘Ԃɖ߂낤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B—Ç‚¢áÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŠÔ�A‚±‚ê‚Í‚©‚È‚è�v‘¬‚É‹N‚±‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�_Œo�i‚¨‚æ‚ыؓ÷�j‚Ì“®‚«‚ðŠ´‚¶Žn‚߂܂·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠî–{“I‚É�A‰½”N‚É‚à‚킽‚Á‚Ä�ì‚è�ã‚°‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½�_Œo‘©‚̂˂¶‚ê‚ð�uŽæ‚è�Á‚·�v‚±‚Æ‚ðŽŽ‚Ý‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ꂪ�A‚±‚ÌŒø‰Ê‚ª—cŽ™‚ł͂邩‚É�‚È‚¢—�—R‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Ì�_Œo‚͂܂¾‚ ‚Ü‚èƒVƒtƒg‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
7. Thus the second effect has its origins in our thoughts. Normally such effects occur above the waist, along the
spine, neck, and in the head. This is related to the fact nerve bundles
propagate through the spine and also there are cranial nerves in the brain.
Thus Kundalini awakening is an example of this category.
That is why they say that the kundalini energy
is �guncoiled�h (or �gawakened�h) during meditation. But this is nothing more than
the out-of-balance nervous systems coming back to the equilibrium position.
In anariya meditations there is not much further cleansing
possible, because in order to proceed further, one needs to comprehend
the anicca nature of this world.
7.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A2”Ô–Ú‚ÌŒø‰Ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽv�l‚É‚»‚Ì‹NŒ¹‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B’Ê�í�A‚±‚̂悤‚ȉe‹¿‚Í�A�˜‚Ì�ã�A”w�œ�AŽñ�A“ª‚É”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�_Œo‘©‚ª�Ò’Å‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä“`”d‚µ�A”]‚ɂ͔]�_Œo‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AƒNƒ“ƒ_ƒŠ�[ƒj‚Ì–ÚŠo‚߂͂±‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ�[‚Ì—á‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ÌŒø‰Ê‚Í�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‘½�ˆÙ‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽå—v‚È“Á’¥‚Í�A�˜‚Ì�ã•û‚É”�¶‚·‚é�uˆ³—Í”g�v‚Å‚ ‚è�A’Ê�í‚Í�Ò’Å�AŽñ�A�A�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ“ª‚ÌŽü‚è‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�AƒNƒ“ƒ_ƒŠ�[ƒj‚Ì–ÚŠo‚߂ɂ¨‚¯‚éƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[ƒZƒ“ƒ^�[‚Ü‚½‚Í�uƒ`ƒƒƒNƒ‰�v‚É‹Nˆö‚·‚邯‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BKundalini‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚»‚ꂪáÒ‘z’†‚ɃNƒ“ƒ_ƒŠ�[ƒj‚̃Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ª�u‰ð‚¯‚½�v�i‚Ü‚½‚Í�u–ÚŠo‚ß‚½�v�j‚ÆŒ¾‚¤—�—R‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚̓oƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚ª•ö‚ꂽ�_ŒoŒn‚ª•½�t�ó‘Ԃɖ߂邱‚Ƃɉ߂¬‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BanariyaáÒ‘z‚Å‚Í�A‚³‚ç‚È‚é�ò‰»‚Í‚»‚ê‚قlj”\‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�æ‚Ö�i‚Þ‚½‚߂ɂ͂±‚Ì�¢‚Ìanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邽‚߂ł·�B
8. In Buddhist
or Ariya meditations, one should start contemplating on
the anicca nature when one starts any type of body sensations.
Any type of body sensations means the mind is beginning to affect the
body, and that one has made progress in the cleansing process. Of
course those Hindu yogis who got to this stage had prevented from immoral acts
and suppressed such thoughts, and thus had gained a tranquility of mind at
least temporarily.
But if one does not cleanse one�fs mind in a permanent way, with
the comprehension of the true nature of this world (anicca, dukkha, anatta),
such corrections are temporary and can go right back to the twisted positions.
Thus such effects can be re-experienced in varying degrees.
8.•§‹³‚âAriya‚ÌáÒ‘z‚Å‚Í�A�l‚ª‰½‚ç‚©‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ì�g‘ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŽn‚߂邯‚«�A�l‚Íanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚µŽn‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚Ç‚ñ‚ȃ^ƒCƒv‚̑̂̊´Šo‚à�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‘̂ɉe‹¿‚ð—^‚¦Žn‚߂Ă¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�AƒNƒŒƒ“ƒWƒ“ƒOƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ª�i•à‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚½ƒqƒ“ƒhƒD�[‹³‚̃ˆƒM‚Í�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð–h‚¬�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦‚ð—}�§‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Ì‚Å�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚àˆêŽž“I‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�¯‚³‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�A‰i‘±“I‚È•û–@‚Ń}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚µ‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�C�³‚͈ꎞ“I‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A‚Ë‚¶‚ꂽˆÊ’u‚É–ß‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŒø‰Ê‚ª‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȓö“x‚Å�đ̌±‚³‚ê‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
9. When one starts
comprehending the anicca nature, this �gunwinding process�h can
accelerate (and the body sensations too), and this is when one may even start
feeling significant discomfort or even mild pain.
If the body is really �gout-of-alignment�h, the realignment
process can lead to different types sensations; some may be mild, but some
could be even a bit painful.
9.anicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯�A‚±‚Ì�u‚Ù‚®‚ê‚éƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�v‚ª‰Á‘¬‚µ�i‚»‚µ‚đ̂̊´Šo‚à�j�A‚±‚ê‚Í‚©‚È‚è‚Ì•s‰õŠ´‚âŒy‚¢’ɂ݂³‚¦Š´‚¶Žn‚ß‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�g‘Ì‚ª–{“–‚É�u‚¸‚ê�v‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A�Ä’²�®ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Í‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃ^ƒCƒv‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŒy“x‚Ì�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�‚µ’É‚¢�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
10. Many people
experience sweating, which is definitely part of the �gcleansing process�h. Our
defiled thoughts lead to the generation of �gimpurities�h in various body sites.
The pure citta generated in meditation can burn them and the
body will get rid of the waste via sweat too. Thus sweating is also possible
during a good meditation session (in the early stages of progress; of course
all these go away eventually).
For example, a famous story in the Tipiṭaka describes
how Ven. Chullapanthaka had created thousand copies of himself with abhiññā powers
and how they were all sweeping the temple premises.
10.‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ª”о‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚͊ԈႢ‚È‚�uƒNƒŒƒ“ƒWƒ“ƒOƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�v‚̈ꕔ‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚̉˜‚³‚ꂽ�l‚¦‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�g‘̂̕”ˆÊ‚É�u•s�ƒ•¨�v‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‚±‚Ƃɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�BáÒ‘z‚Å�¶�¬‚³‚ꂽ�ƒ�ˆ‚Ècitta‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð”R�Ä‚³‚¹‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A‘Ì‚àŠ¾‚ð‰î‚µ‚ĘV”p•¨‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A—Ç‚¢áÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“’†‚ɔо‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�i�i�s‚Ì�‰Šú’iŠK‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä�A‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂÍ�Å�I“I‚É‚Í�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�j�B
•ʂ̊֘A‚·‚é�Ç�ó‚Í�A—Ç‚¢ƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“’†‚ɂ̂ǂªŠ‰‚¢‚Ä‚‚邱‚Ƃł·�BŒû‚ªŠ£‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í�AƒRƒbƒv1”t‚Ì�…‚ð‹ß‚‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚¨‚‚Ƃ悢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�Ajhāna ‚̂Ƃ«‚Å‚à“®‚«‰ñ‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û�Ajhāna‚ðˆç‚Þ‚Æ�A–Ú‚ðŠJ‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚àŽ×–‚‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�Babhiññā‚Ì—Í‚ðŽ�‚Â�l‚Í�Aabhiññā‚Ì—Í‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç’Ê�í‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯Œ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŽÀ�Û‚ÉŠm”F‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ATipiṭaka‚Ì—L–¼‚È•¨Œê‚Í�A‚Ì—lŽq‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BChullapanthaka‘¸ŽÒ‚Í�Aabhiññā‚̗͂Ŏ©•ªŽ©�g‚̃Rƒs�[‚ð�”�ç‘Ì‚à�ì�¬‚µ�A‚¢‚©‚ÉŽ›‰@‚Ì•~’n‚ðˆê�Ăɑ|�œ‚·‚é‚©‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
11. Here is
another experience that I have heard people described according to my teacher
Thero�fs recorded desanas:
When these �gpressure waves�h are strong, it may be a bit painful
too. But be rest assured that those effects will gradually go away as one
continues when the nervous system comes back to equilibrium. However, if such
sensations persist outside the mediation session it may be a good idea to go
for a medical examination, since it could be due to a medical condition.
11.‚±‚ê‚Í�A˜^‰¹‚³‚ꂽThero�æ�¶‚̃fƒTƒi‚É‚æ‚é�A‚ ‚é�l‚ª�à–¾‚µ‚½•ʂ̌oŒ±‚Å‚·�B
�u‰½‚©‚ªŽñ‚Ì•”•ª‚©‚瓪‚̂ĂÁ‚Ø‚ñ‚܂œ`‚í‚è�AƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŠÔ‚»‚±‚É—¯‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚Í‚»‚ÌŒã‚̃ZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚à‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�v‚±‚̂悤‚È�u“`”d�v‚Í�A‚¨‚»‚ç‚�uˆ³—Í”g�v‚ÉŽ—‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚͕ʂÌ�uƒNƒ“ƒ_ƒŠ�[ƒjƒ^ƒCƒv�v‚ÌŒø‰Ê‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�uˆ³—Í”g�v‚ª‹‚¢‚Æ‚«�A‚»‚ê‚à�‚µ’É‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�_ŒoŒn‚ª•½�t�ó‘Ô‚É–ß‚é‚Æ�A1‚‚ªŒp‘±‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä‚±‚ê‚ç‚̉e‹¿‚ª�™�X‚É�Á‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚‚Ì‚Å�AˆÀ�S‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚±‚̂悤‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ªƒ�ƒfƒBƒG�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“ƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“ˆÈŠO‚Å‚àŽ�‘±‚·‚é�ê�‡‚Í�AŒ’�N�ó‘Ô‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邽‚ß�A�fŽ@‚É�s‚‚±‚Æ‚ð‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
12. There is actually
a way to reduce these sensations to some extent. This was suggested by my
teacher Thero in a desana that I listened to. Even if one
meditates with the eyes closed (as most people should do in early stages), the
eye balls inside eyelids are in constant motion; they move around a lot.
By the way, I have not been able to make it past the third jhāna for the past year and a half or so, even though I have been making progress (jhānā have three levels: weak, medium, and strong). Getting to the fourth Ariya jhāna means one has reached the Anāgāmi stage, where one loses desire for all sense pleasures (i.e, transcend kāma loka).
12.ŽÀ�Û�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“xŒyŒ¸‚·‚é•û–@‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ª•·‚¢‚½ƒfƒTƒi‚ÅŽ„‚Ì�æ�¶‚̃Zƒ�‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’ñˆÄ‚³‚ꂽ‚à‚̂ł·�B–Ú‚ð•‚¶‚ÄáÒ‘z‚µ‚Ä‚à�i‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�‰Šú‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�s‚¤‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�j�A‚܂Ԃ½‚Ì“à‘¤‚ÌŠá‹…‚Í�í‚É“®‚«‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í‚½‚‚³‚ñ“®‚«‰ñ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
–Ú‚ð•@‚Ì•”•ª‚É�W’†‚·‚邿‚¤‚É‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚ê‚͈êŽí‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ÌŒã�AŠá‹…‚Í•@‚ÉŒü‚©‚Á‚Ĉê’è‚Ì•ûŒü‚ðŒü‚«‘±‚¯‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚Ì�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚Í“ª‚Ì’†‚łقƂñ‚ǂ̊´Šo‚ðŽ~‚߂܂µ‚½�BŒ‹‹Ç‚̂Ƃ±‚ë�A‚¢‚Á‚½‚ñ�u‹Ï�t�v‚É’B‚·‚邯�A‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠ´Šo‚͂Ȃ‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A–Ú‚ðŠJ‚¢‚½‚Ü‚Ü‚Å‚à‘±�s‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A•@/Œû‚̗̈æ‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�W’†‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Œ»�Ý�A�A‚Ì•”•ª‚Å”�¶‚µ‚½�uˆ³—Í”g�v‚͂Ȃ�A�ŋ߂ł͓ª‚̗̈æ‚Å‚à”�¶‚µ‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚̉e‹¿‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚Í�A‰ß‹Ž1”N”¼‚ÌŠÔ‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�AŽ„‚Í�i•à‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚É‚à‚©‚©‚í‚炸�A‰ß‹Ž1”N”¼‚ÌŠÔ�A3”Ô–Ú‚Ìjh jna‚ð’´‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�ijhānā‚É‚Í�AŽã�A’†�A‹‚Ì3‚‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j�B 4”Ô–Ú‚ÌAriyajhāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�AAnāgāmi ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚Å‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂ̊´Šo“IŠì‚тւ̗~‹�‚ðŽ¸‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�i‚‚܂è�Akāma loka‚ð’´‰z‚µ‚½�j
13. Our thoughts or
our �gcittaja kaya�h is the most important of the four types of �gkaya�h
that we have. For a discussion of those four types of bodies, see, �gĀhāra (Food) in Udayavaya Ñāna�g, in the Section: Udayavaya Nana.
And it is this cittaja kaya (or basically our
thought stream) that is the most important. If we use the cittaja kaya wisely
we can make progress in our mundane lives as well as in pursuing Nibbāna.
We will discuss this in detail in the last post in on the Udayavaya Ñāna in an upcoming post.
13.Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì�l‚¦‚·‚Ȃ킿�ucittaja kaya�v‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é4Ží—Þ‚Ì�ukaya�v‚Ì’†‚Å�Å‚à�d—v‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì4Ží—ނ̈â‘Ì‚Ì�à–¾‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í
Udayavaya Nana‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌĀhāra (Food) in Udayavaya Ñāna‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚»‚±‚Å‹c˜_‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª”ñ�í‚É‘å�؂ɂµ‚Ä‚¢‚é“÷‘Ì�ikaraja kaya�j‚Í–ñ100”NŠÔ‚µ‚©‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A�lŠÔ‚Ìbhava‚·‚Ȃ킿�lŠÔ‚Ì‘¶�݂͂¨‚»‚ç‚�”•S”N‚à‘±‚‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚ékaya‚Ì‘¼‚Ì3‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚̃{ƒfƒB‚Í�Akammaja kaya, cittaja kaya�Autuja kaya‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç3‚‚·‚ׂĂª�lŠÔ‚Ìbhava‘S‘Ì‚É�L‚ª‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�i‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�í‚ɕω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�j�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�Acuti-patisandhi‚Ì�uŠÔ‚É�V‚µ‚¢bhava‚ð‚‚©‚Þ‚Æ�A�u‘å‚«‚ȈÚ�s�v‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�Å‚à�d—v‚Ȃ̂͂±‚Ìcittaja kaya�i‚·‚Ȃ킿Šî–{“I‚ÉŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽv�l‚Ì—¬‚ê�j‚Å‚·�Bcittaja
kaya‚ð�ãŽè‚É—˜—p‚·‚ê‚Î�A•½–}‚È�¶Šˆ‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�Aƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ð’Ç‚¢‹�‚߂邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AUdayavaya Ñāna‚Ì�ÅŒã‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
14. The key point
here is that if one starts feeling these body sensations, one has cleansed
the mind to the point of being able to comprehend anicca, dukkha,
anatta (or any other Dhamma concept) with more ease; see,
�gBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart�g, and the post discussed there.
14.‚±‚±‚Å�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̑̂̊´Šo‚ðŠ´‚¶Žn‚߂邯�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚ß�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�i‚Ü‚½‚Í‘¼‚ÌDhamma‚ÌŠT”O�j‚ð‚æ‚èŠÈ’P‚É—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂ邱‚Ƃł·�BBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚Ì’iŠK�i�A‚ÌŠ‰‚«�A”о�A‘̂̊´Šo‚È‚Ç�j‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚Í�AáÒ‘zƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì9. Key to Ānāpānasati – How to Change Habits and Character (Gati)‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚·‚Å‚Éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�Ç�ó‚̂Ȃ¢Sotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‰Â”\�«‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bˆê�lˆê�l‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂ»‚ê‚ðŒˆ’è‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BHow Does One Know whether the Sotāpanna Stage is Reached?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�BŠî–{“I‚ȃKƒCƒh‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�uapäyagami gati�v‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚Å‚·�B“÷‘Ì‚Í�A‘O�q‚̎肪‚©‚è‚ð—^‚¦‚é�ê�‡‚Æ—^‚¦‚È‚¢�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
magga phala‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�Ajhānā‚Í•K—v‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚³‚ç‚É�AAriyajhānā‚Í�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à�Å�‰‚ÉSotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ’B�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
11. Magga Phala and Ariya Jhanas via Cultivation of Saptha Bojjhaṅga
ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�i‚¨‚æ‚ÑŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�g‘Ì“I�j‚ÌŒ»�Û‚Í”ñ�í‚ÉŒÂ�l“I‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ã‹L‚Ì�Ç�ó‚Í“Á’è‚Ì�l‚ªŒoŒ±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚ê‚Î�AŒoŒ±‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Revised January 26, 2019
You may want to read the
post: �gSatipaṭṭhāna Sutta – Structure�g,
which explains the basic layout of this long sutta. You can read it before or after
reading this post.
1. First we need to figure
out what �gsati�h
means. Bear with me as I use some key Pāli words, because it is important
to understand them correctly. Things will become clear as we proceed below.
Again, first try to read the post through without clicking on links, and then
come back and read any relevant other posts as needed.
There is no �gasati�h cetasika. Therefore,
the word �gasati�h is NEVER used as the opposite this �gsati�g, which is
a �ggood cetasika�h.
’·‚¢sutta‚ÌŠî–{“I‚ȃŒƒCƒAƒEƒg‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é�uSatipaṭṭhānaSutta
–�\‘¢�v‚Ì‹LŽ–‚ð“ǂނ±‚Æ‚ð‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð“ǂޑO‚Å‚àŒã‚Å‚à“ǂނ±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
1.‚Ü‚¸�A�usati�v‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bƒp�[ƒŠ‚ÌŽå—v‚È’PŒê‚ðŽg—p‚·‚邯‚«‚Í�A‰ä–�‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B�³‚µ‚—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�BˆÈ‰º‚É�i‚ނɂ‚ê‚Ä�A�󋵂ª–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚Ü‚¸ƒŠƒ“ƒN‚ðƒNƒŠƒbƒN‚¹‚¸‚ɃgƒsƒbƒN‚ð“Ç‚Ý�AŽŸ‚É•K—v‚ɉž‚¶‚ÄŠÖ˜A‚·‚鑼‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚É–ß‚Á‚ēǂ݂܂·�B
sati‚Í�u—Ç‚¢�vƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹—vˆö‚Å‚·�isōbhana cetasika�j�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�usati�v‚Í“¹“¿“IŽv�l�ikusala citta�j‚ł̂ݔ�¶‚µ�Aakusala citta‚ł͔�¶‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BCetasika
(Mental Factors)‚Å�q‚ׂ½‚悤‚É�Aakusala citta‚Å‚Í�u—Ç‚¢cetasika�v‚Í”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i“¯—l‚É�Akusala citta‚Å‚Í�uˆ«‚¢cetasika�v‚Í”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�B
�uasati�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤cetasika‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uasati�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤’PŒê‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�usati�v‚Ì”½‹`Œê‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŽg—p‚³‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚Í�u—Ç‚¢cetasika�v‚Å‚·�B
2. However, there is another
�gmundane�h meaning for �gsati�g,
which is �gattention�h or �gmindfulness�h. Therefore, one must be able
to figure out which meaning is to be used in a given context (depending on the
subject matter).
Of course, in Satipaṭṭhāna, one is being
mindful, but one MUST also know the deeper meaning too, in order to figure
out what to be
mindful about.
2.‚µ‚©‚µ�Asati‚ɂ͕ʂÌ�¢‘“IˆÓ–¡‚ª‚ ‚è�A�u’�ˆÓ�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�v‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŽg‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�iŽå‘è‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä�j“Á’è‚̃Rƒ“ƒeƒLƒXƒg‚łǂ̈Ӗ¡‚ÅŽg—p‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
–Ú‚Ì‘O‚̉ۑè‚É’�ˆÓ‚𕥂Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�ê�‡‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚ª‰½‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©�A‰½‚ð�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ðˆÓޝ‚·‚邱‚ƂȂ�A�uasati�v‚Å�s“®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä�A�usati�v‚Ì2‚‚̈قȂéˆÓ–¡‚𖾊m‚ÉŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�ASatipaṭṭhāna‚Å‚Í�A‚¾‚ê‚à‚ª‹C‚ð‚‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‰½‚ð‹C‚É‚·‚ׂ«‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚à’m‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
3. We can clarify the mundane meaning with the following
examples: A suicide bomber has to pay close attention in wiring up the bomb;
otherwise, he can detonate it accidentally. A professional thief making
plans for a grand robbery in minute detail needs to pay total attention to it
too, in order to make sure he does not get caught.
More details on this �gsati�h
can be found in the post: �gImasmim Sati Idam Hoti – What Does
It Really Mean?�g.
3.ŽŸ‚Ì—á‚ð‚Ý‚Ä�A�¢‘“I‚ȈӖ¡‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽ©”š”Æ‚Í”š’e‚Ì”z�ü‚É�×�S‚Ì’�ˆÓ‚𕥂í‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚¤‚łȂ¯‚ê‚Î�A”Þ‚Í‚»‚ê‚ðŒë‚Á‚Ĕ𔂳‚¹‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘å‹K–͂ȋ“�‚ð�Ú�ׂɌv‰æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éƒvƒ�‚Ì“D–_‚à�A”Þ‚ª•߂܂邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�A�\•ª‚É’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�usati�v‚Ì‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚͂ǂ¿‚ç‚Ì�ê�‡‚É‚àŠÖŒW‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ©”šƒeƒ�”Æ‚â“D–_‚É‚Í�Aƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹—v‘f‚Å‚ ‚é�u–ž‘«�v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚Ì�usati�v‚Ì�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AImasmim Sati Idam Hoti – What Does
It Really Mean?‚ð‚²——‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
4. When a person stops and contemplates whether an action one is
about to take has moral or immoral consequences, and carries out only those
actions that have moral consequences, then that person is acting with �gsati�h,
the �ggood mental factor�h.
Now let us see what is meant by patthāna in Satipaṭṭhāna.
4.‚±‚ê‚©‚ç�s‚¤�s“®‚ª“¹“¿“I‚Ü‚½‚Í•s“¹“¿‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ð—§‚¿Ž~‚Ü‚Á‚ÄŒŸ“¢‚µ�A“¹“¿“IŒ‹‰Ê‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·�s“®‚݂̂ðŽÀ�s‚·‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚Ì�l‚Í�u—Ç‚¢ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹—vˆö�v‚Å‚ ‚é�usati�v‚Å�s“®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚ÍSatipaṭṭhāna‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚é�l‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒZƒbƒg‚É‚¨‚¯‚é�usati�v‚Å‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A”ނ̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É•‚‚©‚Ô‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢•s“¹“¿‚È�l‚¦‚É’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASatipaṭṭhāna‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚é�l‚Í�A—¼•û‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ì�usati�v‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚±‚Å�AƒTƒeƒBƒpƒnƒi‚̃pƒ^�[ƒi‚̈Ӗ¡‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚Ý‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B
5. Patthāna can mean establishment,
prepare, or �gto mold�h. Therefore, �gSatipaṭṭhāna�h means establishment of
�gsati�h, or train the mind to act with �gsati�h as described above.
The meaning of �ganupassanā�h is described in point #4 of �gWhat do all these Different Meditation Techniques Mean?�h
in the Meditation section.
5.Patthāna‚Í�A�Ý—§�A�€”õ�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�uŒ`�¬‚·‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uSatipaṭṭhāna�v‚Í�usati�v‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�ã‹L‚̂悤‚É�usati�v‚Å�s“®‚·‚邿‚¤‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŒP—û‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̃gƒŒ�[ƒjƒ“ƒOƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Í4‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�usatara�v‚Æ‚Í4‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚Ì‚Å�usatara Satipaṭṭhāna�v‚Æ‚àŒÄ‚΂ê‚Ü‚·�B 4‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Í‘ŠŒÝ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�AƒV�[ƒPƒ“ƒX‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B 4‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Í�Akāyānupassanā�Avedanānupassanā�Acittānupassanā�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñdhammānupassanā‚Å‚·�B
�uanupassanā�v‚̈Ӗ¡‚ÍáÒ‘zƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌWhat do all these Different Meditation Techniques Mean?‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
6. Buddha Dhamma is all about cleansing the mind; that is the
key to real and lasting tranquility of the mind. A defiled mind generates
defiled thoughts (citta). Defiled thoughts lead to defiled speech (with
a time lag) and defiled actions (with even longer time lag).
The sequence of cleansing the mind is
backwards: First control bodily actions, then
(or simultaneously) to control speech, and controlling thoughts (as they arise)
is harder. This is important to understand, so let us look into the reasons.
6.•§–@‚Ƃ͂·‚ׂă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ꂪƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì–{“–‚Ì‚»‚µ‚Ä�ÃŽâ‚ÌŒ®‚Å‚·�B‰˜‚ꂽƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚͉˜‚ꂽŽv�l‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�icitta�j�B‰˜‚ꂽŽv�l‚Í�A‰˜‚ꂽƒXƒs�[ƒ`�iƒ^ƒCƒ€ƒ‰ƒO‚Ì‚ ‚é�j‚Ɖ˜‚ꂽƒAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�i‚³‚ç‚É’·‚¢ƒ^ƒCƒ€ƒ‰ƒO‚Ì‚ ‚é�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚é�‡�˜‚͉˜‚ê‚½Žž‚Ì‹t‚Å‚·�B�Å�‰‚É�g‘̂̓®�ì‚ð�§Œä‚µ�AŽŸ‚É�i‚Ü‚½‚Í“¯Žž‚É�jƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ð�§Œä‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽv�l‚ð�i”�¶‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚É�j�§Œä‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�¢“ï‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Ȃ̂Å�A—�—R‚𒲂ׂĂ݂܂µ‚傤�B
7. As discussed in the Abhidhamma section,
thoughts (citta) arise very fast; there are well over billions of cittā per
second; but of course we �gexperience�h only �gbundles of citta�h
accumulating for at least about 0.05 seconds. Even then it is not
possible to control thoughts by sheer will power.
But our thoughts are dictated by our character and habits (�ggati�h).
And, these character qualities (gati) can be changed with concerted
effort by controlling one�fs speech and actions. We have discussed �ggati�h
in many posts spread over different sections.
7. AbhidhammaƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�AŽv�l�icitta�j‚Í”ñ�í‚É‘¬‚”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B 1•b‚ ‚½‚è�”�\‰‚ð’´‚¦‚écitta‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A�uŒoŒ±�v‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à–ñ0.05•bŠÔ‚Å’~�Ï‚·‚é�ucitta‚Ì‘©�v‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�AŠ®‘S‚Ȉӎu—͂Ŏv�l‚ð�§Œä‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�l‚¦‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�«Ši‚Æ�Kе�i�uƒKƒeƒB�v�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŒˆ’肳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�«Ši‚ÌŽ¿�igati�j‚Í�AƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ƃAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�§Œä‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A‹¦’²‚µ‚Ä•Ï�X‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ɂ܂½‚ª‚鑽‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�ugati�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
8. This is why kāyānupassanā comes first in Satipaṭṭhāna.
We first discipline ourselves by making sure we speak only moral words, and do
only moral actions. Both speech and actions arise from thoughts, but they come
with a �gtime lag�h. We first think that �gthis person has done something bad to
me�h, and then we start saying something bad to the person. But there is enough
of a �etime lag�h to stop saying it.
We tend to take �gbodily actions�h with even longer delay than for
speech. So, unless one is in a rage, there is enough time to catch oneself and
stop any bad actions. Actually, when we get good at it, and control both speech
and actions, such instances of acting with rage will diminish with time, and
will go away. This is because the more we act with �gsati�h, the more that we give up bad �ggati�h
and cultivate good �ggati�h. S
8.‚±‚ꂪkāyānupassanā‚ªSatipaṭṭhāna‚Å�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚͂܂¸�A“¹“¿“I‚ÈŒ¾—t‚¾‚¯‚ð˜b‚µ�A“¹“¿“I‚È�s“®‚¾‚¯‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚ƂŎ©•ªŽ©�g‚ðŒP—û‚µ‚Ü‚·�BƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚àƒAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚àŽv�l‚©‚ç�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚É‚Í�uƒ^ƒCƒ€ƒ‰ƒO�v‚ª”º‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚͂܂¸�u‚±‚Ì�l‚ÍŽ„‚ɉ½‚©ˆ«‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚½�v‚Æ�l‚¦�AŽŸ‚É‚»‚Ì�l‚Ɉ«‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŒ¾‚¢Žn‚߂܂·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ðŒ¾‚¤‚Ì‚ð‚â‚ß‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚È�uƒ^ƒCƒ€ƒ‰ƒO�v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�AƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚æ‚è‚à‚³‚ç‚É’·‚¢’x‚ê‚Å�u�g‘Ì“I�s“®�v‚ð‚Æ‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚¾‚©‚ç�A�l‚ª“{‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�AŽ©•ª‚ð•߂܂¦‚Ĉ«‚¢�s“®‚ðŽ~‚ß‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚ÈŽžŠÔ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�ãŽè‚ɂȂê‚Î�A—¼•û‚̃Xƒs�[ƒ`‚Æ�s“®‚ð�§Œä‚·‚邯�A“{‚è‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�s“®‚·‚é‚»‚̂悤‚È—á‚Í�AŽžŠÔ‚ƂƂà‚ÉŒ¸�‚µ�A�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�usati�v‚Å�s“®‚·‚ê‚΂·‚é‚Ù‚Ç�Aˆ«‚¢�ugati�v‚ð‚â‚ß‚Ä�A—Ç‚¢�ugati�v‚ðˆç‚Ă邩‚ç‚Å‚·�B
9. Thus kāyānupassanā basically
means �gcatching ourselves before we say or do something wrong�h.
We say or do things in response to what we see, hear, smell,
taste, touch, or think. The speech or actions have time delays from the time we
get the �ginput�h from outside or even if generated by the mind itself. Even if
we start saying something bad, we can catch ourselves and stop (and apologize
if we hurt someone�fs feelings). Even if get up to hit someone, we can realize
the bad consequences of such an action and immediately stop. That is how one
starts.
9.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Akāyānupassanā‚Í�AŠî–{“I‚É�u‰½‚©‚ðŒ¾‚¤‘O‚É�A‚Ü‚½‚͉½‚©ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é‘O‚ÉŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ð•߂܂¦‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•ʂ̌¾‚¢•û‚ð‚·‚ê‚Î�Akāyānupassanā ‚Å’B�¬‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚Í�A�í‚ɃXƒs�[ƒ`‚Æ�s“®‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ê‚ÅSatipaṭṭhāna‚ª‚È‚º�u�³Ž®‚È�À‚èáÒ‘z�v‚ÉŒÀ’肳‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Ì‚©‚Í–¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�AŒ©‚½‚è•·‚¢‚½‚è�A“õ‚¢‚ðšk‚¢‚¾‚è�A–¡‚í‚Á‚½‚è�A�G‚Á‚½‚è�A�l‚¦‚½‚肵‚½‚±‚Ƃɉž‚¶‚Ä�A•¨Ž–‚ðŒ¾‚Á‚½‚è�A‚â‚Á‚½‚肵‚Ü‚·�BƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Ü‚½‚̓AƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚Í�AŠO•”‚©‚ç�u“ü—Í�v‚ðŽó‚¯Žæ‚Á‚Ä‚©‚ç�A‚Ü‚½‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒhŽ©‘̂ɂæ‚Á‚Ä�¶�¬‚³‚ꂽ�ê�‡‚Å‚à�AŽžŠÔ‚Ì’x‰„‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‰½‚©ˆ«‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŒ¾‚¢Žn‚߂Ăà�AŽ©•ª‚ð•߂܂¦‚ÄŽ~‚ß‚é�i‚»‚µ‚Ä�A’N‚©‚Ì‹CŽ�‚¿‚ð��‚‚¯‚½‚çŽÓ�ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�j‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B—§‚¿�オ‚Á‚Ä’N‚©‚ð‰£‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚̂悤‚È�s“®‚̈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð”Fޝ‚µ�A‚·‚®‚ÉŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪŽn‚Ü‚è‚Å‚·�B
10. With practice, one�fs gati will
change, and such awkward instances will occur less and less. There are many
posts on �ggati�h at the site, and there are some in the meditation
section under, �gKey to Ānāpānasati – How to Change Habits and Character
(Gati)�h. Satipaṭṭhāna is basically a methodical way
of doing anapanasati. A scientific view is discussed in, �gHow Habits are Formed and Broken – A Scientific View�h.
10.—û�K‚·‚ê‚Î�AƒKƒ`‚͕ςí‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚È–ï‰î‚ÈŽ–ŽÀ‚͂܂·‚Ü‚·�‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃TƒCƒg‚É‚Í�ugati�v‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚鑽‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ª‚ ‚è�AKey to Ānāpānasati – How to Change Habits and Character
(Gati)‚ÌáÒ‘zƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚à‚¢‚‚‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B Satipaṭṭhāna‚ÍŠî–{“I‚ɃAƒiƒpƒiƒTƒeƒB‚ð�s‚¤Œn“�“I‚È•û–@‚Å‚·�B‰ÈŠw“IŒ©‰ð‚Í�AHow Habits are Formed and Broken – A Scientific View‚Å‹c˜_‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
11. Therefore, it is easy to
see that kāyānupassanā is
the first and most important part of the satara Satipaṭṭhāna.
Finally, it will be easier to get into samadhi and to
contemplate anicca.
dukkha, anatta (or any other Dhamma concept), which is �gdhammānupassanā�h.
11.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Akāyānupassanā‚ªsataraSatipaṭṭhāna‚Ì�Å�‰‚Å�Å‚à�d—v‚È•”•ª‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ªŠÈ’P‚ɂ킩‚è‚Ü‚·�B
kāyānupassanā‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚邯�A�ugati�v‚ª�™�X‚ɕω»‚µ�A—Ž‚¿’…‚«Žn‚߂܂·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�Õ“®‚ÉŠî‚¢‚ÄŠ´�î‚É”½‰ž‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ¢‚Ì‚Å�A�uvedanānupassanā�v‚ÌŽŸ‚Ì’iŠK�A‚‚܂è�u“Á’è‚ÌŠ´�”�¶‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚ɂǂ̂悤‚ɑΉž‚·‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é�v‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚ª‚æ‚èŠÈ’P‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
—¼•û‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚邯�A�ugati�v‚͕ω»‚µ�A�Å�‰‚ÌŽv�l‚Å‚à�u“Å‚ª�‚È‚¢�v‚½‚ß�AŽ©“®“I‚É�ucittānupassanā�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u“¹“¿“I‚É�l‚¦‚é�v‚Ì‚ªŠÈ’P‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�ÅŒã‚É�Asamadhi‚É“ü‚è�Aanicca,dukkha�Aanatta�i‚·‚Ȃ킿‚»‚Ì‘¼‚ÌDhamma‚̃Rƒ“ƒZƒvƒg�j‚ð�n�l‚·‚é•û‚ªŠÈ’P‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ꂪdhammānupassanā‚Å‚·�B
12. Thus one starts
with kāyānupassanā first and then move on to other three �ganupassanā�h.
When one completes all four one completes the process and will have �gsammā
sati�h in full, which leads to �gsammā
samadhi�h in full, i.e., Arahanthood.
12.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�Å�‰‚Ékāyānupassanā‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚Ä�AŽŸ‚É‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ì�uanupassanā�v‚É�i‚݂܂·�B 4‚‚·‚ׂĂªŠ®—¹‚·‚邯�Aƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ªŠ®—¹‚µ�A�\•ª‚È�usammā sati�v‚ª�g‚ɂ‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�A�\•ª‚È�usammā samadhi�v�A‚‚܂èArahanthood‚É“±‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚»‚ê‚Í’Ê�í4‚‚̒iŠK‚Å�s‚í‚ê�A�Å�‰‚Ì’iŠK‚ÍSotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚·�B
�¬Šw�Z‚ɒʂ킸‚É’†Šw�Z‚É’Ê‚Á‚½‚è�A�‚�Z‚É�‡Ši‚¹‚¸‚É‘åŠw‚̃R�[ƒX‚ðŽó�u‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚È‚¢‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A4‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ðŒv‰æ“I‚É�i‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚ÉŽ©•ª‚Ì�s“®‚ƃXƒs�[ƒ`‚ð�§Œä‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�ukāyānupassanā�v‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͎Ÿ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚Í�Akāyānupassanā‚ÌŽÀ�s’†‚É‘¼‚Ì3‚‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ă͂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ƃ{ƒfƒB‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚é�uƒrƒbƒO�EƒGƒCƒg�v‚Ì’âŽ~‚É�ϋɓI‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚ƂɂÍ�u‚ ‚Ü‚èƒ�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ª‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B2. The Basics
in Meditation
‚»‚µ‚Ä�Akāyānupassanā‚ð‚â‚߂邱‚Ƃ͌ˆ‚µ‚Ä‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‹�§“I‚É‚â‚ç‚È‚‚Ä‚à�A�Kе‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�Bƒ�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ðŒ©‚½‚Æ‚«�A�l‚Í‘O�i‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¤‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
‘¼‚Ì3‚‚à�™�X‚É‘g‚Ý�ž‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚«�A‚·‚®‚É4‚‚·‚ׂĂðŽÀ�s‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µkāyānupassanā‚ªŠî‘b‚Å‚·�B
Prerequisites for the Satipaṭṭhāna Bhāvanā
As you may have noticed, I am not going to follow the sutta in
the formal order. I would like to present it in a way that is conducive to the
present day. However, at the end it will become clear that everything in the sutta has
been discussed.
1. From the previous two posts it is clear that this meditation
is not just to be practiced in a formal session, even
though formal sessions can and should be done. In particular, Dhammānupassana needs
to be done in formal sessions, which we will discuss shortly. With that in mind
let us look at how the sutta begins (after the uddēsa or
the �gbrief description�h section, to which we will get back later):
�gKathaṃ ca pana, bhikkhavē, bhikkhu kāyē kāyanupassi
viharati?
This should make it very clear that the bhāvānā is
not just to be practiced in a formal session; one has to �glive it�h.
‚¨‹C‚«‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�AŽ„‚Í�³Ž®‚È�‡�˜‚Åsutta‚ðƒtƒHƒ��[‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�¡“ú‚ɖ𗧂‚悤‚ÈŒ`‚Å�Љ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Å�I“I‚É‚Ísutta‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂª‹c˜_‚³‚ꂽ‚±‚Æ‚ª–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
1.‘O‚Ì2‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚©‚ç�A�³Ž®‚ȃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邵�A�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚±‚ÌáÒ‘z‚Í�A�³Ž®‚ȃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚邾‚¯‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B“Á‚É�ADhammānupassana‚Í�³Ž®‚ȃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AŒã‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð”O“ª‚É’u‚¢‚Ä�Asutta‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚ÉŽn‚܂邩‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚Ý‚Ü‚µ‚傤�iŒã‚Å�à–¾‚·‚éuddēsa‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŠÈ’P‚È�à–¾�vƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŒã‚Å�j�B
�uKathaṃ ca pana�Abhikkhavē�Abhikkhu kāyē kāyanupassi viharati�H�v
‚±‚±‚Å‚à‘¼‚Ì‘½‚‚Ì�ê�Ђłà�uca�v‚Í�ucha�v‚Æ”‰¹‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚±‚Å�uviharati�v‚Í�u�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ꂪŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�u”ä‹u‚æ�ABhikkhus�A‘Ì‚Ìkāyānupassanā�ikāyē kāyānupassanā�j‚ƈê��‚É�¶‚«‚邯‚͂ǂ̂悤‚ȈӖ¡‚Ȃ̂łµ‚傤‚©�H�v‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚Íbhāvānā‚ª�³Ž®‚ȃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÅŽÀ‘H‚³‚ê‚邾‚¯‚ł͂Ȃ�A�u�¶‚«‚é�v•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª–¾Šm‚ɂȂé‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B
2. Now let us look at the next phrase that describes how to
prepare for the bhāvānā:
�gIdha, bhikkhavē, bhikkhu aranna gatō vā rukkhamūla gatō vā
sunnāgāra gatō vā nisidati pallankaṃ ābhujitvā, ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṃ
satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā�h.
Of course, this is a good thing to do if one is going to do a
formal session, except that one should focus the awareness not �garound the
mouth�h but on the object of contemplation as we will discuss later.
2.ŽŸ‚É�Abhāvānā‚Ì�€”õ•û–@‚ð�à–¾‚·‚鎟‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚Ý‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B
�uIdha�Abhikkhavē�Abhikkhu
aranna gatō vā rukkhamūla gatō vā sunnāgāra gatō vā nisidati pallankaṃ
ābhujitvā�Aujuṃ kāyaṃ
paṇidhāya�Aparimukhaṃ satiṃ
upaṭṭhapetvā�v
�]—ˆ‚Ì–|–ó‚Í�AŽŸ‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B�u‚³‚ ‘m—µ‚æ�A�X‚Ì’†�A‚·‚Ȃ킿–Ø‚Ì�ª–{�A‚Ü‚½‚͋󎺂É�s‚«�A‘«‚ð‚ ‚®‚ç‚É‚µ‚Ä�À‚í‚è�A‘̂𒼗§‚³‚¹�AŒû‚ÌŽüˆÍ‚̗̈æ‚Ɉӎ¯‚ðŒÅ’肵‚Ü‚·�B�v
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚±‚ê‚Í�A�³Ž®‚ȃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�s‚¤�ê�‡‚É“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�AŒã‚Å�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�A�uŒû‚ÌŽü‚è�v‚ł͂Ȃ�n�l‚Ì‘Î�ۂɈӎ¯‚ð�W’†‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚Í�œ‚«‚Ü‚·�B
3. I pointed out in
the introduction how the sutta (like most other suttā)
was apparently designed to convey the above �gconventional�h meaning while
keeping the deeper meaning hidden; see, �gSutta – Introduction�h.
This is a good example of how this was accomplished. Let us describe the above
sentence in detail. However, I may not be able to go into such details for the
rest of the sutta, because it will take up too much space.
Continuing with the interpretation of the phrase in #2, �ggatō
vā�h means �gget in to�h or in the deeper sense, �gget into the mindset�h.
�grukkha�h is �gtree�h and �gmūla�h is the �groot�h; even
though the top of a tree sways back and forth with the wind, the tree trunk
close to the root is very stable. Thus �grukkhamūla gatō vā�h means
getting to a stable mindset. In the conventional interpretation is says,
�ghaving gone to the foot of a tree�h.
3.�˜•¶‚Å�A‘¼‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ìsutt₯“¯—l‚É�A‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ð‰B‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç�ã‹L‚Ì�u�]—ˆ‚Ì�vˆÓ–¡‚ð“`‚¦‚邽‚ß‚Ésutta‚ª�ÝŒv‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽw“E‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BSutta – Introduction‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚Ìsutta‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚±‚ꂪ’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©‚ª‚í‚©‚é—Ç‚¢—á‚Å‚·�B�ã‹L‚Ì•¶�Í‚ð�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B‚½‚¾‚µ�AƒXƒy�[ƒX‚ª‘½‚‚Ȃ肷‚¬‚邽‚ß�AŽc‚è‚Ìsutta‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�Ú�ׂɓü‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�”2‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚̉ðŽß‚𑱂¯‚邯�A�ugatō vā�v‚Í�u—�‰ð‚·‚é�i’†‚É“ü‚é�j�v‚Ü‚½‚Í‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚Å�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð’è‚ß‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•Aranna‚Í�X�i‚Ü‚½‚Í�X‚Ì�C“¹‰@�j‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‰B‚³‚ꂽˆÓ–¡‚Í�urana�v‚É—R—ˆ‚·‚é�u�퓬�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�uA+ranna�v‚Í�퓬‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uaranna gatō vā�v‚Í�u“ú�í‚Ì�í‚¢‚𗣂ê‚Ä�A—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚½’è‚ß‚½�l‚¦•û‚É“ü‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�]—ˆ‚̉ðŽß‚Å‚Í�u�X‚É“ü‚Á‚½�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‰Ó�Š‚Ì‚Æ‚±‚ë‚Å‚·�B
�urukkha�v‚Í�u–Ø�v�A�umūla�v‚Í�u�ª�v‚Å‚·�B–Ø‚Ì�ã‚Í•—‚É—h‚ê‚邪�A�ªŒ³‚ɋ߂¢–؂̊²‚͈À’肵‚Ä‚¢‚é�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�urukkhamūla gatō vā�v‚Í�AˆÀ’肵‚½�l‚¦•û‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�]—ˆ‚̉ðŽß‚Å‚Í�u–؂̑«Œ³‚É�s‚Á‚½�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‰Ó�Š‚Ì‚Æ‚±‚ë‚Å‚·�B
4. Next, �gsunnāgāra�h is an empty building or room. The
deeper meaning is that the mind should be empty of greed, hate, and ignorance.
One should dispel any such thoughts that comes to the mind.
The post, �gkāyānupassanā – Section on Postures (Iriyapathapabba)�g,
describes how one needs to conduct satipattāna in all four
postures (sitting, standing, walking, lying down), AND in numerous sub-postures;
Therefore, the idea of �gkeeping the physical body upright�h during satipattāna is
a falsehood.
4.ŽŸ‚É�Asunnāgāra‚Í‹ó‚ÌŒš•¨‚Ü‚½‚Í•”‰®‚Å‚·�B‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A‚»‚µ‚Ä–³’m‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‹ó‚Å‚ ‚é‚ׂ«‚¾‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦‚ª“ª‚É•‚‚©‚Ô‚È‚ç‚Ε¥�@‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�unisidati pallaṅkaṃ
ābhujitvā�v‚Í�u‚ ‚®‚ç‚ð‚©‚¢‚Ä�À‚é�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚ł̃L�[ƒ��[ƒh‚Í�A�upall�v‚Æ�uanka�v‚Å�upalla�iŒ¸‚ç‚·�j + anka�i�”�j�v‚Í•¶Žš’Ê‚è‚É‚Í�uŒ¸�‚³‚¹‚é�v‚Æ�u�”’l�v‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚·�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�u�”‚ðŒ¸‚ç‚·�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�d—v�«‚ð—^‚¦‚È‚¢�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�unisidati pallankaṃābhujitvā�v‚Í�A�u�T‚¦‚ß�v‚Å‚ ‚è�A�u—DˆÊ�«�v‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ŽŸ‚É�A�uujuṃ kāyaṃ
paṇidhāya�v‚Í�u‘̂𒼗§‚ð•Û‚Â�v‚Æ–|–󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚Í�u‚Ü‚Á‚·‚®‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u—¦’¼�v‚Å�u�³’¼�v‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð•\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
kāyānupassanā – Section on Postures (Iriyapathapabba)‚Å‚Í�A4‚‚̂·‚ׂĂ̎p�¨�i�À‚é�A—§‚Â�A•à‚�A‰¡‚ɂȂé�j‚Å�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‘½�”‚Ì‚»‚ê‚É�€‚¶‚½Žp�¨‚Åsatipattāna‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚éŽp�¨‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à‚©‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asatipattāna‚Ì�Å’†‚Í�u�g‘̂𒼗§‚³‚¹‚Ä‚¨‚�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‰ðŽß‚É‚±‚¾‚í‚é‚̂͌ë‚è‚Å‚·�B
5. Finally, �gparimukhaṃ
satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā�h is the KEY to Satipaṭṭhāna: It is
translated literally as �gfixes his awareness in the area around the mouth�h.
What is actually meant is to keep the mind on the main object (called �gmukkha
nimitta�h), i.e., �gNibbāna�h or �gcooling down�h. �gPari�h here
means �gcomplete�h or �gfull�h.
Thus what is described in that sentence is the required mindset
for the meditator, whether he/she is going to be �gmeditating�h in any one of the
four postures described in the previous post, not just in a sitting down formal
meditation session.
5.�ÅŒã‚É�A�uparimukhaṃ
satiṃ
upaṭṭhapetvā�v‚ÍSatipaṭṭhāna‚ÌŒ®‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A•¶Žš’Ê‚è‚Å‚Í�uŒû‚ÌŽü‚è‚Ɉӎ¯‚ðŒÅ’è‚·‚é�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µŽÀ�ۂɈӖ¡‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�AŽå‚ȃIƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg�i�umukkha nimitta�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é�j�A‚‚܂è�uNibbāna�v‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ucooling down�v‚É—¯‚߂邱‚Ƃł·�B
‚±‚±‚Å‚Ì�uPari�v‚Í�uŠ®‘S‚È�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�\•ª‚È�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uparimukhaṃ satiṃ
upaṭṭhapetvā�v‚Æ‚Í�AŽå‚È–Ú•W‚Å‚ ‚éNibbāna‚É�W’†‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì•¶�Í‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�A�À‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A‘O‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é4‚‚̎p�¨‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å�uáÒ‘z�v‚·‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚É‚©‚©‚í‚炸�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚É•K—v‚È�l‚¦•û‚Å‚·�B
6. Thus the �gpreparation instructions�h in that opening
phrase can now be stated something like, �gget into a calm and stable
mindset that is devoid of greed, hate, and ignorance; keep a modest attitude
without any sense of superiority; be forthright and honest, and keep the mind
on the main object of cooling down�h.
Thus the idea is for one to become a �gfirefighter�h (�gātāpi
sampajannō�g), who is always on the lookout not for actual fires, but for
those mental events that CAN LEAD TO mental fires in the future. These are
basically any immoral acts, speech, or thoughts.
6.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì–`“ª‚Ì�u�€”õ‚ÌŽwަ�v‚Í�AŽŸ‚̂悤‚É‚à�à‚©‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�u—D‰zŠ´‚̂Ȃ¢“K“x‚ȑԓx‚ð•Û‚¿�A—¦’¼‚Å�³’¼‚Å‚ ‚è�A–Ú“I‚Å‚ ‚éƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi�i—Á‚µ‚—â�ÂÈ�ó‘Ô�j‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚𗯂߂Ȃ³‚¢�B�v
‚±‚̂悤‚ȃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ð�A‚¢‚‚̎ž‚Å‚à”|‚í‚ê‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
’·Šú‚ɂ킽‚Á‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð—Á‚µ‚—â�Âɂµ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ªŒ®‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A�]—ˆ‚̉ðŽß‚Í�A�À‚é�³Ž®‚ȃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÉŽg—p‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚·�B�uŒû‚ÌŽü‚è‚̗̈æ‚ňӎ¯‚ðŒÅ’è‚·‚é�v‚ð�œ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�B
�í‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð—Á‚µ‚—â�Âɂµ�A�uātāpi sampajannō �v‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚É�Å“_‚𓖂ĂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�BSatipaṭṭhāna Sutta – Structure�g,
and �gkāyānupassanā –
The Section on Habits (Sampajanapabba)‚ðŽQ�Æ�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AƒAƒCƒfƒA‚Í�u�Á–hŽm�v�i�uātāpi sampajannō�v�j‚ɂȂ邱‚Ƃł·�BáÒ‘z‚Ì�u�Á–hŽm�v‚Æ‚Í�í‚ÉŽÀ�ۂ̉Î�Ђł͂Ȃ�A�«—ˆ“I‚Ƀ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚ȉÎ�Ђɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚éƒCƒxƒ“ƒg‚É–Ú‚ðŒõ‚点‚é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�BƒCƒxƒ“ƒg‚Ƃ͊î–{“I‚É•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×�AƒXƒs�[ƒ`�A‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽv�l‚Å‚·�B
7. There are five sections or �gpabba�h in the kāyānupassanā.
The reason that I described the Iriyāpathapabba (�gsection on
postures�h) and the Sampajānapabba (�gsection on habits�h) in the
previous posts was to emphasize the point that this cannot be
restricted to a formal session. One could say, �gHow can I be meditating the
whole day?�h. This question arises only because of the misconceptions we have on
what meditation or �gbhāvānā�h is.
One can just make it a �gformal session�h in order to get into
deeper levels of samādhi or jhānā.
7.kāyānupassanā‚É‚Í5‚‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚·‚Ȃ킿�upabba�v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘O‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ÅIriyāpathapabba�iŽp�¨‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�j‚ÆSampajānapabba�i�Kе‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�j‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚½‚Ì‚Í�A‚±‚Ìbhāvānā‚ª�³Ž®‚ȃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÉŒÀ’肵‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤“_‚ð‹’²‚·‚邽‚߂ł·�B
�u‚Ç‚¤‚·‚ê‚Έê“ú’†áÒ‘z‚Å‚«‚é‚Ì‚©�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¤Ž¿–â‚Í�AáÒ‘z�A‚‚܂è�ubhāvānā�v‚Ƃ͉½‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŒë‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚߂ɔ�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Žß‘¸‚Í�A�ubhāvānāya bahuleekathaya�v�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�ubhāvān₯‚Í�l‚ª‚¢‚Â‚à‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A—Ç‚¢�Kе‚ð�g‚ɂ‚¯‚é�Kе‚ð‚‚¯�Aˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚�Kе‚ð‚‚¯‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
samādhi ‚·‚Ȃ킿jhānā‚Ì‚æ‚è�[‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A‚±‚ꂱ‚»‚ð�u�³Ž®‚ȃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“�v‚ƉðŽß‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
8. Buddha Dhamma is not a religion in the sense of providing
�gsalvation�h by following certain rules or procedures. The Buddha said the only
way to achieve long-lasting happiness is to purify the mind. It starts with
avoiding the worst immoral acts of killing, stealing, etc. When one sees the
benefits of that one can go a step further and include gossiping, slandering,
etc. and so on.
The more one purifies one�fs mind, the true nature of this world will become increasingly clear. One cannot read about it in one essay or even many essays. One has to put it into action. Even though it is good to read about anicca, dukkha, anatta, it is not possible to �gget it�h until one purifies one�fs mind to a certain extent AND experiences the �gcooling down�h that results from a purified mind; this will be discussed in the Dhammānupassanā.
8.ƒuƒbƒ_ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Í�A“Á’è‚Ì‹K‘¥‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽè�‡‚É�]‚¤‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�u‹~‚¢�v‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚Í�@‹³‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽß‘¸‚Í�A’·‘±‚«‚Ì‚·‚é�K•Ÿ‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é—Bˆê‚Ì•û–@‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邱‚Ƃł ‚邯Œ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚Í�AŽE‚·�A“�‚ނȂǂÌ�ň«‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð‰ñ”ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì—˜“_‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚ç�A‚³‚ç‚Ɉê•à�i‚ñ‚Å�A‚¤‚킳˜b�A’†��‚ȂǂðŠÜ‚߂Ă¢‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚é‚Ù‚Ç�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{Ž¿‚͂܂·‚Ü‚·–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B ‘½‚‚̃GƒbƒZƒC‚ð“ǂނ±‚Ƃł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ðŽÀ�s‚Ɉڂ³‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B anicca�Adukha�Aanatta‚ɂ‚¢‚ēǂނ̂͗ǂ¢‚±‚Ƃł·‚ª�A‚ ‚é’ö“xƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚ß�A�´‚ß‚ç‚ꂽƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚ç�¶‚¶‚é�u—Á‚µ‚¢—â�³�v‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚é‚܂łÍ�u‚‚©‚Þ�v‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ADhammānupassanā‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
9.
Satipaṭṭhāna sutta describes a very
methodical way of following the Path prescribed by the Buddha. Initially,
one does not even have to worry about whether rebirth is vālid or whether there
are 31 realms of existence. One just focuses on realizing that there
are �ginternal fires�h (ātāpi) that we are not even aware of; see �gSatipaṭṭhāna Sutta – Structure�g.
9.Satipaṭṭhānasutta‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’è‚ß‚ç‚ꂽ“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é”ñ�í‚ÉŒn“�“I‚È•û–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚Í�A�Ä�¶‚ª—LŒø‚Å‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©�A‚Ü‚½‚Í‘¶�Ý‚Ì31—̈悪‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�S”z‚·‚é•K—v‚³‚¦‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‹C•t‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�u“à•”‰Î�Ð�v�iātāpi�j‚ª‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�BSatipaṭṭhāna Sutta – Structure‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B�@Ātāpi‚Æ‚Í“à•”‰Î�ЂȂ̂©�H�AĀ”Û’è�{tāpi”M‚³‚Ì—Á‚µ‚¢—â�³‚Ȃ̂©�H
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚߂邯�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̉΂Ƃǂ̂悤‚ÉŽn‚܂邩‚ð‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚Ƃ邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B �u‘å‚«‚ȉÎ�v‚ð•Еt‚¯‚邯�A‚æ‚è�uŠ´Šo‚ª‰s‚�v‚È‚è�A‚à‚Á‚Æ�¬‚³‚È‰Î‚ðŒ©‚ÄŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�¬‚³‚ȉΎ–‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚݂܂·�B‚±‚ê‚Í’iŠK“I‚ňê•àˆê•à‚É�i‚Þƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�u“¹�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B�u“¹�v‚ð�ã‚é‚Ù‚Ç�A‚æ‚è�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A‰Î‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A‚æ‚è�K‚¹‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
Revised September 1,
2016; October 29, 2017; February 16, 2020
This post is the most important post on the Mahā Satipaṭṭhāna Sutta. It sets the foundation. This is where 99% of people should
get started. Please read this and then follow the posts in the �gLiving Dhamma�h section before trying to follow
the rest of the Satipaṭṭhāna
Sutta.
‘O�‘‚«
‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�AMahā SatipaṭṭhānaSutta‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�Å‚à�d—v‚ȃgƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ðŠî”Õ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�ݒ肵‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚©‚ç99�“‚Ì�l‚ªŽn‚ß‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B Satipaṭṭhāna Sutta‚ÌŽc‚è‚Ì•”•ª‚ðƒtƒHƒ��[‚·‚é‘O‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚©‚ç�uƒŠƒrƒ“ƒOƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�vƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚É�]‚Á‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
1. Several web sites provide Pāli version of the sutta and
its English translation. I believe that they all are incorrect translations,
and as I proceed, I will explain why.
I will not follow the sutta sequentially, but
you will be able to follow the relevant sections. Eventually, I hope
to cover most of the sutta.
1.‚¢‚‚‚©‚̃EƒFƒuƒTƒCƒg‚ªsutta‚Æ‚»‚̉pŒê–ó‚̃p�[ƒŠŒê”Å‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�³‚µ‚‚È‚¢–|–󂾂Ǝv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B˜b‚ª�i‚ނɂ‚ê�A‚»‚Ì—�—R‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚̓p�[ƒŠŒê‚ƉpŒê–|–ó‚ð•À‚ׂĒñ‹Ÿ‚·‚éWeb‚Å‚·�Bhttp://www.tipitaka.org/stp-pali-eng-parallel
‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð�‘‚‚½‚߂ɑPˆÓ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚ÄŽžŠÔ‚ð‚©‚¯‚½�l�X‚Ì�Ó”C‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚¾�A‚±‚̂悤‚É�A‚±‚Ìsutta‚⑼‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ª1000”NˆÈ�ã‚ɂ킽‚Á‚ĉðŽß‚³‚ê‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
Ž„‚Í�‡ŽŸ‚Ésutta‚ðƒtƒHƒ��[‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�AŠÖ˜A‚·‚éƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ðƒtƒHƒ��[‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Å�I“I‚É‚Í�Asutta‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚ðƒJƒo�[‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
2. As I explained in �gSutta
– Introduction,�h there are three ways of presenting Dhamma: uddēsa,
niddēsa, patiniddēsa.
In the main body of the sutta,
the concepts are outlined. Those key concepts are supposed to be
described in detail, with examples, in verbal discourses (i.e., a dēsanā.) That is what I
will be doing in these series of posts, i.e., describe the concepts in detail.
2. Sutta
– Introduction‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�ADhamma‚ð’ñަ‚·‚é•û–@‚Í3‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Fuddēsa�Aniddēsa�Apatiniddēsa‚Å‚·�B
‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ìsuttā‚ɂ͒Z‚¢—v–ñ‚·‚Ȃ킿udd sa‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�AMahā Satipaṭṭhāna Sutta‚Í�Å�‰‚É‚»‚ꂪ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚ƉpŒê‚ÅŠ®‘S‚Èsutta‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚é�ã‹L‚Ì�”1‚ÌƒŠƒ“ƒN‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
sutta‚Ì–{‘̂ŊT”O‚ªŠT�à‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O‚Í�A—á‚ð‹“‚°‚Ä�AŒ¾—t‚É‚æ‚é’k˜b�i‚‚܂èdēsanā�j‚Å�Ú�ׂÉ�à–¾‚³‚ê‚邱‚ƂɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ‚±‚ê‚ç‚̈ê˜A‚̃GƒbƒZƒC‚Å�s‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ�A‚‚܂è�AŠT”O‚ð�Ú�ׂÉ�à–¾‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
3. The uddēsa (or uddeso)
starts with, �gEkāyano ayaṃ, bhikkhave, maggō
sattānaṃ visuddhiyā, sokaparidevanaṃ samatikkamāya, dukkhadomanassanaṃ
atthangamāya, nāyassa adhigamāya, nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṃ
cattāro satipaṭṭhāna�h
The main difference from the translation (conventional
interpretation) given in the link in #1 above are the two phrases as
highlighted above:
So, the essence of that verse is that the method described in
the Satipaṭṭhāna
sutta provides a guaranteed way to attain Nibbāna, via purification of the being, i.e., via cleansing one�fs mind.
3.uddēsa�i‚Ü‚½‚Íuddeso�j‚͈ȉº‚̂悤‚ÉŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B�uEkāyano ayaṃ�Abhikkhave�Amaggō sattānaṃ visuddhiyā�Asokaparidevanaṃ samatikkamāya�Adukkhadomanassanaṃ atthangamāya�Anāyassa adhigamāya�Anibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṃ
cattāro satipaṭṭhāna�v
–|–ó�F�u‚±‚ê‚Í�A�ò‰»�A”ß‚µ‚݂ƒQ‚«‚Ì�Ž•ž�A‹ê‚µ‚݂Ɣ߂µ‚Ý‚Ì�Á–Å�A’qŒd‚𓾂é�¹‚È‚é•û–@�Aƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ÌŽÀŒ»‚Ì‚½‚߂ɕÛ�Ø‚³‚ꂽ•û–@‚Å‚·�B‚‚܂è�A“¹“¿“Iƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒZƒbƒg‚ÌŽl�d‚ÌŠm—§�v‚Å‚·�B
2‚‚̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg
�ã‹L‚Ì�”1‚ÌƒŠƒ“ƒN‚Å’ñ‹Ÿ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é–|–ó�i�]—ˆ‚̉ðŽß�j‚Ƃ̎å‚ȈႢ‚Í�A�ã‹L‚Å‹’²‚³‚ꂽ2‚‚̋å‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚̓jƒbƒo�[ƒi‚Ö‚Ì—Bˆê‚Ì•û–@‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽß‘¸‚ªMahā Satipaṭṭhāna Sutta‚ð“`‚¦‚é‘O‚É�A‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ªƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�iˆÈ‘O‚É“`‚¦‚ê‚ꂽsutta‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�j�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚Ìsutta‚Í�A�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚©‚çƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚܂ł̂ ‚ç‚ä‚郌ƒxƒ‹‚ÅNibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̑̌n“I‚Å•Û�Ø‚³‚ꂽ•û–@‚Å‚·�B
�unāyassa adhigamāya�v‚Æ�usatipathäna�v‚Ì–|–ó�F�uNāya�v�iƒTƒ“ƒXƒNƒŠƒbƒgŒê‚Ì�unyāya�v�j‚Í�u�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´—��v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�unāna�v‚·‚Ȃ킿’qŒd‚Œ͂܂ê�A�uadhigama�v‚Í�uadhi�v‚æ‚è�‚‚¢ +�ugama�v•û–@�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�u‚æ‚è‚æ‚¢•û–@�v‚Å‚·�B Satipaṭṭhāna‚ð�u“¹“¿“I‚È�l‚¦•û�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä–|–󂷂邱‚Ƃ͂»‚ê‚قLj«‚‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�AŽŸ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�usatipathāna�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�߂̖{Ž¿‚Í�ASatipaṭṭhānasutta‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é•û–@‚ª�A‘¶�Ý‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚‚܂èƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�Aƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂̕Û�Ø‚³‚ꂽ•û–@‚¾‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
4. The next phrase is, �gKatame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassi viharati ātāpī sampajānō, satimā vineyya lōke
abhijjhā dōmanassam. Vedanāsu vedanānupassi viharati ātāpī sampajānō,
satimā vineyya lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam. Citte cittänupassī viharati ātāpī
sampajānō, satimā vineyya lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam. Dhammesu dhammānupassi
viharati ātāpī sampajānō, satimā vineyya lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam�h
This indicates the critical importance of this phrase. This is
the beginning of the purification process, by laying out the foundation; see, �gSatipaṭṭhāna Sutta – Relevance to
Suffering in This Life�g. One HAS
TO go through this process to reach the Sōtapanna stage.
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX‚Ì�u4‚‚̉w�v
4.
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�uKatame cattāro�H�v �u‚Ç‚Ì4‚‚ł·‚©�H �icattaro‚Í�uchaththarō�v‚Æ”‰¹‚µ‚Ü‚·�j�Bƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Í�u•W�€‰pŒê�v‚É�]‚Á‚Ä’Ô‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�gTipiṭaka English�h Convention
Adopted by Early European Scholars – Part 1�h and �g�gTipiṭaka English�h Convention
Adopted by Early European Scholars – Part 2‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
ŽŸ‚É�Akāyānupassanā�Avēdanānupassanā�Acittānupassanā�Adhammānupassanā‚Ì4‚‚ªƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B �uātāpī sampajānō�Asatimā vineyya lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ª4‚‚̂»‚ꂼ‚ê‚ÌŒã‚É•\ަ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚±‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚Ì�d—v�«‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AŠî‘b‚ðƒŒƒCƒAƒEƒg‚µ‚Ä‹’²‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A�ò‰»ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ÌŽn‚Ü‚è‚Å‚·�BSatipaṭṭhāna Sutta – Relevance to
Suffering in This Life‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
5. We will discuss �gkāye kāyānupassi viharati�h etc in
subsequent posts, but let us look at that all-important
common phrase, �gātāpī
sampajānō, satimā vineyya lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam, �h that is common to all four �gstations of mindfulness.�h This needs to be evaluated in two parts: �gātāpī sampajānō�h AND �gsatimā vineyya lōke abhijjhā
dōmanassam�h.
When one cultivates Satipaṭṭhāna,
one would not feel that �gburning up�h even upon hearing the tragic news. One
will be able to �ghandle things�h appropriately without taking drastic actions on
the �gspur-of-the-moment�h.
5.ˆÈ�~‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚Í�ukāye kāyānupassi viharati�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A4‚‚Ì�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX‚Ì•”–å�v‚·‚ׂĂɋ¤’Ê‚·‚é�uātāpī sampajānō,
satimā vineyya lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤�d—v‚È‹¤’ÊŒê‹å‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚Ý‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B‚±‚ê‚Í�uātāpī sampajānō�v‚Æ�usatimā vineyya lōke abhijjhā
dōmanassam�v‚Ì2‚‚̕”•ª‚Å•]‰¿‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�uTāpa�v�i�uthāpa�v‚Æ”‰¹�j‚Í”M‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B–{“–‚ɃXƒgƒŒƒX‚ª‚½‚܂邯�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É�u‰Î�v‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�B‚Ђǂˆ«‚‚È‚é‚Æ�A“Á‚ÉŠ´“®“I‚ȃjƒ…�[ƒX‚ª—¬‚ê‚Ä‚‚邯�A�l�X‚Í�u‹¹‚ª’É‚‚È‚Á‚½�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�uātāpi�v‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚ç‚Ì�u‰Î�v‚ƃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚ç‚̃XƒgƒŒƒX‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é‚à‚Ì‚Å�A�gniveema�g, �gnivana�h‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚Ì�‰Šú’iŠK‚Å‚·�B
Satipaṭṭhāna‚ðˆç‚Þ‚Æ�A”ߌ€“I‚È’m‚点‚ð•·‚¢‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A�S‚Ì�u”R‚¦�オ‚è�v‚ðŠ´‚¶‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
�Õ“®“I‚ÈŽv‚¢‚«‚Á‚½�s“®‚ð‚Æ‚é‚±‚ƂȂ�A“K�Ø‚É�u‚à‚Ì‚ðˆµ‚¤�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
00:00
00:00
Use Up/Down Arrow keys to increase or decrease volume.
Sampajāna ‚Í �gsan�h + �gpajāna‚·‚Ȃ킿‚ðƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ɃXƒgƒŒƒX‚ð—^‚¦‚é�usan�v‚ð‘I•Ê‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
What is �gSan�h?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B �usan�v‚Ì�ň«‚ÌŒ`‘Ô‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª–{”\“I‚É•s“¹“¿‚Å‚ ‚邯’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚É‚Í�AŽEŠQ�A“�“ï�A•s“K�Ø‚È�«“I�sˆ×�A‰R�A“D�Œ‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Sampajāna‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�ÅŒã‚ÌŒ¾—t‚Å‚ ‚é�u.. appamadēna sampādēta �v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u..‹}‚¢‚Åsan‚ð�®—�‚µ‚È‚³‚¢�v‚Ì�usampādēta�v‚Æ–§�Ú‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bsampādēta‚Í�usan�v+�upādēta�v�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�usan�v‚ð�®—�‚µ‚È‚³‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B
�usampādēta�v‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚邯�A�usampajannō�v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢‚±‚ƂƊԈá‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ªŽ©“®“I‚ɂ킩‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�Kе‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚Ì�d—v‚È‹å‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ASatipaṭṭhāna Sutta – Relevance to
Suffering in This Life‚Ìdēsanā‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�iƒRƒ“ƒsƒ…�[ƒ^�[‚ʼn¹—Ê‚ð�§Œä‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j�B
6. Therefore, �gātāpī sampajānō�h means
�gremove the fire or heat from one�fs mind by being aware of the �esan�e or
�gimmoral tendencies�h. They also go by the names �gkilesa�h and �gasōbhana cētasika�g;
see, �gWhat Are Kilesa (Mental
Impurities)? – Connection to Cetasika�g.
When one starts making progress, one could start to avoid
tendencies for extreme sense pleasures as well.
6.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uātāpīsampajānō�v‚Í�A�usan�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u•s“¹“¿‚ÈŒXŒü�v‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚ç‰Î‚Ü‚½‚Í”M‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A�ukilesa�v‚Æ�uasōbhana cētasika �v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚ŌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�BWhat Are Kilesa (Mental
Impurities)? – Connection to CetasikaŽQ�Æ�B
�l‚ª�i•à‚µŽn‚߂邯�A‹É’[‚ÈŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ÌŒXŒü‚à‰ñ”ð‚µŽn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
7. Then we have, �gsatimā vineyya lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam�g.
This is a highly condensed statement about the nature of this world. It
needs to be analyzed as �gsati
mā vineyya
lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam�g, i.e., satimā is really two words: sati and mā.
Thus �gsati ma vineyya lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam�h
means establishing moral mindset and moral conduct in order to be free from the
debt-ridden world and to be relieved from abhijjā and dōmanassa. This is the key to
�gcooling down�h; see, �gLiving Dhamma�h for details.
7.ŽŸ‚É�A�usatimā vineyya lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam�v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä”ñ�í‚É‹Ã�k‚³‚ꂽ�º–¾‚Å‚·�B
�usati mā vineyya lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä•ª�Í‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�Asatimā ‚ÍŽÀ�Û‚É‚Ísati‚Æmā‚Ì2‚‚̒PŒê‚Å‚·�B
‚·‚ׂĂ̋ꂵ‚Ý‚Ì�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚Í�A‹É’[‚ÈæÃ—~‚·‚Ȃ킿�uabhijjā�v�i�uabhi�v+�uicchā�v‚·‚Ȃ킿‹‚¢Š‰–]‚Ü‚½‚͈¤’…�j‚Å‚·�B�l‚ª–]‚Þ‚à‚Ì‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚Æ‚«�A�l‚Í—Ž‚¿�ž‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪdōmanassa‚Å‚·�B�l‚Í“®—h‚µ�A‚µ‚å‚°‚Ä�A“{‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ädōmanassa‚Ì�l‚¦•û‚Å�s“®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B
�uVineyya lōke�v‚Æ‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚¨ŒÝ‚¢‚É•‰�‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä�u‚¨ŒÝ‚¢‚ªŒ‹‚т‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ðŽw‚µ‚Ü‚·�BKamma,
Debt, and Meditation‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�usatimā�v‚Í�usati�v+�umā�v‚©‚ç—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B�umā�v‚Í�í�œ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�Asati‚Ì�í�œ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Œã‚Ì‹å‚Ì“à—e‚ð�í�œ�A‚·‚Ȃ킿‰ð•ú‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�usati�v‚Æ�uvineyya lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam�v‚ÌŽc‚è‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚ð‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚½‚à‚̂ł·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�usati ma vineyyalōke abhijjhā dōmanassam�v‚Í�AŽØ‹à‚É–ž‚¿‚½�¢ŠE‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê�Aabhijj₯dōmanassa‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邽‚ß‚É�A“¹“¿“I‚È�l‚¦•û‚Æ“¹“¿“I‚È�s“®‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚ÌŒ®‚Å‚·�B�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ALiving Dhamma‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
8. Thus the verse, �gātāpī sampajānō, satimā vineyya
lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam�g, means �gget rid of the fire or heat in
the mind by being aware of kilesa or
defilements and by removing extreme greed (abhijjā)
that leads to a depressed mind (dōmanassa)
through discipline (vineyya)�h.
The rest of the Satipaṭṭhāna
sutta is on the details on how to go about achieving these
goals.
8.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uātāpī sampajān ō�Asatimā vineyya lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤�ß‚Í�A�ukilesa‚·‚Ȃ킿‰˜‚ê‚ð”Fޝ‚µ�A—Ž‚¿�ž‚ñ‚¾ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�idōmanassa�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‹É’[‚ÈæÃ—~�iabhijjā�j‚ð‹K—¥�ivineyya�j‚ð’Ê‚µ‚ÄŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚̉΂â”M‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚�iātāpī�j‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�v�B
�Å�‰‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚Í�A•s“¹“¿‚ÈŠˆ“®‚·‚Ȃ킿dasa akusala‚ð�T‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚É�Å“_‚ð“–‚Ä‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�l‚ª�i•à‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê�A�l‚ð��‚‚¯‚邱‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢‹É’[‚ÈŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ð�T‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚©‚çŽn‚߂邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŽž‚܂łÉ�A‹É’[‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚à‚Ü‚½�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚̉΂·‚Ȃ킿”M�v‚ɂǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚È‚º‚‚Ȃª‚é‚Ì‚©‚ª–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂèŽn‚߂܂·
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uātāpī sampajānō�Asatimā vineyya lōke abhijjhā
dōmanassam�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Í�ASatipaṭṭhāna‚Æānāpāna bhāvanā‚Ì—¼•û‚ÌŒ®‚ƂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
Satipaṭṭhāna sutta‚ÌŽc‚è‚Ì•”•ª‚Å‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é•û–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
9. This �gcooling down�h
happens in four ways. They are kāyānupassanā,
vēdanānupassanā, cittānupassanā, and dhammānupassanā.
Thus it is a gradual process. Each advance helps with gaining
confidence in one�fs actions, helps not to just react to feelings, helps to
think with a clear head, which in turn helps with the understanding process.
9.‚±‚Ì�u—â‹p�v‚Í4‚‚̕û–@‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�Akāyānupassanā�Avēdanānupassanā�Acittānupassanā�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñdhammānupassanā‚Å‚·�B
kāyānupassanā ‚ðŽg‚Á‚Äabhijj₯dōmanassa‚ÌŽå—v‚È�ªŒ¹‚Ì�ˆ—�‚·‚邱‚Æ‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å�A‚¢‚‚ç‚©˜A‘±“I‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŠî–{“I‚Ésila‚·‚Ȃ킿“¹“¿“I�sˆ×‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�BŽ©•ª‚Ì�s“®‚âƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Í“¹“¿“I‚Å‚ ‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ�A‚‚܂èdasa akusala‚ð‚Å‚«‚邾‚¯�T‚¦‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“x’B�¬‚·‚邯�A“¹“¿“I‚È�s“®‚ª‚‚¢‚Ä‚‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‰½‚©ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚·‚邯�uŠ´‚¶‚é�v‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚‚܂è�A�uŠ´�ì�v‚³‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Å�‰‚͈ꎞ’âŽ~‚ð‚µ‚ÄŒ‹‰Ê‚ð�l‚¦‚é“w—Í‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B
�ň«‚Ì�áŠQ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚Ä‚¨‚‚Æ�Adhammānupassanā‚Ådhammā‚ðŠw‚Ñ�AŠ´�î�ivēdanēnupassanā�j‚É”½‰ž‚·‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�AŽžŠÔ‚ð‚©‚¯‚ÄŒ‹‰Ê‚ð•]‰¿‚µ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É‚‚é•s“¹“¿‚È�l‚¦‚ÉŽ©‹C‚Â�icittānupassanā�j‚±‚Æ‚ª“®“I‚É—eˆÕ‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A’iŠK“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ì�i•à‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚Ì�s“®‚ÉŽ©�M‚𓾂é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿�AŠ´�î‚É”½‰ž‚·‚邾‚¯‚łȂ�A–¾Šm‚È“ª‚Å�l‚¦‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿�A‚»‚ê‚ªŽŸ‚É—�‰ð‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚É–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B
10. The process of
comprehension of Tilakkhana (anicca, dukkha, anatta)
starts with kāyānupassanā but
all four can be cultivated simultaneously. The Buddha stated that if one makes
an all-out effort, Arahanthood can
be attained in seven days. If one makes a less commitment, either Arahant or at
least the Anāgāmi stage
attained within seven years according to the Buddha.
Another deeper approach is discussed at, �gOrigin of Life.�h
Tilakkhana‚Ì—�‰ð‚Í�i•à‚ð‰Á‘¬‚µ‚Ü‚·
10.
Tilakkhana�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j‚Ì—�‰ð‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Íkāyānupassanā‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A4‚‚·‚ׂĂ𓯎ž‚Ɉç�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽß‘¸‚Í�A‚à‚µ‘S—Í‚ð�s‚‚·‚È‚ç�A޵“ú‚ŃAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚ª’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�Bƒuƒbƒ_‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�AƒRƒ~ƒbƒgƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚ª’á‚¢�ê�‡�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“�‚È‚‚Æ‚àAnāgāmi‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É7”NˆÈ“à‚É’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ÌŠJŽn‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ALiving Dhamma‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•ʂ̂æ‚è�[‚¢ƒAƒvƒ��[ƒ`‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AOrigin of Life‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
11. The phrase �gātāpī sampajānō, satimā vineyya
lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam�h has been analyzed by dividing into four
components connected to viriya
indriya, paññā
indriya, sati indriya,
and samādhi indriya in
the �gLakkhaṇahāravibhaṅga�h of the Nettiprakarana (or
p. 50 of the Nettiprakana (Sri
Lanka Buddha Jayaṃthi edition):
�g..Tasmātiha tvaṃ bhikkhu kāye
kāyānupassī viharāhi ātāpī sampajānō satimā vineyya lōke abhijjhādōmanassaṃ�h.
�gĀtāpī�hti vīriyindriyaṃ, �gsampajānō�hti paññindriyaṃ, �gsatimā�hti satindriyaṃ, �gvineyya lōke abhijjhādōmanassan�hti
samādhindriyaṃ, evaṃ kāye kāyānupassinō
viharato cattārō satipaṭṭhānā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti.�h.
One sorts out �gsan�h
with paññā, keep
mindfulness with sati, and
make an effort (viriya)
to stay away from �gbad san�h or dasa akusala, thus
getting the mind to be free of abhijjā and dōmanassa and
thus get to samādhi. And
that should be done whenever possible, not only in formal meditation. Then one
will be in samādhi all
the time.
11.�uātāpī sampajānō�Asatimā vineyya lōke abhijjhā dōmanassam�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Í�ANettiprakarana (or p. 50 of the Nettiprakana (Sri Lanka Buddha Jayaṃthi
edition)‚Ìviriya indriya�Apaññā indriya�Asati indriya�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñsamādhi indriya‚Ì4‚‚̃Rƒ“ƒ|�[ƒlƒ“ƒg‚É•ªŠ„‚·‚邯•ª�Í‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚±‚Å�uātāpī�v‚Íviriya indriya�Asampajānō‚Ípaññā indriya�Asatimā‚Ísati indriya�A�uvineyya lōke abhijjhā domanassan�v‚Ísamādhi indriya‚Å‚·�B
paññā‚Å�usan�v‚ð‘I•Ê‚µ�Asati‚Ń}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX‚ðˆÛŽ�‚µ�A�uˆ«‚¢san�v‚·‚Ȃ킿dasa akusala‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邿‚¤‚É“w—Í‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�Aabhijj₯dōmanassa‚©‚çƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð‰ð•ú‚µ�Asamādhi‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚Í�A�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘z‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A‰Â”\‚ÈŒÀ‚è�s‚í‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B‚»‚¤‚·‚ê‚΂¢‚‚łàsamādhi‚É‚¢‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
12. Finally, kāyānupassanā basically tackles dasa akusala done
with actions and speech (moving body parts), as we
will see in the next section. The harder part comes
with those done directly by the mind, especially micchā diṭṭhi or
wrong views.
Next, �gSatipaṭṭhāna
– Introduction�g, �c�c�c
12.�ÅŒã‚É�AŽŸ‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�Akāyactionsnupassanā‚ÍŠî–{“I‚É�AƒAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ƃXƒs�[ƒ`�i‘̂̉“®•”•ª�j‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚édasa akusala‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚݂܂·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’¼�Ú�s‚í‚ê‚é‚Ì‚ª‚æ‚è“‚¢•”•ª‚Å‚·�B“Á‚Émicchā diṭṭhi‚·‚Ȃ킿ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B
Micchā diṭṭhi‚É‚Í2‚‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚¸�A�¢‘“I‚È”ª�³“¹‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚邱‚ƂŎæ‚è�œ‚©‚ꂽ10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchādiṭṭhi�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚æ‚è�[‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚Ì�œ‹Ž‚É‚Í�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì”cˆ¬‚ª”º‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Apaññā indriya�i’qŒd�j‚ª�d—v‚È–ðŠ„‚É‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B4Ží—Þ‚·‚ׂĂÌanupassanā ‚©‚çŠJŽn‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�Akāyānupassanā‚ª�ãŽè‚É‚È‚é‚Æ�A‘¼‚Ì3Ží—Þ‚Ìanupassanā‚à‚ ‚é’ö“x‚܂ňç�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�Akāyānupassanā‚ðŽn‚߂邱‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A“w—Í‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�iviriya�j�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A’qŒd�ipaññā�j‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�isati�j‚Æ‹¤‚É�¬’·‚µ�Asamādhi‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚ª�オ‚邯ީ“®“I‚É‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ìanupassanā‚É“ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B
The Basics in Meditation
Revised
August 17, 2019
The
top 10 posts in this section describe the fundamentals of Buddhist meditation.
The rest of the posts in this section are on possible meditation subjects and
can be used to clarify unresolved questions, and to gain samādhi.
The first 11 posts should be followed in that order, at least initially.
1. Those who are doing breath meditation or �gwatching the
stomach rise and fall�h know that it is relatively easy for some to calm the
mind compared to others. Some cannot even keep a calm mind for more than a few
minutes; distractions’�ˆÓŽU–Ÿ start �gpopping up.�h
2. Let us take the simile’¼šg of water well contaminated with all the rotten stuff fallen
into it over many years; our minds have accumulated gunk over repeated births,
not just in this life. When we are engaged in stressful day-to-day activities,
those activities stir up the �ggunk,�h and the mind gets clouded; it is like taking
a long pole and stirring the well water; the �ggunk�h at the bottom comes up.
3. When we are
engaged in day-to-day activities, we see, hear, smell, taste, touch, and also
think about all sorts of things; all these are �gexternal stirrers�h that make
our minds look like whirlpools. All these gang up to get the mind to stress out
and �gheat up.�h That is the tension that we feel in a busy day. We need to �gcool
down�h; we need �gniveema.�h
4. However, if we have too much gunk (defilements), then our
minds can be contaminated even without the aid of �ga stirrer.�h It is like
an abandoned old well. It has dirty water, and one needs to REMOVE the existing
dirty water first.
5.
Thus it would be hard to achieve calmness even with breath meditation if one is
actively engaged in the BIG EIGHT (unless one has had a lot of practice.
6. Getting rid of bad
old habits and installing new good habits is a KEY in the meditation practice;
we will talk about habits (�ggathi,�h which become �gāsavas�h over
time) in more detail in the next section. Here are some basic ideas that
would be helpful:
7. The primary formal
meditation technique is in the next section. For those who need time to get rid
of the BIG EIGHT, they can also monitor the progress by doing such formal
meditation sessions. It is essential to realize that all defilements (bad
habits) are removed only at the Arahant stage. So, there is no
point in getting discouraged if it takes time to stop bad habits; the
key is to make progress, and not to go backward.
Next, �gThe Second Level
– Key to Purify the Mind�g, �c�c�c..
1.ŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�uˆÝ‚Ì�ã�¸‚Ɖº�~‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v�l�X‚Í�A‘¼‚Ì�l‚É”ä‚ׂÄ�S‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚é�l‚ª”äŠr“I‚¢‚é‚͔̂äŠr“IŠÈ’P‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�”•ªˆÈ�ã�A—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚½�S‚ð•ۂ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‹C�°‚炵’�ˆÓŽU–Ÿ‚Í�uƒ|ƒbƒvƒAƒbƒv�v‚ðŠJŽn‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•‚±‚Ì�uƒ|ƒbƒvƒAƒbƒv�v‚Í�AŽ„‚ª“Š�e‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½5‚‚Ì�áŠQ�ipañcanīvaraṇa�j‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�AáÒ‘z‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�À‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«‚É•\–ʂɌü‚©‚Á‚Ä–A—§‚¿Žn‚ß‚é�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�S‚̉œ�[‚‚É‚ ‚é�uŽc—¯•¨�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u‚‚¸�v‚Å‚·�B
2.’·”N‚É“n‚Á‚Ä•…”s‚µ‚½‚à‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂª�…‚É—Ž‚¿‚ĉ˜�õ‚³‚ꂽ�…‚Ì—ÞŽ—�΂݂𒼎‹‚µ‚Ă݂܂µ‚傤�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�S‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�AŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ�oŽY‚·‚邱‚Ƃő傰‚³‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð’~�Ï‚µ‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªƒXƒgƒŒƒX‚Ì‘½‚¢“ú�X‚ÌŠˆ“®‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠˆ“®‚Í�u‘å‚°‚³�v‚ðŽhŒƒ‚µ�A�S‚͓܂è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í’·‚¢–_‚ðŽæ‚è�AˆäŒË�…‚ð‚©‚«�¬‚º‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�Bˆê”Ô‰º‚Ì�uƒKƒN�v‚ª•\ަ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
•Ž„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é2‚‚Ì�uŽå—v‚È•…‚Á‚½‚à‚Ì�v‚Í�A5‚‚Ì�áŠQ�Ak onmacchanda�i‰ß“x‚ÌæÃ—~�j‚Ævyāphda�i�[‚¢‘žˆ«�j‚ÌƒŠƒXƒg‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì2‚‚ł·�B vyāpāda‚Æ‚¢‚¤’PŒê‚ªˆê”Ê“I‚ÉŽg—p‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Íbyāpāda‚Å‚·�B
•Vicikicchā‚Í�l‚Ì�u�D‚Ý�v‚̃Zƒbƒg‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í•¨Ž¿“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚â�uŒ™‚¢�v‚ª�D‚«‚È‚à‚̂ɑ΂·‚é�D‚݂ł ‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚½‚ß‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ð�s‚¢‚Ü‚·�B Vicikicchā‚Í�A‰ß“x‚ÌæÃ—~‚Æ�[‚¢‘žˆ«�A�Å�‰‚Ì2‚‚Ì�áŠQ‚ÌŽå—v‚È�¬•ª‚©‚ç‚Ì�u‚¨‹C‚É“ü‚胊ƒXƒg�v‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B Kaṅkhāvicikicchā‚Í�A“K�؂Ȍ©‰ð‚𖳎‹‚µ‚½•s–{ˆÓ‚È‹³ˆç‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å”�¶‚·‚évicikicchā‚Ì‚æ‚舫‚¢Œ`Ž®‚Å‚·�B
•‘¼‚Ì2‚‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̈«‚¢�Kе‚ð‚©‚«—§‚ĂĎ©•ª‚ňç‚Ä‚é�u‚©‚«�¬‚º�v‚ÉŽ—‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bthinamiddha�i�u•‚¶�ž‚ß‚ç‚ꂽ�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u“€‚Á‚½�v�S�j�Auddhacca-kukkucca�i—Ž‚¿’…‚«‚̂Ȃ¢�S�j�B
•Thina middha‚â�ADhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚É�W’†‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚Í�A’Ê�í�A”æ‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚â�HŽ–‚ÌŒã‚É‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŒÂ�l“I‚È“Á�«‚â�Kе‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ð�u‘Ó‘Ä‚È�S�v‚ƌĂт܂·�B �u—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚È‚©‚Á‚½�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u‹»•±‚µ‚½�v�S�iuddhacca-kukkucca�j‚àŒÂ�l“I‚Å‚ ‚è�A‘¼‚Ì�l‚É”ä‚ׂÄ�u—D‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u—ò‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚邯‚«‚É”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•�u�S‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚é”éŒ�–ŒÜ‚‚Ì�áŠQ�v‚Å‹c˜_‚³‚ꂽ5‚‚Ì�áŠQ�B
3.Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª“ú�X‚ÌŠˆ“®‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŽí—Þ‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðŒ©‚Ä�A•·‚¢‚Ä�A“õ‚¢‚ðšk‚¬�A–¡‚í‚¢�A�G‚ê�A‚»‚µ‚Ă܂½�l‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�S‚ð‰Q‚̂悤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚邿‚¤‚É‚·‚é�uŠO•”ƒXƒ^�[ƒ‰�[�v‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂª�W‚Ü‚è�A�S‚ðƒXƒgƒŒƒX‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚µ�A�u”M‚‚·‚é�v�B‚»‚ꂪ–Z‚µ‚¢“ú‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚é‹Ù’£‚Å‚·�B �uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B �uƒjƒxƒ}�v‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B
•�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚·‚é1‚‚̕û–@‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠO•”ƒXƒ^�[ƒ‰�[‚ðˆêŽž“I‚ɃIƒt‚É‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ꂪŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚̃ZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B�©‚È�ê�Š‚É�s‚Á‚Ä–Ú‚ð•‚¶‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�AŽå‚É5‚‚Ì�g‘ÌŠ´Šo�i‚‚܂è�AŒ©‚¦‚È‚¢�A•·‚±‚¦‚È‚¢�A“õ‚¢‚ª‚·‚é�A–¡‚키�A�G‚ê‚é�j‚ªƒIƒt‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A“Á‚É‘½‚‚Ì—û�K‚ð‚µ‚½�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�A�S‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B
•‚µ‚©‚µ�A6”Ԗڂ̃}ƒCƒ“ƒhŽ©‘Ì‚ðƒIƒt‚É‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�S‚Í“®‚«‰ñ‚é‚Ì‚ª�D‚«‚Å�A�W’†‚µ‚È‚¢‚Ì‚ª�D‚«‚Å‚·�B‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Í�AŒÄ‹z‚âˆÝ‚Ì�·‚è�オ‚è‚È‚Ç�A1‚‚̃IƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg‚É�S‚ðŒÅ’肵‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚͈ꎞ“I‚ȉðŒˆ�ô‚݂̂ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•ˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A�u�S‚ð�Á‚·�v‚©�AŽv�l‚Ì”�¶‚ðŽ~‚߂悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚͊댯‚Å‚·�B�S‚ð�Á‚·‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A�ò‰»‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B•§‘ɂ͊®‘S‚É�ƒ�ˆ‚¾‚ª”ñ�í‚ÉŠˆ”‚È�S‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½�BƒpƒX‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚Æ�A�S‚͉s‚‚È‚è�AŠˆ“®‚µ‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
4.‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‘å‚°‚³‚È�i‰˜‘¹�j‚ð•ø‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚邯�A�u�˜�a‹@�v‚Ì�•‚¯‚ª‚È‚‚Ä‚à�S‚ª‰˜�õ‚³‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B”p�B‚̂悤‚Å‚·�B‰˜‚ꂽ�…‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚Ü‚¸Šù‘¶‚̉˜‚ꂽ�…‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•“¯—l‚É�A•s“¹“¿‚È�s“®‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A�S‚͉˜‚ꂽ�…‚Æ—�‚ꂽ�…—�‚Ì‚ ‚éˆäŒË‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�ABIG EIGHT‚̉˜‘¹‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�BŽEŠQ�A“�‚Ý�A�«“Iˆá–@�sˆ×�A‰R�A‚¤‚킳˜b�A’†���A‰ß�“‚È”Œ¾�A–ƒ–ò‚âƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A•x�A–¼�º�AŒ —͂Ȃǂɂæ‚é�u�Œ‚¢�v‚àŒ´ˆö‚Å‚·�B
•‚±‚ê‚ç‚̉˜‚ê‚Í�AŒÄ‹z‚ȂǂÌ1‚‚̃IƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg‚É�S‚ð�W’†‚³‚¹‚邾‚¯‚Å‚Í�í�œ‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ꂪ�uŒÄ‹záÒ‘z�v‚Ì�ª–{“I‚È–â‘è‚Å‚·�B
•“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ�isīla�B�j‚ð�¶‚«‚邯‚«�A�S‚Í—Ž‚¿’…‚«‚Ü‚·�i‚Ü‚½‚Ísamādhi‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�j�BBIGEIGHT‚ð’âŽ~‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͓¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ�isīla�B�j‚ÌŽn‚Ü‚è‚Å‚·�Bƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Æ’mŒb‚ð—{‚¤�ipaññā�B�j‚±‚ꂪ�Å�‰‚Ì�‡�˜‚Å‚·�Fsīla�Asamādhi�Apaññā�B
5.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚ª�ϋɓI‚ɃrƒbƒOƒGƒCƒg‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚Í�AŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚à‰¸‚â‚©‚³‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�¢“ï‚Å‚·�i‘½‚‚Ì—û�K‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�j�B
•‚»‚ꂪƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒgƒi‚Ì�Å�‰‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Å‚ ‚éƒLƒ†�[ƒkƒpƒbƒTƒ“‚Å‚·�B �uSatipatthāna–‚Í‚¶‚ß‚É�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
•‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì8‚‚̊ˆ“®‚Ì1‚ˆÈ�ã‚É�Kе“I‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A�Å�‰‚É‚·‚ׂ«‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃł·�B�Å�‰‚É�A�ň«‚Ì�Kе‚©‚çŽn‚ß�A‚·‚ׂĂ̈«‚¢�Kе‚ª‚È‚‚È‚é‚Ü‚Å�™�X‚É�i‚߂܂·�B‚»‚ê‚͉˜‚ꂽ�…‚̈äŒË‚ð‹ó‚É‚·‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B
•‚»‚ê‚͑傫‚ȃXƒeƒbƒv‚Å‚·�B�‚µŽžŠÔ‚ª‚©‚©‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ
�A‚»‚±‚ɂǂꂾ‚¯‚Ì�uƒKƒ‰ƒNƒ^�v‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä‚µ‚©‚µ�A1‚‚̂±‚Æ‚Í�A‹}‚¢‚Å‘½‚‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ê‚àƒXƒgƒŒƒX‚ɂȂ邩‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�Å‘P‚Ì•û–@‚Í�A1‚‚܂½‚Í2‚‚̑傫‚È–â‘è‚ð‰ñ”ð‚µ�A‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�¶‚¶‚é�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
•–³‘ʂȘb‚Í‘�‚¢’iŠK‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚‚ׂ«�Kе‚Å‚·�BŽ©•ª‚⑼�l‚Ì‚½‚߂ɖ𗧂½‚È‚¢�B–³‘ʂȘb‚Ì�Å’†‚É‚¤‚ñ‚´‚è‚·‚邯�A•K‘R“I‚ɉ½‚©•s“K�؂Ȃ±‚Æ‚ðŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�i‚¨‚»‚ç‚’†��‚à‰R‚à‚ ‚è�ABIG EIGHT‚É‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j�B‚»‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚Í�S‚ð‘f‘�‚—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B
•ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�A‰½‚©‚ªŽn‚Ü‚é‘O‚ɉ½‚©‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃ̗˜“_‚ðŒ©‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A“–�‰‚ÍŒv‰æ‚ɌŎ·‚·‚邽‚߂ɑ½‚‚ÌŒˆˆÓ‚ª•K—v‚ɂȂé�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•ŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚ÉŠµ‚ê‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�Bе‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚Í�A�™�X‚É’âŽ~‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚±‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚éŽè�‡‚ð�‚È‚‚Æ‚à�”‚©ŒŽ‚ÍŽŽ‚µ‚Ă݂邱‚Æ‚ð‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�B’·Šú“I‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚͈ꎞ“I‚È‹~�ς𓾂邽‚߂ɌċzáÒ‘z‚ɂ͂܂Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚͊ԈႢ‚Å‚·�B
6.ˆ«‚¢ŒÃ‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�A�V‚µ‚¢—Ç‚¢�Kе‚𓱓ü‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�AáÒ‘z‚ÌŒ®‚Å‚·�BŽŸ‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚Í�A�Kе�i�ugathi�v�A‚‚܂è�uāsavas�v‚ɂȂé�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚ɖ𗧂‚¢‚‚‚©‚ÌŠî–{“I‚ȃAƒCƒfƒA‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�F
•�V‚µ‚¢�Kе‚ðŒ`�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A�Å�‰‚Í‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ì“w—Í‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B�¶Žè�i‰E—˜‚«�j‚ŃIƒŒƒ“ƒW‚Ì”ç‚ð‚Þ‚�Kе‚ð‚‚¯‚Ă݂܂µ‚½�B�Å�‰‚Í‘å•ςłµ‚½‚ª�Aˆê”Ô‚Ì–â‘è‚Í�¶—˜‚«‚ÌŽg‚¢•û‚ð–Y‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚½‚±‚Ƃł·�BŽ„‚Í�Å�‰‚ÉŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚³‚¹‚邽‚߂ɃAƒ‰�[ƒ€‚ð�Ý’è‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�”“úŒã�AŽ„‚ÍŠo‚¦Žn‚ß�A1�A2�TŠÔŒã�A�V‚µ‚¢�Kе‚ª‚¤‚Ü‚‚¢‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�¡‚ł͎©“®“I‚É‚â‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‰EŽè‚ŃIƒŒƒ“ƒW‚Ì”ç‚ð‚Þ‚±‚¤‚Æ‚·‚é‚̂͂¿‚å‚Á‚ƕςł·�I
•Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª�V‚µ‚¢�Kе‚ð�ì‚邯‚«�A”]“à‚̃jƒ…�[ƒ�ƒ“‚̃Zƒbƒg‚ª‚»‚̃^ƒXƒN‚Ì‚½‚߂Ɉê��‚É”z�ü‚µŽn‚߂܂·�BŽÀ�s‚·‚ê‚΂·‚é‚Ù‚Ç�A�_Œo�Ú‘±‚ª‹‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ©“]ŽÔ‚É�æ‚Á‚½‚è�AŽÔ‚ð‰^“]‚µ‚½‚è�A‰½�\‰‚à‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð‰½‚à�l‚¦‚¸‚É�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ðŠw‚Ô‚Æ�A‚»‚ꂪ‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B �u–{“–‚Ì”]�F�S‚ªáÒ‘z/�Kе‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä”]‚ð�Ä”z�ü‚·‚é•û–@�v‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�u�Kе‚ªŒ`�¬‚¨‚æ‚Ñ”j‰ó‚³‚ê‚é•û–@–‰ÈŠw“IŒ©‰ð�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
•�Kе‚ð”j‚é‚É‚Í�A‚»‚Ì‹t‚ð�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚Ç‚ñ‚Ç‚ñ‰Œ‚ª�o‚È‚‚È‚é‚Æ�A‚»‚̃^ƒXƒN‚Ì�_Œo�Ú‘±‚͂܂·‚Ü‚·Žã‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚΂炂·‚邯�Aƒ^ƒoƒR‚ð‹z‚í‚È‚¢‚Ù‚¤‚ªŽ©‘R‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B”]‚Í‚»‚Ì�M�†‚ð�o‚·‚Ì‚ð‚â‚߂܂·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�Õ“®‚ð—}‚¦‚é�Õ“®‚ð—}‚¦‚錈ˆÓ‚ð�Å�‰‚ÉŽ�‚‚±‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ÌŽž“_‚Å‚»‚̃AƒNƒeƒBƒrƒeƒB‚ð•ʂ̂à‚̂ɒu‚«Š·‚¦‚Ă݂Ă‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚Ì•û–@‚ň«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í“¯‚¶Œ´—�‚Å‚·�B
7.Žå—v‚È�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ÍŽŸ‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BƒrƒbƒOƒGƒCƒg‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚߂ɎžŠÔ‚ª•K—v‚È�l‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�A”Þ‚ç‚͂܂½�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�i’»�󋵂ðŠÄŽ‹‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚ׂẲ˜‘¹�iˆ«‚¢�Kе�j‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒg‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�Aˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽ~‚ß‚é‚̂ɎžŠÔ‚ª‚©‚©‚é‚̂ł ‚ê‚Î�A—Ž’_‚µ‚Ä‚àˆÓ–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�A‘O�i‚·‚邱‚Ƃł ‚è�AŒã–߂肵‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B
•Žž‚É‚Í�AAriyaBhāvanā‚ðŠJŽn‚·‚邯�A�󋵂͗ǂ‚È‚é‘O‚Ɉ«‰»‚·‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‰Œ‚ª‚·‚ׂÄ�o‚Ä‚«‚Ĉ«‰»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚邯‚«‚É�A”M‚¢“S‚É�…‚ð‚܂Ԃµ‚Ä—â‚â‚»‚¤‚Æ‚·‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�l‚Í‚µ‚‚±‚‚ ‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B–³�”‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ª•§‚ð�M‚¶‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð�S‚É—¯‚߂è‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ŽŸ‚É�A�u‘æ2ƒŒƒxƒ‹–�S‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邽‚߂̌®�v
The Second Level – Key to Purify the Mind
The
top 10 posts in this section describe the fundamentals of Buddhist meditation.
The rest of the posts in this section are on possible meditation subjects and
can be used to clarify unresolved questions, and to gain samādhi.
The first 11 posts should be followed in that order, at least initially.
1. Let us go back to the example of the abandoned well. Now we
have done a decent job of cleaning the dirty water that had been there for
a long time, i.e., we have reduced at least some of the main immoral acts, the
BIG EIGHT.
Now we need to make sure
that things do not fall into the well while we try to make the water even more
cleaner; if there is no barrier around it, when it rains mud water can
fall into the well. As with the well, we need to make sure that we keep those
BIG EIGHT out of our minds as much as possible. This is �esila�h
(pronounced �gseela�h) or moral living.
‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚̂͂¶‚ß‚Ì10‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚Í�A•§‹³‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌŠî–{‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Žc‚è‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A�l‚¦‚ç‚ê‚éáÒ‘z‚ÌŽå‘è‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A–¢‰ðŒˆ‚ÌŽ¿–â‚𖾊m‚É‚µ�AƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒB‚𓾂邽‚߂Ɏg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚Ì11Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à�Å�‰‚Í‚±‚Ì�‡�˜‚ŃtƒHƒ��[‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
1.•úŠü‚³‚ꂽˆäŒË‚Ì—á‚É–ß‚è‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B�¡�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í’·‚¢ŠÔ‚»‚±‚É‚ ‚Á‚½‰˜‚ꂽ�…‚ð‚«‚ê‚¢‚É‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤ŽdŽ–‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�‚È‚‚Æ‚à‚¢‚‚‚©‚ÌŽå—v‚È•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚Å‚ ‚éƒrƒbƒOƒGƒCƒg‚ðŒ¸‚ç‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
•ŽŸ‚É�A�…‚ð‚³‚ç‚É‚«‚ê‚¢‚É‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A•¨‚ªˆäŒË‚É—Ž‚¿‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽüˆÍ‚É�á•Ç‚ª‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A‰J‚ª�~‚邯“D�…‚ªˆäŒË‚É—Ž‚¿‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BˆäŒË‚Æ“¯—l‚É�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìbig8‚ð‚Å‚«‚éŒÀ‚èƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É—¯‚߂Ȃ¢‚悤‚É‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�uƒV�[ƒ‰�v‚·‚Ȃ킿“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚Å‚·�B
2. In order to make
sure that we will not drift back to the old ways, we need to cultivate moral
mindfulness (�gsati�g): we need to be on the �glookout�h for any temptations
to break the BIG EIGHT. But there is a catch that most people do not
comprehend: bad habits and cravings or �ggathi/āsavas�h that we have are
not only from this life, but possibly from previous lives as well.
2.ŒÃ‚¢‚â‚è•û‚É–ß‚ç‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í“¹“¿“I‚ȃ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�i�uƒTƒeƒB�v�j‚ð”|‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ª—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‘厖‚È‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚鈫‚¢�Kе‚⊉–]�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�ugathi�«Œü/ āsavas”Ï”Y�v‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A‚¨‚»‚ç‚‘O�¢‚©‚ç‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
3. Again, we can use the old water well as an example: When we
drained the water out of the well, the well starts filling up with water from
underground fresh water oozing through cracks (from underground aquifers) which
is pure.
However, if there is
a of rotten stuff at the bottom of the well that had been there for a long
time, then that pure water gets contaminated. Our bad habits (gathi/āsavas)
are like the dirt at the bottom of the well.
3.ŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A—á‚Æ‚µ‚Č¢�…ˆäŒË‚ðŽg‚¢‚Ü‚·�BˆäŒË‚©‚ç�…‚ð”r�…‚·‚邯�AˆäŒË‚Í’n‰º‚Ì’W�…‚©‚ç‚Ì�…‚Å–ž‚½‚³‚êŽn‚߂܂·�B
•‚µ‚©‚µ�AˆäŒË‚Ì’ê‚É’·‚¢ŠÔ‚ ‚Á‚½•…‚Á‚½‚à‚Ì‚ª‚ ‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚Ì�ƒ�…‚͉˜�õ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚̈«‚¢�Kе�igathi /āsavas�j‚Í�AˆäŒË‚Ì’ê‚Ì“y‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B
4. The water in the
above well will now look relatively more clear if it is undisturbed, i.e, when
we let the water to settle down. This is effectively what we do in
breath meditation or any such samatha meditation. When
someone is abstaining from the BIG EIGHT, it is relatively easy to calm the
mind by going to a quiet place, closing the eyes, and then focusing one object,
say the breath.
If one takes a long
pole and stir the well, those contaminants start coming up.
4.ˆäŒË‚Ì�…‚Ì�ã•”‚Í�A—�‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A‚‚܂è�…‚ª�ÃŽ~‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A”äŠr“I–¾Šm‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚Ü‚½‚Í‚»‚̂悤‚ȃTƒ}ƒ^áÒ‘z‚ÅŒø‰Ê“I‚É�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B’N‚©‚ªBIG EIGHT‚ð�T‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A�©‚È�ê�Š‚É�s‚«�A–Ú‚ð•‚¶‚Ä‚©‚ç�A1‚‚̃IƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg�iŒÄ‹z‚È‚Ç�j‚Ì�Å“_‚ð�‡‚킹‚邱‚Æ‚Å�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚邱‚Ƃ͔äŠr“IŠÈ’P‚Å‚·�B
•‚»‚̂悤‚ÈáÒ‘z‚Íanāriya�i‘e–ì�A�‚‹M‚ł͂Ȃ¢�jáÒ‘z‚Å‚·�BˆêŽž“I‚È‹~�ς݂̂ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A“Á‚É�l—¢—£‚ꂽ�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A‘½‚‚Ì—û�K‚ð‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì•û–@‚Åanāriya jhānas‚É“ü‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚ð‘—‚è�A�X‚Ì’†‚Å‘¼‚Ì�lŠÔ‚©‚牓‚´‚©‚Á‚½ŒÃ‘ã‚̃ˆƒM‚Í�A‚æ‚è�‚‚¢ƒWƒƒƒi‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
•‚±‚±‚ʼn½‚ª‹N‚±‚é‚©‚Í�A5‚‚Ì�áŠQ‚ª—}�§‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ê‚Í•…‚Á‚½‚à‚Ì‚ªˆäŒË‚Ì’ê‚Ɏז‚‚³‚ꂸ‚ɕۊǂ³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B
•’·‚¢ƒ|�[ƒ‹‚ðŽæ‚è�AˆäŒË‚ð‚©‚«‰ñ‚·‚Æ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̉˜�õ•¨Ž¿‚ªŒ»‚êŽn‚߂܂·�B
5. In the same way, when someone comes out of the quiet place,
one gets �gdisturbed�h with external sense stimuli (i.e., when a particularly
strong sense object is presented). For someone with a lot of lust, it could be
a picture of an attractive person. If someone has a lot of hate towards
another, then hateful thoughts can come to the surface just by someone
mentioning that person�fs name.
This is why people
who have a very calm and peaceful experience at a meditation resort come back
to regular hectic�Á–Õ life and see that
experience fade away gradually. That is because it WAS a temporary
solution. What we have in mind here is a more
permanent solution. But this approach takes a bit more time.
5.“¯—l‚É�A’N‚©‚ª�©‚È�ê�Š‚©‚ç�o‚Ä‚«‚½‚Æ‚«�A�l‚ÍŠO•”Š´ŠoŽhŒƒ‚Å�uŽ×–‚�v‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�i‚‚܂è�A“Á‚É‹‚¢Š´ŠoƒIƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg‚ª’ñަ‚³‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«�j�B—~–]‚Ì‘½‚¢�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚Í�A–£—Í“I‚È�l‚ÌŽÊ�^‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B’N‚©‚ª‘¼‚Ì�l‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‘½‚‚Ì‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚ð•ø‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚Ì�l‚Ì–¼‘O‚ÉŒ¾‹y‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‘ž‚µ‚݂ɖž‚¿‚½�l‚¦‚ª•‚‚©‚Ñ�オ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•‚±‚Ì�u•\–ʂ֖A—§‚Ä‚ç‚ꂽˆ«‚¢‚à‚Ì�v‚Í�uanusaya”Ï”Y�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚ȃAƒkƒTƒ„‚ðŽ~‚ß‚é‚É‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚̃KƒeƒB/ƒA�[ƒTƒo‚ð�i�™�X‚É�jŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì—pŒê‚Í�A�uƒKƒeƒB�iƒKƒeƒB�j�AƒAƒkƒTƒ„�A�v‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•‚±‚ꂪ�AáÒ‘zƒŠƒ]�[ƒg‚Å”ñ�í‚ɉ¸‚â‚©‚Å•½˜a‚ȑ̌±‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�l�X‚ª’Ê�í‚Ì‘½–Z‚È�Á”ï�¶Šˆ‚É–ß‚è�A‚»‚̑̌±‚ª�™�X‚É�Á‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚͈ꎞ“I‚ȉðŒˆ�ô‚¾‚Á‚½‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å”O“ª‚É’u‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚æ‚è‰i‘±“I‚ȃ\ƒŠƒ…�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚̃Aƒvƒ��[ƒ`‚É‚Í‚à‚¤�‚µŽžŠÔ‚ª‚©‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B
5. So, how do we really clean the well? It is not enough to let
the gunk to sink back to the bottom; we need to remove the gunk that has
accumulated at the bottom of the well. There could even be toxic things down
there. Thus it takes an effort to remove all those. Once those are removed,
there is nothing down there that can contaminate the fresh water coming out.
When the well fills up we only need to make sure that things do not fall back
in to contaminate the well.
5.‚Å‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚ɈäŒË‚ð–{“–‚É‚«‚ê‚¢‚É‚·‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�Hƒlƒoƒlƒo‚µ‚½‚à‚Ì‚ð’ê‚É’¾‚Ü‚¹‚邾‚¯‚ł͕s�\•ª‚Å‚·�BˆäŒË‚Ì’ê‚É—‚Ü‚Á‚½ƒlƒoƒlƒo‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚±‚ɂ͗L“łȂà‚Ì‚³‚¦‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂð�í�œ‚·‚é‚ɂ͓w—Í‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚炪�œ‹Ž‚³‚ê‚邯�A�o‚Ä‚‚é�V‘N‚È�…‚ð‰˜�õ‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚é‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BˆäŒË‚ª‚¢‚Á‚Ï‚¢‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚ç�A•¨‚ª—Ž‚¿‚ĈäŒË‚ð‰˜�õ‚µ‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�B
•“¯—l‚É�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚Í�A–³�”‚Ì‰ß‹Ž‚Ì�l�¶‚ɂ킽‚Á‚Ä’~�Ï‚³‚ê�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Å‹‰»‚³‚ê‚Ä‚«‚½ˆ«‚¢�Kе�igathi /āsavas�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃł·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚ª‚ ‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚Ì‘ž‚µ‚݂͊ȒP‚Ɉø‚«‹N‚±‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ�Aˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚ª‘¼‚Ì�l�X‚æ‚è‚à�uŒƒ“{�@ƒtƒŒƒAƒAƒbƒv�v‚ð‹N‚±‚µ‚â‚·‚¢—�—R‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‹É’[‚È—~‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�A6‚‚̊´Šo‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ð’Ê‚µ‚ÄŠ´Šo‚ð–ž‘«‚³‚¹‚邽‚߂ɕs“¹“¿‚È�s“®‚·‚邿‚¤‚ÉŠÈ’P‚É—U˜f‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
•Žå—v‚È‚à‚̂͗~‚Æ‘ž‚µ‚݂ł·‚ª�A�”‚¦�Ø‚ê‚È‚¢�”‚Ì‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�iavija–³’m‚ðŠÜ‚ß‚é‚Ì‚Å�j�B‚¾‚©‚炱‚»�A�”‚¦�Ø‚ê‚È‚¢‚Ù‚Ç‚Ì�”‚Ì�Kе/�«Ši/ŒXŒü‚ªŠeŽ©‚ÉŒ©‚ç‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B“¯‚¶‘oŽq‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�A“¯‚¶‚悤‚È“ñ�l‚Í‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
5. Looking at the
five hindrances, the main culprits are of course, greed, hate, and vicikicca (the
particular set of things one has a liking for, which can be things liked or
disliked). The other two help bring out these: the �glazy mind�h will not take
any effort to suppress bad thoughts; the �gdispersed mind�h is too dispersed to
be focused, to think clearly. All these are intimately connected to the habits
(gathi/āsavas).
5. 5‚‚Ì�áŠQ‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�AŽå‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚Í‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�Avicikicca�i�D‚«‚È‚à‚Ì�AŒ™‚¢‚È‚à‚̂ȂÇ�j‚Å‚·�B‘¼‚Ì2‚‚͂±‚ê‚ç‚ðˆø‚«�o‚·‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B�u‘ӑĂȃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�v‚͈«‚¢�l‚¦‚ð—}‚¦‚é“w—Í‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �u•ªŽU‚µ‚½ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�v‚Í‚ ‚Ü‚è‚É‚à•ªŽU‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A–¾Šm‚É�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚É�W’†‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�A�Kе�igathi /āsavas�j‚Æ–§�Ú‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•‚Æ‚±‚ë‚Å�Agathi /āsavas‚ð‚·‚×‚Ä�í�œ‚Å‚«‚邯�Aƒjƒ”ƒ@�[ƒi‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽß‘¸‚̓uƒbƒ_‚Ì‹«’n‚É’B‚·‚é’¼‘O‚É�uāsavakkhaya�@nana�v‚ðŽÀŒ»‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B āsavakkhaya‚Í�uāsava”Ï”Y�v+�ukhaya�œ‹Ž�v‚·‚Ȃ킿”Ï”Y‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃł·�B �ukhaya�v‚Æ‚Í�usan�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃł·�B
•‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�AŠÈ’P‚É�œ‹Ž‚Å‚«‚é‚Ù‚Ç‹—͂ł͂Ȃ¢�Kе‚ð‚¢‚‚‚©�í�œ‚µ�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à‘å‚«‚È�Kе‚ðŒ¸‚ç‚µ‚Ü‚·�B—Ç‚¢ƒjƒ…�[ƒX‚Í�A�¬‚³‚Ȉ«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚©�A‘å‚«‚È�Kе‚Ì�[��‚³‚ðŒyŒ¸‚·‚邽‚Ñ‚É�AˆÀ�SŠ´‚Ü‚½‚Í�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�univeema�v‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚邱‚Ƃł·�B �uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�Aˆ«‚¢�Kе‚⊉–]‚ð‚·‚×‚ÄŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
6. After making a commitment to abstain from the BIG EIGHT
as much as possible, we need to sort out our bad habits.
6.‰Â”\‚ÈŒÀ‚èBIG EIGHT‚ð�T‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ðŒˆ�S‚µ‚½Œã�Aˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ð�®—�‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•�ã•”‚É‚Í�¬‚³‚È‚à‚Ì‚ð�A‰º•”‚ÉŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä‚æ‚è�[��‚È‚à‚Ì‚ðŠÜ‚ÞƒŠƒXƒg‚ð�ì�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠF�A—~‚Æ‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�u‘å‚«‚È‚à‚Ì�v‚Å‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚Í�AŠÈ’P‚ÉŽ¯•ʉ”\‚È�¬‚³‚Ȉ«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A”š”“I‚È‹C�«�A‚¯‚¿�AŠ´Šo‚ÌŠy‚µ‚³‚ð‹�‚ß‚·‚¬‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�i‚‚܂è�AƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹�A–ò•¨�A‚³‚ç‚ɂ͉ߓx‚Ì�HŽ–‚Ɉˑ¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�j�B
•ˆê”Ô�ã‚É‚ ‚é‚à‚Ì�iŠÈ’P‚È‚à‚Ì�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ꂪŒp‘±‚·‚éƒCƒ“ƒZƒ“ƒeƒBƒu�i“®‹@�AŽhŒƒ�j‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚®‚ɑ傫‚È‚à‚̂Ɏæ‚è‘g‚à‚¤‚Æ‚·‚邯�A—Ž’_‚µ�A‘S‚Ă̓w—Í‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚߂邩‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
7. Of course, focusing on the BIG EIGHT is very important.
If one is engaging in killing animals for pleasure (e. g., fishing), then that
needs to be stopped if one is serious about meditation. If one is making a
living by stealing from others, that needs to be stopped. If one is engaged in
sexual activities with other married people, that needs to be stopped, etc.
7.‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�ABIG EIGHT‚É’�–Ú‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͔ñ�í‚É�d—v‚Å‚·�BŠì‚т̂½‚߂ɓ®•¨‚ðŽE‚·‚±‚Æ‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�i—Ⴆ‚Î�A’Þ‚è�j�AáÒ‘z‚É�^Œ•‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚È‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ðŽ~‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘¼�l‚©‚牽‚©‚ð“�‚ñ‚Å�¶Œv‚𗧂ĂĂ¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚ðŽ~‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘¼‚ÌŠù�¥ŽÒ‚Æ�«“IŠˆ“®‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚ðŽ~‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚È‚Ç�B
•‚±‚ê‚ç‚à�펯“I‚È‚à‚̂ł·�BŽ©•ª‚Ì�s“®‚ðŒ©‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ªŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚¨‚æ‚Ñ/‚Ü‚½‚Í‘¼‚Ì�l‚ÉŠQ‚ð‹y‚Ú‚·‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�s“®‚ð�Å�‰‚ÉŒ¸‚炵�A�Å�I“I‚É’âŽ~‚·‚é•û–@‚ð�^Œ•‚É�l‚¦Žn‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
8. There are several
posts on habits and gathi/āsavas; you may want to find and read
them. And contemplate on those ideas. An English discourse on this topic is
given in the post, �gHow Are Gati and Kilesa Incorporated into Thoughts?�g.
8.�Kе‚Ægathi/āsavas‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ª‚¢‚‚‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚ēǂނ±‚Æ‚ð‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�l‚¦•û‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‰pŒê‚Ì’k˜b‚Í�A�ugathi/āsavas‚͂ǂ̂悤‚ÉŽv�l‚É‘g‚Ý�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©�H�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤“à—e‚ª�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•�Å�‰‚É‹’²‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�A“w—Í‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽß‘¸‚Å‚³‚¦“¹‚ðŽ¦‚·‚±‚Æ‚µ‚©‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚ª’ñˆÄ‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ðŒŸ�Ø‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚炪”[“¾‚Å‚«‚é‚Ü‚Å�n�l‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�A�¬‚³‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚Á‚Ä‚à—˜‰v‚ªŒ©‚ç‚ê‚邿‚¤‚É‚È‚é‚Æ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�u“¹�v‚ð•à‚«Žn‚߂܂·�B
•�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�AŠJŽn‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚³‚ç‚É�i‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚‚½‚߂̔R—¿‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚é�¬‚³‚È–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç�B
9. One could and
should use the �gfour bases of mental power (satara iddhipāda)�h in
accomplishing these goals. Tackle one goal at a time. As you accomplish more
and more goals, the iddhipādaˆÓޝ‚Ì—Í (chanda, citta, viriya,
vimansa) will grow as well. These are the critical factors that
the yogis used to cultivate mundane�¢‘‚Ì (anāriya) jhānas and gain extraordinary
mental powers too.
Chanda is the desire to achieve the goal. Citta is the determination one makes and the viriya is the effort that one puts in to get it done. Vimansa is careful examination of the benefits of breaking the habit and the possible repercussions‰e‹¿ of keeping the habit. As the four iddhipāda grow (with accomplishment of more and more goals), the vimansa faculty”\—Í grows in particular; this is a facet of wisdom (panna).
9.‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A�uƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹—Í‚Ì4‚‚̊î”Õ�isataraiddhipāda�j�v‚ðŽg—p‚·‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�Bˆê“x‚É1‚‚̖ڕW‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Þ�B‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·‘½‚‚Ì–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�Aiddhipāda basis of psychic power�D�ichanda�Acitta�Aviriya�Avimansa�j‚à“¯—l‚É�¬’·‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�AƒˆƒM‚ª�¢‘‚̃Wƒƒƒi‚ðˆç‚Ä�A•ÀŠO‚ꂽƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹—͂𓾂邽‚߂Ɏg—p‚µ‚½�d—v‚È—vˆö‚Å‚·�B
•ƒ`ƒƒƒ“ƒ_‚Ƃ͖ڕW‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Šè–]‚Å‚·�Bƒ`ƒbƒ^‚Í�l‚ÌŒˆ’f‚Å‚ ‚è�AƒrƒŠƒ„‚Í�l‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð�¬‚µ�‹‚°‚邽‚߂ɒ�‚®“w—͂ł·�Bƒ”ƒBƒ}ƒ“ƒT‚Í�A�Kе‚ð‰ó‚·‚±‚Ƃ̗˜“_‚Æ�A�Kе‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̉e‹¿‚ð’�ˆÓ�[‚’²‚ׂ܂·�B 4‚‚Ìiddhipāda‚ª�¬’·‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�i‚æ‚葽‚‚Ì–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ä�j�Avimansa‚Ì”\—͓͂Á‚É�¬’·‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í’qŒd�iƒpƒ“ƒjƒƒ�j‚̈ê–ʂł·�B
Žl�_‘«�iŽl”@ˆÓ‘«�j�@�@�@Žl‚‚̎©�Ý—Í�@�@�@�@
Iddhipada�@�@"power" (iddhi) �{ "base," (pāda)�@�@�@“y‘ä‚̃pƒ��[
Vimansa�@�@�@ŠÏ�_‘«�@�@�@
ŽvˆÒ�i‚·‚®‚ꂽáÒ‘z‚𓾂悤‚Æ’qŒd‚ð‚à‚Á‚ÄŽvˆÒŠÏŽ@‚·‚é�j�@�@�@•\–Ê‚ð•ª‰ð‚µ‚Ä‰œ‚Ö�i‚Þ
10. In trying to
remove any bad habit, it is essential to look at the negative repercussions or
bad consequences (called ādeenava or ādinava) from
that activity. Let us take the bad habit of getting into a rage as an example:
Even worse are the samsāric consequences: If rage becomes a dominant characteristic of one�fs personality, it is possible that this is what will be grasped at the moment of death and a birth of a �gsimilar kind�h could result, i.e., birth in a burning hell (this is the principle of ).
10.ˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚±‚¤‚Æ‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ÌŠˆ“®‚©‚ç‚̔ےè“I‚ȉe‹¿‚∫‚¢Œ‹‰Ê�iādeenava or ādinava�j‚É’�–Ú‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B—á‚Æ‚µ‚Ä“{‚è‚Ɋׂ鈫‚¢�Kе‚ð�l‚¦‚Ă݂܂µ‚傤�B
•“{‚è‚Ì�uŠÔ‚É�u”M‚‚È‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤•s‰õ‚È‹CŽ�‚¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A“{‚è‚Ì�uŠÔ‚ÉŽÀ�Û‚É‚»‚ê‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‹É’[‚È�ê�‡�A‚±‚ꂪ�A�l‚ð�”‰ñŽh‚·‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚Ȃ̂É30〜40‚ÌŽh‚µ��‚ÅŽ€‚ñ‚¾�l‚ª‚¢‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ“{‚è‚̊댯�«‚Å‚·�BŒã‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‹C•ª‚ªˆ«‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŽè’x‚ê‚Å‚·�B
•‚³‚ç‚Ɉ«‚¢‚Ì‚Í�Asamsāric—Ö‰ô‚ÌŠÖŒW�«‚Å‚·�B“{‚肪�lŠi‚ÌŽx”z“I‚È“Á’¥‚ɂȂé�ê�‡�A‚±‚ê‚ªŽ€‚Ì�uŠÔ‚É”cˆ¬‚³‚ê‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A�u—ÞŽ—‚ÌŽí—Þ�v‚Ì’a�¶�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�A”R‚¦‚é’n�–�i‚±‚ê‚Ípaticca samuppāda: �gpati+ichcha�h leading to �gsama+uppāda�h‚ÌŒ´—�‚Å‚·�j�B
11. Let us take a few examples to see how some bad habits can be
tackled:
Alcohol or cigarette addiction is another example. Instead of trying to stop such a habit �gcold turkey�h, it is better to cut down gradually. But one MUST have the discipline (the importance of cultivating the iddhipāda comes here) to stick to the plan, and not go back. It also helps to find a replacement activity at that time (taking a less potent drink or chewing a gum, etc). One of the four iddhipāda that is essential here is citta or determination.
11.‚¢‚‚‚©‚̈«‚¢—á‚ɂǂ̂悤‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚ðŒ©‚é‚½‚߂ɂ¢‚‚‚©‚Ì—á‚ð‹“‚°‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B
•‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A‹C�«‚ªˆ«‚�i‘ž‚µ‚݂ɔ“W‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j�A‚»‚ê‚Ívyāpāda�uáÑ�v�uˆ«ŠQ�v‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Ísamsāric‚Ì�Kе‚Å‚ ‚è�A‘¼‚Ì‘½‚‚Ì�Kе‚Ƃ͈قȂè�A‚±‚ê‚̓Cƒ“ƒvƒbƒg‚³‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚É�§Œä‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�¢“ï‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A“{‚肪‚È‚‚È‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«‚É‘Î�ˆ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B�Å�‚‚Ì‘Î�ˆ–@‚Í�Amettābhāvanā‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ÌŒã‚Åāriyamettābhāvanā‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�¡‚̂Ƃ±‚ë�A–Ú‚ð•‚¶‚Ä�A�u‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚ª‹ê‚µ‚Ý�A•a‹C�A“{‚è‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê�A�K‚¹‚ɂȂê‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚Æ�S‚©‚猾‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B—Ç‚‚È‚¢ŠÖŒW‚Ì“Á’è‚Ì�l‚ª‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚É‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�l‚Ì–¼‘O‚ÅŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì�l‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É‚ ‚é“{‚è‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŽ©•ª‚Ì’†‚Ì“{‚è‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ð1“ú‚É2�A3‰ñ�s‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�½ŽÀ‚É�s‚¤‚Æ�AŒ‹‰Ê‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�i‚ ‚È‚½‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì•½˜a‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�j�B
•‚ ‚È‚½‚ªŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ð—~‚·‚é�l‚Å‚ ‚é‚È‚ç�i•K—v‚¾‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚킯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�A‚ ‚È‚½‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í‚»‚̂悤‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð•p”ɂɋ�‚߂Ă¢‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠˆ“®‚ð�팸‚µ�A‚æ‚葽‚‚Ì—^‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽœ‘P’c‘̂Ɋñ•t‚µ�Aƒz�[ƒ€ƒŒƒX‚Ì�l‚É�”ƒhƒ‹‚ðŠñ•t‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í‚·‚ׂĂ ‚È‚½‚Ì‹C•ª‚ð—Ç‚‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚±‚ê‚Ípiti�iƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Å�upreethi�v‚Ü‚½‚ÍŠì‚Ñ�j‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B
•‚Ü‚½�A�l�¶‚ðŠÈ‘f‰»‚·‚邯�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì•‰’S‚ªŒ¸‚è�AŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тƂ͈قȂéŽí—Þ‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ�univeema�v�ucool down�v�A�unirāmisa sukha�v‚Å‚·�B
•ƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹‚Ü‚½‚̓^ƒoƒR’†“ł͕ʂ̃P�[ƒX‚Å‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚È�gcold turkey�h‚Ì�Kе‚ð‚â‚߂悤‚Æ‚·‚é‘ã‚í‚è‚É�A�™�X‚ÉŒ¸‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ð‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŒv‰æ‚ð�‹�s‚µ�AŒ³‚É–ß‚ç‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‹K—¥�iiddhipāda‚̈ç�¬‚ª‚±‚±‚Å–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�j‚ðŽ�‚½‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ü‚½�A‚»‚ÌŽž“_‚Å‘ã‘ÖŠˆ“®‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Ƃ͖𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�i‚ ‚Ü‚èŒø‚©‚È‚¢ˆù‚Ý•¨‚ðˆù‚ñ‚¾‚è�AƒKƒ€‚ðŠš‚Þ‚È‚Ç�j�B‚±‚±‚Å•s‰ÂŒ‡‚È4‚‚Ìiddhipāda‚Ì1‚‚Ícitta‚Ü‚½‚ÍŒˆ�S—͂ł·�B
12. Now we are at a
point where I can introduce the real ānāpānasati bhāvanā that
was described by the Buddha.
Next, �gWhat do all these
Different Meditation Techniques Mean?�g, �c�c.
12.�¡�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‹L�q‚³‚ꂽ–{•¨‚̃A�[ƒi�[ƒp�[ƒi�[ƒTƒeƒBáÒ‘z‚ð�Љî‚Å‚«‚é’iŠK‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
What Do All These Different Meditation Techniques
Mean?
The
top 10 posts in this section describe the fundamentals of Buddhist meditation.
The rest of the posts in this section are on possible meditation subjects and
can be used to clarify unresolved questions, and to gain samādhi.
The first 11 posts should be followed in that order, at least initially.
‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚̂͂¶‚ß‚Ì10‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚Í�A•§‹³‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌŠî–{‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŽc‚è‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A�l‚¦‚ç‚ê‚éáÒ‘z‚ÌŽå‘è‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A–¢‰ðŒˆ‚ÌŽ¿–â‚𖾊m‚É‚µ�AƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒB‚𓾂邽‚߂Ɏg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚Ì11Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à�Å�‰‚Í‚±‚Ì�‡�˜‚ŃtƒHƒ��[‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
1. Buddha Dhamma is
focused on purifying the mind of greed, hatred, and ignorance. A pure mind does
not attach to even a trace of material form and has attained Nibbāna.
As the mind is purified, it gains nirāmisa sukha which can
be experienced at various levels from the beginning. If one can �gstick
to�h this program for a couple of months, and then one can look back and see the
change in oneself; one should have a more peaceful, quiet mind that has �gcooled
down�h.
These three
misconceptions of nicca, sukha, atta are the three culprits that keep us bound to �gthis world�h
of 31 realms, i.e., bound to the endless rebirth process in sansara.
What the Buddha showed was that the actual reality of �gthis world�h is described
by the three characteristics of anicca,
dukkha, anatta: No matter how hard we try, we cannot
maintain things to our satisfaction in the long term (anicca), thus we get distraught (dukkha), and thus we are not in
control (anatta).
1.•§–@‚Í�AæÃ—~�A‘žˆ«�A–³’m‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邱‚Æ‚É�Å“_‚ð�‡‚킹‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�ƒ�ˆ‚ȃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í•¨Ž¿“I‚ÈŒ`‚Ì��Õ‚³‚¦‚Æ‚àŒ‹‚т‚©‚¸�Aƒjƒo�[ƒi‚ÉŽŠ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ò‰»‚³‚ê‚邯�A�Å�‰‚©‚炳‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃŒƒxƒ‹‚ÅŒoŒ±‚Å‚«‚énirāmisa�@sukha‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�”‚©ŒŽŠÔ‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚É�u‚±‚¾‚í‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½‚ç�A�U‚è•Ô‚Á‚ÄŽ©•ª‚̕ω»‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B �uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚µ‚½�A‚æ‚蕽˜a‚Å�©‚ȃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŽ�‚‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B
•‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�i31ŠE�j‚Ì•¨‚ÍŽ©•ª‚Ì–ž‘«�A‚‚܂ènicca‚Ì’mŠo‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ĉێ�‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤Œë‰ð‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì•¨�v‚ÉŽ·’…‚·‚邽‚ß�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í•s�ƒ‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aˆê”Ê“I‚È�l‚¦•û‚Í�A‰½‚ç‚©‚ÌŽè’i‚ð�Ì—p‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�K•Ÿ�isukha�j‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ꂪ’B�¬‚³‚ê‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Ì‚Å�A�l‚ÍŽ©•ª‚Ì–â‘è‚ðŠ®‘S‚É�§Œä‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�iatta�j�B
•nicca�Asukha�Aatta‚Ì‚±‚ê‚ç3‚‚̌ë‰ð‚Í�A31‚̗̈æ‚Ì�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v�A‚‚܂è�AƒTƒ“ƒTƒ‰‚Ì–³ŒÀ‚Ì�Ä�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚É”›‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é3‚‚̔Æ�l‚Å‚·�BŽß‘¸‚ªŽ¦‚µ‚½‚Ì‚Í�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚ÌŽÀ�Û‚ÌŒ»ŽÀ‚Í�Aanicca, dukkha, anatta ‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‹L�q‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚Ç‚ñ‚ȂɈê�¶Œœ–½“w—Í‚µ‚Ä‚à�A’·Šú“I‚É–ž‘«‚É•¨‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŽæ‚è—�‚µ�idukkha�j�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚̓Rƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�ianatta�j�B
2. I am NOT saying that one should not work hard to get educated
and get a good job. That MUST be done; one cannot have a peace of mind if one
is hungry and homeless. But we also need to be aware of the FACT that all
mundane achievements are temporary; even if we get a live this life without a
major catastrophe, we have to leave all behind when we die.
The following is a
logical sequence for meditation:
2.‹³ˆç‚ðŽó‚¯‚Ä—Ç‚¢ŽdŽ–‚𓾂邽‚߂Ɉê�¶Œœ–½‚É“w—Í‚·‚ׂ«‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B‹ó• ‚Ńz�[ƒ€ƒŒƒX‚ł͈À�S‚Ȃǂł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚·‚ׂĂ̌»�¢‚Ì�¬‰Ê‚͈ꎞ“I‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚é•K—v‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‘å�ЊQ‚ð‹N‚±‚³‚¸‚É‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ð�¶‚«‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚·‚ׂĂðŽc‚µ‚ÄŽ€‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚©‚˂΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
•nicca�Asukha�Aatta‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�A—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚Å�s“®‚µ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð•s�ƒ‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�BˆêŽž“I‚È–ž‘«‚𓾂邽‚߂ɕs“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚ð‚¢‚Æ‚í‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�sˆ×‚̈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŒ»ŽÀ�A‚·‚Ȃ킿anicca, dukkha, anatta‚ð–{“–‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A‚»‚̂悤‚È•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð‹�§“I‚É�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃ͎©“®“I‚É–W‚°‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
•‚»‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A�u‘P‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ê‚é�v‚Æ�uˆ«‚ð‹‘”Û‚·‚é�v‚悤‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð’b‚¦‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�Kе‚ð•Ï‚¦‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŠî–{“I‚ɃA�[ƒi�[ƒp�[ƒi�[ƒTƒeƒBáÒ‘z‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
ˆÈ‰º‚Í�AáÒ‘z‚̘_—�“I‚Ȉö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚Å‚·�B
3. First one needs to
sort out what is good and what is bad, and the consequences of good and bad
actions. This is why the vision, sammā ditthi, comes first in the
Noble Eightfold Path, and this is done by �gsorting out the good from the bad�h.
3.�Å�‰‚É�A‰½‚ª—Ç‚¢‚Ì‚©�A‰½‚ªˆ«‚¢‚Ì‚©�A‚»‚µ‚Ä—Ç‚¢�s“®‚ƈ«‚¢�s“®‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ð�®—�‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚¾‚©‚炱‚»�AƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�Asammāditthi�³Œ©‚ª”ª�³“¹‚Ì�Å�‰‚É“o�ꂵ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�u‘P‚©‚爫‚ð‘I•Ê‚·‚é�v‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
•Vipassanā�i�uvi�v‚Í•À‚בւ¦�A�upassa�v‚Í”jŠü‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�j‚¨‚æ‚Ñvidassanā�ivi + dassana‚Í–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é•À‚בւ¦‚ðˆÓ–¡�j“¯‚¶‚±‚Ƃł·�B
•§–@‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�A�uˆ«‚¢�v‚©‚ç�u—Ç‚¢�v‚ð‘I•Ê‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŠl“¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•vipassanā�ividassanā�j‚Ü‚½‚Í“´Ž@áÒ‘z‚Ì�d—v�«‚ð�\•ª‚É‹’²‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �u�³‚µ‚¢�vƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A�¶ŠUˆê�¶Œœ–½“w—Í‚µ�A‚Ç‚±‚É‚à�s‚¯‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j�A4‚‚Ì�‚‹M‚È�^ŽÀ�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�‚‹M‚È8‚‚̓¹‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BˆÃ‹L‚ł͂Ȃ�A—�‰ð‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B
4. A
huge amount of defilements are removed from one�fs mind with this insight
meditation: to understand the �ganicca nature of this world�h. It is
the first type of meditation that is needed. One
can attain the Sōtapanna stage without doing any other types
of meditation discussed below. The Buddha once took a bit of soil to a
fingertip and told the bhikkhus that, �gif the amount of
defilements a Sōtapanna needs to get rid of is comparable to
this amount of soil, then a normal human being has to get rid of an equivalent
to the soil in the whole Earth�h.
Many people say, �gI do like my life. Why would I not want to be reborn?�h. The problem is that future rebirths may not be in the human realm. We have no idea what we have done in past lives. Thus even if we live a perfectly moral life, there are no guarantees that we will get a good rebirth. This is why understanding kamma, rebirth, etc via insight meditation is important.
4.‚±‚Ì“´Ž@áÒ‘z‚É‚æ‚è�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ìanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A–c‘å‚ȗʂ̉˜‚ꂪ“ª‚©‚çŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�BƒAƒjƒbƒ`ƒƒ‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª•K—v‚È�Å�‰‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ÌáÒ‘z‚Å‘¼‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚ƂȂ�ASōtapanna‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽß‘¸‚Í‚©‚‚Ä�‚µ‚Ì“y‚ðŽw�æ‚ł‚܂Ý�A•§‹³“k‚É�uSōtapanna‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚Ì‚ ‚鉘‚ê‚Ì—Ê‚ª‚±‚Ì“y‚̗ʂɕC“G‚·‚é‚È‚ç�A•�’Ê‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Í’n‹…‘S‘̂̓y�ë‚Æ“¯“™‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
•‚»‚ê‚ÍŒë�A‚Ü‚½‚͌֒£‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BSōtapanna‚Í�A�Å‘å7‚‚Ì�ubhava�v“à‚Ńjƒo�[ƒi‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A’Ê�í‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Í�A�”’›”NŒã‚Ì�Ä�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɕ‚¶�ž‚ß‚ç‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠF�A�”‚¦�Ø‚ê‚È‚¢‚Ù‚Ç‚Ì�”’›”N‚ɂ킽‚Á‚Ä�Ä�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŒo‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
•‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ªŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�uŽ„‚ÍŽ©•ª‚Ì�l�¶‚ª�D‚«‚Å‚·�B‚È‚ºŽ„‚Í�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚肽‚‚È‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¤‚̂ł·‚©�H�v–â‘è‚Í�A�«—ˆ‚Ì�Ä�¶‚Í�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‰ß‹Ž‚Ì�l�¶‚ʼn½‚ð‚µ‚½‚Ì‚©•ª‚©‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŠ®‘S‚É“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚ð‘—‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª—Ç‚¢�Ä�¶‚ð“¾‚é‚Æ‚¢‚¤•Û�؂͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ꂪ�A“´Ž@áÒ‘z‚É‚æ‚Á‚ăJƒ“ƒ}‚â�Ä�¶‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª�d—v‚ɂȂé—�—R‚Å‚·�B
5.
How does one do the insight meditation? Listening
to discourses and reading Dhamma concepts are the two main forms of getting the
correct information. Then one could contemplate on those concepts in a sitting
meditation. But reading up on Dhamma concepts during a
quiet time itself is meditation; also see, �gHow to Cultivate the Anicca Sanna�h and the follow-up post.
But I hope I have been able to convey the idea that the bulk of work can be done with just insight meditation, contemplating �ganicca, dukkha, anatta�g. However, doing the other two types of bhāvanā, i.e., mettā bhāvanā and ānapānasati, can be helpful for the insight meditation too.
5.“´Ž@áÒ‘z‚͂ǂ̂悤‚É�s‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�H’k˜b‚ð•·‚¢‚½‚è�ADhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�A�³‚µ‚¢�î•ñ‚𓾂邽‚ß‚Ì2‚‚̎å‚ÈŒ`Ž®‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚©‚ç�A�ÀˆÊáÒ‘z‚Å‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�©‚ÈŽžŠÔ‚ÌŠÔ‚ÉDhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚ð“ǂނ±‚ÆŽ©‘Ì‚ªáÒ‘z‚Å‚·�B
•vipassanā�ividassanā�jbhāvanā‚Ü‚½‚Í“´Ž@áÒ‘z‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª“¾‚ç‚ꂽ‚ç�AŽŸ‚Ì2‚‚Ì�d—v‚ȃXƒeƒbƒv‚ðŠJŽn‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�Bmettābhāvan₯‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȍ`Ž®‚Ìanupassanā�@bhāvanā‚Å‚·�B
•31ŠE‚Ì‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE‚Ì�^‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚©‚ç‰B‚³‚ꂽ‹ê‚µ‚݂̗ʂð–{“–‚É—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª‚ ‚ê‚Î�AAriya�@mettābhāvanā‚ÉŽQ‰Á‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚̌Â¢ŽØ‹à‚𑼂̑¶�݂ɕÔ�Ï‚·‚邽‚߂̗D‚ꂽ•û–@‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚é2”Ô–Ú‚Ì•û–@‚Å‚·�B
•�uanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�v‚ð�n�l‚µ�A“´Ž@—͂̂ ‚éáÒ‘z‚¾‚¯‚ő啔•ª‚ÌŽdŽ–‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚ð“`‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ä‚¢‚½‚ÆŠè‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�Amettā bhāvanā ‚Æ ānapānasati‚Í�A“´Ž@áÒ‘z‚É–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B
6. The last
and third way to purify the mind is via anupassanā. anupassanā means
�gdiscard according to the principles learned�h (�ganu�h means according to
and �gpassana�h means to get rid of; another meaning of �ganu�h is
defilements, which is applicable too). anupassanā can take
various forms: ānapānasati bhāvanā is the foundation. Once �gāna�h
and �gāpāna�h are sorted out by vipassanā (vidassanā),
one needs to engage in ānapānasati all the time. This means
one needs to be mindful of what one is about to do, and make sure it is a
�gright thing to do�h.
Satipatthāna bhāvanā (with kayānupassanā, vedanānupassanā, cittānupassanā, and dhammānupassanā) includes all the bhāvanā techniques that we have discussed so far. It is THE ultimate which encompasses everything that is needed to attain some stress relief all the way to attain the Arahanthood. ānapānasati is a big part of the Satipatthāna, and that is all we need to attain the Sōtapanna stage.
6.ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚é�ÅŒã‚Ì3”Ô–Ú‚Ì•û–@‚Í�AƒAƒkƒpƒbƒTƒi�[‚Å‚·�B anupassanā‚Í�uŠw‚ñ‚¾Œ´‘¥‚É�]‚Á‚Ä”pŠü‚·‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�i�uanu�v‚Í�u‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�v�A�upassana�v‚ÍŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�uanu�v‚̕ʂ̈Ӗ¡‚͉˜‘¹‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚±‚ê‚à“K—p‰Â”\‚Å‚·�j�B anupassanā‚Í‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȍ`Ž®‚ð‚Æ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�Fānapānasati�@bhāvanā‚ÍŠî‘b‚Å‚·�B �uāna�v‚Æ�uāpāna�v‚ªvipassanā�ividassanā�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä•ª—Þ‚³‚ê‚邯�A�í‚Éānapānasati‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Þ•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚â‚낤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓޝ‚µ�A‚»‚ꂪ�u�³‚µ‚¢‚±‚Æ�v‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯�Aaniccānupassanā�Adukkhānupassanā�Aanatānupassanā�A‚³‚ç‚É4‚‚̊֘A‚·‚é�uanupassanā�v‚ðŽn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͌ã‚Å�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•Satipatthāna�@bhāvanā�ikayānupassanā�Avedanānupassanā�Acittānupassanā�Adhammānupassanā‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚É‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚Ü‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚«‚½‚·‚ׂĂÌbhāvanā‹Z–@‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɃXƒgƒŒƒXŠÉ˜a‚·‚é‚·‚ׂĂð–Ô—…‚·‚鋆‹É‚Ì‚à‚̂ł·�BƒA�[ƒi�[ƒp�[ƒi�[ƒTƒeƒB‚̓TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^ƒi�[‚̑傫‚È•”•ª‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ꂪSōtapanna‚Ì•‘‘ä‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚È‚·‚ׂĂł·�B
7. Thus one could make things simpler by just doing insight meditation, ānapānasati, and the mettā bhāvanā. That is all one needs to do to have a �gbetter state of mind�h or even to become a Sōtapanna.
7.‚±‚̂悤‚É�A“´Ž@áÒ‘z‚ƃA�[ƒiƒp�[ƒi�[ƒTƒeƒB�A‚»‚µ‚ă�ƒ^ƒoƒo�[ƒi�[‚ð�s‚¤‚¾‚¯‚Å�A•¨Ž–‚ð‚æ‚èƒVƒ“ƒvƒ‹‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�A�u‚æ‚è—Ç‚¢ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ó‘Ô�v‚ðŽ�‚‚½‚ß‚É�A‚Ü‚½‚ÍSōtapanna‚ɂȂ邽‚߂ɕK—v‚È‚·‚ׂĂł·�B
8. The problem with
meditation techniques taught even in Theravada schools these
days is that they are either breath meditation or chantings. How can one remove
defilements by watching the breath? Even though it can calm the mind, there are
no long-term benefits, because watching the breath CANNOT reduce defilements
from the mind.
Next, �gAriya mettā
bhāvanā (Loving Kindness Meditation)�g, �c�c�c�c.
8.�Å‹ß�A�ã�À•”‚ÌŠw�Z‚Å‚³‚¦‹³‚¦‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚éáÒ‘z‹Z�p‚Ì–â‘è‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚炪ŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚Ü‚½‚͉r‰Ì‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BŒÄ‹z‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚Å�A‚ǂ̂悤‚ɉ˜‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�Hƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�AŒÄ‹z‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Ƃł̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚ç‚̉˜‚ê‚ðŒ¸‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A’·Šú“I‚ÈŒ©’n‚©‚猩‚ê‚Η˜“_‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
•‚à‚¤1‚‚̈ê”Ê“I‚ÈŽè–@‚Í�A�uŽ„‚͔̑̂ñ‰i‘±“I‚Å‚ ‚è�A•…”s‚ÆŽ€‚É‚³‚炳‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚悤‚È‚±‚Æ‚ðŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‘±‚¯‚邱‚Ƃł·�B20�A30”N‚à‚»‚ê‚ð‚â‚Á‚Ä’N‚©�i•à‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½‚©�H
ƒuƒbƒ_‚Í‚»‚ê‚ðŒ¾‚¤•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é�@‹³‚É‘®‚·‚é‚·‚ׂĂÌ�l�X‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚炪�l�¶‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•‚³‚ç‚É�l‹C‚Ì‚ ‚é�uƒ`ƒƒƒ“ƒeƒBƒ“ƒO�v‚Í�A�u‘̂̉˜‚³�v‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
‚»‚ê‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ª�upatikūla�@manasikāra�@bhāvanā�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĈӖ¡‚µ‚½‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
ŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A’N‚à‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚̑̂ª•…”s‚ÆŽ€‚É‚³‚炳‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �uMaha Satipatthana Sutta�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Welcome! Forums Meditation Forum
Tagged: goenka vipassana, sati
·
This
topic has 76 replies, 17 voices, and was last updated 1 year, 4
months ago by
.
Viewing 58 reply threads
·
Author
Posts
·
o
#13340
Hi!
I
would like to start a new forum concerning �gGoenka�Ls Vipassana�h, the reasons
being that it operates in the framework of Theravada, and it has a fantastic
worldwide infrastructure of free intense meditation courses and therefore is
personally interesting for me to make use of AND has an enormous outreach and
impact on presumably hundred thousands of people.
I
would like this suggested forum to be about the advantages and the shortcomings
of operating in this framework.
Personally
I have taken four ten day courses. From course one on, I had my difficulties
about the specific slant in which the Buddhas�Ls teaching is being presented BUT
the technique works to clear my mind.
Is
this a permissable forum theme? Is anybody else interested?
Kind
regards,
D
o
#13344
Keymaster
Yes,
D. This forum topic is a good. Thanks for starting it.
I
am familiar with this particular meditation technique through his book, even
though I have not attended one.
Based
on what I have read, one gets to samatha with breath meditation and then is
supposed to do vipassana meditation.
1.
Could you elaborate on what is involved in vipassana? What does one meditate on
during the vipassana?
2. Breath meditation is not the anapana meditation
taught by the Buddha:
Is Ānāpānasati Breath Meditation?
Has anyone questioned the instructors of this issue? Any others who have
attended can comment too. I am just curious.
Kind
Regards, Lal
o
#13361
Participant
I
was on a 10 day course. �gVipassana�h there means to slowly scan your body
(surface) and to observe the sensations, as they come, as they go. There is no
other meditation object than the breath and the body sensations.
Before
one starts the �gvipassana�h one is trained over 3 days in �ganapana�h (observing
of the breath, in/out). This is to calm down the mind.
One
learns also the mundane version of metta bhavana�c �gmay all beings be happy �c�h
At
the end of each day is a dhamma discourse with more or less mundane
explanations e.g. about a �gstore of sankharas�h, which have to be removed. I do
not know the details anymore. It is a course for beginners and the content
should be easy to grasp I guess.
As
I was new to the matter, I did not ask the teacher about any details.
After the course I had so many questions that I searched through the web and
found Lal�fs website, which enabled me to gain real insight.
o
#13447

Hi
I
have completed 2 Vipassana retreats. What I wanted to add, is that the
technique of Vipassana – i.e. the observation of sensations arising and passing
through the body, allows the meditator to observe the relationship between mind
and matter at the experiential level, this is key and what makes this approach
so successful. This means that a practitioner is left without a shadow of a
doubt, as to how thoughts impact the creation and dissolution process of matter
directly.
For
example when a gross and unpleasant sensation arises, one has two choices: 1)
To react with aversion, which in fact has the effect of intensifying the
sensation or 2) To remain equanimous. That is to simply observe the sensation
without valuing or devaluing it. This allows the sankaras to rise to the the
surface and be dissipated. If a pleasant sensation arises and one starts to
crave and cling to it, then when the sensation passes, the meditator will react
with aversion when unpleasant sensations – sooner or later – again rise, as
he/she naturally only wants the pleasant sensations.
The
practice of Anapana for the first 3 days, concentrating on breath and the
sensations of a small part of the body; in and around the nostrils and above
the upper lip, helps the meditator to develop a concentrated mind that will be
able to detect the very subtlest of sensations.
Vipassana
as taught by S.N. Goenke really is, as he puts it, a deep personal surgical
operation that allows one to operate on one�fs own psyche and, if performed
properly, facilitates the removal of defilements from the mind. After
completing around 100 hours of intense meditation over 10 days, practitioners
will have uncovered a lot about themselves through direct experience. From my
personal experience this technique is only advantageous. Presumably because
Goenke dispels any notions of the technique being sectarian, according to
conservative Theravadic traditions, by pointing out that the technique is
universal.
As
far as the assistant teachers of this technique are concerned, there does appear
to be a general lack of clarity on the specifics, but maybe that�fs because each
one�fs experience is unfathomably complex and personal.
My
final point is that the technique basically speaks for itself without words
needing to be spoken. Each meditator is thus allowed to persue his/her own
truth pertaining to their own experience. Sound theoretical information such as
found on this Pure Dhamma platform, provides me with a fascinating backdrop for
a deeper analysis of my meditation experiences.
Many
Thanks
o
#13448
Participant
Now
I remember: according to Goenka the sankharas are stored in the body (or mind)
and come to the surface as sensation. Thus if one looks long enough at the
sensations the store will be emptied and the mind is purified in this way. I
wonder where this way is explained in the Tipitaka or by the Buddha. I guess
nowhere.
Sankhara
(=san+khara) is action by the mind which leads to kamma depending on the
defilement/avijja involved. Kamma is stored as energy in mano loka. If actually
kamma is meant to come to the surface via the body, then the Goenka technique
teaches to eliminate all kamma in order to attain Nibbana. That would also be
in contrast to Buddha Dhamma which says to remove defilements/gathi/tanha/asava
in order to attain Nibbana.
The
technique involves no contemplation and comprehension of the Tilakkhana which
the Buddha revealed to the world. The question is how one can attain Nibbana
without comprehension of the Tilakkhana?
o
#13456
Keymaster
1.
There is no doubt that breath meditation can calm the mind. What it does is to
keep the mind focused on a neutral object: in this case the breath, but in
kasina meditations it is the kasina object like a colored disk. Since those thoughts
are devoid of greed and hate, if the focus is kept for extended times, the mind
does calm down.
This
technique had been perfected by ancient yogis and they had achieved even
supernormal powers. But the problem is that it does not do anything to get rid
of the avijja or ignorance about the true nature of this world or even to get
rid of one�fs bad gathi (habits and character qualities). Therefore, if a strong
sense input comes, old bad gathi will be re-surfaced and that samadhi WILL BE
broken. There are many stories about such yogis losing those supernormal powers
by the sight of a sensual object.
I know it is hard to discard the ability to be able
to get to a calm state of mind with breath mediation. But in the end it is no
better than getting �ghigh�h with drugs or alcohol. It is a temporary solution to
a deeper problem of suffering associated with the rebirth process. That is
what Tobias was trying to explain with the
statement, �gThe technique involves no contemplation and comprehension of the
Tilakkhana which the Buddha revealed to the world. The question is how one can
attain Nibbana without comprehension of the Tilakkhana?�h.
Also, see the post: �gA Buddhist or a Bhauddhaya?�h
2. Another point is that it is good idea to first
figure out what is meant by key words like sankhara.
Chigstarrr said:
�gFor example when a gross and unpleasant sensation arises, one has two choices:
1) To react with aversion, which in fact has the effect of intensifying the
sensation or 2) To remain equanimous. That is to simply observe the sensation
without valuing or devaluing it. This allows the sankaras to rise to the
surface and be dissipated.�h
Sankhara are thoughts. They come and go. If the
thoughts are on the breath, then there is less opportunity for greed or hateful
thoughts to arise, and that is what makes the mind to calm down. The statement,
�gThis
allows the sankaras to rise to the surface and be dissipated.�h,
does not make any sense for explaining what happens. That is just a catch
phrase.
But bad thoughts (apunnabhisankhara) are really bad
vaci sankhara done by one�fs conscious thoughts. They are a form of kamma and
can bring bad kamma vipaka in the future. So, the permanent solution for the
problem involves the mind to get rid of wrong views, habits, and to stay away
from immoral deeds (dasa akusala). One aspect of this is discussed in �gCorrect Meaning of Vacī Sankhāra�h
3.The real vipassana is about analyzing why such
greedy or hateful thoughts arise, see their bad consequences and to get rid of
them. Just by getting the mind off of such thoughts by focusing on breath is
not a real solution. If bad consequences of hateful thoughts, for example, sink
in the mind, then such thoughts will gradually cease to arise. That is the more
permanent solution. This is what is explained in the �gMaha Satipatthana Sutta�h.
4. So, if one�fs goal is to achieve temporary �ga peace
of mind�h, then such meditation retreats will serve that purpose. But if one
really needs to understand the key message of the Buddha, one first needs to
understand what that is. This is explained in the post: �gA Buddhist or a Bhauddhaya?�h
and in, �gBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart�h
among others.
o
#13488

I
am not aware of Goenke�fs teachings claiming to get rid of all karma, but they
do correctly claim to reduce suffering, if practised properly. This is my
experience. The answer to the question of �gHow Nibbana can be achieved without
comprehension of Tilakkhana?�h I think lies in ones ability to perceive and one
certainly doesn�ft have to know how to read to perceive or comprehend, although
theory is certainly helpful. Which is why I reiterate that through experiencing
the effects of the technique, one could come to their own conclusions without
the need for any external references or validation. Nibbana is right here right
now in the core of one�fs being and it always has been, it is these filters and
sankaras which prevent people from seeing the true nature of reality. Mind (is)
The Gap translates that mind, or the thought-process, is what separates a
person from their authentic self which in reality is not a self at all, but a
composite of the macrocosmic whole.
By
sankara I mean thought or reaction, which are intertwined. I�fll elaborate on
how the process of releasing sankaras works. Bear in mind also that thoughts
create matter and vice versa. By observing sila – the 5 precepts in a dhammic
environment; a vacuum is created that prevents new sankaras from being generated,
which in turn allows the �gold stock�h of sankaras to rise and be dissolved.
Again I am speaking from my own experience, not based on fleeting
unquantifiable theories, which may or may not be true. Or maybe they were true
then, but are not necessarily true now. In any case the surest way to discover
truth is through direct experience, otherwise why would any being bother to
incarnate in the first place? That�fs the game-changer – the experiential
aspect.
�gThe
real vipassana is about analyzing why such greedy or hateful thoughts arise,
see their bad consequences and to get rid of them. Just by getting the mind off
of such thoughts by focusing on breath is not a real solution�h – Lal
Perhaps,
but on the deepest levels, it is effectively achieved when gross unpleasant
sensations – in particular, are experienced. In the process of observing them,
one realizes intuitively, via their energetic language/signature their
consequences – directly. Of course one will also have many opportunities
in-between meditating to reflect on what has been shown to them.
I
wrote:�gThe practice of Anapana for the first 3 days, concentrating on breath
and the sensations of a small part of the body; in and around the nostrils and
above the upper lip, helps the meditator to develop a concentrated mind that
will be able to detect the very subtlest of sensations.�h
On
day 4 the meditators are introduced to Vipassana, once the mind has been
sufficiently concentrated to detect the subtlest of sensations. The body is
then swept from head to foot, foot to head, if there is a free-flow of
sensations or at a slower pace part by part – back and forth �gpatiently and
persistently�h observing the full gamut of sensations that will now be more
easily perceivable. If the mind becomes agitated, the meditator returns to
anapana until balance is restored and then reverts to Vipassana.
o
#13687
Participant
I
have been following both explanations – Lal and Chigstarrr on Goenka retreat.
Chigstarrr
is right on the process followed for 10 day retreat which provides a person
with his own experience to see what the vedana which arises, stays and passes
away means in reality.
Anapana
sati done in Goenka Vipasanna helps a novice to see what vibrations /
sensations are arising for first 3 days near the nasal area and lip region and
from 4th day to 9th day, the person would be able to experience for
himself/herself on feelings which keep on arising, staying and passing away
which can be heat, sweat, cold flashes, trembling etc.,
After
that, one can really get into pure teachings to observe these sensations and
not react to them, but to take action the way Lal has been stating on the
actual dhamma practice.
These
sensations can be of lobha, dosa or moha as they bring up all those experiences
which has happened with one person and what to do with them in that retreat
helps the person to observe and hence when he is provided with pure dhamma as
medicine, he/she can really develop very will.
This
has infact happened with me and there is marked changes in every aspect
including the way I�fm able to take death of my mother which happened on 23rd
December, 2017 where I�fm able to focus on the citta, asavas, gati and the
vedana it brings in. There has not been a single instance right now of any kind
of sorrow which I believe is the effect of following the path provided by
Goenka and supplemented by Lal through Pure Dhamma.
Actually,
in my opinion sankara�fs arise as feelings and they come and go and in that way,
suit the experience of what one undergoes in Goenka retreat. If we were to
accept to them, then in seems like these Sankara�fs will get exhausted if the vedana
is just observed.
While
just breath meditation might not provide actual vipasanna, but one can see that
observation of feelings (vedana) as defined in Mahasatipattana sutta would
certainly enable a person to get rid of many sankara�fs which arises on body as
vedana.
Conclusion:
Goenka�fs Vipassana course will put a person on the right path followed by Pure
Dhamma by Lal would really help a person to achieve Sotapanna stage and beyond
which seem to have become reality for me as I can see for myself tremendous
changes which has happened due to both of them.
�˜
#14356

Vilaskadivalou
it�fs a good sign that you were able to integrate your experiences of Vipassana
with the passing of your mother. This is a great example of the kind of
detached response, the technique allows the serious practitioner to internalise
over time. This kind of detachment shouldn�ft be confused with aloofness, but
rather is a detachment rooted in an awareness and appreciation of the true
nature of anicca,
On
a side-note. A major challenge with the technique, is that a small minority of
Vipassana meditators get caught up in playing the �egame of sensations, �e as
Goenka puts it; where they simply develop craving or aversion for their
sensations and thus generate new sankaras, which is of course
counter-productive.
Personally
l have found that since l started applying this technique in the day to day. l
am able to side-step virtually any external, as well as internal �gtriggers�h
that might otherwise compromise my energy levels in any given moment – just by
observing & not reacting to them. Or by responding mindfully – in a
detached manner. Simply because the process by which new sankaras are
generated, is now in my field of awareness on the subtlest levels. It has
actually become an object of interest for me to intercept any defilements of
the mind, as they get flagged by my consciousness. What, in effect, the
technique has empowered me to do, is direct the potential outcome of any
unwanted situation before it develops, or blows out of proportion.
It
helps me to identify sensations, that would under �enormal�f circumstances, evade
detection, sabotaging me and perhaps anyone nearby. Or from a position of
ignorance, trigger a Pavlovian style response. In other words, a response from
my ego-self which would almost certainly want to assert itself as �eright�f –
left to its own devices. This practice effectively subdues the ego, to a
position where it begins to work in harmony with the personality, rather than
in opposition to it.
The
final component of Vipassana as taught by S.N. Goenka is the regular practise
of metta, which provides the proverbial cherry on the cake. Laying the
foundation for favourable energetic conditions to manifest for all beings.
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚Í�I
�uGoenka�Ls Vipassana�v‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�V‚µ‚¢ƒtƒH�[ƒ‰ƒ€‚ðŠJŽn‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B—�—R‚Í�ATheravada‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒ€ƒ��[ƒN‚Å“®�삵�A–³—¿‚ÌŒƒ‚µ‚¢áÒ‘zƒR�[ƒX‚Ì‘f�°‚炵‚¢�¢ŠE“I‚ȃCƒ“ƒtƒ‰ƒXƒgƒ‰ƒNƒ`ƒƒ‚ª‚ ‚è�AŒÂ�l“I‚É—˜—p‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª‹»–¡�[‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B AND‚Ì–c‘å‚ȃAƒEƒgƒŠ�[ƒ`‚Æ‚¨‚»‚ç‚�”�\–œ�l‚ɉe‹¿‚ð—^‚¦‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚Í‚±‚Ì’ñˆÄ‚³‚ꂽƒtƒH�[ƒ‰ƒ€‚ª‚±‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒ€ƒ��[ƒN‚Å“®�ì‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̗˜“_‚ÆŒ‡“_‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł ‚邱‚Æ‚ð–]‚݂܂·�B
ŒÂ�l“I‚É‚Í10“úŠÔ‚̃R�[ƒX‚ð4‰ñŽó�u‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�Å�‰‚©‚ç�A•§‚Ì‹³‚¦‚ªŽ¦‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é“Á’è‚ÌŒXŽÎ‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŽ„‚Í�¢“ï‚ð•ø‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A‚±‚Ì‹Z–@‚ÍŽ„‚Ì�S‚ð�´‚߂邽‚߂ɋ@”\‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚Í‹–—e‚³‚ê‚éƒtƒH�[ƒ‰ƒ€‚̃e�[ƒ}‚Å‚·‚©�H‘¼‚É’N‚©‹»–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H
Œh‹ï�A
D
o 2017”N12ŒŽ26“úŒß‘O10Žž39•ª�”13344
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
‚Í‚¢�AD�B‚±‚̃tƒH�[ƒ‰ƒ€‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í—Ç‚¢‚Å‚·�BŠJŽn‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½‚¾‚«‚ ‚肪‚Æ‚¤‚²‚´‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚͔ނ̖{‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä‚±‚Ì“Á’è‚ÌáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚É�¸’Ê‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŽ„‚Í‚»‚ê‚ÉŽQ‰Á‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Ž„‚ª“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚±‚ƂɊî‚¢‚Ä�A�l‚͌ċzáÒ‘z‚ŃTƒ}ƒT‚É�s‚«�A‚»‚̌ピƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[áÒ‘z‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚ƂɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
1. vipassana‚ÉŠÖŒW‚·‚é‚à‚̂ɂ‚¢‚Ä�Ú‚µ‚‹³‚¦‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�Bƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[‚̊Ԃɉ½‚ðáÒ‘z‚·‚é‚̂ł·‚©�H
2.ŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚Í•§‘ɂɂæ‚Á‚Ä‹³‚¦‚ç‚ꂽƒAƒiƒpƒiáÒ‘z‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�F
ĀnāpānasatiŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚Å‚·‚©�H
‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚̃Cƒ“ƒXƒgƒ‰ƒNƒ^�[‚ÉŽ¿–₵‚½�l‚Í‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�HŽQ‰Á‚µ‚½‘¼‚Ì�l‚àƒRƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚¾‹»–¡‚ª‚ ‚邾‚¯�B
Œh‹ï�Aƒ‰ƒ‹
o 2017”N12ŒŽ27“úŒß‘O11Žž14•ª�”13361
ƒgƒrƒAƒXG
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
10“úŠÔ‚̃R�[ƒX‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚»‚±‚Å�uƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�v‚Æ‚Í�A�g‘Ì�i•\–Ê�j‚ð‚ä‚Á‚‚è‚ÆƒXƒLƒƒƒ“‚µ�AŠ´Šo‚ª—ˆ‚邯‚«�A�s‚‚Æ‚«‚ÉŠ´Šo‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŒÄ‹z‚Ƒ̂̊´ŠoˆÈŠO‚ÌáÒ‘zƒIƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�uƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�v‚ðŽn‚ß‚é‘O‚É�A�uƒAƒiƒpƒi�v‚Å3“úŠÔƒgƒŒ�[ƒjƒ“ƒO‚µ‚Ü‚·�iŒÄ‹z‚ÌŠÏŽ@�A“à/ŠO�j�B‚±‚ê‚Í�S‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚邽‚߂ł·�B
ƒ�ƒbƒ^�Eƒoƒoƒi‚Ì•½–}‚ȃo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚àŠw‚т܂·�c�u‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚ª�K‚¹‚ɂȂ邩‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�c�v
–ˆ“ú‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚É�A‘½‚©‚ê�‚È‚©‚ꕽ–}‚È�à–¾‚ðŠÜ‚Þ’k˜b‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�í�œ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�usankharas‚Ì“X�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�B�Ú�×‚Í‚à‚¤‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�‰�SŽÒŒü‚¯‚̃R�[ƒX‚Å�A“à—e‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚â‚·‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚Í‚»‚Ì–â‘è‚É•sе‚ꂾ‚Á‚½‚Ì‚Å�A�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�æ�¶‚É�q‚˂܂¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B
ƒR�[ƒX�I—¹Œã�A‚½‚‚³‚ñ‚ÌŽ¿–₪‚ ‚è�AƒEƒFƒu‚ðŒŸ�õ‚µ‚Ä�Aƒ‰ƒ‹‚̃EƒFƒuƒTƒCƒg‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�AŽ„‚Í–{“–‚Ì“´Ž@‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
o 2018”N1ŒŽ2“úŒßŒã12:17Žž�”13447
“½–¼‚Ì
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚Í
VipassanaƒŠƒgƒŠ�[ƒg‚ð2‰ñŠ®—¹‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽ„‚ª•t‚¯‰Á‚¦‚½‚©‚Á‚½‚Ì‚Í�AVipassana‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN�A‚‚܂è�A�g‘Ì‚É�¶‚¶�A�g‘Ì‚ð’ʉ߂·‚銴Šo‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚ª�S‚Æ•¨Ž¿‚ÌŠÖŒW‚ð‘ÌŒ±“I‚ȃŒƒxƒ‹‚ÅŠÏŽ@‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂ邱‚Ƃł·�B�¬Œ÷‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AŽv�l‚ª•¨Ž¿‚Ì�¶�¬‚Æ—n‰ð‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂǂ̂悤‚É’¼�Ú‰e‹¿‚·‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�AŠJ‹Æˆã‚ª‹^‚¢‚Ì—]’n‚È‚Žc‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‚Ђǂ•s‰õ‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ª”�¶‚µ‚½�ê�‡‚Í�A2‚‚̑I‘ðŽˆ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B1�jŒ™ˆ«‚É”½‰ž‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AŽÀ�ۂɂ͊´Šo‚ð‹‚ß‚éŒø‰Ê‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B2�j•½�Âð•ۂ‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ê‚͉¿’l‚ð•]‰¿‚µ‚½‚è�A�؂艺‚°‚½‚肹‚¸‚ÉŠ´Šo‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�AƒTƒ“ƒJƒ‰‚ª�…–Ê‚É�オ‚è�AŽUˆí‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‰õ‚¢Š´Šo‚ª�¶‚¶�A‚»‚ê‚ɑ΂µ‚ÄŠ‰–]‚µ�A‚µ‚ª‚݂‚«Žn‚ß‚½�ê�‡�AŠ´Šo‚ª‰ß‚¬‚邯�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í•s‰õ‚ÈŠ´Šo�i’x‚©‚ê‘�‚©‚ê�j‚ª�ã�¸‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚ÉŒ™ˆ«Š´‚É”½‰ž‚µ‚Ü‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚ÍŽ©‘R‚ɉõ‚¢Š´Šo‚¾‚¯‚ð–]‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
�Å�‰‚Ì3“úŠÔ‚̃Aƒiƒpƒi‚Ì—û�K�BŒÄ‹z‚Ƒ̂Ì�¬‚³‚È•”•ª‚ÌŠ´Šo‚É�W’†‚µ‚Ü‚·�B•@�E‚Ì’†‚âŽü‚è�A�ã�O‚Ì�ã‚Å�A”ñ�í‚É”÷–‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ðŒŸ�o‚Å‚«‚é�W’†‚µ‚½�S‚ð”’B‚³‚¹‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B
S.N.‚ª‹³‚¦‚éVipassana Goenke‚Í�AŽÀ�Û�A”Þ‚ÌŒ¾‚¤‚Æ‚¨‚è�AŽ©•ª‚Ì�¸�_‚ÉŠî‚¢‚½Žè�p‚ð‰Â”\‚É‚µ�A“K�؂ɎÀŽ{‚·‚ê‚Î�A‰˜‚ê‚ð�S‚©‚çŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�A�[‚¢ŒÂ�l“I‚ÈŠO‰ÈŽè�p‚Å‚·�B 10“úŠÔ‚Å–ñ100ŽžŠÔ‚ÌŒƒ‚µ‚¢áÒ‘z‚ðŠ®—¹‚µ‚½Œã�AŠJ‹Æˆã‚Í’¼�Ú‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ð’Ê‚µ‚ÄŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‘½‚‚𖾂炩‚É‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽ„‚ÌŒÂ�l“I‚ÈŒoŒ±‚©‚ç�A‚±‚ÌŽè–@‚Í—L—˜‚Å‚·�B‹°‚ç‚•ÛŽç“I‚ȃZƒ‰ƒoƒfƒBƒbƒN‚Ì“`“�‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A‹Z�p‚ª•�•Õ“I‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽw“E‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�AGoenke‚ª�@”hŽå‹`‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤ŠT”O‚ðˆê‘|‚·‚邽‚߂Ǝv‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚̃AƒVƒXƒ^ƒ“ƒgƒeƒB�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éŒÀ‚è�A�Ú�ׂ͈ê”Ê“I‚É–¾Šm‚É‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚悤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚¨‚»‚ç‚�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ªŒv‚è’m‚ê‚È‚¢‚Ù‚Ç•¡ŽG‚ÅŒÂ�l“I‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚邽‚߂ł·�B
Ž„‚Ì�ÅŒã‚̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Í�AƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ÍŠî–{“I‚É�AŒ¾—t‚ð˜b‚·•K—v‚È‚�A‚»‚ꎩ‘̂̂½‚߂ɘb‚·‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŠeáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚鎩•ª‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ðŽå’£‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌPure Dhammaƒvƒ‰ƒbƒgƒtƒH�[ƒ€‚ÅŒ©‚ç‚ê‚邿‚¤‚ÈŒ’‘S‚È—�˜_�î•ñ‚Í�A‚æ‚è�[‚¢•ª�͂̂½‚߂̖£—Í“I‚È”wŒi‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ä‚‚ê‚Ü‚·
Ž„‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌŒoŒ±�B
‚Ç‚¤‚à‚ ‚肪‚Æ‚¤
o 2018”N1ŒŽ2“úŒßŒã1Žž24•ª�”13448
ƒgƒrƒAƒXG
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
�¡Ž„‚ÍŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�FGoenka‚É‚æ‚邯�Asankharas‚Í‘Ì�i‚Ü‚½‚Í�S�j‚ÉŠi”[‚³‚ê�AŠ´Šo‚Æ‚µ‚Ä•\–ʂɗˆ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŠ´Šo‚ð�\•ª‚É’·‚Œ©‚邯�A“X‚Í‹ó‚ɂȂè�A�S‚Í‚±‚̂悤‚É�ò‰»‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BƒeƒBƒsƒ^ƒJ‚â•§‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚±‚Ì•û–@‚ª‚Ç‚±‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�B‚Ç‚±‚É‚à‚È‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Sankhara�i= san + khara�j‚Í�AŠÖ—^‚·‚鉘‚ê/ avijja‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä�Akamma‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é�S‚É‚æ‚é�s“®‚Å‚·�BƒJƒ“ƒ}‚̓Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Æ‚µ‚ă}ƒmƒ�ƒJ‚É’™‘ ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�ۂɃJƒ“ƒ}‚ª�g‘Ì‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä•\–ʂɓž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ�}‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�AGoenkaƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Í�ANibbana‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɂ·‚ׂẴJƒ“ƒ}‚ð”r�œ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð‹³‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚͂܂½�Aƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɉ˜‚µ/ gathi / tanha / asava‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邯Œ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é•§‘ɂƂ͑Î�Æ“I‚Å‚·�B
ƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Í•§‚ª�¢ŠE‚É–¾‚ç‚©‚É‚µ‚½ƒeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒJ�[ƒi‚Ì�n�l‚Æ—�‰ð‚ðŠÜ‚݂܂¹‚ñ�B–â‘è‚Í�AƒeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒJ�[ƒi‚ð—�‰ð‚¹‚¸‚Ƀjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä’B�¬‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
o 2018”N1ŒŽ3“úŒß‘O6Žž58•ª�”113456
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
1.ŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚ª�S‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚鎖‚͊ԈႢ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ꂪ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A�S‚ð’†—§“I‚ȃIƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg‚É�W’†‚³‚¹‚邱‚Ƃł·�F‚±‚Ì�ê�‡‚͌ċz‚Å‚·‚ª�AƒJƒV�[ƒiáÒ‘z‚ł͂»‚ê‚Í�F‚̂‚¢‚½‰~”Ղ̂悤‚ȃJƒV�[ƒiƒIƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽv�l‚ÍæÃ—~‚Æ‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚ðŒ‡‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A�Å“_‚ª’·ŽžŠÔˆÛŽ�‚³‚ê‚邯�A�S‚Í—Ž‚¿’…‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚Ì‹Z–@‚͌Ñã‚̃ˆƒM‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŠ®�¬‚³‚ê�A’´�í“I‚È—Í‚³‚¦‚à’B�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A–â‘è‚Í�AƒAƒrƒWƒƒ‚₱‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̖³’m‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚ß‚É�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚ÍŽ©•ª‚̈«‚¢ƒKƒeƒB�i�Kе‚â�«Ši�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚߂ɉ½‚à‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‹‚¢Š´Šo‚Ì“ü—Í‚ª—ˆ‚½�ê�‡�AŒÃ‚¢ˆ«‚¢ƒKƒeƒB‚ª�Ä•‚�サ�A‚»‚̃Tƒ}ƒfƒB‚ª‰ó‚ê‚Ü‚·�BН”\“I‚ȃIƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg‚ÌŒõŒi‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚»‚̂悤‚È’´�í“I‚È—Í‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚悤‚ȃˆƒM‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̑½‚‚Ì•¨Œê‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ŒÄ‹z’²’â‚ʼn¸‚â‚©‚È�S‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É“ž’B‚·‚é”\—Í‚ðŽÌ‚Ă邱‚Ƃ͓‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ„‚Í’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŒ‹‹Ç‚̂Ƃ±‚ë�A‚»‚ê‚Í–ò•¨‚âƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹‚Å�u�‚‚‚È‚é�v‚±‚ƂƓ¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A�Ä�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚É”º‚¤‹ê’ɂ̂æ‚è�[‚¢–â‘è‚ɑ΂·‚éˆêŽž“I‚ȉðŒˆ�ô‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚̓gƒrƒAƒX‚ª�º–¾‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½‚±‚Ƃł ‚é�A�uƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Í•§‚ª�¢ŠE‚É–¾‚ç‚©‚É‚µ‚½ƒeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒJ�[ƒi‚Ì�n�l‚Æ—�‰ð‚ðŠÜ‚݂܂¹‚ñ�B–â‘è‚Í�AƒeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒJ�[ƒi‚ð—�‰ð‚¹‚¸‚Ƀjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä’B�¬‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B�v
‚Ü‚½�A�u•§‹³“k‚Å‚·‚©�A‚»‚ê‚Æ‚à•§‹³“k‚Å‚·‚©�H�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤“Š�e‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
2.‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Í�Asankhara‚̂悤‚ȃL�[ƒ��[ƒh‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð�Å�‰‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͗ǂ¢�l‚¦‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
ChigstarrrŽ�‚Í�AŽŸ‚̂悤‚É�q‚ׂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚͉¿’l‚ð•]‰¿‚µ‚½‚è�A�؂艺‚°‚½‚肹‚¸‚ÉŠ´Šo‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�AƒTƒ“ƒJƒ‰‚ª•‚�サ‚ÄŽUˆí‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�v
ƒTƒ“ƒJƒ‰‚Í�l‚¦‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í�s‚«—ˆ‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽv‚¢‚ª‘§‚ð�؂炵‚Ä‚¢‚邯�AæÃ—~‚⑞‚µ‚݂ɖž‚¿‚½�l‚¦‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‹@‰ï‚ªŒ¸‚è�A‚»‚ꂪ�S‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚Ü‚·�B
�u‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�AƒTƒ“ƒJƒ‰‚ª•‚�サ‚Ä�ÁŽU‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤”Œ¾‚Í�A‰½‚ª‹N‚±‚é‚©‚ð�à–¾‚·‚éˆÓ–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í’P‚È‚éƒLƒƒƒbƒ`ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Å‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�Aˆ«‚¢�l‚¦�iapunnabhisankhara�j‚Í�AˆÓޝ“I‚È�l‚¦‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�s‚í‚ꂽ–{“–‚Ɉ«‚¢vaci sankhara‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚̓Jƒ“ƒ}‚̈êŽí‚Å‚ ‚è�A�«—ˆ�Aˆ«‚¢ƒJƒ“ƒpƒ”ƒBƒpƒJ‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A–â‘è‚̉i‘±“I‚ȉðŒˆ�ô‚É‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚â�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×�idasa akusala�j‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚é�S‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì1‚‚̑¤–ʂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�uVacīSankhāra‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢ˆÓ–¡�v‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
3.–{“–‚̃”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈæÃ—~‚Ü‚½‚Í‘žˆ«‚Ì�l‚¦‚ª‚È‚º�¶‚¶‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð•ª�Í‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚̈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ðŒ©‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃł·�BŒÄ‹z‚É�W’†‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦‚©‚ç�S‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚¾‚¯‚Å‚Í�AŽÀ�ۂ̉ðŒˆ�ô‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‘žˆ«“I‚È�l‚¦‚̈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ª�S‚É’¾‚Þ‚Æ�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦‚ÍŽŸ‘æ‚É”�¶‚µ‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚æ‚è‰i‘±“I‚ȉðŒˆ�ô‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�uƒ}ƒnƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^ƒiƒXƒbƒ^�v‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B
4.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AˆêŽž“I‚È�u�S‚Ì•½ˆÀ�v‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª–Ú•W‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈáÒ‘z‚ÌƒŠƒgƒŠ�[ƒg‚Í‚»‚Ì–Ú“I‚É–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A•§‘É‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð–{“–‚É—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚È‚ç�A‚Ü‚¸‚»‚ꂪ‰½‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�u•§‹³“k‚Å‚·‚©�A‚»‚ê‚Æ‚à•§‹³“k‚Å‚·‚©�H�v‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚Æ‚è‚킯�u•§‘É�v–ƒ`ƒƒ�[ƒg‚Å�B
o 2018”N1ŒŽ4“úŒß‘O9Žž53•ª�”13488
“½–¼‚Ì
Ž„‚Í‚·‚ׂẴJƒ‹ƒ}‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚ÆŽå’£‚·‚éGoenke‚Ì‹³‚¦‚ð’m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A“K�؂ɎÀ‘H‚³‚ê‚ê‚΋ê’É‚ðŒ¸‚ç‚·‚Æ�³‚µ‚Žå’£‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Å‚·�B �uƒeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒJ�[ƒi‚ð—�‰ð‚¹‚¸‚Ƀjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ðŽÀŒ»‚·‚é‚ɂ͂ǂ¤‚·‚ê‚΂悢‚©�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž¿–â‚ւ̉ñ“š�B—�˜_‚ÍŠm‚©‚É–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�l‚Í’mŠo‚·‚é”\—͂ɂ ‚è�A’mŠo‚Ü‚½‚Í—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂ɓǂޕû–@‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ç‚Á‚¿
‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A‚±‚ÌŽè–@‚ÌŒø‰Ê‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AŠO•”ŽQ�Ƃ⌟�Ø‚ð•K—v‚Æ‚¹‚¸‚ɓƎ©‚ÌŒ‹˜_‚É’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯ŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ�q‚ׂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B Nibbana‚Í�¡‚±‚±‚É‘¶�݂̒†�S‚É‚ ‚è�A�í‚É‚»‚¤‚Å‚µ‚½�B�l�X‚ªŒ»ŽÀ‚Ì–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ð–W‚°‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂͂±‚ê‚ç‚̃tƒBƒ‹ƒ^�[‚ƃTƒ“ƒJƒ‰‚Å‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�iis�jƒMƒƒƒbƒv‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�S�A‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽv�lƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð•ÏŠ·‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�l‚ð–{“–‚ÌŽ©•ª‚©‚番—£‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B–{“–‚ÌŽ©•ª‚Í�AŽÀ�ۂɂ͎©•ªŽ©�g‚ł͂Ȃ�A‘å‰F’ˆ‘S‘̂̕¡�‡‘̂ł·�B
sankara‚Æ‚Í�A—�‚Ý�‡‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚éŽv�l‚┽‰ž‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BƒTƒ“ƒJƒ‰‚ð‰ð•ú‚·‚éƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É‹@”\‚·‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽv�l‚ª–â‘è‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‚±‚Æ�A‚Ü‚½‚»‚Ì‹t‚à“¯—l‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�BƒVƒ‰‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä–�ÕŒ‚“I‚Ȋ‹«‚Å‚Ì5‚‚̉ú—¥�B�V‚µ‚¢ƒTƒ“ƒJƒ‰‚ª�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚·‚é�^‹ó‚ª�ì�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�AƒTƒ“ƒJƒ‰‚Ì�uŒÃ‚¢�ÝŒÉ�v‚ª�ã�¸‚µ�A‰ð�Á‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŽ„‚ÍŽ©•ª‚ÌŒoŒ±‚©‚ç˜b‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł ‚è�A�”‚¦�Ø‚ê‚È‚¢‚قǂ̒è—ʉ»‚Å‚«‚È‚¢—�˜_‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é‚킯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ü‚½‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í“–Žž‚Í�^ŽÀ‚¾‚Á‚½‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�AŒ»�݂͕K‚¸‚µ‚à�^ŽÀ‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚¢‚¸‚ê‚É‚¹‚æ�A�^ŽÀ‚𔌩‚·‚é�Å‚àŠmŽÀ‚È•û–@‚Í’¼�Ú“I‚ÈŒoŒ±‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ăł·�A‚³‚à‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃº�Å�‰‚É‚»‚à‚»‚à�l‚ª“]�¶‚·‚邱‚Ƃɔς킳‚ê‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H‚»‚ꂪƒQ�[ƒ€ƒ`ƒFƒ“ƒWƒƒ�[‚Å‚ ‚è�A‘ÌŒ±“I‚È‘¤–ʂł·�B
�u–{“–‚̃rƒpƒbƒTƒi‚Æ‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈæÃ—~‚È�A‚Ü‚½‚Í‘žˆ«“I‚È�l‚¦‚ª‚È‚º�¶‚¶‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð•ª�Í‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚̈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ðŒ©‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃł·�BŒÄ‹z‚É�W’†‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦‚©‚ç�S‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚¾‚¯‚Å‚Í�AŽÀ�ۂ̉ðŒˆ�ô‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�v– Lal
‚¨‚»‚ç‚�A‚µ‚©‚µ�Å‚à�[‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Å‚Í�A“Á‚É•s‰õ‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ª‚Ð‚Ç‚Š´‚¶‚ç‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚ÉŒø‰Ê“I‚É’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é‰ß’ö‚Å�A‚»‚̃Gƒlƒ‹ƒMƒbƒVƒ…‚ÈŒ¾Œê/ƒVƒOƒlƒ`ƒƒ‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚𒼊ϓI‚É’¼Š´‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AáÒ‘z‚Ì�‡ŠÔ‚É‚Í�A”Þ‚ç‚ɉ½‚ªŽ¦‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ð�U‚è•Ԃ鑽‚‚Ì‹@‰ï‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�u�Å�‰‚Ì3“úŠÔ‚̃Aƒiƒpƒi‚Ì—û�K‚Í�AŒÄ‹z‚Ƒ̂Ì�¬‚³‚È•”•ª‚ÌŠ´Šo‚É�W’†‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B•@�E‚Ì’†‚â�ã�O‚Ì�ã‚Å�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚ª”ñ�í‚É”÷–‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ðŒŸ�o‚Å‚«‚é�W’†‚µ‚½�S‚ð”’B‚³‚¹‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B�v
4“ú–Ú‚É�A�¸�_‚ª”÷–‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ðŒŸ�o‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚É�W’†‚³‚ê‚邯�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚ÍVipassana‚É�Љ‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‘Ì‚Í�AŠ´Šo‚ÌŽ©—R‚È—¬‚ꂪ‚ ‚é�ê�‡�A‚Ü‚½‚Í•”•ª“I‚É’x‚¢ƒy�[ƒX‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡�A“ª‚©‚ç‘«‚Ö�A‘«‚©‚瓪‚Ö‚Æ‘|ˆø‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·–гŽÒ‚Ì‚»‚µ‚ÄŽ�‘±“I‚É‘OŒã‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè�AŠ´Šo‚Ì‘S”͈͂ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ü‚·‚æ‚èŠÈ’P‚É’mŠo‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�S‚ª‹»•±‚·‚邯�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚̓oƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚ª‰ñ•œ‚·‚é‚܂ŃAƒiƒpƒi‚É–ß‚è�A‚»‚̌ピƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi‚É–ß‚è‚Ü‚·�B
o 2018”N1ŒŽ15“úŒß‘O8Žž47•ª�”13687
ƒ”ƒBƒ‰ƒXƒJƒfƒBƒoƒ‹
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
Ž„‚Í—¼•û‚Ì�à–¾– GoenkaƒŠƒgƒŠ�[ƒg‚Å‚ÌLal‚ÆChigstarrr‚É�]‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
Chigstarrr‚Í�A10“úŠÔ‚ÌƒŠƒgƒŠ�[ƒg‚É‘±‚ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚É�³‰ð‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�A”�¶‚µ�A‚Ƃǂ܂è�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�Á‚¦‹Ž‚郔ƒF�[ƒ_ƒi‚ªŽÀ�ۂɉ½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚©‚ð’m‚邽‚ß‚É�A”ÞŽ©�g‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Goenka Vipasanna‚Å�s‚í‚ꂽAnapana sati‚Í�A�‰�SŽÒ‚ª•@‚Ì—Ìˆæ‚Æ�O‚̗̈æ‚̋߂‚Å�Å�‰‚Ì3“úŠÔ‚ɂǂ̂悤‚È�U“®/Š´Šo‚ª”�¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B4“ú–Ú‚©‚ç9“ú–Ú‚Ü‚Å�A‚»‚Ì�l‚ÍŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�‹‚³�Aо�AЦ‚³�A‚Ù‚Ä‚è�A�k‚¦‚Ȃǂª‹N‚±‚è�A‚Ƃǂ܂è�A–S‚‚Ȃ葱‚¯‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ÌŒã�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä”½‰ž‚·‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�Aƒ‰ƒ‹‚ªŽÀ�ۂ̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�q‚ׂĂ¢‚é•û–@‚Å�s“®‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A�ƒ�ˆ‚È‹³‚¦‚É–{“–‚É“ü‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Í�Aƒ�ƒo�Aƒh�[ƒT�Aƒ‚ƒn‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å‚ ‚è�A1�l‚Ì�l‚É‹N‚±‚Á‚½‚·‚ׂĂ̌oŒ±‚ð‚à‚½‚炵�A‚»‚ÌƒŠƒgƒŠ�[ƒg‚Å‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚Ɉµ‚¤‚©‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚ÍŠÏŽ@‚·‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A–ò‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�ƒ�ˆ‚ȃ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ª’ñ‹Ÿ‚³‚ê‚邯�A”Þ‚Í/”Þ�—‚Í–{“–‚Ɉӎu‚ð”’B‚³‚¹‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ÍŽÀ�Û‚É‹N‚±‚Á‚½‚±‚Ƃł ‚è�A2017”N12ŒŽ23“ú‚É‹N‚±‚Á‚½•ê‚ÌŽ€‚ð’D‚¤•û–@‚È‚Ç�Aƒ`ƒbƒ^�AƒAƒTƒo�AƒKƒeƒB�A‚»‚ꂪ‚à‚½‚ç‚·ƒ”ƒFƒ_ƒi�B�¡‚̂Ƃ±‚ë�A‚ǂ̂悤‚ÈŽí—ނ̔߂µ‚Ý‚àˆê“x‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�AGoenka‚ª’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ�ALal‚ªPure
Dhamma‚ð‰î‚µ‚ĒljÁ‚µ‚½ƒpƒX‚ð‚½‚Ç‚Á‚½Œø‰Ê‚¾‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ŽÀ�Û�AŽ„‚̈ӌ©‚Å‚Í�Asankara‚ÍŠ´�î‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚¶�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�s‚«—ˆ‚µ�A‚»‚̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä�AGoenkaƒŠƒgƒŠ�[ƒg‚ÅŒoŒ±‚·‚é‚à‚̂̌oŒ±‚É“K�‡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚邯‚µ‚½‚ç�Aƒ”ƒF�[ƒ_ƒi‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃Tƒ“ƒJƒ‰‚ªŒÍЉ‚·‚邿‚¤‚ÉŽv‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
ŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚¾‚¯‚ł͎À�Û‚Ìvipasanna‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�Aƒ}ƒnƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^ƒiƒXƒbƒ^‚Å’è‹`‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚銴�î�iƒ”ƒFƒ_ƒi�j‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邯�Aƒ”ƒFƒ_ƒi‚Æ‚µ‚đ̂É�¶‚¶‚鑽‚‚̃Tƒ“ƒJƒ‰‚ðŠmŽÀ‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Œ‹˜_�FGoenka‚ÌVipassanaƒR�[ƒX‚Í�A�l‚ð�³‚µ‚¢“¹‚ɘA‚ê‚Ä�s‚«�ALal‚É‚æ‚éPure Dhamma‚ª‘±‚‚±‚Æ‚Å�A�l‚ªƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚µ�A
‚»‚Ì—¼•û‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å‹N‚±‚Á‚½“r•û‚à‚È‚¢•ω»‚ðŽ„Ž©�g‚ªŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É�A‚»‚ê‚ð’´‚¦‚ÄŽ„‚ɂƂÁ‚ÄŒ»ŽÀ‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚Å‚·�B
2018 2018”N3ŒŽ6“úŒßŒã12:35�”14356
“½–¼‚Ì
Vilaskadivalou‚Í�AVipassana‚̑̌±‚ð•ê�e‚Ì–S–½‚Æ“��‡‚Å‚«‚½‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ¦‚·—Ç‚¢’›Œó‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚͈êŽí‚Ì�؂藣‚³‚ꂽ”½‰ž‚Ì—Ç‚¢—á‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚±‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Í�^Œ•‚ÈŠJ‹Æˆã‚ªŽžŠÔ‚ð‚©‚¯‚Ä“à–ʉ»‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð‰Â”\‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŽí‚Ì•ª—£‚Í�A�‚Œ‰‚Æ�¬“¯‚³‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Þ‚µ‚ë�AƒAƒjƒJ‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Ì”Fޝ‚Æ•]‰¿‚É�ª‚´‚µ‚½•ª—£‚Å‚·�B
ƒTƒCƒhƒm�[ƒg�BƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ÌŽå‚ȉۑè‚Í�A‚²‚��”‚ÌVipassanaáÒ‘zŽÒ‚ªGoenka‚ªŒ¾‚¤‚悤‚É�A�uŠ´Šo‚̃Q�[ƒ€�v‚̃vƒŒƒC‚ÉŠª‚«�ž‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃł·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í’P‚ÉŠ´Šo‚ɑ΂·‚é—~‹�‚⌙ˆ«Š´‚ð”’B‚³‚¹�A‚»‚ê‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ‹tŒø‰Ê‚Å‚ ‚é�V‚µ‚¢ƒTƒ“ƒJƒ‰‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚é�B
ŒÂ�l“I‚É�AŽ„‚Í‚±‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ð“ú�í“I‚É“K—p‚µŽn‚ß‚½‚±‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B lŠÏŽ@‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å”½‰ž‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚Å�A“Á’è‚Ì�uŠÔ‚ɃGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚ðŠëŒ¯‚É‚³‚ç‚·‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚éŠO•”‚¨‚æ‚Ñ“à•”‚Ì�uƒgƒŠƒK�[�v‚ðŽ–ŽÀ�ã‰ñ”ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½‚Í�A’�ˆÓ�[‚‘Ήž‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä–ŒÇ—§‚µ‚½•û–@‚Å�B�V‚µ‚¢ƒTƒ“ƒJƒ‰‚ª�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚éƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ª�A�¡‚ł͎„‚Ì”÷–‚ȃŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì”Fޝ‚Ì•ª–ì‚É‚ ‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚ªŽ„‚̈ӎ¯‚É‚æ‚Á‚ătƒ‰ƒO‚ð—§‚Ä‚ç‚ê‚邿‚¤‚É�A”ނ炪�S‚̉˜‚ê‚ð–TŽó‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�AŽ„‚ɂƂÁ‚ÄŽÀ�Û‚É‹»–¡‚Ì‘Î�ۂƂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û�A‚±‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŽ„‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚Ì‚Í�A–]‚Ü‚µ‚‚È‚¢�󋵂ª”�¶‚·‚é‘O�A‚Ü‚½‚̓oƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚ª•ö‚ê‚é‘O‚É�ö�Ý“I‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê‚𓱂‚±‚Ƃł·�B
�u’Ê�í‚Ì�v�󋵉º‚ÅŒŸ�o‚ð‰ñ”ð‚µ�AŽ„‚Æ‚¨‚»‚ç‚‹ß‚‚É‚¢‚é’N‚©‚ð–WŠQ‚·‚銴Šo‚ð“Á’è‚·‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½‚Í�A–³’m‚Ì—§�ê‚©‚ç�Aƒpƒuƒ�ƒtŽ®‚Ì”½‰ž‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŒ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚邯�A‚Ù‚ÚŠmŽÀ‚ÉŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ð�u�³‚µ‚¢�v‚ÆŽå’£‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¤Ž©•ª‚ÌŽ©‰ä‚©‚ç‚̕ԓš‚Å‚ ‚è�AŽ©•ª‚̃fƒoƒCƒX‚Ɉς˂ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚Í�AƒGƒS‚ð‚»‚ê‚É’ï�R‚·‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�Aƒp�[ƒ\ƒiƒŠƒeƒB‚Æ’²˜a‚µ‚Ä“‚«Žn‚ß‚éˆÊ’u‚ÉŒø‰Ê“I‚É—}‚¦‚Ü‚·�B
S.N.‚ª‹³‚¦‚éVipassana‚Ì�ÅŒã‚̃Rƒ“ƒ|�[ƒlƒ“ƒg�BƒSƒGƒ“ƒJ‚̓�ƒbƒ^‚Ì’èŠú“I‚ÈŽÀ‘H‚Å‚ ‚è�AƒP�[ƒL‚É‚±‚Ƃ킴‚̃`ƒFƒŠ�[‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚ׂĂ̑¶�݂̂½‚߂ɖ¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂé�D‚Ü‚µ‚¢ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�ó‘Ô‚ÌŠî‘b‚ð’z‚«‚Ü‚·�B
o
#14316
Spectator
a)When
i focus on breathing there are very few thoughts arising.b)The same when i
focus on body sensations (this latter method is part of Chan Buddhism training
which i followed for 3 years – they use it as a trick to let go of mindstream).
By the way one can read in the Sutta Pitaka �gmindful of the body in and of
itself�h but it is not said that just that will lead to valuable insight. Such
awareness should be completed by the recollection of �geverything decadent &
�grepulsive�h related to the body which implies Anicca , Anatta and Dukkha –
somewhat at least.
So both a) and b) experiences brought me to study Satipatanna according
Nyanaponika Thera which meets Lal methodology.
Summing up alot�c
o
#14323
Keymaster
Embodied
said: �ga)When i focus on breathing there are very few thoughts arising.�h
Is
that a good thing?
The goal of meditation is a calm mind, not a mind devoid of thoughts.
The mind should be devoid of BAD thoughts (with
greed, hate, or ignorance); that is what makes the mind calm in the long term.
It happens when one stops such BAD thoughts from arising. That is Anapana or Satipatthana.
One
should be able to think much clearer about Dhamma concepts (i.e., GOOD
thoughts) when in meditation.
�˜
#14360
Participant
Hi
Lal,
If
someone who is doing sitting meditation could contemplate on deep dhamma
concepts like Tilakkhana and Paticca Samuppada for an hour or more, with little
to no other stray thoughts, is he considered to be in Samadhi? Sort of like
delivering a dhamma lecture to oneself in that meditation session. And after
the meditation, one feels recharged.
o
#14324
Spectator
Lal,
I
don�ft know if it�fs good or bad – it�fs what happens.There are only some neutral,
misty images in a let�fs say �gsubliminal�h way. And usually bad thoughts do not
arise. Which allows me to contemplate essential Dhamma concepts without being
disturbed by inadequate mindstream.
�˜
#14361
Spectator
Johnny,
Interesting
subject.
And seeing that whatever the domain there is always a way of doing that is more
effective than another, your question made me wonder about what is the best way
of contemplating a Dhamma concept : images, words or both? Let�fs wait for Lal�fs
expertise.
Thanks
o
#14325
Keymaster
�h
Which allows me to contemplate essential Dhamma concepts�c�h
OK.
That means you are able to think. That is good.
�˜
#14331
Spectator
Indeed
for example I�fm able to contemplate a cooling down while relating it to Anicca,
Anatta, Dukkha. Often the most effective cooling downs in terms of insight come
from interacting with the opposite sex.
o
#14358

The
response above that I directed to Vilaskadival, dated March 6th, was actually
meant for the main thread. Sorry!!!
I
also apologize for misspelling your name. The message was typed on my phone, it
appears auto-spell check got the better of me.
o
#14363
Keymaster
I see new comments by Chigstarr, Embodied, and Johnny
at various places above. I think it is essential to understand what is meant
by samadhi,
jhana, and �gpeace of mind�h.
Johnny
asked: �gIf someone who is doing sitting meditation could contemplate on deep
dhamma concepts like Tilakkhana and Paticca Samuppada for an hour or more, with
little to no other stray thoughts, is he considered to be in Samadhi?�h
Short
answer is, YES.
But it needs to be understood what is meant by
samadhi:
�gWhat is samādhi? – Three Kinds of
Mindfulness�g.
Samadhi can
be thousands of different types. There are micca samadhi too,
which are opposite of samma samadhi. Samadhi means
�gthe mind gets pulled into that direction�h. Normally, one�fs mind will become
peaceful when one�fs mind gets pulled in the �gmoral direction�h since that makes
the mind less cluttered with akusala or sensual thoughts.
Samadhi is
not necessarily jhana. Jhana are really mental
states of beings in rupa and arupa realms.
So, when one is in a jhana, it feels much better
overall since they are higher mental states mostly devoid of akusala and
sensual thoughts:
�gSamādhi, Jhāna, Magga Phala –
Introduction�g.
One can get to magga phala via Samma
Samadhi and also via jhanas:
�gSamādhi, Jhāna (Dhyāna), Magga
Phala�h
@Chigstarr: So, when one does any type of common
meditations, one�fs mind could become peaceful, and I said so in my previous
comments. I never said otherwise. During the time of the Buddha, Devadatta
attained even supernormal powers with such techniques, but he lost all that at
the end. He never understood Tilakkhana.
The message of the Buddha is not just to go after a
calmed mind (or even jhanas or supernormal
powers), but to attain magga phala and get out of
the suffering-filled rebirth process. But that idea may not be even palatable
to many people. That is because they don�ft have an understanding of Tilakkhana (anicca,
dukkha, anatta). So, there is no point in discussing this issue if
one has already decided that all one needs is a �gpeace of mind�h. What this
website is focusing on is magga phala, and specifically
the Sotapanna stage, which will stop future rebirths
in lower realms. Therefore, the bottom line is that: if one can
show that Goenka�fs techniques can lead to magga phala, we can
have a discussion on that.
Also, �gA Buddhist or a Bhauddhaya?�h
and �gBuddha Dhamma: Non-Perceivability
and Self-Consistency�g.
o
#14368
Spectator
Hi
Lal,
Understood yet my query – for now – it�fs merely a
�gtechnical�h one :
– It�fs recalling through images and words, based upon
a �gpersonal�h experience, the best way of contemplating a Dhamma concept?
– When i say experience sometimes it can be experience of the opposites of
Anicca, Anatta & Dukkha and of the cooling down
(Tilakkhana-inspired) that allowed to rectify one�fs behaviour�cthus the
repetitive contemplation of such moments of insight will progressively allow
the definitive integration of Tilakkhana as �gpreconditions (prerequisites) in
order to be able to follow the Noble Path�h�c?
Thanks
o
#14370
Keymaster
Embodied
said: �h what is the best way of contemplating a Dhamma concept : images, words
or both?�h
This
is probably an issue of expressing oneself (you and me both).
I
think contemplation/thinking/analyzing/seeing whether some idea makes sense,
etc. all fit in to that category.
By the way, that is same as the �gconscious
thinking�h component of vaci sankhara: �gCorrect Meaning of Vacī Sankhāra�g.
When one grasp an idea or a concept one�fs sanna on
that will change according to that. Then that sanna will be
in effect automatically.
See, �gWhat is Sañña (Perception)?�g.
o
#14374
Spectator
Lal,
Seeing
the clarity of your answer to my last query,i don�ft see any serious issue with
us expressing ourselves.
I�fve
recently downloaded Pure Dhamma the whole PDF book�cquestions will follow at a
good rhythm!
thanks
again
o
#15236
Participant
Hello,
I
joined the puredhamma.net forum recently, and am happy to come upon this forum.
Starting in 2003, I attended courses, read (and reread) Goenka�fs discourses and
books related to this tradition, got to know many �gteachers�h well and the
training they went through.
I
put �gteachers�h in quote not out of disrespect, since the only teacher was SN
Goenka (affectionately known among students as Goenkaji). I�fll elaborate at the
end as I describe the format of the course (for those who have not attended
one).
I�fd
like to give a brief description of the technique taught in the course, the
rationale behind it (as I understand it), and then I really want to get your
take on it as to whether the rationale is sound.
—DESCRIPTION
OF TECHNIQUE
Most courses are residential 10-day courses (there are other courses of varying
lengths).
The
course starts on Day 0 with the formalities: taking refuge in the Triple Gems,
taking the 5 precepts, and making a formal request to the teacher to teach the
technique.
—
Days 1-3: �ganapana�h practice.
I put �ganapana�h because it is taken as breath meditation here. Goenka calls it
respiration – natural, pure, uncontrolled respiration, nothing but respiration.
A
few points about the �ganapana�h phase:
— Observation is at the nostrils, of natural respiration (exclusively); no
imagination, no inner verbalization (such as a mantra). And also, no
controlling the respiration of any kind (such as in pranayama)
— Gradually, observation turns to physical sensations (if any) in the small
area below the nostrils, above the upper lip.
Attention
is kept at the nostrils area to sharpen the mind; the smaller the area, the
sharper the mind. The abdomen, for example is too big an area.
This
phase is also considered the samadhi part of the eightfold path, along with
sila, which is observing the 5 precepts.
—
Days 4-9: �gvipassana�h
In
the afternoon of day 4, we switched to �gvipassana�h, and this is considered
entering the part of paññā. In vipassana according to this course, the object
of observation is physical sensations (at first on the surface of the body)
from the top of the head to the tips of the toes.
One
moves his attention in order, from the top of the head, part by small part, to
the tips of the toes. The reason for this is to eventually feel sensations,
gross and subtle, all over the body. Also, one observes with an attitude of
equanimity – no craving for pleasant sensations nor aversion toward unpleasant
sensations.
What
is the basis for this technique, and how is all this related to tilakkhana?
This
is based on the mahasatipatthana sutta, and for practice, kāyānupassī,
vedanānupassī, cittānupassī, dhammānupassī are reduced to vedanānupassī, and
vedanā is taken to be physical sensations.
For
kāyānupassī, observing kaya means observing what arise in kaya, and that is
physical sensations. For the other 2 (citta and dhamma), observing physical
sensations imply observing (indirectly) citta and dhamma, because of this
verse:
�gvedanā-samosaraṇā sabbe dhammā�h, translated as �gEverything that arises in the
mind starts flowing with a sensation on the body.�h
(See this verse in the satipathanna discourses in below, in the �gSources�h
section).
For
this technique, anicca means the arising and passing of physical sensations –
pleasant and unpleasant. Gross, unpleasant sensations arise, stay for some
time, and disappear. For pleasant sensations, they are ultimately tiny
wavelets, bubbles, arising and passing very rapidly. (Just do a search for
�gwavelets�h in the link to the satipatthana discourses).
At
this stage, one realizes that there is no �gI�h, �gmine�h, �gmyself�h behind these
wavelets, and hence anattā (here meaning �gegolessness�h).
Finally,
the mind can be so sharp that it transcends this field of sensations to go
�gbeyond�h – to non arising and passing. Nibbana!
This
is just a summary of the technique (leaving out many details, even though I�fm
already long-winded), but I hope I got the gist of it, and now I can�ft wait to
ask my question (a question also asked of me many times):
Is there potential in this technique in removing
defilements? Is there a sound foundation for it in the tipitaka?
—
Day 10: metta
Students keep �gnoble silence�h during the course from days 1-9: no talking to
each other (asking the teacher questions is ok), no reading, no communication
with the outside world. Roughly 10 hours a day are spent in sitting meditation,
starting the day at 4:30 am.
On
day 10, students break silence and learn metta bhavana. On day 11 they leave
the course.
—FORMAT
OF COURSES
Lal asked whether anapana was brought to the teacher as being other than breath
meditation.
In
the course, meditation instructions are audio from SN Goenka, who is really THE
teacher. The people sitting in the front, on the �gDhamma Seat�h, are assistant
teachers (ATs) who conduct the course by playing the tapes of instructions and
answering questions about the technique itself.
These
ATs are from various backgrounds (e.g. the AT in my area is Hindu). They answer
questions mostly about the technique, with or without mentioning Buddha Dhamma
at large. Some even have just canned answers such as: �gJust set that aside,
just observe sensations with equanimity�h, etc. On the question of anapana, all
the ATs I personally know take that to mean breath meditation.
The
most common course is the 10-day course. Another course is the Satipatthana
course (7 days), in which students learn the sutta as explained by SN Goenka.
(See the discourses on Satipatthana below). There are longer courses too:
20-day, 30-day, 45-day, 60-day courses. In these courses, oftentimes a third
(typically the 1st third) is spent on �ganapana�h.
—SOURCES
I was a little hesitant to put these links here, since non students are not
encouraged to read these without attending the courses (no context), but since
these are in the public domain from VRI, I feel better.
Discourses on Satipatthana
http://www.vridhamma.org/Printversion/Discourses-on-Satipatthana-Sutta
Discourses in a 10-day course
http://www.vridhamma.org/The-Discourse-Summaries
a�jŒÄ‹z‚É�Å“_‚ð�‡‚킹‚邯�A�l‚¦‚ª‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bb�j‘̂̊´Šo‚É�Å“_‚ð�‡‚킹‚邯“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�i‚±‚ÌŒãŽÒ‚Ì•û–@‚Í�A3”NŠÔ‘±‚¯‚Ä‚«‚½Chan•§‹³‚̃gƒŒ�[ƒjƒ“ƒO‚̈ꕔ‚Å‚·�BŽè•ú‚·‚½‚߂̃gƒŠƒbƒN‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŽg—p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�jƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€‚Ì�j�B‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�AƒXƒbƒ^ƒsƒ^ƒJ‚Å‚Í�u�g‘ÌŽ©‘̂ɋC‚ð‚‚¯‚Ä�v‚Ɠǂނ±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ꂾ‚¯‚Å‹M�d‚È“´Ž@‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邯‚ÍŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚̂悤‚È”Fޝ‚Í�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à‚¢‚‚ç‚©‚Í�AAnicca�AAnatta�A‚¨‚æ‚ÑDukkha‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�A�g‘̂Ɋ֘A‚·‚é�u‘Þ”p“I‚È‚·‚ׂÄ�v‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�u”½”“I‚È‚·‚ׂÄ�v‚Ì‹L‰¯‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŠ®—¹‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aa�j‚Æb�j‚Ì—¼•û‚ÌŒoŒ±‚©‚ç�ALal‚Ì•û–@˜_‚ð–ž‚½‚·Nyanaponika Thera‚É�]‚Á‚ÄSatipatanna‚ðŒ¤‹†‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚Ü‚Æ‚ß‚é‚Æ�c
o 2018”N3ŒŽ5“ú3:57 am�”14323
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
�g‘̂͌¾‚Á‚½�F�ua�jŽ„‚ªŒÄ‹z‚É�Å“_‚ð�‡‚킹‚邯‚«�¶‚¶‚é�l‚¦‚͂قƂñ‚Ç‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�v
‚»‚ê‚Í—Ç‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·‚©�H
áÒ‘z‚Ì–Ú“I‚͉¸‚â‚©‚È�S‚Å‚ ‚è�AŽv�l‚̂Ȃ¢�S‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�S‚͈«‚¢—~‹��iæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A‚Ü‚½‚Í–³’m�j‚ðŒ‡‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ’·Šú“I‚É�S‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚Ȉ«‚¢�l‚¦‚ª�¶‚¶‚é‚Ì‚ðŽ~‚߂邯‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚̓Aƒiƒpƒi‚Ü‚½‚̓TƒeƒBƒpƒ^ƒi‚Å‚·�B
áÒ‘z’†‚Í�Aƒ_�[ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O�i‚‚܂è�A—Ç‚¢�l‚¦�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚æ‚è–¾Šm‚É�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B
2018 2018”N3ŒŽ6“úŒßŒã7Žž50•ª�”14360
ƒWƒ‡ƒj�[�EƒŠƒ€
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚̓‰ƒ‹�A
�À‚èáÒ‘z‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚ª�AƒeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒJ�[ƒi‚âƒpƒeƒBƒJƒTƒ€ƒpƒ_‚ȂǂÌ�[‚¢–@‘¥‚ÌŠT”O‚ð1ŽžŠÔˆÈ�ã�n�l‚Å‚«�A‘¼‚Ì�l‚¦‚ª‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ܂½‚͂܂Á‚½‚‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A”ނ̓Tƒ}ƒfƒB‚É‚¢‚邯Œ©‚È‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚©�HáÒ‘z‚̃ZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÅŽ©•ª‚É–@‚Ì�u‹`‚ð‚·‚é‚æ‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B‚»‚µ‚ÄáÒ‘z‚ÌŒã�A�l‚Í�Ä�[“d‚³‚ꂽ‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�B
o 2018”N3ŒŽ5“úŒß‘O4Žž26•ª�”14324
‹ïŒ»‰»
ŠÏ‹q
ƒ‰ƒ‹�A
‚»‚ꂪ—Ç‚¢‚©ˆ«‚¢‚©‚͂킩‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‰½‚ª‹N‚±‚é‚©‚Å‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�uƒTƒuƒŠƒ~ƒiƒ‹�v‚È•û–@‚ÅŒ©‚½�ê�‡�A’†—§“I‚Å–¶‚Ì‘½‚¢‰æ‘œ‚µ‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A’Ê�í�Aˆ«‚¢�l‚¦‚Í”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�A•s“K�؂ȃ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€‚Ɏז‚‚³‚ê‚邱‚ƂȂ�A�d—v‚ȃ_ƒ“ƒ}ŠT”O‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
2018 2018”N3ŒŽ7“úŒß‘O4Žž25•ª�”14361
‹ïŒ»‰»
ŠÏ‹q
ƒWƒ‡ƒj�[�A
‹»–¡�[‚¢Žå‘è�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�Aƒhƒ�ƒCƒ“‚ª�í‚É‚»‚ê‚ð�s‚¤•û–@‚ª‘¼‚æ‚è‚àŒø‰Ê“I‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ðŒ©‚Ä�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ÌŽ¿–â‚Í�ADhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�n�l‚·‚é�ŗǂ̕û–@‚͉½‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚Æ‹^–â‚ÉŽv‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�F‰æ‘œ�A’PŒê�A‚Ü‚½‚Í‚»‚Ì—¼•û�H Lal‚Ì�ê–å’mޝ‚ð‘Ò‚¿‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B
‚ ‚肪‚Æ‚¤
o 2018”N3ŒŽ5“úŒß‘O6Žž36•ª�”14325
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
�u‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠî–{“I‚ÈŠT”O‚ð�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�c�v
OK�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚ª�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚¢‚¢‚Å‚·�B
2018 2018”N3ŒŽ5“úŒß‘O9Žž42•ª�”14331
‹ïŒ»‰»
ŠÏ‹q
ŽÀ�Û�A‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AŽ„‚Í‚»‚ê‚ðƒAƒjƒR�AƒAƒiƒbƒ^�Aƒ_ƒbƒJ‚ÆŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚È‚ª‚ç�A—â‹p‚ð�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‘½‚‚Ì�ê�‡�A“´Ž@‚Ì“_‚Å�Å‚àŒø‰Ê“I‚È—â‹p‚Í�AˆÙ�«‚Æ‚Ì‘ŠŒÝ�ì—p‚©‚ç�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B
o 2018”N3ŒŽ6“úŒßŒã3Žž25•ª�”14358
“½–¼‚Ì
3ŒŽ6“ú•t‚¯‚ÌVilaskadival‚ÉŒü‚¯‚½�ã‹L‚̉ž“š‚Í�AŽÀ�ۂɂ̓�ƒCƒ“ƒXƒŒƒbƒh‚ð‘Î�Û‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚²‚ß‚ñ‚È‚³‚¢�I�I�I
–¼‘O‚̃Xƒyƒ‹‚ðŠÔˆá‚¦‚½‚±‚Æ‚à‚¨˜l‚Ñ‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bƒ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ÍŽ„‚Ì“d˜b‚Å“ü—Í‚³‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ©“®ƒXƒyƒ‹ƒ`ƒFƒbƒN‚ªŽ„‚æ‚è—Ç‚‚È‚Á‚½‚悤‚Å‚·�B
o 2018”N3ŒŽ7“úŒß‘O7Žž7•ª�”14436
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
�ã‹L‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�ê�Š‚Å�AChigstarr�AEmbodied�A‚¨‚æ‚ÑJohnny‚É‚æ‚é�V‚µ‚¢ƒRƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚ðŠm”F‚µ‚Ü‚·�BƒTƒ}ƒfƒB�AƒWƒƒƒi�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�u•½˜a�v‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚¾‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ƒWƒ‡ƒj�[‚Í�q‚˂܂µ‚½�F�u�À‚èáÒ‘z‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é’N‚©‚ª�AƒeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒJ�[ƒi‚âƒpƒeƒBƒJƒTƒ€ƒpƒ_‚̂悤‚È�[‚¢dhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚ð1ŽžŠÔˆÈ�ã�n�l‚Å‚«�A‘¼‚Ì�l‚¦‚ª‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ܂½‚͂܂Á‚½‚‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A”ނ̓Tƒ}ƒfƒB‚É‚¢‚邯Œ©‚È‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚©�H�v
ŠÈ’P‚ÉŒ¾‚¦‚Î�A‚Í‚¢�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚̓Tƒ}ƒfƒB‚ªˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�F
�uƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚·‚©�H
– 3Ží—ނ̃}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�v�B
ƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚ɂ͉½�ç‚à‚̈قȂéƒ^ƒCƒv‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B micca samadhi‚à‚ ‚è�Asamma samadhi‚Ì”½‘΂ł·�BƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚Æ‚Í�u�S‚ª‚»‚Ì•ûŒü‚Ɉø‚«Šñ‚¹‚ç‚ê‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B’Ê�í�A�S‚ª�u“¹“¿“I‚È•ûŒü�v‚Ɉø‚«Šñ‚¹‚ç‚ê‚邯�A�S‚Í•½˜a‚ɂȂè�A�S‚ªƒAƒNƒTƒ‰‚⊯”\“I‚ÈŽv�l‚Å—�ŽG‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
ƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚Í•K‚¸‚µ‚àƒWƒƒƒi‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒWƒƒƒi‚Í–{“–‚Ƀ‹ƒp‚ƃAƒ‹ƒp‚̗̈æ‚É‚¢‚é‘¶�Ý‚Ì�¸�_�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B‚¾‚©‚ç�A�l‚ªƒWƒƒƒi‚É‚¢‚邯‚«�A”Þ‚ç‚͂قƂñ‚Ç‚ªƒAƒNƒTƒ‰‚ÆŠ¯”\“I‚È�l‚¦‚ðŒ‡‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚è�‚‚¢�¸�_�ó‘Ô‚Å‚ ‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚Í‘S‘Ì“I‚ɂ͂邩‚É—Ç‚Š´‚¶‚Ü‚·�F
�uSamādhi�AJhāna�AMagga
Phala –‚Í‚¶‚ß‚É�v�B
Samma Samadhi‚Æjhanas‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ämagga phala‚ɃAƒNƒZƒX‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�uSamādhi�AJhāna�iDhyāna�j�AMagga Phala�v
@Chigstarr�F‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�Aˆê”Ê“I‚ÈáÒ‘z‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚邯�A�S‚Í•½‰¸‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è�AˆÈ‘O‚̃Rƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚Å‚»‚¤�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�BŽ„‚Í‘¼‚ÉŒ¾‚Á‚½‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B•§‘ɂ̎ž‘ã�Aƒfƒ”ƒ@ƒ_ƒbƒ^‚Í‚»‚̂悤‚È‹Z�p‚Å’´�í“I‚È—Í‚³‚¦‚à’B�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A”Þ‚ÍŒ‹‹Ç‚»‚ê‚ð‚·‚×‚ÄŽ¸‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”ނ̓eƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒJ�[ƒi‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚©‚Á‚½�B
ƒuƒbƒ_‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚Í�A—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚½�S�i‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í�AƒWƒƒƒi‚â’´�í“I‚È—Í�j‚ð’Ç‚¢‹�‚߂邱‚Æ‚¾‚¯‚ł͂Ȃ�Aƒ}ƒOƒKƒtƒ@ƒ‰‚ð’B�¬‚µ�A‹ê‚µ‚݂ɖž‚¿‚½�Ä�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚©‚甲‚¯�o‚·‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚Ì�l‚¦‚Í‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ɂƂÁ‚ÄŒû‚É�‡‚¤‚قǂł͂Ȃ¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚͔ނ炪ƒeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒJƒi�iƒAƒjƒR�Aƒ_ƒbƒJ�AƒAƒiƒbƒ^�j‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A•K—v‚È‚à‚̂͂·‚ׂÄ�u�S‚̈À‚炬�v‚Å‚ ‚邯‚·‚łɌˆ’肵‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚ð‹c˜_‚·‚éˆÓ–¡‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚̃EƒFƒuƒTƒCƒg‚ª�Å“_‚𓖂ĂĂ¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�Amagga phala�A‹ï‘Ì“I‚ɂ̓\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Å‚·�B‚±‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚Å‚Í�A‰ºˆÊ‚̗̈æ‚Å‚Ì�«—ˆ‚Ì�Ä�¶‚ª’âŽ~‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŒ‹˜_‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚Í�AGoenka‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ªƒ}ƒOƒKƒtƒ@ƒ‰‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ¦‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‹c˜_‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚½�A�u•§‹³“k‚Å‚·‚©�A‚»‚ê‚Æ‚à•§‘ɂł·‚©�H�v‚»‚µ‚Ä�u•§–@�F”ñ’mŠo‰Â”\�«‚ÆŽ©ŒÈ–³–µ�‚�«�v�B
o 2018”N3ŒŽ7“úŒß‘O8Žž49•ª�”14368
‹ïŒ»‰»
ŠÏ‹q
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚̓‰ƒ‹�A
‚Ü‚¾—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�¡‚̂Ƃ±‚ë�A‚±‚ê‚Í’P‚È‚é�u‹Z�p“I‚È�vŽ¿–â‚Å‚·�B
–�uŒÂ�l“I‚È�vŒoŒ±‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�AƒCƒ��[ƒW‚ÆŒ¾—t‚ð’Ê‚µ‚ÄƒŠƒR�[ƒ‹‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�n�l‚·‚é�ŗǂ̕û–@‚Å‚·‚©�H
–Ž„‚ªŒoŒ±‚ðŒ¾‚¤‚Æ‚«�A‚»‚ê‚Í�AAnicca�AAnatta�ADukkha‚Ì”½‘΂̌oŒ±‚Å‚ ‚è�A—â�³�iTilakkhana‚É�G”‚³‚ꂽ�j‚ÌŒoŒ±‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚̂悤‚È“´Ž@‚Ì�uŠÔ‚ÌŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ì�n�l‚Í�AŒˆ’è“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚ð�™�X‚ɉ”\‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�u‹M‘°‚Ì“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邽‚߂̑O’ñ�ðŒ��i‘O’ñ�ðŒ��j�v‚Æ‚µ‚ẴeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒJ�[ƒi‚Ì“��‡�c�H
‚ ‚肪‚Æ‚¤
o 2018”N3ŒŽ7“úŒß‘O9Žž4•ª�”14370
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
�g‘̂͌¾‚Á‚½�F�uƒ_�[ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�n�l‚·‚é�ŗǂ̕û–@‚͉½‚Å‚·‚©�F‰æ‘œ�AŒ¾—t�A‚Ü‚½‚Í‚»‚Ì—¼•û�H�v
‚±‚ê‚Í‚¨‚»‚炎©•ª‚ð•\Œ»‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̖â‘è‚Å‚·�i‚ ‚È‚½‚ÆŽ„‚Í—¼•û‚Æ‚à�j�B
�l‚¦‚½‚è�A�l‚¦‚½‚è�A•ª�Í‚µ‚½‚è�A‚ ‚éƒAƒCƒfƒA‚ªˆÓ–¡‚ð‚È‚·‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŒ©‚½‚è‚·‚邱‚ƂȂǂ͂·‚ׂÄ�A‚»‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ�[‚É“–‚Ä‚Í‚Ü‚é‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�A‚±‚ê‚Ívaci sankhara‚Ì�uˆÓޝ“IŽv�l�v‚Ì—v‘f�uVacīSankhāra‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢ˆÓ–¡�v‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B
ƒAƒCƒfƒA‚âƒRƒ“ƒZƒvƒg‚ð‚‚©‚Þ‚Æ�A‚»‚ê‚É”º‚¤ƒTƒ“ƒi‚Í‚»‚ê‚ɉž‚¶‚ĕω»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A‚»‚̃Tƒ“ƒi‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚É—LŒø‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�uƒTƒjƒƒ�i’mŠo�j‚Æ‚Í�H�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
o 2018”N3ŒŽ7“úŒßŒã12Žž31•ª�”14374
‹ïŒ»‰»
ŠÏ‹q
ƒ‰ƒ‹�A
Ž„‚Ì�ÅŒã‚ÌŽ¿–â‚ɑ΂·‚é‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì“š‚¦‚Ì–¾‰õ‚³‚ðŒ©‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ð•\Œ»‚·‚邱‚Æ‚É�d‘å‚È–â‘è‚ÍŒ©‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�Å‹ß�APure Dhamma‚ðPDFƒuƒbƒN‘S‘̂Ƀ_ƒEƒ“ƒ��[ƒh‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽ¿–â‚Í—Ç‚¢ƒŠƒYƒ€‚Å‘±‚«‚Ü‚·�I
�Ä“x�AŠ´ŽÓ‚µ‚Ü‚·
o 2018”N4ŒŽ19“úŒßŒã4Žž47•ª�”15236
ƒLƒ…�[ƒrƒ{ƒr
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚Í�A
�Å‹ß�Apuredhamma.netƒtƒH�[ƒ‰ƒ€‚ÉŽQ‰Á‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚̃tƒH�[ƒ‰ƒ€‚ÉŽQ‰Á‚Å‚«‚Ä‚¤‚ꂵ‚¢‚Å‚·�B 2003”N‚©‚çƒR�[ƒX‚ÉŽQ‰Á‚µ�A‚±‚Ì“`“�‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚éGoenka‚ÌŒ¾�à‚â–{‚ð“Ç‚Ý�i‚»‚µ‚ēǂݒ¼‚µ�j�A‘½‚‚Ì�u‹³Žt�v‚Ɣނ炪ŒoŒ±‚µ‚½ƒgƒŒ�[ƒjƒ“ƒO‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă悒m‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‹³Žt‚ÍSN Goenka�iŠw�¶‚ÌŠÔ‚Å‚ÍGoenkaji‚Æ‚µ‚Ĉ¤�̂ŌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚½�j‚¾‚¯‚¾‚Á‚½‚Ì‚Å�AŽ„‚Í�u‹³Žt�v‚ðŒyŽ‹‚µ‚È‚¢‚悤‚Ɉø—p‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BƒR�[ƒX‚ÌŒ`Ž®‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é�Û‚É�A�ÅŒã‚É�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�iƒR�[ƒX‚ÉŽQ‰Á‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�ê�‡�j�B
ƒR�[ƒX‚Å‹³‚¦‚ç‚ꂽƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Æ‚»‚Ì”wŒã‚É‚ ‚é—�˜_“I�ª‹’�iŽ„‚ª—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¨‚è�j‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠÈ’P‚É�à–¾‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A‚»‚Ì—�˜_“I�ª‹’‚ªŒ’‘S‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŽÀ�Û‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚à‚ç‚¢‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
-‹Z�p‚Ì�à–¾
‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ̃R�[ƒX‚Í�A10“úŠÔ‚Ì‹��ZƒR�[ƒX‚Å‚·�i‘¼‚É‚à‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȓ·‚³‚̃R�[ƒX‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j�B
ƒR�[ƒX‚Í�A0“ú–Ú‚©‚ç�³Ž®‚ÉŠJŽn‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BƒgƒŠƒvƒ‹ƒWƒFƒ€‚É”ð“�A5‚‚̋³ŒP‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ê�A‹Z�p‚ð‹³‚¦‚邽‚߂ɋ³Žt‚É�³Ž®‚ÈƒŠƒNƒGƒXƒg‚ð�s‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
— 1〜3“ú–Ú�F�uƒAƒiƒpƒi�v‚Ì—û�K�B
‚±‚±‚ł͌ċzáÒ‘z‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŽæ‚è“ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�uanapana�v‚ð“ü‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�BƒSƒGƒ“ƒJ‚Í‚»‚ê‚ðŒÄ‹z‚ƌĂñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·–Ž©‘R‚Å�ƒ�ˆ‚È–³’��˜‚Ȍċz�AŒÄ‹zˆÈŠO‚̉½•¨‚Å‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�uƒAƒiƒpƒi�vƒtƒF�[ƒY‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚¢‚‚‚©‚̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg�F
—ŠÏŽ@‚Í•@‚ÌŒŠ‚É‚ ‚è�AŽ©‘R‚Ȍċz‚Å‚·�i”r‘¼“I�j�B‘z‘œ—Í�A“à‚Ȃ錾—tŒ‚¢�iƒ}ƒ“ƒgƒ‰‚È‚Ç�j‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ü‚½�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŽí—ނ̌ċz‚ð�§Œä‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�iƒvƒ‰ƒiƒ„ƒ}‚È‚Ç�j
—�™�X‚É�AŠÏŽ@‚Í�A•@�E‚̉º�A�ã�O‚Ì�ã‚É‚ ‚é�¬‚³‚ȗ̈æ‚É•¨—�“I‚ÈŠ´Šo�i‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�ê�‡�j‚ɕςí‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�S‚ðŒ¤‚®‚½‚߂ɕ@�E‚̗̈æ‚É’�ˆÓ‚ªŒü‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B–Ê�Ï‚ª�¬‚³‚¢‚Ù‚Ç�A�S‚ªƒVƒƒ�[ƒv‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A• •”‚Í–Ê�Ï‚ª‘å‚«‚·‚¬‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̃tƒF�[ƒY‚Í�A5‚‚̋³ŒP‚ð�…Žç‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éƒVƒ‰‚ƂƂà‚É�A8�dŒo˜H‚̃Tƒ}ƒfƒB•”•ª‚Æ‚àŒ©‚È‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
— 4〜9“ú–Ú�F�uvipassana�v
4“ú–ڂ̌ߌã�A�uvipassana�v‚É�Ø‚è‘Ö‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚̓pƒjƒ‡‚Ì•”•ª‚É“ü‚Á‚½‚ÆŒ©‚È‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃R�[ƒX‚É‚æ‚évipassana‚Å‚Í�AŠÏŽ@‚Ì‘Î�Û‚Í“ª’¸•”‚©‚ç‚‚Ü�æ‚Ì�æ’[‚܂łÌ�i�Å�‰‚͑̂̕\–Ê�ã‚Ì�j•¨—�“I‚ÈŠ´Šo‚Å‚·�B
“ª‚̂ĂÁ‚Ø‚ñ‚©‚ç‚‚Ü�æ‚Ì�æ’[‚Ü‚Å�A�‡”Ô‚É’�ˆÓ‚ðŒü‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì—�—R‚Í�A‘Ì‘S‘̂Ɋ´Šo�A‘S‘Ì“I‚Å”÷–‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ð�Å�I“I‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚邽‚߂ł·�B‚Ü‚½�A•½“™‚̑ԓx‚ÅŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�S’n‚æ‚¢Š´Šo‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚à�A•s‰õ‚ÈŠ´Šo‚Ö‚ÌŒ™ˆ«‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ÌŠî‘b‚͉½‚Å‚·‚©�H‚±‚ê‚Í‚·‚ׂăeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒJ�[ƒi‚Ƃǂ̂悤‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�H
‚±‚ê‚Ímahasatipatthana sutta‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¨‚è�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�Akāyānupassī�Avedanānupassī�Acittānupassī�Adhammānupassī‚Ívedanānupassī‚É�팸‚³‚ê�Avedanā‚Í•¨—�“I‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ÆŒ©‚È‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
kāyīnupassī‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�AƒJƒ„‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̓Jƒ„‚ʼn½‚ª‹N‚±‚é‚©‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Í“÷‘Ì“I‚ÈŠ´Šo‚Å‚·�B‘¼‚Ì2‚Â�icitta‚Ædhamma�j‚Å‚Í�A•¨—�“I‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ü‚·
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�߂̂½‚ß‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�s“®‚Í�iŠÔ�Ú“I‚É�jƒ`ƒbƒ^‚ƃ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�uvedanā-samosaraṇāsabbedhammā�v‚Í�A�u�S‚Ì’†‚Å�¶‚¶‚é‚·‚ׂĂª�g‘̂̊´Šo‚Å—¬‚êŽn‚ß‚é�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�iˆÈ‰º‚Ì�u�o“T�vƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ìsatipathanna‚Ì’k˜b‚Å‚±‚Ì�ß‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�j�B
‚±‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Å‚Í�AƒAƒjƒbƒJ‚Æ‚Í�A�S’n‚æ‚¢•s‰õ‚È�g‘Ì“IŠ´Šo‚Ì”�¶‚ƒʉ߂ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ђǂ¢�A•s‰õ‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ª”�¶‚µ�A‚µ‚΂炂̊ԂƂǂ܂è�A�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B�S’n‚æ‚¢Š´Šo‚Ì�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�Å�I“I‚ɂ͔ñ�í‚É�¬‚³‚ȃEƒF�[ƒuƒŒƒbƒg�A–A‚Å‚ ‚è�A”ñ�í‚É‘¬‚”�¶‚µ‚Ēʉ߂µ‚Ü‚·�B
�iƒTƒeƒBƒpƒ^ƒi‚Ì’k˜b‚Ö‚ÌƒŠƒ“ƒN‚Å�uƒEƒF�[ƒuƒŒƒbƒg�v‚ðŒŸ�õ‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�j�B
‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃EƒF�[ƒuƒŒƒbƒg‚Ì”wŒã‚É�uŽ„�v�A�uŽ„�v�A�uŽ©•ª�v‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Äanattā�i‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�u–³‰ä�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�j‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�ÅŒã‚É�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í”ñ�í‚ɉs‚�AŠ´Šo‚Ì‚±‚̗̈æ‚ð’´‚¦‚Ä�A�u’´‚¦‚Ä�v�A‚‚܂è”�¶‚¹‚¸�A’ʉ߂·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�Bƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi�I
‚±‚ê‚̓eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Ì—v–ñ‚É‚·‚¬‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�iŠù‚É’·‚¢ŽžŠÔ‚ð‚©‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚à�A‘½‚‚Ì�Ú�ׂð�È‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�j‚ª�A‚»‚Ì—v“_‚ª—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚ê‚΂¢‚¢‚̂ł·‚ª�AŽ¿–â‚ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª‘Ò‚¿‚«‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�iŽ¿–â‚àŽ„‚ɉ½“x‚à�q‚˂܂µ‚½�j�F
‰˜‘¹‚ð�œ‹Ž‚·‚邱‚ÌŽè–@‚ɂ͉”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�HƒeƒBƒsƒ^ƒJ‚É‚µ‚Á‚©‚è‚Æ‚µ‚½“y‘ä‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H
— 10“ú–Ú�Fƒ�ƒbƒ^
1〜9“ú‚̃R�[ƒX‚Å‚Í�A�¶“k‚Í�u�‚‹M‚È’¾–Ù�v‚ðŽç‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚¨ŒÝ‚¢‚ɘb‚µ‚½‚è�i�æ�¶‚ÉŽ¿–₵‚½‚è�j‚µ‚½‚è�A“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚è�AŠO‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ƃRƒ~ƒ…ƒjƒP�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð‚Æ‚Á‚½‚è‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B 1“ú‚̌ߑO4Žž30•ª‚©‚ç�A1“ú–ñ10ŽžŠÔ‚ð�À‚èáÒ‘z‚É”ï‚₵‚Ü‚·�B
10“ú–Ú�A�¶“k‚½‚¿‚Í’¾–Ù‚ð”j‚è�Aƒ�ƒbƒgƒoƒoƒi‚ðŠw‚т܂·�B 11“ú–ڂɃR�[ƒX‚𗣂ê‚Ü‚·�B
—ƒR�[ƒX‚ÌŒ`Ž®
ƒ‰ƒ‹‚Í�AƒAƒiƒpƒi‚ªŒÄ‹záÒ‘zˆÈŠO‚Ì‚à‚̂Ƃµ‚Ä‹³Žt‚̂Ƃ±‚ë‚ÉŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚±‚ç‚ꂽ‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©�q‚˂܂µ‚½�B
ƒR�[ƒX‚Å‚Í�AáÒ‘z‚ÌŽwަ‚Í�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚ÍTHE�æ�¶‚Å‚ ‚éSN Goenka‚©‚ç‚̉¹�º‚Å‚·�B�³–Ê‚Ì�uƒ_ƒ“ƒ}ƒV�[ƒg�v‚É�À‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂̓AƒVƒXƒ^ƒ“ƒgƒeƒB�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[�iAT�j‚Å�AŽw“±‚̃e�[ƒv‚ð�Ä�¶‚µ�AƒeƒNƒjƒbƒNŽ©‘̂Ɋւ·‚鎿–â‚É“š‚¦‚ÄƒR�[ƒX‚ðŽÀŽ{‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌAT‚Í‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȔwŒi‚©‚ç‚Ì‚à‚̂ł·�i‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AŽ„‚Ì’nˆæ‚ÌAT‚̓qƒ“ƒhƒD�[‹³‚Å‚·�j�B”Þ‚ç‚ÍŽå‚ɃeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̎¿–â‚É“š‚¦�Aƒuƒbƒ_ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‘S”ʂɂ‚¢‚ÄŒ¾‹y‚·‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚É‚©‚©‚í‚炸�B
�u‚»‚ê‚ð˜e‚É’u‚¢‚Ä�A•½�ÂŊ´Šo‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邾‚¯�v‚Ȃǂ̂悤‚É�A’èŒ^‰»‚³‚ꂽ“š‚¦‚³‚¦‚ ‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�BƒAƒiƒpƒi‚Ì–â‘è‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�AŽ„‚ªŒÂ�l“I‚É’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚·‚ׂĂÌAT‚Í�AŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚à‚̂ƌ©‚È‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�Å‚àˆê”Ê“I‚ȃR�[ƒX‚Í10“úŠÔ‚̃R�[ƒX‚Å‚·�B‚à‚¤1‚‚̃R�[ƒX‚Í�AƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^ƒiƒR�[ƒX�i7“úŠÔ�j‚Å‚·�B‚±‚̃R�[ƒX‚Å‚Í�ASN Goenka‚ª�à–¾‚·‚éƒXƒbƒ^‚ðŠw‚т܂·�B
�iˆÈ‰º‚̃TƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^ƒi‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é’k˜b‚ðŽQ�Æ�j�B 20“ú�A30“ú�A45“ú�A60“ú‚̃R�[ƒX‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃R�[ƒX‚Å‚Í�A‘½‚‚Ì�ê�‡�A3•ª‚Ì1�i’Ê�í‚Í1/3�j‚ª�uƒAƒiƒpƒi�v‚É”ï‚₳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
-ƒ\�[ƒX
Ž„‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌƒŠƒ“ƒN‚ð‚±‚±‚É’u‚‚±‚ƂɂÍ�‚µçSçO‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŠw�¶ˆÈŠO‚Ì�l‚̓R�[ƒX‚ÉŽQ‰Á‚¹‚¸‚É‚±‚ê‚ç‚ð“ǂނ±‚Æ‚ð�„�§‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�iƒRƒ“ƒeƒLƒXƒg‚ª‚È‚¢�j‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
ƒTƒeƒBƒpƒbƒ^ƒi‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é’k˜b
http://www.vridhamma.org/Printversion/Discourses-on-Satipatthana-Sutta
10“úŠÔ‚̃R�[ƒX‚Ì�u‹`
http://www.vridhamma.org/The-Discourse-Summaries
o
#15237
Keymaster
Thanks
to Cubibobi (Lang) for providing a detailed description. This clarified to me
what is done in the Goenka �gVipassana sessions�h.
1.
Lang
said: �gvedanā-samosaraṇā sabbe
dhammā�h, translated as �gEverything that arises in the mind starts
flowing with a sensation on the body.�h
– Vedana is not just �gbody
sensations�h involving just kaya or the body.; see, �gVedana (Feelings)�g.
– Each and every thought is initiated by a sensation received by any of the
six indriya (or ayatana): cakkhu (seeing), sota (hearing), ghana (a
smell), jivha (a
taste) ,kaya (body
sensation), and mano (dhamma coming to the mind).
2.
Then
the mind starts automatically generates mano sankhara based on how
that sense input matches with one�fs gati.
– For example, classical music may trigger
joyful mano sankhara in an older person who loves
classical music, but may generate irritating thoughts in a teenager who loves
loud music. Then one may generate more vaci sankhara (good or bad).
In another example, a habitual thief may see a valuable item, may get attached
to it instantaneously (mano sankhara) and decide to steal it (vaci
sankhara), which in turn lead to kaya sankhara to
grab the item and flee.
3.
So,
the critical step here in Vipassana (or Anapana or Satipatthana)
is to be aware of those mano sankhara that
automatically arise due to one�fs gati (based on sense
inputs from ALL SIX senses), and not to let �gbad vaci
sankhara�h to take hold.
– The second aspect is to cultivate any good mano
sankhara that arise – Both can be investigated based on Tilakkhana,
as one�fs understanding of Tilakkhana grows.
4.
To
look at it from a different angle: the mind starts making good or bad judgments
based on initial �gvedana�h as described by Paticca
Samuppada: �gsalayatana paccaya phassa�h, �gphassa
paccaya vedana�h, vedana paccaya tanha, tanha
paccaya upadana, upadana paccaya bhava, bhava
paccaya jati.
– Here �gsalayatana�h means �gsix ayatana�g: cakkhu,
sota, ghana, jivha, kaya, and mano.
– These �gbhava�h are the energies created by the mind for future
births, and dhamma in this context is another term for �gbhava�h;
see, �gWhat are rūpa? – Dhammā are rūpa
too!�g.
5.
Again,
the point is that not only �gkaya vedana�h but vedana due
to all six senses lead to the mind making good or bad decisions, which end up
in �gsabbe
dhamma�h in the above verse, �gvedanā-samosaraṇā sabbe
dhamma�h, which now we can translate as, �gall types of vedana coming
together to lead to each and all dhamma�h.
–
Now it should be clear to those who have studied Pure Dhamma posts on these subjects
that there is a definite answer to Lang�fs second question: �gIs there potential
in this technique in removing defilements? Is there a sound foundation for it
in the tipitaka?�h
6.
Just
by being aware of body sensations, one cannot remove defilements (greed, hate,
and ignorance, where ignorance includes both removal of the 10 types micca
ditthi and then comprehending Tilakkhana). That
should be obvious even without such a lengthy and deeper explanation given
above.
So, I can say without any doubt that such kind of �gvipassana�h
cannot lead to Nibbana.
�˜
#15247
Spectator
Definitely.
One wonders about the consistency of Goenka�fs, how could he implement an whole
practice based only upon body sensations and so on. Even somatisation can�ft
justify it.
o
#15260
Spectator
Hello
Rectification
on my previous post.The following might �gexplain�h Goenka�fs Vipassana and also
Zen/Chan Buddhism sati premises :
�gNormally
we just say saṅkhāra in the place of abhisankhāra. But it is only abhisankhāra
that lead to rebirth. Thus an Arahant does saṅkhāra,
but not abhisankhāra, i.e., there is no�gupādāna�h or �gclinging�h. This is
discussed in the posts on �gsan�h and �gsaṅkhāra�g.But
an ordinary person generates greedy, hateful, or ignorant thoughts and
generates (abhi)saṅkhāra when experiencing external objects, and thus
has pancaupādānakkhandha.�h
The
above mentioned premises are: not sticking/stopping (unfreezing mind) at
whatsoever sanna or vedanna. Briefly noticing /moving on / briefly noticing /
moving on and so on.
Thus no spacetime to trigger abisankhara ?
o
#15261
Keymaster
Embodied
said: �gBriefly noticing /moving on / briefly noticing / moving on and so on.�h
Let us take an example. Suppose you are sitting
cross-legged at one of these meditation retreats. You start feeling pain in
your legs. That is a vedana. What would be your
response? Do you just notice that and move on without doing anything to get
relief from that pain?
Anyone else can ask any question about how they deal
with any specific type of �gvedana�h experienced during
meditation. Rather than talking theory, it would be more beneficial to discuss
actual situations.
o
#15263
Spectator
Lal
It�fs not about theory.
It depends on the pain intensity. If not too intense by moving on one overcomes
pain. As much as one integrated (thus above mere intelectual understanding)
that the body is but a transient expression, then a certain degree of pain can
be easily overcomed.
Now I�fm not saying this is effective for insight. Yet,it brings relief, it�fs
even used to overcome insomnia. Back to practice and / or theory�cI�fm not a
theoretic one which doesn�ft mean that my practice(s) are all correct. Always
open to improvement and rectification.
o
#15265
Keymaster
I
am trying to understand what you mean by �g�gBriefly noticing /moving on / briefly
noticing / moving on and so on.�h
What
are some examples?
Regarding my example mentioned earlier:�gSuppose you are sitting cross-legged at one of these
meditation retreats. You start feeling pain in your legs.�h
I
have heard that in some of these meditation retreats people are told to �gjust
bear the pain and it will get better�h.
– The painful sensation is generated by the nervous system because (for someone
who is not used to be in that position for long times), the blood flow to
certain body parts is cut off. It is a warning to say, �gshift the leg to allow
blood flow�f. If one ignores that signal one of two things may happen: (i) Most
of the time it may get a better, because the body may get used to it,
especially if one increases the time gradually,
(ii) if one over does it and tries to maintain the position for too long in one
setting, it may even cause damage to those nerves.
Even
if someone gets used to that position over time, that is a �gmundane progress�h.
It is not any different from learning to swim or doing a 100 yard dash within a
certain time.
– It has not done anything to get rid of greed, hate, ignorance. Thus there is
no �gspiritual progress�h.
�˜
#15275
Spectator
Lal,
The subject(s) in question were approached simply because they
aren�ft incompatible with the forum guidelines as far as i understood the
following: – �gAny question even remotely connected to Buddha Dhamma (Buddhism)
is welcome. There are people of very different levels of exposure to Buddhism.�h
And also:�hBut I encourage everyone to participate because there will be people
who can benefit from information at different levels.�h
From
the above i infer that one can refer to Buddhism history and different trends.
But perhaps i inferred wrongly?
As
for objective spiritual progress, i agree with you.
With
Metta
o
#15268
Spectator
1.Sitting virasana or siddhasana (my 2 favorite
postures for any kind of formal session) in a silent place (relatively�cnot so
easy to get nowadays) I get into in a state of global receptiveness to whatever
sanna surfaces.
2. One should switch between environment and body sannas.
3. So let�fs suppose that i start by noticing i.e. the distant noise of a car –
I listen to it for some seconds (usually not more than 5) but don�ft elaborate
on it meaning why it pleases me or not pleases or neither.
4. Then i turn my attention/focus to the body and notice the nature of the
contact between my pelvis/tighs and the floor, which may include sensations of
temperature, softness or hardness,etc doesn�ft matter in fact, i simply
notice it for not more than 5 secondes and move on to an
�gexternal�h/environmental sanna i.e. :light nuances let�fs suppose�c
5.then again back to the body i notice my breathing-rhythm without interfering
with it. And so on.
There are also sannas related to energy between the
skin and more or less 3 mm around it (can this be the gandhabba?) but whatever
the sanna one shouldn�ft stick (starting elaborate on it based upon memory or
expectations) to any in particular.
This
technique includes also citta-sanna : when something pops-up one should proceed
same as above.
Practiced
in Chan Buddhism. This is the Chan way of not getting entangled in and by
vacisankhara.
At
first sight it may look strenuous but in fact after 15 minutes one starts
noticing i.e. that the body is much more relaxed than at the beginning of the
session.
It
can be also practiced extra formal sessions.
o
#15269
Participant
Embodied
said �gthen a certain degree of pain can be easily overcome.�h From Norman
Doidge�fs book The Brain�fs Way of Healing there�fs a lot of research that shows
how the brain can alter itself (neuroplastic growth/elimination) to turn off
pain via mind exercises which is what vipassana means�c�gsort out and get rid of
undesired thoughts that come to the mind�h. I wouldn�ft say �geasily�h though. It
takes work.
The
mind creates permanent brain neural pathways that keep pain signals firing long
past the trauma and healing process. Pain is there to alert you that you�fre
injured or injuring yourself. What I�fve noticed is this creating of mind/brain
functioning goes with any behavior (gati), belief, defilements, etc. This is
the dirt in the mind with the reinforcement of brain neural pathways (actual
brain areas seen in scans) to keep it going. Like the dirt that settles
(asavas, gati) at the bottom, the brain�fs neural tissues are still there just
waiting to flourish. That�fs why when you abstain without change to new sobhana
cetaskika (beautiful thoughts) and corresponding brain pathways you fall hard
right back into old gati and asavas.
Ultimately,
You�fve got to create new thoughts, new neural pathways by seeing the truth
about anicca, dukkha and anatta to rid gati and asavas. Everything is in
constant flux, so �gwanting�h something to be according to one�fs liking is
impossible�cand you have to be okay with that. Otherwise, you�fll suffer. If one
constantly tries to make it to one�fs liking, then you suffer even more,
creating more kamma vipaka via abhisankhara. It�fs the understanding of this
constant flux (anicca nature) that one can�ft let tip the apple cart over
(suffer).
I
work in a grocery store where the anicca nature is high. The constant
replenishment and elimination of product on the shelves along challenging
customers makes some employees suffer a lot. I�fve come to realize not �gwanting�h
the store to be any particular way allows me not to suffer. I do the best I can
and let it go (move on) so as not to create new kamma beeja. This peace and
calm allows me to perform well and in an efficient manor.
With
metta,
Donna
�˜
#15272
Spectator
Donna
wrote:
�gI wouldn�ft say �geasily�h though.�h Easily time helping, of course. It requires
some practice.
�gI�fve come to realize not �gwanting�h the store to be any
particular way allows me not to suffer. I do the best I can and let it go (move
on) so as not to create new kamma beeja. This peace and calm allows me to
perform well and in an efficient manor.�h Precisely.
o
#15271
Participant
In
a Goenka�fs course, there is something that can be characterized as �gBriefly
noticing /moving on / briefly noticing / moving on�h, although this is probably
not what Embodied meant.
This
technique takes physical sensations as meditation objects. We start from the
top of the head (around a 2-in diameter circle), notice any sensations there;
then we move attention down the body, in a certain order, part by part (each
part around 2,3 inches).
When
we notice a sensation in a part, we move on to the next part, and see what
sensations manifest in this next part. On and on through the body, round after
round.
The
point is not to get �gstuck�h in a particular part of the body, not to linger
there, even if it�fs a pain. The next time around to that part, that pain may
have changed in nature to something else.
A
review of the format of the course for a moment: Day 4 introduces �gvipassana�h
(this body sweeping technique), and from this point on, we are encouraged to
sit with determination (Adithana). This means sitting for 1 hour without a
major body movement. For example, opening the legs while sitting cross-legged
is a major body movement; therefore, a pain in the knee will just be observed
continually, round after round. Of course, not all students can do this.
�gTheory�h
is that an intense pain may appear so solid, but underneath that is really
vibration. When the mind is sharp enough, it can �gdissect�h the body to feel the
subtlest level of body sensations, which is nothing but vibrations, and then go
�gbeyond�h.
We
were also cautioned not to �glook for any vibrations�h, because that would be
craving. We were told to observe a sensation as it is (yathabhuta), not as we�fd
like it to be. In a discourse, the teacher has to mention possible �gstations�h
in case some people in the group are experiencing them.
This
is a thread about Goenka�fs vipassana, so I thought I�fd offer one version of
�gBriefly noticing /moving on / briefly noticing / moving on�h as it applies to
physical sensations.
I
have also heard of this attitude of �gBriefly noticing /moving on / briefly
noticing / moving on�h applied to other meditation objects (such as thoughts),
in other meditation techniques.
Best,
Lang
�Ú�ׂÈ�à–¾‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ä‚‚ꂽCubibobi�iLang�j‚ÉŠ´ŽÓ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�AGoenka‚Ì�uVipassanaƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“�v‚ʼn½‚ª�s‚í‚ê‚é‚©‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
1.ƒ‰ƒ“ƒO‚ÍŒ¾‚Á‚½�F�uƒ”ƒFƒ_�[ƒi�EƒTƒ‚ƒTƒ‰�EƒTƒbƒx�Eƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�[�v‚Í�u�S‚Ì’†‚Å�¶‚¶‚é‚·‚ׂĂª�g‘̂̊´Šo‚Å—¬‚êŽn‚ß‚é�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�B
–ƒ”ƒFƒ_�[ƒi‚Í�AƒJƒ„‚â‘Ì‚¾‚¯‚ªŠÖ‚í‚é�u‘̂̊´Šo�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B; �uƒ”ƒFƒ_�[ƒi�iŠ´�î�j�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
–‚ ‚è‚Æ‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŽv�l‚Í�A6‚‚̃Cƒ“ƒhƒŠƒ„�i‚Ü‚½‚̓Aƒ„ƒ^ƒi�j‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ªŽó‚¯Žæ‚Á‚½Š´Šo‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŠJŽn‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�Fcakkhu�iŒ©‚é�j�Asota�i•·‚�j�AƒK�[ƒi�i“õ‚¢�j�Ajivha�i–¡�j�Akaya�i�g‘ÌŠ´Šo�j�A‚»‚µ‚ă}ƒm�iƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ª“ª‚É•‚‚©‚Ô�j�B
2.ŽŸ‚É�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ªŽn‚Ü‚è�A‚»‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—Í‚ªŽ©•ª‚̃Kƒ`‚Ƃǂ̂悤‚Ɉê’v‚·‚é‚©‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�Aƒ}ƒmƒTƒ“ƒJƒ‰‚ªŽ©“®“I‚É�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
–‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AƒNƒ‰ƒVƒbƒN‰¹Šy‚Í�AƒNƒ‰ƒVƒbƒN‰¹Šy‚ðˆ¤‚·‚é”N”z‚Ì�l‚ɂ͊y‚µ‚¢ƒ}ƒmƒTƒ“ƒJƒ‰‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‘剹—ʂ̉¹Šy‚ðˆ¤‚·‚é10‘ã‚ɂ̓Cƒ‰ƒCƒ‰‚·‚邿‚¤‚È�l‚¦‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A‚æ‚葽‚‚Ìvaci
sankhara�i‘P‚Ü‚½‚͈«�j‚ð�¶�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B•ʂ̗á‚Å‚Í�A�í�K“I‚È“D–_‚ª‹M�d‚ȃAƒCƒeƒ€‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯�A‘¦�À‚É‚»‚ê‚É•t’…‚µ�imano sankhara�j�A“�‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ðŒˆ’è‚µ�ivaci sankhara�j�AŽŸ‚ɃJƒ„sankhara‚ªƒAƒCƒeƒ€‚ð‚‚©‚ñ‚Å“¦‚°‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
3.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AVipassana�i‚Ü‚½‚ÍAnapana‚Ü‚½‚ÍSatipatthana�j‚Ì‚±‚±‚Å‚Ì�d—v‚ȃXƒeƒbƒv‚Í�A�i‚·‚ׂĂÌ6‚‚̊´Šo‚©‚ç‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—͂Ɋî‚¢‚Ä�jŽ©•ª‚Ìgati‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŽ©“®“I‚É”�¶‚·‚é‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìmano sankhara‚ð”Fޝ‚µ�A�ubad vaci sankhara �v‚Æ�B
– 2”Ô–Ú‚Ì‘¤–Ê‚Í�A”�¶‚·‚é‚·‚ׂĂ̗ǂ¢ƒ}ƒmsankhara‚ð�Í”|‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·–‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚àTilakkhana‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª�[‚Ü‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�ATilakkhana‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä’²�¸‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
4.•ʂ̊p“x‚©‚ç‚»‚ê‚ðŒ©‚é�FPaticca
Samuppada‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‹L�q‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A�S‚Í�Å�‰‚Ì�uvedana�v‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä—Ç‚¢‚©ˆ«‚¢”»’f‚ð‚µŽn‚߂܂·�F�usalayatana paccaya phassa�v�A�uphassa paccaya
vedana�v�Avedana paccaya tanha�Atanha
paccaya upadana �Aupadana paccaya bhava�Abhava paccaya jati�B
–‚±‚±‚Å�usalayatana�v‚Í�usix ayatana�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�Fcakkhu�Asota�Aghana�Ajivha�Akaya�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñmano�B
–‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�uƒoƒo�v‚Í�A�«—ˆ‚Ì�oŽY‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�S‚ª�ì‚è�o‚·ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚±‚Ì•¶–¬‚ł̖@‚Í�uƒoƒo�v‚̕ʂ̗pŒê‚Å‚·�B
�urūpa‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚·‚©�H –Dhammā‚àrūpa‚Å‚·�I�v�B
5.ŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·‚ª�A—v“_‚Í�A�uƒJƒ„ƒ”ƒFƒ_ƒi�v‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A6‚‚̊´Šo‚·‚ׂĂɋNˆö‚·‚郔ƒFƒ_ƒi‚ª—Ç‚¢‚©ˆ«‚¢‚©‚ÌŒˆ’f‚𓱂«�A�Å�I“I‚É�ã‹L‚Ì�uƒ”ƒF�[ƒ_ƒ“ƒTƒ‚ƒTƒ‰ṇāƒTƒbƒxƒ_�[ƒ}�v‚Ì�uƒTƒuƒ_�[ƒ}�v‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�u‚·‚ׂĂ̎í—ނ̃”ƒFƒ_�[ƒi‚ª�W‚Ü‚Á‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂẴ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é�v‚Æ–|–ó‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
–‚±‚ê‚Å�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽå‘è‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éPure Dhamma‚Ì“Š�e‚ðŒ¤‹†‚µ‚½�l‚É‚Í�ALang‚Ì2”Ô–Ú‚ÌŽ¿–â‚ɑ΂·‚é–¾Šm‚È“š‚¦‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B�u‚±‚ÌŽè–@‚É‚Í�A‰˜‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‰Â”\�«‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�HƒeƒBƒsƒ^ƒJ‚É‚»‚ê‚Ì‚½‚߂̌’‘S‚ÈŠî”Õ‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H�v
6.‘̂̊´Šo‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邾‚¯‚Å‚Í�A‰˜‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�iæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚Å‚·�B–³’m‚É‚Í�A10Ží—ނ̃~ƒJƒfƒBƒbƒ`‚Ì�œ‹Ž‚ƃeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒJ�[ƒi‚Ì—�‰ð‚Ì—¼•û‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�j�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�ã‹L‚̂悤‚È’·‚‚Ä�Ú�ׂÈ�à–¾‚ª‚È‚‚Ä‚à–¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�uƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�v‚ªƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͊ԈႢ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
2018 2018”N4ŒŽ20“ú4:06Œß‘O�”15247
‹ïŒ»‰»
ŠÏ‹q
�â‘΂É�BƒSƒGƒ“ƒJ‚̈êŠÑ�«�A‘̂̊´Šo‚¾‚¯‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‘S‘̗̂û�K‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚ÉŽÀ‘•‚Å‚«‚é‚Ì‚©�A‚ȂNj^–â‚ÉŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�g‘̉»‚Å‚³‚¦‚»‚ê‚ð�³“–‰»‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
o 2018”N4ŒŽ21“úŒß‘O4Žž24•ª�”15260
‹ïŒ»‰»
ŠÏ‹q
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚Í
Ž„‚̈ȑO‚Ì“Š�e‚Ì�C�³�BˆÈ‰º‚Í�AGoenka‚ÌVipassana‚ÆZen
/ Chan•§‹³sati‘O’ñ‚ð�u�à–¾�v‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�F
�u’Ê�í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�AƒAƒrƒTƒ“ƒJ�[ƒ‰‚Ì‘ã‚í‚è‚É’P‚ɃTƒC�[ƒJ�[‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Ä�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚̂̓AƒrƒTƒ“ƒJ�[ƒ‰‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚É�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒg‚̓TƒtƒJ�[ƒ‰‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�AƒAƒrƒTƒ“ƒJ�[ƒ‰‚ÍŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�usan�v‚Æ�usaṅkh�g
ra�v‚Ì“Š�e‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A•�’Ê‚Ì�l‚Í�AŠO•”ƒIƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚邯�AæÃ—~�A‘žˆ«�A‚Ü‚½‚Í–³’m‚Ì�l‚¦‚ð�¶�¬‚µ�A�iabhi�jsaṅkhāra‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚邽‚ß�Apancaupādānakkhandha‚ª”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�ã‹L‚Ì‘O’ñ‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�BƒTƒ“ƒi‚âƒxƒ_ƒi‚ɌŎ·‚µ‚½‚è’âŽ~‚µ‚½‚肵‚È‚¢�i�S‚𓀂点‚È‚¢�j�BŠÈ’P‚É‹C‚Â/�æ‚É�i‚Þ/‹C‚Â/�æ‚É�i‚Þ‚È‚Ç�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AƒAƒrƒTƒ“ƒJƒ‰‚ðƒgƒŠƒK�[‚·‚鎞‹ó‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚©�H
o 2018”N4ŒŽ21“úŒß‘O6Žž24•ª�”15261
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
‹ïŒ»‰»�F�uŠÈ’P‚É‹C‚Â/�æ‚É�i‚Þ/‹C‚Â/�æ‚É�i‚Þ‚È‚Ç�v
—á‚ð‹“‚°‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌƒŠƒgƒŠ�[ƒg‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å‘«‚ð‘g‚ñ‚Å�À‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì‘«‚Ì’É‚Ý‚ðŠ´‚¶Žn‚߂܂·�B‚»‚ê‚̓”ƒF�[ƒ_ƒi‚Å‚·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì”½‰ž‚͂ǂ¤‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚»‚ê‚É‹C‚«�A‚»‚̒ɂ݂ð˜a‚ç‚°‚邽‚߂ɉ½‚à‚¹‚¸‚ÉŽŸ‚É�i‚݂܂·‚©�H
‘¼‚Ì’N‚à‚ª�AáÒ‘z’†‚ÉŒoŒ±‚µ‚½“Á’è‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ì�uƒ”ƒFƒ_ƒi�v‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚Ɉµ‚¤‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŽ¿–â‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B—�˜_‚ðŒê‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�AŽÀ�Û‚Ì�󋵂ð‹c˜_‚·‚é‚Ù‚¤‚ª—L‰v‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
o 2018”N4ŒŽ21“úŒß‘O7Žž41•ª�”15263
‹ïŒ»‰»
ŠÏ‹q
ƒ‰ƒ‹
‚»‚ê‚Í—�˜_‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚»‚ê‚͒ɂ݂̋‚³‚Ɉˑ¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B 1‚‚Ɉړ®‚·‚邱‚Ƃŋ‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�ê�‡‚Í�A’ɂ݂ð�Ž•ž‚µ‚Ü‚·�B“��‡‚³‚ꂽ‚à‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚‚ç‚¢�i‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A’P‚È‚éƒCƒ“ƒeƒ‹
—�‰ð�j�g‘Ì‚ªˆê‰ß�«‚Ì•\Œ»‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A‚ ‚é’ö“x‚̒ɂ݂͊ȒP‚É�Ž•ž‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚Í“´Ž@‚ÉŒø‰Ê“I‚¾‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚킯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Å‚àˆÀ�S‚ð‚à‚½‚炵�A•s–°�Ç‚ð�Ž•ž‚·‚邽‚߂ɂàŽg—p‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ‘H‚¨‚æ‚Ñ/‚Ü‚½‚Í—�˜_‚É–ß‚è‚Ü‚·�cŽ„‚Í—�˜_“I‚È‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚ª‚·‚ׂÄ�³‚µ‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�í‚ɉü‘P‚Æ�C�³‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚é�B
o 2018”N4ŒŽ21“úŒß‘O8:21�”15265
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
Ž„‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�uŠÈ’P‚É‹C‚Â/�æ‚Ö�i‚Þ/‹C‚Â/�æ‚Ö�i‚Þ�v‚Ȃǂł·�B
‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì—á‚͉½‚Å‚·‚©�H
‘O�q‚ÌŽ„‚Ì—á‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�F�u‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌƒŠƒgƒŠ�[ƒg‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å‘«‚ð‘g‚ñ‚Å�À‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘«‚É’É‚Ý‚ðŠ´‚¶Žn‚߂܂·�B�v
‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌƒŠƒgƒŠ�[ƒg‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚Å‚Í�A�l�X‚Í�u’ɂ݂ɑς¦‚ê‚΂»‚ê‚Í—Ç‚‚Ȃ邾‚낤�v‚ÆŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邯•·‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
–’ɂ݂𔺂¤Š´Šo‚Í�A�_ŒoŒn‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�i’·ŽžŠÔ‚»‚̈ʒu‚ÉŠµ‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�l‚Í�j�A“Á’è‚̑̂̕”•ª‚Ö‚ÌŒŒ—¬‚ªŽÕ’f‚³‚ê‚邽‚߂ł·�B
�uŒŒ—¬‚ð‹–‚·‚½‚߂ɋr‚ð“®‚©‚·�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚̂͌x��‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì�M�†‚𖳎‹‚·‚邯�AŽŸ‚Ì2‚‚̂¤‚¿‚Ì1‚‚ª”�¶‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�iii�j1‚ˆÈ�ã‚Ì�󋵂Å1‚‚Ì�Ý’è‚Å’·ŽžŠÔƒ|ƒWƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ðˆÛŽ�‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邯�A�_Œo‚É‘¹��‚ð—^‚¦‚é‰Â”\�«‚³‚¦‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
’N‚©‚ª‚»‚̈ʒu‚ÉŠµ‚ê‚Ä‚«‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ê‚Í�u‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽ�i•à�v‚Å‚·�B‰j‚®‚±‚Æ‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚â�Aˆê’莞ŠÔ“à‚É100ƒ„�[ƒh‚̃_ƒbƒVƒ…‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚ƂƉ½‚ç•Ï‚í‚è‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
–æÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚߂ɉ½‚à‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u—ì“I‚È�i•à�v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
2018 2018”N4ŒŽ21“úŒß‘O11Žž50•ª�”15275
‹ïŒ»‰»
ŠÏ‹q
ƒ‰ƒ‹�A
–â‘è‚ÌŽå‘è‚Í�AŽ„‚ªˆÈ‰º‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éŒÀ‚è�AƒtƒH�[ƒ‰ƒ€‚̃KƒCƒhƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚É�€‹’‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤’P�ƒ‚È—�—R‚ŃAƒvƒ��[ƒ`‚³‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B–�uƒuƒbƒ_ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�i•§‹³�j‚ÉƒŠƒ‚�[ƒg‚Å�Ú‘±‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é”CˆÓ‚ÌŽ¿–â‚ðŠ½Œ}‚µ‚Ü‚·�B•§‹³‚Ö‚Ì–\˜I‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚ª”ñ�í‚ɈقȂé�l�X‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�v‚Ü‚½�A�u‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì�î•ñ‚©‚ç—˜‰v‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�l�X‚ª‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�AŽ„‚Í’N‚à‚ªŽQ‰Á‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�v
�ã‹L‚©‚ç�AŽ„‚Í•§‹³‚Ì—ðŽj‚ƈقȂéŒXŒü‚ðŽQ�Ƃł«‚邯�„‘ª‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚¨‚»‚炎„‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚Ä�„‘ª‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½‚©�H
‹qŠÏ“I‚È—ì“I�i•à‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AŽ„‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚É“¯ˆÓ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ƒ�ƒbƒ^‚Æ
o 2018”N4ŒŽ21“úŒß‘O10Žž10•ª�”15268
‹ïŒ»‰»
ŠÏ‹q
1. virasana‚Ü‚½‚Ísiddhasana�i‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŒ`Ž®“I‚ȃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÅŽ„‚Ì‚¨‹C‚É“ü‚è‚Ì2‚‚̎p�¨�j‚ð�©‚È�ê�Š‚É�À‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�i”äŠr“I�c�ŋ߂͊ȒP‚ł͂Ȃ¢�jŽ„‚Í�A‚Ç‚ñ‚ȃTƒ“ƒi‚Ì•\–ʂɑ΂µ‚Ä‚àƒOƒ��[ƒoƒ‹‚ÈŽó—e‚Ì�ó‘ԂɊׂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
2.ŠÂ‹«‚Ƒ̂̃Tƒ“ƒi‚ð�Ø‚è‘Ö‚¦‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
3.‚Å‚Í�A‚Ü‚¸�AŽÔ‚̉“‚¢‰¹‚ȂǂɋC‚‚±‚Æ‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂µ‚傤�B�”•bŠÔ�i’Ê�í‚Í5ˆÈ‰º�j•·‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚È‚ºŽ„‚ª‹C‚É“ü‚é‚©�A‹C‚É“ü‚ç‚È‚¢‚©�A‚Ü‚½‚Í‹C‚É“ü‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
4.ŽŸ‚É�AŽ„‚Ì’�ˆÓ/�Å“_‚ð�g‘̂Ɍü‚¯‚邯�A�œ”Õ/ƒ^ƒCƒg‚Æ�°‚ÌŠÔ‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì�«Ž¿‚É‹C‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚Í�A‰·“x�A�_‚ç‚©‚³�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�d‚³‚Ȃǂ̊´Šo‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è�AŽÀ�ۂɂ͊֌W‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B’P‚É‹C‚«‚Ü‚·5•b‚ð’´‚¦‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚µ‚Ä�A�uŠO•”�v/ŠÂ‹«‚̃Tƒ“ƒi‚É�i‚݂܂·�B‚‚܂è�AŒy‚¢ƒjƒ…ƒAƒ“ƒX‚ð�l‚¦‚Ă݂܂µ‚傤�c
5.�Ä‚Ñ�g‘Ì‚É–ß‚é‚Æ�AŒÄ‹zƒŠƒYƒ€‚ÉŠ±�‚·‚邱‚ƂȂ‹C‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B“™�X�B
”畆‚Æ‚»‚ÌŽü‚è‚Ì–ñ3 mm‚̃Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚éƒTƒ“ƒi‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i‚±‚ê‚̓Kƒ“ƒ_ƒo‚Å‚·‚©�H�j‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚Ç‚ñ‚ȃTƒ“ƒi‚àŒÅŽ·‚·‚ׂ«‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚à‚͉̂½‚Å‚à�i‹L‰¯‚Ü‚½‚ÍŠú‘Ò‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�¸�I‚ÉŽn‚߂܂·�j
�B
‚±‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚É‚Ícitta-sanna‚àŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‰½‚©‚ªƒ|ƒbƒvƒAƒbƒv‚µ‚½�ê�‡‚Í�A�ã‹L‚Æ“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�i‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ƒ`ƒƒƒ“•§‹³‚ÅŽÀ‘H�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Avacisankhara‚ÉŠª‚«�ž‚Ü‚ê‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚·‚éChan‚Ì•û–@‚Å‚·�B
ˆêŒ©‚»‚ê‚ÍŒƒ‚µ‚¢‚悤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í15•ªŒã‚É�l‚Í‹C‚«Žn‚߂܂·�B
‚Ü‚½�A“Á•ʂȌ`Ž®‚̃ZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð—û�K‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
o 2018”N4ŒŽ21“úŒß‘O10:26�”15269
inflib
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
�g‘Ì‚Í�u‚ ‚é’ö“x‚̒ɂ݂͊ȒP‚É�Ž•ž‚Å‚«‚é�v‚ÆŒê‚Á‚½�B Norman Doidge‚Ì’˜�‘The Brain's Way of Healing‚É‚Í�A”]‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚ɕω»‚µ�i�_ŒoŒ`�¬/�¬’·�j�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒGƒNƒTƒTƒCƒY‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ēɂ݂ð�Á‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚ðŽ¦‚·‘½‚‚ÌŒ¤‹†‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ“ª‚É•‚‚©‚Ô�v�B �uŠÈ’P‚É�v‚Ƃ͌¾‚¦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽdŽ–‚ª‚©‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�S‚͉i‘±“I‚È”]�_ŒoŒo˜H‚ð�ì�¬‚µ�AŠO��‚ÆŽ¡–ü‚̉ߒö‚ð‰ß‚¬‚Ä‚©‚ç‚à’ɂ݂Ì�M�†‚𔂵‘±‚¯‚Ü‚·�B’ɂ݂Í�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‰ö‰ä‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�A‚Ü‚½‚͉ö‰ä‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŒx��‚·‚邽‚߂ɂ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚ª‹C‚¢‚½‚Ì‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�S/”]‹@”\‚Ì�ì�¬‚Í�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é�s“®�igati�j�A�M”O�A‰˜‘¹‚Ȃǂɔº‚¤‚à‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A”]‚Ì�_ŒoŒo˜H�iƒXƒLƒƒƒ“‚ÅŒ©‚ç‚ê‚éŽÀ�Û‚Ì”]—̈æ�j‚Ì‹‰»‚É‚æ‚é�S‚̉˜‚ê‚Å‚·�B‘±‚¯‚Ä�B’ê‚É’¾‚Þ“y�iƒAƒTƒoƒX�AƒKƒeƒB�j‚̂悤‚É�A”]‚Ì�_Œo‘g�D‚Íst‚Å‚·
”ɉh‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð‘Ò‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é•a‹C�B‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A�V‚µ‚¢ƒ\ƒoƒicetaskika�i”ü‚µ‚¢Žv�l�j‚Æ‚»‚ê‚ɑΉž‚·‚é”]‚ÌŒo˜H‚É•Ï�X‚ð‰Á‚¦‚¸‚ÉŠüŒ ‚·‚邯�AŒÃ‚¢ƒKƒeƒB‚ƃAƒTƒo‚É‚·‚®‚É–ß‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�Å�I“I‚É�AƒKƒ`‚ƃAƒTƒo‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚߂ɃAƒjƒbƒJ�Aƒ_ƒbƒJ�AƒAƒiƒbƒ^‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A�V‚µ‚¢Žv�l�A�V‚µ‚¢�_ŒoŒo˜H‚ð�ì�¬‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚ׂĂª�₦ŠÔ‚È‚•ω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�AŽ©•ª‚Ì�D‚Ý‚É�‡‚킹‚ĉ½‚©‚ð�u—~‚·‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·...‚»‚µ‚Ä‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚»‚ê‚Å‘å�ä•v‚łȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚¤‚łȂ¯‚ê‚Î�A‚ ‚È‚½‚͋ꂵ‚Þ‚Å‚µ‚傤�BŽ©•ª‚Ì�D‚Ý‚É�‡‚킹‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邯�A‚³‚ç‚ɋꂵ‚Ý�Aabhisankhara‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä‚æ‚葽‚‚Ìkamma vipaka‚ð�ì�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�BƒŠƒ“ƒS‚̃J�[ƒg‚ð‚ЂÁ‚‚è•Ô‚·‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i‹ê‚µ‚Þ�j‚Ì‚Í�A‚±‚̈ê’è‚̕ω»�iŽ_‚Ì�«Ž¿�j‚Ì—�‰ð‚Å‚·�B
Ž„‚̓AƒjƒJ‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ª�‚‚¢�H—¿•i“X‚Å“‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�¢“ï‚Ȍڋq‚ɉˆ‚Á‚Ä’I‚É‚ ‚é�»•i‚ð�₦‚¸•â�[‚µ‚Ä”r�œ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�Aˆê•”‚Ì�]‹Æˆõ‚ð‘å‚«‚È‹ê’ɂɂ³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B“X‚ª“Á’è‚Ì•û–@‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª�u–]‚܂Ȃ¢�v‚±‚Ƃŋꂵ‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚È‚‚Ȃ邱‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�V‚µ‚¢kamma beeja‚ð�ì�¬‚µ‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�AŽ„‚͂ł«‚éŒÀ‚è‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð�s‚¢�AŽè•ú‚µ‚Ü‚·�i�æ‚É�i‚݂܂·�j�B‚±‚Ì•½˜a‚ʼn¸‚â‚©‚È‚¨‚©‚°‚Å�AŽ„‚Í�ãŽè‚É‚»‚µ‚ÄŒø—¦“I‚È“@‘î‚ʼn‰‘t‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
ƒ�ƒbƒ^‚Å‚Í�A
ƒhƒi
2018 2018”N4ŒŽ21“úŒß‘O11Žž18•ª�”15272
‹ïŒ»‰»
ŠÏ‹q
ƒhƒi‚Í�‘‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�F
�uŽ„‚Í�uŠÈ’P‚É�v‚Ƃ͌¾‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�v‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AŽžŠÔ‚ÌŽx‰‡‚àŠÈ’P‚Å‚·�B‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì—û�K‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B
�uŽ„‚Í�A“X‚ª“Á’è‚Ì•û–@‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�u–]‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚È‚¢�v‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A‹ê‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢‚悤‚É‹C‚‚悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�V‚µ‚¢kamma beeja‚ð�ì�¬‚µ‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�AŽ„‚͂ł«‚éŒÀ‚è‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð�s‚¢�AŽè•ú‚µ‚Ü‚·�i�æ‚É�i‚݂܂·�j�B‚±‚Ì•½˜a‚ʼn¸‚â‚©‚È‚¨‚©‚°‚Å�AŽ„‚Í�ãŽè‚�AŒø—¦“I‚È“@‘î‚ŃpƒtƒH�[ƒ}ƒ“ƒX‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�v�³Šm‚É�B
o 2018”N4ŒŽ21“úŒß‘O10Žž55•ª�”15271
ƒLƒ…�[ƒrƒ{ƒr
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
Goenka‚̃R�[ƒX‚Å‚Í�A�u‹C‚Â/�æ‚É�i‚Þ/‹C‚Â/�æ‚É�i‚Þ�v‚Æ“Á’¥•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚é‚à‚Ì‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚Í‚¨‚»‚炎ÀŽ{Œ`‘Ô‚ªˆÓ�}‚µ‚½‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚Ì‹Z–@‚Í�A•¨—�“I‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ðáÒ‘zƒIƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg‚Æ‚µ‚Ď󂯎æ‚è‚Ü‚·�B“ª‚Ì�ã�i’¼Œa2ƒCƒ“ƒ`‚̉~‚ÌŽü‚è�j‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚Ä�A‚»‚±‚ÉŠ´Šo‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�BŽŸ‚É�A“Á’è‚Ì�‡�˜‚Å�Aƒp�[ƒc‚²‚Æ‚É�iŠeƒp�[ƒc‚Í–ñ2,3ƒCƒ“ƒ`�j�A’�ˆÓ‚ð�g‘̂̉º‚Ɉړ®‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚ ‚é•”•ª‚ÌŠ´Šo‚É‹C‚¢‚½‚ç�AŽŸ‚Ì•”•ª‚É�i‚Ý�A‚±‚ÌŽŸ‚Ì•”•ª‚łǂ̂悤‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ªŒ»‚ê‚é‚©‚ðŠm”F‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘Ì‚ð‰½“x‚à‰½“x‚àŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�A‘̂̓Á’è‚Ì•”•ª‚É�u‹l‚Ü‚é�v‚±‚ƂȂ�A’ɂ݂ª‚ ‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚±‚É—¯‚Ü‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�BŽŸ‰ñ‚»‚Ì•”•ª‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A‚»‚̒ɂ݂͖{Ž¿“I‚ɉ½‚©‘¼‚Ì‚à‚̂ɕςí‚Á‚½‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
ƒR�[ƒX‚ÌŒ`Ž®‚Ì•œ�K�F4“ú–Ú‚Í�uvipassana�v�i‚±‚̃{ƒfƒBƒXƒC�[ƒvƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN�j‚ð�Љ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŽž“_‚©‚ç�AŒˆˆÓ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä�À‚邱‚Æ‚ð‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�iAdithana�j�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A‘å‚«‚ȑ̂̓®‚«‚È‚µ‚Å1ŽžŠÔ�À‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‚ ‚®‚ç‚ð‚©‚¢‚Ä�À‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚É‹r‚ðŠJ‚‚±‚Æ‚Í�AŽå—v‚ȑ̂̓®‚«‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A•G‚̒ɂ݂Í�A‰½“x‚à‰½“x‚àŒp‘±“I‚ÉŠÏŽ@‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶“k‚ª‚±‚ê‚ðŽÀ�s‚Å‚«‚é‚킯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�u—�˜_�v‚Í�AŒƒ‚µ‚¢’ɂ݂ª”ñ�í‚É‹—ó‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚»‚̉º‚ɂ͖{“–‚É�U“®‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�S‚ª�\•ª‚ɉs‚¢‚Æ‚«�A‚»‚ê‚͑̂ð�u‰ð–U�v‚µ‚Ä�A�U“®‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢”÷–‚ȃŒƒxƒ‹‚̑̂̊´Šo‚ðŠ´‚¶�A‚»‚ê‚©‚ç�u’´‚¦‚Ä�v‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚½�A�u�U“®‚ð’T‚·‚±‚Æ�v‚Í‚µ‚È‚¢•û‚ª‚æ‚¢‚ÆŒx��‚³‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠ´Šo‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邿‚¤‚ÉŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�u‹`‚Å‚Í�AƒOƒ‹�[ƒv‚̈ꕔ‚Ì�l�X‚ª‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚É”õ‚¦‚Ä�A‹³Žt‚͉”\‚È�uƒXƒe�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“�v‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒ¾‹y‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ÍGoenka‚Ìvipassana‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éƒXƒŒƒbƒh‚Ȃ̂Å�A“÷‘Ì“I‚ÈŠ´Šo‚É“–‚Ă͂܂邽‚ß�A�u‹C‚Â/�i‚Þ/‹C‚Â/�i‚Þ�v‚Ì1‚‚̃o�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚邯Žv‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‘¼‚ÌáÒ‘zŽè–@‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�A‘¼‚ÌáÒ‘zƒIƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg�iŽv�l‚È‚Ç�j‚É“K—p‚³‚ꂽ�A�u‹C‚Â/�i‚Þ/’ZŽžŠÔ‹C‚Â/�i‚Þ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚̑ԓx‚à•·‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ƒxƒXƒg�A
ƒ‰ƒ“ƒO
o
#15273
Keymaster
Embodied
said:
�g1.Sitting virasana or siddhasana (my 2 favorite postures for any kind of
formal session) in a silent place (relatively�cnot so easy to get nowadays) I
get into in a state of global receptiveness to whatever sanna surfaces.
2. One should switch between environment and body sannas.
3. So let�fs suppose that i start by noticing i.e. the distant noise of a car –
I listen to it for some seconds (usually not more than 5) but don�ft elaborate
on it meaning why it pleases me or not pleases or neither.
4. Then i turn my attention/focus to the body and notice the nature of the
contact between my pelvis/tighs and the floor, which may include sensations of
temperature, softness or hardness,etc doesn�ft matter in fact, i simply notice
it for not more than 5 secondes and move on to an �gexternal�h/environmental
sanna i.e. :light nuances let�fs suppose�c
5.then again back to the body i notice my breathing-rhythm without interfering
with it. And so on.�h
How
is this going to remove greed, hate, ignorance from one�fs mind?
I have no doubt that it will calm down one�fs mind.
But how is this, by itself, going to make progress in removing defilements from
one�fs mind and change one�fs gati for the better?
�˜
#15282
Participant
Hi
Lal,
This
is the same as a lineage that places very strong emphasis on concentration. I
seriously have my doubts over this kind of practice. If concentration alone can
remove defilements, then there is absolutely no need for a Buddha to appear.
The ancient yogis are more than qualified for this job. Moreover, the lineage
heavily relies on materials from Visuddhimagga. My intent is not to discredit
them. But to let fellow practitioners know there are such teachings out there
and let them decide for themselves what is the right teachings of the Buddha.
I
quote some text from the author:
�gThese days, even in predominantly Buddhist
countries, there are many learned Buddhist scholars who maintain that it is not
possible to discern rūpa kalāpas and mental processes, and base and object. In
saying so, they are not lying, in the sense that what they assert is true from
their point of view. From their standpoint, such discernment is impossible.
This view of theirs proliferates because they hold fast to well-known teachers
and lineages that at some point have introduced the idea that concentration is
not necessary for realising the Four Noble Truths. Teachers like these fail to
encourage their disciples to develop concentration. Herein lies the fault. They
go on to replace the First and Second Noble Truths with their own
interpretations and so do not teach them as the Buddha taught them. In such
circumstances, it is indeed impossible to discern ultimate truth. In order to
see the Four Noble Truths as they really are, one must heed the admonition of
the Buddha: �eBhikkhus, develop concentration. One who is concentrated knows and
sees the Four Noble Truths as they really are.�f The First Noble Truth is
ultimate mentality and ultimate materiality. Ultimate materiality is of
twenty-eight kinds, eighteen of which are real and the objects of vipassanā.�h
Seriously,
the first Noble Truth is all about ultimate materiality and mentality? How does
discerning these 2 things help to get rid of greed, hatred, and delusion? There
are many accounts in the sutta that mentioned followers of the Buddha attained
Sotāpanna just by listening to discourses. I don�ft think there is any mention
in the sutta of people attaining Sotāpanna by developing concentration and
discerning the 4 elements and their derivatives in order to gather unshakable
faith.
The
author further explains:
�gIf one discerns four elements systematically, one
will see an improvement in one�fs concentration. When concentration improves,
the body disappears. One sees just a block of four elements; one�fs whole body
becomes just a block of four elements. One does not see a face, a hand, or a
leg. At this point the perception of being, satta-saññā, disappears. This means
the meditator has attained right view to a certain extent. If one continues
discerning these twelve characteristics in that block of four elements,
concentration further improves, and the body will emit light – beginning with
grey light, which gradually becomes white, until finally the whole body becomes
a block of bright light. That block of bright light is actually just a group of
rūpa kalāpas. It has not been broken down into small particles, so the
meditator sees them as a group; and because there is colour in every kalāpa,
they are perceived as a block of bright light. Now one needs to continue
discerning four elements in that block of bright light in order to break it
down into very tiny particles. If one continues discerning four elements in
that block of bright light, it will finally break down into very small
particles, which might be called sub-atomic particles. Some meditators may
encounter difficulty when they try to break the block of bright light down into
very small sub-atomic particles. In that case, they are instructed to see the
space element (ākāsadhātu). The space element functions as a sort of border
line; it is the space between rūpa kalāpas. When the meditator looks at the
space element, the block of light will dissolve, and the meditator will then
see very tiny particles. The Buddha said that this whole world is made up of
very tiny sub-atomic particles. If the block of light dissolves while one is
practising together with many other practitioners, one can discern four
elements in those who are sitting nearby or far away, and one will see everyone
be come nothing more than small particles. One does not see man or woman or
anything else; everything becomes the same – just very tiny particles which are
arising and perishing very rapidly all the time. If one discerns four elements
in the floor or the cushion on which one is sitting or a Buddha statue or any
other object, everything becomes very small particles. Everything becomes the
same.�h
The
author further said:
�gWhether one regards mountains, trees, flowers,
living things, or non-living things, everything becomes the same – nothing more
than tiny particles that constantly arise and perish. When this happens, one
will agree with the Buddha and cease to disagree with or doubt Him. Sometimes
we are inclined to disagree with the Buddha. Here we see men, here we see
women; why then did the Buddha say there are no men, there are no women? There
are! Why did the Buddha say that men and women do not really exist, and that
there is only ultimate reality? We think this way sometimes. However, with the
attainment of concentration and insight, one sees for oneself that there are no
men, no women, no trees, no mountains, no Buddha images; instead, there are
only very small particles. When one sees this, one will agree with the Buddha.
These are not my words. The Buddha Himself says, �eI do not argue with the
world; it is the world that argues with me.�f The world dares to argue with the
Buddha because the world is blind. Only when people arrive at a true un
derstanding will they no longer dare to argue with the Bud dha. The Buddha is
the One Who knew what lies beyond the scope of the naked eye. If one develops
concentration and then practises four elements meditation systematically, one
will know and will see what the Buddha taught.�h
�˜
#15312
Keymaster
Hi Johnny: There are so many misinterpretations in the texts
that you quoted. I just don�ft have time to go through them, so I will just
point out a couple in order to illustrate the point that how bad Buddha Dhamma
(per Tipitaka) has been misinterpreted.
For example: �gBhikkhus, develop concentration. One who is concentrated
knows and sees the Four Noble Truths as they really are.�h
– What they translate as �gconcentration�h is the Pali word �gsati�h.
The closest transaltion of �gsati�h is probably �gmindset�h. That
becomes clear when you understand what is meant by �gsamma sati�h (�gsan�h
+�hma�h
means to remove �gsan�h or defilements). – Thus, samma sati is
the mindset needed to remove defilements from the mind, which is basically a
comprehension of Tilakkhana.
Another is: �gWhen concentration improves, the body disappears. One
sees just a block of four elements; one�fs whole body becomes just a block of
four elements. One does not see a face, a hand, or a leg.�h
– That is just pure fiction. Didn�ft the Buddha (or all those Arahants)
see and recognize people?
Same thing with the statement, �g�gWhether one regards mountains, trees, flowers, living
things, or non-living things, everything becomes the same – nothing more than
tiny particles that constantly arise and perish.�h
By
the way, who made these statements (or translations)? You should always provide
a link to the source.
�˜
#15320
Participant
Hi
Lal,
The source is The Truth Taught by All the Buddhas – Bhikkhu Revata
Not
sure whether you guys can view it via the link above. A full version copy can
be purchased at $0.00 though.
Pages
56, 57, 81, 118 are some of the references that might be of interest to fellow
readers.
From
page 118:
�gThe Buddha instructs us next to stand somewhere,
develop concentration, and then start walking with close eyes. Wherever one
goes, there is sound. It impinges on one�fs ear-door and mind-door. Ear-door mental
process and mind-door mental process arise. One�fs eyes are closed, but one sees
one�fs whole body as just very small sub-atomic particles arising and perishing
very rapidly. When the sound impinges on the ear and mind-doors, one sees the
mental processes arising and perishing very rapidly. Then one does not see
one�fs body; one sees only ultimate mentality and materiality arising and
perishing very rapidly all the time. If one walks for an hour, one sees only
this. If one pays attention to external persons, one sees nothing other than
this. The Buddha instructs us to reflect at that time that there is no man,
there is no woman, there is no deva, there is no brahmā, there is no permanent
en tity, there is no permanent soul, there is only ultimate mentality and
materiality. One understands what the Buddha meant. One agrees with the Buddha
that no such things exist. There is only ultimate mentality and materiality.�h
o
#15274
Participant
Thank
you, Lal, very much for a detailed explanation in response to my post,
especially the explanation of �gvedanā-samosaraṇā
sabbe dhammā�h. In this case, dhammā is synonymous with bhava, then?
After
about 10+ years of practicing this, I started having doubts about whether it
could remove defilement, by observing behaviors in me and in those in my group.
I then had doubts about vedana being explained in this particular way to suit
this technique. Your explanation clarifies a lot.
Lang
o
#15278
Keymaster
Lang
said: �g.. especially the explanation of �gvedanā-samosaraṇā sabbe dhammā�h. In this case, dhammā is synonymous with bhava,
then?�h
To be precise, it is dhammā that
give rise to bhava. But they are essentially the same, both are kammic energies
built up by vinnana or desires/hopes. Of course, desires/hopes
must be connected to dasa akusala in order to
qualify. For example, if one is planning to steal something, he/she will be
thinking about it with vaci sankhara and generating
bad vinnana.
Furthermore, dhammā in this context are
the same as kamma beeja built up by vinnana.
This is a bit deeper aspect:
�gWhat are rūpa? – Dhammā are rūpa
too!�g.
Please
don�ft hesitate to ask more questions if this is not clear.
o
#16628
Participant
I
do not understand why Goenka�fs method will not lead to the realization of
nibbana.
As I understand, if we take any factor (vedana) of the dependent origination
chain (paticcasamuppada) and realice his true nature i.e. Anicca, dukkha and
anatta, we break the cycle and the whole process collapses.
More
info about Goenka�fs method:
– The 10 day retreat is only a introduction to the technique. In the long ones
you are told to pay attention to your mind, his types and the mental factors
too.
– The anapana meditation is suppoused to develop till jhana levels.
– There is an important mark of the personal evolution in the path = �gbhanga�h
or dissolution of the body.
Please
correct me if I�fm wrong
Metta!
o
#16633
Keymaster
@lucas.cambon:
I have explained in detail my reasons; see, for example, my comment on March 7,
2018 at 7:07 am, and a couple of more comments after that addressing various
other issues.
If
you or anyone else can refute those, I would be happy to discuss further.
Please quote from my statements, so that we know exactly what point is being
discussed.
�˜
#16643
Participant
In
your more descripting comment you write the following:
�g1
Lang said: �gvedanā-samosaraṇā sabbe dhammā�h,
translated as �gEverything that arises in the mind starts flowing with a
sensation on the body.�h
2 – Vedana is not just �gbody sensations�h involving just kaya or the body.; see,
�gVedana (Feelings)�g.
3 – Each and every thought is initiated by a sensation received by any of the
six indriya (or ayatana): cakkhu (seeing), sota (hearing), ghana (a smell),
jivha (a taste) ,kaya (body sensation), and mano (dhamma coming to the mind).�h
The
sensations that we are told to observ do not come purely from the mind, are not
created only by it. Vedana, as you correctly indicate, come from all the
six-senses, plus the atmosphere, the food and the old heavy patterns
(sankharas).
So, what we are told to be aware of is the result (effect) of all conctact
(factor of pariccasamuppada).
It turn out to be very clear when you are by day 7 to 10�c personally I once
experienced a vibration from my right ear to the rest of the body when the gong
was hitted. There was like dense particles moving like a flow. It was very
insightful and at the same time not so much, my equanimity got broken ????
o
#16646
Keymaster
Yes. As I mentioned many times in my comments, it is
possible to experience a �gsukha vedana�h in the body by doing
even just breath meditation.
Ancient yogis were able to cultivate
even supernormal (abhinna) powers by doing breath mediation TOGETHER WITH
staying away from sense pleasures AND immoral deeds (akusala kammma).
One can get to anariya jhanas that way (�gvivicca
kamehi, vivicca akusala dhammehi�h is a phrase that comes up in the
explanations of even anariya jhana).
The Noble Eightfold Path is cultivated by first
getting rid of the 10 types of micca ditthi and then
comprehending Tilakkhana. That is the way to realize the real nature
of this world and thus to automatically lose cravings for things in this world.
This is explained in detail with many posts at the site. This is not easy to
grasp for many, and it takes an effort just to see that.
‹ïŒ»‰»‚ÍŒ¾‚Á‚½�F
�u1. virasana‚Ü‚½‚Ísiddhasana�i‚Ç‚ñ‚ÈŒ`Ž®‚̃ZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚àŽ„‚Ì2‚‚̂¨‹C‚É“ü‚è‚̃|�[ƒY�j‚ð�©‚È�ê�Š‚É�i”äŠr“I�c�ŋ߂͊ȒP‚ɂł«‚È‚¢�j�À‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
2.ŠÂ‹«‚Ƒ̂̃Tƒ“ƒi‚ð�Ø‚è‘Ö‚¦‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
3.‚Å‚Í�A‚Ü‚¸�AŽÔ‚̉“‚¢‰¹‚ȂǂɋC‚‚±‚Æ‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂µ‚傤�B�”•bŠÔ�i’Ê�í‚Í5ˆÈ‰º�j•·‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚È‚ºŽ„‚ª‹C‚É“ü‚é‚©�A‹C‚É“ü‚ç‚È‚¢‚©�A‚Ü‚½‚Í‹C‚É“ü‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
4.ŽŸ‚É�AŽ„‚Ì’�ˆÓ/�Å“_‚ð�g‘̂Ɍü‚¯‚邯�A�œ”Õ/ƒ^ƒCƒg‚Æ�°‚ÌŠÔ‚Ì�Ú�G‚Ì�«Ž¿‚É‹C‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚Í�A‰·“x�A�_‚ç‚©‚³�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�d‚³‚Ȃǂ̊´Šo‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è�AŽÀ�ۂɂ͊֌W‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B’P‚É‹C‚«‚Ü‚·5•b‚ð’´‚¦‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚µ‚Ä�A�uŠO•”�v/ŠÂ‹«‚̃Tƒ“ƒi‚É�i‚݂܂·�B‚‚܂è�AŒy‚¢ƒjƒ…ƒAƒ“ƒX‚ð�l‚¦‚Ă݂܂µ‚傤�c
5.�Ä‚Ñ�g‘Ì‚É–ß‚é‚Æ�AŒÄ‹zƒŠƒYƒ€‚ÉŠ±�‚·‚邱‚ƂȂ‹C‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B“™�X�B"
‚±‚ê‚͂ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚ÄæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚ð�S‚©‚çŽæ‚è�œ‚‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�B
�S‚ª—Ž‚¿’…‚‚̂͊ԈႢ‚È‚¢�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚ꂾ‚¯‚Å�AŽ©•ª‚Ì�S‚©‚牘‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�AƒKƒeƒB‚ð‚æ‚è—Ç‚‚·‚邽‚߂ɂǂ̂悤‚É�i•à‚·‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�B
2018 2018”N4ŒŽ21“ú21:18ŒßŒã�”15282
ƒWƒ‡ƒj�[�EƒŠƒ€
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚̓‰ƒ‹�A
‚±‚ê‚Í�A�W’†—Í‚ð”ñ�í‚É�dŽ‹‚·‚錌“�‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚Í‚±‚ÌŽí‚ÌŠµ�K‚É�^Œ•‚É‹^–â‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�W’†—Í‚¾‚¯‚ʼn˜‚µ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚È‚ç�A•§‚ð�oŒ»‚³‚¹‚é•K—v‚Í‘S‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŒÃ‘ã‚̃ˆƒM‚Í�A‚±‚ÌŽdŽ–‚É“K”C‚Å‚·�B‚³‚ç‚É�A‚±‚ÌŒn“�‚ÍVisuddhimagga‚ÌŽ‘—¿‚ɑ傫‚ˆË‘¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚̈Ó�}‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð�M—p‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‘¼‚ÌŠJ‹Æˆã‚É‚»‚̂悤‚È‹³‚¦‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚点�A”Þ‚ç‚É•§‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢‹³‚¦‚͉½‚©‚ðŽ©•ª‚ÅŒˆ‚ß‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B
’˜ŽÒ‚©‚ç‚̃eƒLƒXƒg‚ðˆø—p‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�u�¡“ú‚Å‚Í�AŽå‚É•§‹³‚Ì�‘�X‚Å‚³‚¦�Aƒ‰�[ƒpƒJƒ‰ƒp‚Æ�¸�_“Iƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�A‚»‚µ‚ÄŠî”Õ‚Æ–Ú“I‚ðŽ¯•Ê‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚邯Žå’£‚·‚鑽‚‚ÌŠw‚ñ‚¾•§‹³ŠwŽÒ‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚¤Œ¾‚Á‚Ä‚à�A”ނ炪Žå’£‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª”Þ‚ç‚ÌŠÏ“_‚©‚ç�^ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å�A”Þ‚ç‚͉R‚ð‚‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ç‚Ì—§�ê‚©‚ç‚·‚邯�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŽ¯•ʂ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B”ނ炪‚±‚Ì4‚‚Ì�‚‹M‚È�^—�‚ðŽÀŒ»‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�W’†‚Í•K—v‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚𓱓ü‚µ‚½—L–¼‚È‹³Žt‚⌌“�‚ɌŎ·‚·‚邽‚ß�A”Þ‚ç‚Ì‚±‚ÌŒ©•û‚Í‹}‘�‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚È‹³Žt‚Í�A’íŽq‚½‚¿‚É�W’†—Í‚ð—{‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ð�§—ã‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚±‚ÉŒ‡“_‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í‘æ1‚Æ‘æ2‚Ì�‚‹M‚È�^—�‚ð”ނ玩�g‚̉ðŽß‚Å’u‚«Š·‚¦‘±‚¯‚é‚Ì‚Å�A•§‘É‚ª”Þ‚ç‚É‹³‚¦‚½‚悤‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð‹³‚¦‚È‚¢‚Å‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�󋵂łÍ�A‹†‹É‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ðŒ©•ª‚¯‚邱‚Ƃ͊m‚©‚É•s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B 4‚‚Ì�‚‹M‚È�^—�‚ð–{“–‚ÌŽp‚ÅŒ©‚é‚É‚Í�A•§‘ɂ̒‰��‚É’�ˆÓ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�W’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Í�A4‚‚Ì�‚‹M‚È�^—�‚ðŽÀ�Û‚É’m‚Á‚Ä‚¨‚è�AŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚Ì�‚‹M‚È�^—�‚Í�A‹†‹É‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒŠƒeƒB‚Æ‹†‹É‚Ì•¨Ž¿�«‚Å‚·�B‹†‹É‚Ì•¨Ž¿�«‚Í28Ží—Þ‚ ‚è�A‚»‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚Ì18‚ÍŒ»ŽÀ‚Ì‚à‚̂ł ‚è�Avipassanā‚̃IƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg‚Å‚·�B�v
�^Œ•‚É�A�Å�‰‚̃m�[ƒuƒ‹ƒgƒDƒ‹�[ƒX‚Í‹†‹É‚Ì•¨Ž¿�«‚ƃ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒŠƒeƒB‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł·‚©�H‚±‚ê‚ç2‚‚̂±‚Æ‚ð‹æ•Ê‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚ÄæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–Ï‘z‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·‚©�H•§‹³‚Ì�MŽÒ‚ª’k˜b‚ð•·‚‚¾‚¯‚Ń\ƒgƒpƒ“ƒi‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Æ�q‚ׂ½ƒXƒbƒ^‚ɂ͑½‚‚Ì�à–¾‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B—h‚邬‚È‚¢�M‹Â‚ð�W‚߂邽‚ß‚É�A�W’†—Í‚ð—{‚¢�A4‚‚̗v‘f‚Æ‚»‚Ì”h�¶•¨‚ðŒ©‹É‚ß‚é‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ă\ƒgƒpƒ“ƒi‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é�l�X‚Ìsutta‚ł̌¾‹y‚͂Ȃ¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
’˜ŽÒ‚Í‚³‚ç‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�F
�u4‚‚̗v‘f‚ð‘ÌŒn“I‚É”Fޝ‚·‚邯�A�W’†—Í‚ªŒü�サ‚Ü‚·�B�W’†—Í‚ª�オ‚邯‘Ì‚ª�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B 4‚‚̗v‘f‚̃uƒ�ƒbƒN‚¾‚¯‚ª•\ަ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‘Ì‘S‘Ì‚ª4‚‚̗v‘f‚̃uƒ�ƒbƒN‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŠç�AŽè�A‘«‚ÍŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ÌŽž“_‚Å�Asatta-saññ₯‚¢‚¤‘¶�݂̔Fޝ‚ª�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚ª‚ ‚é’ö“x�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚𓾂½‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B 4‚‚̗v‘f‚̃uƒ�ƒbƒN‚Å‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì12‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ¯•Ê‚µ‘±‚¯‚邯�A�W’†—Í‚ª‚³‚ç‚ÉŒü�サ�A�g‘̂͌õ‚ð•ú�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŠD�F‚ÌŒõ‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è�A�™�X‚É”’‚‚È‚è�A�Å�I“I‚É‘S�g‚ª–¾‚é‚¢Œõ‚̃uƒ�ƒbƒN‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì–¾‚é‚¢Œõ‚̃uƒ�ƒbƒN‚Í�AŽÀ�ۂɂ͒P‚È‚érūpakalāpas‚̃Oƒ‹�[ƒv‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�¬‚³‚È—±Žq‚É•ª‰ð‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Å�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðƒOƒ‹�[ƒv‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ©‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚ׂẴJƒŒƒp‚É‚Í�F‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í–¾‚é‚¢Œõ‚̃uƒ�ƒbƒN‚Æ‚µ‚Ä”Fޝ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚³‚Ä�A”ñ�í‚É�¬‚³‚È—±Žq‚É•ª‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A–¾‚é‚¢Œõ‚̃uƒ�ƒbƒN‚Ì4‚‚̗v‘f‚ðŽ¯•Ê‚µ‘±‚¯‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì–¾‚é‚¢Œõ‚̃uƒ�ƒbƒN‚Å4‚‚̗v‘f‚ðŽ¯•Ê‚µ‘±‚¯‚邯�A�Å�I“I‚É�AƒTƒuƒAƒgƒ~ƒbƒNƒp�[ƒeƒBƒNƒ‹‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é”ñ�í‚É�¬‚³‚È—±Žq‚É•ª‰ð‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�Bˆê•”‚ÌáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�A–¾‚é‚¢Œõ‚̃uƒ�ƒbƒN‚ðint‚ʼn󂻂¤‚Æ‚·‚邯‚«‚É�¢“ï‚É’¼–Ê‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·
o”ñ�í‚É�¬‚³‚¢ƒTƒuŒ´Žq—±Žq�B‚»‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í�AƒXƒy�[ƒX—v‘f�iākāsadhātu�j‚ð•\ަ‚·‚邿‚¤‚ÉŽwަ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BƒXƒy�[ƒX—v‘f‚Í�AˆêŽí‚Ì‹«ŠE�ü‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‹@”\‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Írūpakalāpas‚̊Ԃ̃Xƒy�[ƒX‚Å‚·�BáÒ‘zŽÒ‚ªƒXƒy�[ƒX—v‘f‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�AŒõ‚̃uƒ�ƒbƒN‚ª—n‰ð‚µ�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í”ñ�í‚É�¬‚³‚È—±Žq‚ðŒ©‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B•§‘É‚Í�A‚±‚Ì‘S�¢ŠE‚Í”ñ�í‚É�¬‚³‚ȈŸŒ´Žq—±Žq‚Å�\�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�B‘¼‚Ì‘½‚‚ÌŠJ‹Æˆã‚ƈê��‚É—û�K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚ÉŒõ‚̃uƒ�ƒbƒN‚ª—n‰ð‚·‚邯�A‹ß‚‚Ü‚½‚͉“‚‚É�À‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Ì4‚‚̗v‘f‚ðŽ¯•Ê‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B’j‚à�—‚à‰½‚àŒ©‚È‚¢�B‚·‚ׂĂª“¯‚¶‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·–�í‚É”ñ�í‚É�¬‚³‚È—±Žq‚ª”�¶‚µ�A”ñ�í‚É‹}‘¬‚É�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�°‚âƒNƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ª’u‚©‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é4‚‚̗v‘f�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í•§‘œ‚â‚»‚Ì‘¼‚̃IƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg‚É4‚‚̗v‘f‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡�A‚·‚ׂĂª”ñ�í‚É�¬‚³‚È—±Žq‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚ׂĂª“¯‚¶‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�v
’˜ŽÒ‚Í‚³‚ç‚ÉŒ¾‚Á‚½�F
�uŽR�A–Ø�A‰Ô�A�¶‚«•¨�A�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚à‚̂̂¢‚¸‚ê‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�A‚·‚ׂĂª“¯‚¶‚ɂȂè�A�í‚É”�¶‚µ‚Ėłтé�¬‚³‚È—±Žq‚É‚·‚¬‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ꂪ‹N‚±‚邯‚«�A�l‚Í•§‚É“¯ˆÓ‚µ�A”Þ‚É”½‘΂·‚é‚©�A”Þ‚ð‹^‚¤‚Ì‚ð‚â‚ß‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�BŽž‚ɂ͎„‚½‚¿‚Í•§‚É”½‘΂·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚É’j�«�A‚±‚±‚É�—�«‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚È‚º•§‚Í’j�«‚ª‚¢‚È‚¢�A�—�«‚ª‚¢‚È‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚½‚̂ł·‚©�H‚ª‚ ‚é�I‚È‚º•§‚Í�A’j�«‚Æ�—�«‚ÍŽÀ�ۂɂ͑¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A‹†‹É‚ÌŒ»ŽÀ‚µ‚©‚È‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚½‚̂ł·‚©�H‚±‚̂悤‚É�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�W’†—͂Ɠ´Ž@—͂̊l“¾‚É‚æ‚è�A’j�«‚à�—�«‚à�A–Ø‚à�AŽR‚à�A•§‘œ‚à‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ªŽ©•ª‚ł킩‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘ã‚í‚è‚É�A”ñ�í‚É�¬‚³‚È—±Žq‚µ‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ðŒ©‚ê‚Ε§‘ɂɓ¯ˆÓ‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÍŽ„‚ÌŒ¾—t‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B•§‘ÉŽ©�g‚Í‚±‚¤Œ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�A
�wŽ„‚Í�¢ŠE‚Æ‹c˜_‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚Æ‹c˜_‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�¢ŠE‚Å‚·�B�¢ŠE‚͖ӖڂȂ̂Å�A•§‚Æ‹c˜_‚·‚é—E‹C‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�l�X‚ª�^‚Ì—�‰ð‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚Ì‚Ý�A”Þ‚ç‚Í‚à‚Í‚âƒuƒbƒ_‚Æ‹c˜_‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠ¸‚¦‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B•§‚Í“÷Šá‚͈̔͂𒴂¦‚Ä‚ ‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Å‚·�B�l‚ª�W’†—Í‚ð”’B‚³‚¹�A‚»‚ê‚©‚ç‘ÌŒn“I‚É4‚‚̗v‘f‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚é‚È‚ç�A�l‚Í•§‘É‚ª‰½‚ð‹³‚¦‚½‚©‚ð’m‚è�AŒ©‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B�v
2018 2018”N4ŒŽ22“úŒßŒã10Žž17•ª�”15312
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚̓Wƒ‡ƒj�[�F‚ ‚È‚½‚ªˆø—p‚µ‚½ƒeƒLƒXƒg‚ɂ͔ñ�í‚É‘½‚‚ÌŒë‰ð‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŒŸ“¢‚·‚鎞ŠÔ‚ª‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Å�A‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì“_‚ðŽw“E‚µ‚Ä�ABuddha Dhamma�iƒeƒBƒsƒ^ƒJ‚ ‚½‚è�j‚ª‚¢‚©‚Ɉ«‚¢‰ðŽß‚ð‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
—á�F�uƒrƒbƒNƒX�A�W’†—Í‚ð—{‚¤�B�W’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Í�A4‚‚Ì�‚‹M‚È�^—�‚ð–{“–‚̂悤‚É’m‚Á‚ÄŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�v
–”ނ炪�u�W’†—Í�v‚Ɩ󂵂Ă¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Ì�usati�v‚Å‚·�B �usati�v‚Ì�Å‚à‹ß‚¢ƒgƒ‰ƒ“ƒXƒŒ�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Í‚¨‚»‚ç‚�u�l‚¦•û�v‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�usamma sati�v‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�i�usan�v+�uma�v‚Í�usan�v‚Ü‚½‚͉˜‘¹‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�j�B
–‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asamma sati‚Í�AŠî–{“I‚ɃeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒJ�[ƒi‚Ì—�‰ð‚Å‚ ‚é�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚牘‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚߂ɕK—v‚ȃ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒZƒbƒg‚Å‚·�B
‚à‚¤1‚‚Í�AŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B�u�W’†—Í‚ªŒü�ã‚·‚邯�A‘Ì‚Í�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B 4‚‚̗v‘f‚̃uƒ�ƒbƒN‚¾‚¯‚ª•\ަ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‘Ì‘S‘Ì‚ª4‚‚̗v‘f‚̃uƒ�ƒbƒN‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŠç‚àŽè‚à‘«‚àŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�v
–‚»‚ê‚Í’P‚È‚é�ƒ�ˆ‚ȃtƒBƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚·�Bƒuƒbƒ_�i‚Ü‚½‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂẴAƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒg�j‚Í�l�X‚ðŒ©‚Ä”Fޝ‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½‚©�H
�uŽR�A–Ø�A‰Ô�A�¶‚«•¨�A�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ð–â‚킸�A‚·‚ׂĂª“¯‚¶‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�í‚É”�¶‚µ‚Ėłтé�¬‚³‚È—±Žq‚É‚·‚¬‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�v
‚Æ‚±‚ë‚Å�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì”Œ¾�i‚Ü‚½‚Í–|–ó�j‚ð‚µ‚½‚̂͒N‚Å‚·‚©�H�í‚Ƀ\�[ƒX‚Ö‚ÌƒŠƒ“ƒN‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
2018 2018”N4ŒŽ24“úŒß‘O6Žž44•ª�”15320
ƒWƒ‡ƒj�[�EƒŠƒ€
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚̓‰ƒ‹�A
ƒ\�[ƒX‚Í‚·‚ׂĂ̕§‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‹³‚¦‚ç‚ꂽ�^ŽÀ– Bhikkhu Revata
ŠF‚³‚ñ‚ª�ã‚ÌƒŠƒ“ƒN‚©‚ç‚»‚ê‚ð•\ަ‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚¾‚µ�Aƒtƒ‹ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚̃Rƒs�[‚Í$ 0.00‚Å�w“ü‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
56�A57�A81�A118ƒy�[ƒW‚Í�A‘¼‚̓ǎ҂ª‹»–¡‚ðŽ�‚‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢ŽQ�l•¶Œ£‚̈ꕔ‚Å‚·�B
118ƒy�[ƒW‚©‚ç�F
�u•§—l‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚ׂ̗ɂǂ±‚©‚É—§‚¿�A�W’†—Í‚ð—{‚¢�A‚»‚µ‚Ä–Ú‚ð•‚¶‚Ä•à‚«Žn‚߂邿‚¤‚ÉŽwަ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ç‚±‚Ö�s‚Á‚Ä‚à‰¹‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ©•ª‚ÌŽ¨‚̃hƒA‚Æ�S‚̃hƒA‚ɉe‹¿‚ð—^‚¦‚Ü‚·�Bލ‚̃hƒA‚Ì�¸�_ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Æ�S‚̃hƒA‚Ì�¸�_ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ª”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B–ڂ͕‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‘Ì‘S‘Ì‚ª”ñ�í‚É�¬‚³‚ȈŸŒ´Žq‚Ì—±Žq‚Æ‚µ‚Ä”�¶‚µ�A‹}‘¬‚É�Á–Å‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‰¹‚ªŽ¨‚âƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒhƒA‚É“–‚½‚邯�A�¸�_ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ª”ñ�í‚É‹}‘¬‚É”�¶‚µ�A–łтé‚Ì‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚¤‚·‚邯�l‚̑̂͌©‚¦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�í‚É”ñ�í‚É‹}‘¬‚É”�¶‚µ�A–łт鋆‹É‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒŠƒeƒB‚ƃ}ƒeƒŠƒAƒŠƒeƒB‚¾‚¯‚ªŒ©‚¦‚é�B 1ŽžŠÔ•à‚‚Æ�A‚±‚ꂾ‚¯‚ª•\ަ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŠO•”‚Ì�l‚É’�ˆÓ‚ðŒü‚¯‚邯�A‚±‚êˆÈŠO‚ɉ½‚àŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B•§‚Í‚»‚ÌŽž‚É’j�«‚ª‚¢‚È‚¢�A�—�«‚ª‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚»‚±‚É”½‰f‚·‚邿‚¤‚ÉŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÉŽwަ‚µ‚Ü‚·
ƒfƒ”ƒ@‚ł͂Ȃ�Aƒuƒ‰ƒtƒ}�[‚Å‚à�A�P‹v“I‚ÈŽÀ‘Ì‚à‚È‚�A�P‹v“I‚È�°‚à‚È‚�A‹†‹É‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒŠƒeƒB‚ƃ}ƒeƒŠƒAƒŠƒeƒB‚µ‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B•§‘É‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½‚©—�‰ð‚·‚é�B‚»‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂͑¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ•§‘ɂ͓¯ˆÓ‚·‚é�B‹†‹É‚Ì�l‚¦•û‚Æ�d—v�«‚µ‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�v
o 2018”N4ŒŽ21“úŒß‘O11Žž44•ª�”15274
ƒLƒ…�[ƒrƒ{ƒr
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
ƒ‰ƒ‹‚³‚ñ�AŽ„‚Ì“Š�e‚ɑ΂·‚é�Ú�ׂÈ�à–¾�A“Á‚É�uvedanā-samosaraṇāsabbedhammā�v‚Ì�à–¾‚ð‚ ‚è‚ª‚Æ‚¤‚²‚´‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚Ì�ê�‡�Adhammā‚Íbhava‚Ì“¯ˆÓŒê‚Å‚·�B
–ñ10”NˆÈ�ケ‚ê‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚½Œã�AŽ„‚⎄‚̃Oƒ‹�[ƒv‚Ì�s“®‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A‚»‚ꂪ‰˜‘¹‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‹^–â‚ÉŽv‚¢Žn‚߂܂µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚©‚玄‚Í�Aƒxƒ_ƒi‚ª‚±‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚É�‡‚¤‚悤‚É‚±‚Ì“Á’è‚Ì•û–@‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‹^–â‚ÉŽv‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�à–¾‚Í‚½‚‚³‚ñ–¾‚ç‚©‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ƒ‰ƒ“ƒO
o 2018”N4ŒŽ21“úŒßŒã12:21�”15278
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
ƒ‰ƒ“ƒOŽ�‚ÍŽŸ‚̂悤‚É�q‚ׂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B�u“Á‚É�uvedanā-samosaraṇāsabbedhammā�v‚Ì�à–¾�B‚±‚Ì�ê�‡�Adhammā‚Íbhava‚Ì“¯ˆÓŒê‚Å‚·�B�v
�³Šm‚É‚Í�Aƒoƒo‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‚̂̓_ƒ“ƒ}�[‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í–{Ž¿“I‚É“¯‚¶‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚àƒrƒ“ƒiƒi‚Ü‚½‚Í—~–]/Šó–]‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�\’z‚³‚ꂽƒJƒ~ƒbƒNƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Å‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AŽ‘Ši‚𓾂邽‚߂ɂÍ�A—~–]/Šó–]‚ªƒ_ƒTƒAƒNƒTƒ‰‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‰½‚©‚ð“�‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ðŒv‰æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚Ívaci sankhara‚Å‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦�Aˆ«‚¢vinnana‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚³‚ç‚É�A‚±‚Ì•¶–¬‚Å‚Ìdhammā‚Í�Avinnana‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�\’z‚³‚ꂽkamma beeja‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�‚µ�[‚¢‘¤–ʂł·�F
�urūpa‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚·‚©�H –Dhammā‚àrūpa‚Å‚·�I�v�B
‚±‚ꂪ–¾Šm‚łȂ¢�ê�‡‚Í�A‰“—¶‚È‚Ž¿–₵‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
o 2018”N6ŒŽ24“úŒßŒã11Žž19•ª�”16628
lucas.cambon
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
‚È‚ºŒÜ‰~‰Ô‚Ì•û–@‚ªƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ÌŽÀŒ»‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚ç‚È‚¢‚Ì‚©•ª‚©‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Ž„‚ª—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�AˆË‘¶Œ³‚̃`ƒF�[ƒ“�ipaticcasamuppada�j‚̉½‚ç‚©‚Ì—vˆö�ivedana�j‚ðŽæ‚è�A”Þ‚Ì–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿�A‚‚܂èAnicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ðŽÀŒ»‚·‚邯�AƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚ª‰ó‚ê�Aƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‘S‘Ì‚ª•ö‰ó‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Goenka‚Ì•û–@‚Ì�Ú�×�F
– 10“úŠÔ‚ÌƒŠƒgƒŠ�[ƒg‚Í�AƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Ì�Љî‚É‚·‚¬‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B’·‚¢‚à‚̂łÍ�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�S�A”ނ̃^ƒCƒv�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�¸�_“I—vˆö‚É‚à’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤‚悤‚ÉŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
–ƒAƒiƒpƒiáÒ‘z‚Í�AƒWƒƒƒi‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚܂Ŕ’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɎxŽ�‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
–ƒpƒX‚ÉŒÂ�l“I‚È�i‰»‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ}�[ƒN‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·=�uƒoƒ“ƒK�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�g‘̂̉ðŽU�B
Ž„‚ªŠÔˆá‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚ç’ù�³‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢
ƒ�ƒbƒ^�I
o 2018”N6ŒŽ25“úŒß‘O4Žž25•ª�”16633
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
@ lucas.cambon�FŽ„‚Ì—�—R‚ð�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A2018”N3ŒŽ7“ú‚̌ߑO7Žž7•ª‚ÉŽ„‚̃Rƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A‘¼‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȗâ‘è‚É‘Î�ˆ‚·‚邽‚߂̃Rƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚ª‚¢‚‚‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚ ‚È‚½‚⑼‚Ì’N‚©‚ª‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ɉًc‚ð�¥‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚È‚ç�AŽ„‚Í‚³‚ç‚É‹c˜_‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚Ì”Œ¾‚©‚çˆø—p‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚ǂ̓_‚ª‹c˜_‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ð�³Šm‚É”cˆ¬‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
2018 2018”N6ŒŽ25“úŒß‘O8Žž16•ª�”16643
lucas.cambon
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
‚æ‚è�Ú�ׂȃRƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚É‚Í�AŽŸ‚̂悤‚É‹L�q‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�u1ƒ‰ƒ“ƒO‚ÍŒ¾‚Á‚½�F�uvedanā-samosaraṇāsabbedhammā�v�A�u�S‚Ì’†‚Å�¶‚¶‚é‚·‚ׂĂª‘̂̊´Šo‚Å—¬‚êŽn‚ß‚é�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
2 –ƒ”ƒFƒ_�[ƒi‚Í�AƒJƒ„‚â�g‘Ì‚¾‚¯‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�u�g‘ÌŠ´Šo�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B; �uƒ”ƒFƒ_�[ƒi�iŠ´�î�j�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
3 –‚·‚ׂĂ̎v�l‚Í�A6‚‚̃Cƒ“ƒhƒŠƒ„�i‚Ü‚½‚̓Aƒ„ƒ^ƒi�j‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ªŽó‚¯Žæ‚Á‚½Š´Šo‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŠJŽn‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�Fcakkhu�iŒ©‚é�j�Asota�i•·‚�j�AƒK�[ƒi�i“õ‚¢�j�Ajivha�i–¡�j�Akaya�i‘̂̊´Šo�j �A‚»‚µ‚ă}ƒm�iƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ª“ª‚É•‚‚©‚Ô�j�B�v
Ž„‚½‚¿‚ªŠÏŽ@‚·‚邿‚¤‚ÉŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚銴Šo‚Í�A�ƒ�ˆ‚É�S‚©‚ç—ˆ‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A‚»‚ꂾ‚¯‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�ì‚ç‚ê‚é‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bƒ”ƒFƒ_�[ƒi‚Í�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ª�³‚µ‚ަ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A6‚‚̊´Šo‚·‚ׂĂɉÁ‚¦‚Ä�A•µˆÍ‹C�A�H‚ו¨�AŒÃ‚¢�d‚½‚¢ƒpƒ^�[ƒ“�iƒTƒ“ƒJƒ‰�j‚©‚ç—ˆ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚ÉŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�Ú�G�ipariccasamuppada‚Ì—vˆö�j‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�iŒø‰Ê�j‚Å‚·�B
‚V“ú–Ú‚©‚ç‚P‚O“ú–ڂ܂ł͔ñ�í‚ɂ͂Á‚«‚肵‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�cŒÂ�l“I‚É‚Í�AƒSƒ“ƒO‚ª’@‚©‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚ɉEލ‚©‚ç‘̂̎c‚è‚Ì•”•ª‚Ü‚Å�U“®‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B—¬‚ê‚̂悤‚É“®‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚È�‚–§“x‚Ì—±Žq‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚Í”ñ�í‚É“´Ž@‚É–ž‚¿‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A“¯Žž‚É‚»‚ê‚Ù‚Ç‘½‚‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½‚ª�AŽ„‚Ì•½“™�«‚͉ó‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½????
o 2018”N6ŒŽ25“úŒß‘O10Žž25•ª�”16646
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
‚Í‚¢�BƒRƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚ʼn½“x‚à�G‚ꂽ‚悤‚É�AŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚¾‚¯‚Å‚à�uƒXƒJ�[�Eƒ”ƒFƒ_ƒi�v‚ð‘̂ő̌±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
ŒÃ‘ã‚̃ˆƒM‚Í�AŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚Æ•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×�iƒAƒNƒTƒ‰ƒJƒ“ƒ}�j‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚Ĉê��‚Ɍċzƒ�ƒfƒBƒG�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Å�A’´�í“I‚È�iƒAƒrƒi�jƒpƒ��[‚³‚¦—{‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�BƒAƒiƒŠ�[ƒ„ƒWƒƒƒi‚Í‚»‚̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä�s‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�i�uvivicca kamehi�Avivicca akusala dhammehi�v‚Í�AƒAƒiƒŠ�[ƒ„ƒWƒƒƒi‚Ì�à–¾‚Å‚à�o‚Ä‚‚éƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Å‚·�j�B
ƒm�[ƒuƒ‹ƒGƒCƒgƒtƒH�[ƒ‹ƒhƒpƒX‚Í�A�Å�‰‚É10Ží—ނ̃}ƒCƒNƒJƒfƒBƒbƒeƒB‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�AŽŸ‚ɃeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒJ�[ƒi‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃňç‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽÀŒ»‚µ�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É‚ ‚é‚à‚̂ւ̊‰–]‚ðŽ©“®“I‚ÉŽ¸‚¤•û–@‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚̓TƒCƒg‚Ì‘½‚‚Ì“Š�e‚Å�Ú�ׂÉ�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ɂƂÁ‚ÄŠÈ’P‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ðŒ©‚é‚¾‚¯‚Å‚à“w—Í‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B
�˜
#16647
Participant
I
perfectly understand what you say, but I never mentioned Breath meditation as
the tool for liberation. That is only one of the three legs of the tripod:
Sila, Samadhi, Panna.
�gsukha vedana�h are good or pleasurable body sensations. That is an unusual
feeling. Most of the time your body is full of gross and heavy vedanas.
Goenka�fs body scan technique is about experiencing anicca with the body
sensations (coming from all angles mentioned before), with the consequence
realization of dukha and anatta; Complete Tilakkhana.
I
would like to understand why you keep asociating along the comments that breath
meditation is the Goeka�fs technique.
I�fm
not a defender of this method, that�fs why I�fm here. Your explanations about the
suttas and the abhidhamma are very consistent. I only want to get a better
understanding of meditation
o
#16649
Keymaster
You
said: �gGoenka�fs body scan technique is about experiencing anicca with the body
sensations (coming from all angles mentioned before), with the consequence
realization of dukha and anatta; Complete Tilakkhana.�h
This
is the key.
0.
What
is meant by anicca per Goenka technique? Impermanence?
1.
How
does a �gbody scan�h leads to the realization of anicca nature?
�˜
#16650
Participant
nice
that we are understanding each other :D
1.
What
is meant by anicca per Goenka technique? Impermanence?
He refers to the unsatisfactoriness resulting of the incessant search of any
gratification in things that have such a volatile existence. The futility of
all compound things. He also point out how we create suffering wanting what we
don�ft have or experience and rejecting what we have/experience.
2.
How
does a �gbody scan�h leads to the realization of anicca nature?
While you do the scan over an over again you gain the experience of change,
observing the araising and passing away of sensations; the wide variety of
sensations, how they all have the same characteristics.
o
#16651
Participant
I
hesitated to post this as I did not want to mislead anyone.
I was reading the post �eUdayavaya Nana – Introduction�f.
Lal,
do you think Goenka�fs body scan technique as mentioned by lucas.cambon leads to
the cultivation of udayavaya nana of pancakkhandha, i.e. observation of the
uppada, thithi and bhanga of sensations?
Yet I am wary of the technique, since cuiboiboi
stated: At this stage, one realizes that there is no �gI�h, �gmine�h, �gmyself�h
behind these wavelets, and hence anattā (here meaning �gegolessness�h).
This
is in contrast to the definition of anatta that you discuss — that of being
devoid of substance and worth.
I
would recommend that people investigate further before practising it.
�˜
#16652
Participant
Firewns,
thank you for participate in this discussion :)
I
would like to point out that we do not have to �gstay�h in the words, we have to
go deeper into the meaning of what the author mean to be with those word.
�gegolessness�h,
�gnot-self�h, �gnon-self�h, etc�c If we carefully examine what every author want to
explain with those words they all mean the same, the ausence of a permanent
sustance that keep intact whithin time and space.
With every author I refer to the ones that we are mentioning, Theravada
tradition ones.
o
#16653
Participant
Cuiboiboi also stated: This
technique takes physical sensations as meditation objects. We start from the
top of the head (around a 2-in diameter circle), notice any sensations there;
then we move attention down the body, in a certain order, part by part (each
part around 2,3 inches).
When
we notice a sensation in a part, we move on to the next part, and see what
sensations manifest in this next part. On and on through the body, round after
round.
The
point is not to get �gstuck�h in a particular part of the body, not to linger
there, even if it�fs a pain. The next time around to that part, that pain may
have changed in nature to something else.
When
attention is moved in a sweeping manner from one part of the body to the next,
can the mind really stay on one particular spot, on one particular sensation
long enough to observe its arising, unexpected change and passing away? It
seems to me that attention would be scattered in this way, and there would be
no opportunity to observe a particular sensation continuously, before moving on
to observe yet another sensation.
�˜
#16655
Participant
�gWhen
attention is moved in a sweeping manner from one part of the body to the next,
can the mind really stay on one particular spot, on one particular sensation
long enough to observe its arising, unexpected change and passing away? It
seems to me that attention would be scattered in this way, and there would be
no opportunity to observe a particular sensation continuously, before moving on
to observe yet another sensation.�h
Sensations
arise and disappear at a high frequency rate. With our poor levels of
attention, we can only detect great changes, but in spite of that they are
still there, you can feel the change despite the few seconds you spent
observing before going to the next sensation. Once you become more and more
concentrated, the �gsame�h feelings begin to disarm and you can detect more
textures inside them. That procedure continues to unfold over and over again,
until it is supposed that the meditator reach the state of bhanga dissolution,
an important point in the progress of insight called �gVisuddhiñana-katha�h:
�c
5. Knowledge of Dissolution (bhanga-ñana)
6. Awareness of Fearfulness (bhayatupatthana-ñana)
7. Knowledge of Misery (adinava-ñana)
8. Knowledge of Disgust (nibbida-ñana)
9. Knowledge of Desire for Deliverance (muncitu-kamyata-ñana)
10. Knowledge of Re-observation (patisankhanupassana-ñana)
11. Knowledge of Equanimity about Formations (sankhar�fupekkha-ñana)
12. Insight Leading to emergence (vutthanagamini-vipassana-ñana)
13. Knowledge of Adaptation (anuloma-ñana)
14. Maturity Knowledge (gotrabhu-ñana)
15. Path Knowledge (magga-ñana)
16. Fruition Knowledge (phala-ñana)
17. Knowledge of Reviewing (paccavekkhana-ñana)
18. Attainment of Fruition (phalasamapatti)
19. The Higher Paths and Fruitions
o
#16659
Participant
In
the 10 day course they do not talk about the bigger worldview, the 31 planes of
existence, paralowa/gandhabba, laws of kamma, san, the 10 sanyogas or anything
closer related to the Tipitaka. But with the �gGoenka-technique�h they claim to
attain Nibbana, which means to break the bonds to this world (sanyoga).
I
cannot see how anyone without knowledge about the bigger worldview or what
Nibbana is, knows what the goal is or how to get there. The �gtechnique�h just
observes sensations, thus kaya sanna/vedana. It is said to stay equanimous
regarding the sensations and not to get attached or distracted. There is no
talk about the asubha nature of sansara. There is no panna to be gained.
Instead it is envisioned as insightful to see these body sensations, as they
arise and pass away. But this nature of arising and passing away is not seen in
this �gwhole world�h and also not the endless repetition within sansara. There is
not talk about the dangers of sansara and the need to escape. Without this one
will not have a motive to get started, except to attain a worldy peace of mind.
All ditthis remain.
2
weeks after the course my mind was back to �gnormal distraction�h although I
meditated every evening. My wife and a friend experienced the same �gfall back�h.
The satara iddhipada were not at work.
�˜
#16660
Participant
Tobias,
thank you for your contribution
I
would like to remind that the 10 day course is an introduction to the method
and to the path. There is a discourse by Goenka at the end of each day. He
definetly talks about law of kamma (as sankharas), dependent origination,
rebirth (a bit), the path and fuitions. Because is a polemical theme to talk
with western minded people, he only mentioned in brief the 31 planes of existance.
As you continue with the other courses, short ones, satipatthana sutta, 20
days, 30 days, 45 days, 60 days�c the discourses change and get deeper into the
Abhidhamma world.
�g2
weeks after the course my mind was back to �gnormal distraction�h although I
meditated every evening. My wife and a friend experienced the same �gfall back�h.
The satara iddhipada were not at work.�h
That is going to happend with every method available. It is not possible to
keep the same state of mind that you have in a meditation centre, with an ideal
atmosphere, in complete silence, keeping all your precepts intact (very easy to
break the �gfalse speach�h one)
o
#16661
Keymaster
I
see many inputs to the discussion. I will try to get to the very essence of
Buddha Dhamma to analyze this issue. Anicca is much deeper to comprehended by
monitoring �gbody sensations�h. It is all about changing one�fs perceptions about
how this world works (based on how the mind works), and how future suffering
arises due to one�fs own wrong perceptions.
The Buddha said that all living beings are trapped in
a rebirth process, and most of these births are in realms that are filled with
suffering. By cultivating panna (wisdom) about the real
nature of this world, one can stop this rebirth process, and that he called
attaining Nibbana. This was the key message of the Buddha. But
most people today believe that Buddha taught about stopping the dukha
vedana that one feels due to body aches, deceases, injuries
etc.
This is why techniques like breath meditation and
Goenka�fs technique appeal to many people. They can see that some physical and
mental relief can be achieved by using such techniques. In fact, some even can
get to jhana, and then it becomes impossible for them to even
seriously consider the true message of the Buddha. They get trapped in a
�gtemporary oasis�h.
Ultimately, Nibbana is realized ONLY when
one sees the unfruitfulness and danger in the rebirth process. There is no
refuge anywhere in the 31 realms, where it is a human, deva,
or a brahma realm. One version of anicca is
to see that anything that we do seek happiness in this world will not yield a
permanent happiness. Rather, those actions can lead to future suffering that a
normal human cannot even comprehend.
The first priority is to make sure one would not be
born in the apayas (the four lowest realms), which includes
the animal realm. That is where the suffering is worst. So, one first needs to
understand how one COULD BE born in the apayas. What kind of deeds,
actions, and thoughts will setup causes and conditions for one to be born in
the apayas?
Therefore, one important aspect of realizing
the anicca nature is to understand Paticca
Samuppada (pati icca leading to sama uppada);
see, �gPaticca Samuppāda –
�gPati+ichcha�h+�hSama+uppāda�h and other posts in that section.
When people seek temporary sense pleasures, they may
do immoral deeds (papa kamma or apunnabhisankhara)
to get them. For example, one may commit rape to get sexual satisfaction which
lasts only a short time, but the consequences are unimaginably harsh. Such
IMMORAL actions are done by animals and thus are associated with �ganimal gati�h.
Since one is attached to such �ganimal gati�h and has a liking for them (pati icca),
that can lead to births of similar nature (sama uppada). That is the basic
idea, and you can read the section on Paticca Samuppada for
details. (posts on �ggati�h can be found by using the Search box; I sometimes
spell it as �ggathi�g).
The key point here is that the craving for such an
extreme sense pleasure WILL lead to a future rebirth with very harsh suffering.
The consequences are not determined by one�fs desire, but by the root causes
underlying one�fs ACTIONS (KAMMA). There are ten such �gbad
actions�h that will lead to suffering, and they are called dasa
akusala; see, �gDasa Akusala/Dasa Kusala – Basis of
Buddha Dhamma�g.
In order to make this point clear, let us take one
more example. One may kill another man in order to get his possessions (money,
property, spouse, etc). So, the intent of that act is to make one�fs life
better, that is the �gicca�h or �gdesire�h. One gets �gbound�h (�gpati�h)
to this craving (�gicca�h) of hoping to make one�fs life better by this
killing and may even plan for many months to achieve that goal. However, the
long-term consequences will be a birth in the niraya (lowest
realm), where the suffering can last millions of years (�gsama uppada�h
is due to the fact that killing a human is one of the worst dasa
akusala and that is a future birth in a niraya or
hell). This is a hard point to understand for many (how the consequences can be
that harsh), but it will become clear as cleanses one�fs mind by learning the
true and pure Dhamma that the Buddha taught.
The key point is that any actions that involve dasa
akusala, will have unimaginably harsh consequences. In other words,
�gone cannot maintain things to one�fs expectations�h. The above two are extreme
examples of anicca nature, and that is where one should start.
It is easy to see the main idea. Then one will start realizing the bad
consequences of lesser actions like stealing,gossiping, etc.
When one comprehends this basic anicca nature
of attaching to such �glowly cravings�h, one�fs mind will AUTOMATICALLY reject
such thoughts. That is when one attains the Sotapanna stage
and will be free from births in the apayas forever. That is when
one starts on the Noble Path with a basic idea of anicca nature.
The next stage is to realize the anicca nature
of ANY sense pleasure, and that leads to the Sakadagami and Anagami stages.
But that is unimaginable for a normal human, and one should not contemplate on
that far at the beginning.
The deepest level of anicca nature
is realized only at the Arahant stage, where one sees
the unfruitfulness and danger even in the higher brahma realms.
There are many posts at the site in various sections,
providing different types of analyses on anicca. The main section is:
�gAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta�g.
Those who are interested can scan through the site
map and go through sections of interest, like �gSotapanna Stage�g.
So, I hope I have clarified the key point that one
must first understand the key message of the Buddha in order to make a true
assessment of meditation techniques that do provide temporary relief. The key
question to ask is how those techniques can lead to a true understanding of
the anicca nature, which in turn will lead to
�gcessation of suffering�h and attaining Nibbana.
If
you think Goenka�fs techniques do that, that is fine. Each person needs to make
his/her decisions on such critical issues.
o
#16662
Participant
Hi
Lucas,
I think we could exchange a lot of opinions about the Goenka technique. But
what does it help? It would help only if we could find any progress towards
Nibbana. That is what I can not confirm.
When I started on Lals website I easily made progress and the satara iddhipada
were at work all the time. Even today I read �gold�h posts and find new details I
did not grasp before. Every day I think about the Dhamma and that is real
bhavana as per the Buddhas teaching. Here is panna to be gained, which is
needed to attain Nibbana. That�fs all what I want. I can confirm to have reached
a high level of niramisa sukha or nivana which is such a relief. This comes
from real understanding and does not require much effort (at least not for me).
Also this niramisa sukha does not go away, whether I sit every day for meditation
or not. That is because real grasping of the unfruitful and dangerous nature of
this world is forever. If you feel you can attain something with the Goenka
technique, just do it.
o
#16725
Participant
Hi
All,
There
were questions raised as to why Goenka�fs meditation will not lead to nibbana.
These are my thoughts and are relevant to any meditation technique (not only
Goenka�fs).
Nibbana
is attained in a step by step process starting from the stream entry /
sotapanna stage. It is evident from the sutta�fs, that the sotapanna stage can
only be attained from listening to the sa-dhamma (sa-dhamma shravanaya) and
comprehending it. This sa-dhamma needs to be explained by someone who has at
least attained the sotapanna stage, a kalyana mitta. Sotapanna stage cannot be
attained by meditation.
If
there is a method leading to nibbana it has to start with listening and comprehending
the sa-dhamma, as one does not have the ability to comprehend the sa-dhamma by
himself. So if someone expects to attain the sotapanna stage through
meditation, it will not happen.
Hence
a programme that relies only on meditation cannot lead one to attain the
sotapanna stage.
o
#16727
Keymaster
Akvan
sadi: �gIf there is a method leading to nibbana it has to start with listening
and comprehending the sa-dhamma, as one does not have the ability to comprehend
the sa-dhamma by himself�c�h.
That is correct.
Just to point out �gsa-dhamma�h is really �gsath-dhamma�h
(or correct dhamma), which rhymes as �gsaddhamma�h
and thus is called �gsaddhamma�g; see, �gSaddhamma Sutta (AN 10.191)
AND Saddhamma Sutta (AN 10.147)�h in the post: �gDasa Akusala/Dasa Kusala – Basis of
Buddha Dhamma�g.
One of the requirements for Sotapanna
phala is �glistening to saddhamma�h by an Ariya or
a Noble person.
o
#19762
Participant
Dearl
all!
I�fd
like to revisit this thread after a few months�f absence. Ever since I had the
fortune of knowing puredhamma.net, I have learned so much, and recently I set
up a self cultivation program to make it more structured:
1)
Learning Dhamma — from puredhamma.net, other books, and listening to desanas
(mostly online, some of which are from Lal).
2) Stay away from dasa akusala the best I can.
3) Perform meritorious deeds (mostly dana)
4) Cultivate anicca sanna as prescribed in some posts here.
I
am wondering if the process works something like this: some day when my mind is
ripe AND I listen to a desana, AND the person giving the desana is an Ariya,
THEN there may be something in that desana that gives me a �gpush�h toward the
sotapanna stage; this would fulfill the element of �glistening to saddhamma�h by
an Ariya.
Is
this how it more or less works?
Thanks!
Lang
o
#19819
Keymaster
Hello
Lang,
Yes.
You are doing the right things. Let us know your progress and if you have
questions on the way.
May
the Blessings of the Triple Gem be with you in your efforts!
o
#19820
Participant
Cubibobi
mentions LISTENING to a desana by an Ariya. This reminds me that Lal said he
would say whether listening is a requirement in attaining the Sotapanna
Stage when he finds that information. Perhaps Lal has since and I missed it?
At
any rate, yes, Cubibobi, for me it has worked like that. Those four. But I
included vimansa (analysis, investigation), mainly as to whether anything in
particular is consistent with the rest of Dhamma.
May you progress on the Path.
o
#19821
Keymaster
�h
whether listening is a requirement in attaining the Sotapanna
Stage.�h
Yes.
It is.
I have mentioned is in a post. I am travelling today.
o
#19824
Participant
Thank
you Lal,
I
will not be addressing anything to you until you say it is ok to do so.
I
wish you a fruitful trip
Metta
Ž„‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚ÌŒ¾‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‰ð•ú‚Ì“¹‹ï‚Æ‚µ‚ăuƒŒƒXáÒ‘z‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒ¾‹y‚µ‚½‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AŽO‹r‚Ì3–{‚Ì‹r‚Ì1‚‚ɂ·‚¬‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒVƒ‰�AƒTƒ}ƒfƒB�Aƒpƒ“ƒi‚Å‚·�B
�usukha vedana�v‚Í�A—Ç‚¢‚Ü‚½‚ÍŠy‚µ‚¢‘̂̊´Šo‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í’¿‚µ‚¢Š´‚¶‚Å‚·�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�ê�‡�A‚ ‚È‚½‚̑̂͑S‘Ì“I‚Å�d‚¢ƒ”ƒF�[ƒ_ƒi‚Å‚¢‚Á‚Ï‚¢‚Å‚·�B
Goenka‚̃{ƒfƒBƒXƒLƒƒƒ“ƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Í�A�i‘O�q‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̊p“x‚©‚ç—ˆ‚é�j‘̂̊´Šo‚ŃAƒjƒbƒN‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�Adukha‚Æanatta‚ªŽÀŒ»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Tilakkhana‚ðŠ®—¹‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚ªƒQ�[ƒJ‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤ƒRƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚ɉˆ‚Á‚Ä�A‚È‚º‚ ‚È‚½‚ª•t‚«�‡‚¢‘±‚¯‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚Í‚±‚Ì•û–@‚Ì—iŒìŽÒ‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Ì‚Å�A‚±‚±‚É‚¢‚Ü‚·�B suttas‚Æabhidhamma‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̂ ‚È‚½‚Ì�à–¾‚Í”ñ�í‚ɈêŠÑ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BáÒ‘z‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à‚Á‚Æ—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚¢‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·
o 2018”N6ŒŽ25“úŒß‘O10Žž59•ª�”16649
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
‚ ‚È‚½‚ÍŒ¾‚Á‚½�F�uGoenka‚̃{ƒfƒBƒXƒLƒƒƒ“ƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Í�A�i‘O�q‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̊p“x‚©‚ç—ˆ‚é�j�g‘ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŽ�‚Âanicca‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邱‚Ƃł ‚è�A‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�Adukha‚Æanatta‚ªŽÀŒ»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Tilakkhana‚ðŠ®—¹‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B�v
‚±‚ꂪŒ®‚Å‚·�B
0. GoenkaƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚²‚Æ‚Éanicca‚Ƃ͂ǂ¤‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·‚©�H–³�í�H
1.�uƒ{ƒfƒBƒXƒLƒƒƒ“�v‚͂ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚ăAƒjƒJ‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽÀŒ»‚·‚é‚̂ł·‚©�H
2018 2018”N6ŒŽ25“úŒßŒã12:15�”16650
lucas.cambon
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í‚¨ŒÝ‚¢‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠð‚µ‚Žv‚¢‚Ü‚·�FD
1. GoenkaƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚²‚Æ‚Éanicca‚Ƃ͂ǂ¤‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·‚©�H–³�í�H
”Þ‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚È•sˆÀ’è‚È‘¶�Ý‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚̂ւ̖ž‘«Š´‚Ì�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢’T‹�‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̕s–ž‘«‚³‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒ¾‹y‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚ׂĂ̕¡�‡“I‚È‚à‚̖̂³‰v�B”ނ͂܂½�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�A‚Ü‚½‚ÍŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð–]‚Ý�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é/ŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚à‚Ì‚ð‹‘”Û‚µ‚ċꂵ‚Ý‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·•û–@‚ðŽw“E‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
2.�uƒ{ƒfƒBƒXƒLƒƒƒ“�v‚͂ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚ăAƒjƒJ‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽÀŒ»‚·‚é‚̂ł·‚©�H
ƒXƒLƒƒƒ“‚ð‰½“x‚àŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éŠÔ�A•ω»‚ÌŒoŒ±‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŠ´Šo‚Ì”�¶‚Æ�Á–Å‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȋ´Šo�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂª“¯‚¶“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é•û–@�B
o 2018”N6ŒŽ25“úŒßŒã1Žž12•ª�”16651
Firewns
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
Œë‰ð‚ð�µ‚«‚½‚‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚Ì‚Å�A“Š�e‚ðçSçO‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
Ž„‚Í�uƒEƒ_ƒ„ƒoƒ„ƒiƒi–‚Í‚¶‚ß‚É�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‹LŽ–‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
ƒ‰ƒ‹‚³‚ñ�Alucas.cambon‚ªŒ¾‹y‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éGoenka‚̃{ƒfƒBƒXƒLƒƒƒ“ƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Í�Aƒpƒ“ƒ`ƒƒƒNƒnƒ“ƒ_‚̃Eƒ_ƒ„ƒ”ƒ@ƒ„ƒiƒi‚Ì�Í”|�A‚‚܂芴Šo‚̃Eƒbƒpƒ_�AƒeƒBƒeƒB�Aƒoƒ“ƒK‚ÌŠÏŽ@‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邯Žv‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�H
‚µ‚©‚µ�Acuiboiboi‚ª�q‚ׂĂ¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�AŽ„‚Í‚±‚ÌŽè–@‚ÉŒx‰ú‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃EƒF�[ƒuƒŒƒbƒg‚Ì”wŒã‚É�uI�v�A�umine�v�A�umyself�v‚ª‚È‚�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Äanattā�i‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�uegolessness�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�j‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚ƂɋC•t‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‹c˜_‚·‚éƒAƒiƒ^‚Ì’è‹`‚Ƃ͑Î�Æ“I‚Å‚·-ŽÀŽ¿‚Ɖ¿’l‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃ̒è‹`�B
ŽÀ‘H‚·‚é‘O‚É�A‚³‚ç‚É’²�¸‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
2018 2018”N6ŒŽ25“úŒßŒã1Žž30•ª�”16652
lucas.cambon
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
Firewns�A‚±‚̃fƒBƒXƒJƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÉŽQ‰Á‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½‚¾‚«‚ ‚肪‚Æ‚¤‚²‚´‚¢‚Ü‚·:)
Ž„‚½‚¿‚ÍŒ¾—t‚É�u‚Ƃǂ܂é�v•K—v‚͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŽw“E‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�A’˜ŽÒ‚ª‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ¾—t‚ɂǂ¤‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ð‚æ‚è�[‚Œ@‚艺‚°‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�uegolessness�v�A�unot-self�v�A�unon-self�v‚È‚Ç�c‚·‚ׂĂ̒˜ŽÒ‚ª‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ¾—t‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚×‚Ä�T�d‚É’²‚ׂê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚·‚ׂ睂¶ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚ ‚è�AŽžŠÔ‚Æ‹óŠÔ‚ð–³��‚ɕۂ‰i‘±“I‚ȃXƒ^ƒ“ƒX‚Ì‘¶�Ý�B
‚·‚ׂĂ̒˜ŽÒ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŒ¾‹y‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì�A�ã�À•”‚Ì“`“�‚Ì‚à‚̂ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒ¾‹y‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
o 2018”N6ŒŽ25“úŒßŒã1Žž34•ª�”16653
Firewns
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
Cuiboiboi‚͂܂½�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�F‚±‚Ì‹Z�p‚ÍáÒ‘zƒIƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg‚Æ‚µ‚Ä•¨—�“I‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ðŽæ‚è‚Ü‚·�B“ª‚Ì�ã�i’¼Œa2ƒCƒ“ƒ`‚̉~‚ÌŽü‚è�j‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚Ä�A‚»‚±‚ÉŠ´Šo‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�BŽŸ‚É�A“Á’è‚Ì�‡�˜‚Å�Aƒp�[ƒc‚²‚Æ‚É�iŠeƒp�[ƒc‚Í–ñ2,3ƒCƒ“ƒ`�j�A’�ˆÓ‚ð�g‘̂̉º‚Ɉړ®‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚ ‚é•”•ª‚ÌŠ´Šo‚É‹C‚¢‚½‚ç�AŽŸ‚Ì•”•ª‚É�i‚Ý�A‚±‚ÌŽŸ‚Ì•”•ª‚łǂ̂悤‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ªŒ»‚ê‚é‚©‚ðŠm”F‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘Ì‚ð‰½“x‚à‰½“x‚àŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�A‘̂̓Á’è‚Ì•”•ª‚É�u‹l‚Ü‚é�v‚±‚ƂȂ�A’ɂ݂ª‚ ‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚±‚É—¯‚Ü‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�BŽŸ‰ñ‚»‚Ì•”•ª‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A‚»‚̒ɂ݂͖{Ž¿“I‚ɉ½‚©‘¼‚Ì‚à‚̂ɕςí‚Á‚½‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
’�ˆÓ‚ª‘̂̂ ‚é•”•ª‚©‚玟‚Ì•”•ª‚ւƈê‹C‚Ɉړ®‚·‚邯‚«�A�S‚ÍŽÀ�Û‚É“Á’è‚Ì�ê�Š‚É‚Æ‚Ç‚Ü‚è�A‚»‚Ì“Á’è‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Å�A‚»‚Ì”�¶‚·‚é—\Šú‚µ‚È‚¢•ω»‚Æ�Á–Å‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚ÈŽžŠÔ‚ðˆÛŽ�‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚©�H‚±‚̂悤‚É’�ˆÓ‚ªŽU‚ç‚΂è�A‚³‚ç‚ɕʂ̊´Šo‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é‘O‚É�A“Á’è‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŒp‘±“I‚ÉŠÏŽ@‚·‚é‹@‰ï‚͂Ȃ¢‚悤‚ÉŽv‚¦‚Ü‚·�B
2018 2018”N6ŒŽ25“ú15:36�”16655
lucas.cambon
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
�u’�ˆÓ‚ª‘̂̂ ‚é•”•ª‚©‚玟‚Ì•”•ª‚ւƈê‹C‚Ɉړ®‚·‚邯‚«�A�S‚ÍŽÀ�Û‚É“Á’è‚Ì�ê�Š‚É‚Æ‚Ç‚Ü‚è�A‚»‚Ì“Á’è‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Å�A‚»‚Ì”�¶‚·‚é—\Šú‚¹‚ʕω»‚Æ�Á–Å‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚ÈŽžŠÔ‚ð•ۂ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚©�H‚±‚̂悤‚É’�ˆÓ‚ªŽU‚ç‚΂è�A‚³‚ç‚ɕʂ̊´Šo‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é‘O‚É�A“Á’è‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŒp‘±“I‚ÉŠÏŽ@‚·‚é‹@‰ï‚͂Ȃ¢‚悤‚ÉŽv‚¦‚Ü‚·�B�v
Š´Šo‚ª”�¶‚µ�A�‚•p“x‚Å�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿
’�ˆÓ—͂̃Œƒxƒ‹‚ª’á‚¢‚Æ�A‘å‚«‚ȕω»‚µ‚©ŒŸ�o‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A•ω»‚͂܂¾‚»‚±‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŽŸ‚ÌŠ´Šo‚É�i‚Þ‘O‚É�”•bŠÔŠÏŽ@‚µ‚½‚É‚à‚©‚©‚í‚炸�A•ω»‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·�W’†‚·‚邿‚¤‚É‚È‚é‚Æ�A�u“¯‚¶�vŠ´�î‚Ì•�‘•‚ª‰ð�œ‚³‚ê�A‚»‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚邿‚葽‚‚̃eƒNƒXƒ`ƒƒ‚ðŒŸ�o‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŽè�‡‚Í�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚ª�uVisuddhiñana-katha�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é“´Ž@‚Ì�i•à‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å‚ ‚éƒoƒ“ƒK‰ðŽU‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯‘z’肳‚ê‚é‚Ü‚Å�A‰½“x‚àŒJ‚è•Ô‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
�c
5.‰ðŽU‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é’mޝ�ibhanga-ñana�j
6.‹°•|‚Ì”Fޝ�ibhayatupatthana-ñana�j
7.ƒ~ƒUƒŠ�[‚Ì’mޝ�iadinava-ñana�j
8.Œ™ˆ«Š´‚Ì’mޝ�iƒjƒrƒ_Œê�j
9.�oŽYŠó–]‚Ì’mޝ�imuncitu-kamyata-ñana�j
10.�ÄŠÏ‘ª‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é’mޝ�ipatisankhanupassana-ñana�j
11.ƒtƒH�[ƒ��[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éŒö•½�«‚Ì’mޝ�isankhar�fupekkha-ñana�j
12.“´Ž@‚ðƒŠ�[ƒh‚·‚é�oŒ»�ivutthanagamini-vipassana-ñana�j
13.“K‰ž‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é’mޝ�ianuloma-ñana�j
14.�¬�n“x‚Ì’mޝ�igotrabhu-ñana�j
15.ƒpƒXƒiƒŒƒbƒW�imagga-ñana�j
16.Œ‹ŽÀ‚Ì’mޝ�iphala-ñana�j
17.ƒŒƒrƒ…�[‚Ì’mޝ�ipaccavekkhana-ñana�j
18.Œ‹ŽÀ‚Ì’B�¬�iphalasamapatti�j
19.‚æ‚è�‚‚¢“¹‚ÆŒ‹ŽÀ
o 2018”N6ŒŽ26“úŒß‘O1Žž25•ª�”16659
ƒgƒrƒAƒXG
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
10“úŠÔ‚̃R�[ƒX‚Å‚Í�A”Þ‚ç‚Í‚æ‚è‘å‚«‚È�¢ŠEŠÏ�A31‚Ì‘¶�Ý–Ê�Aƒpƒ‰ƒ�ƒ�/ƒKƒ“ƒ_ƒo�AƒJƒ“ƒ}‚Ì–@‘¥�AƒTƒ“�A10‚̃Tƒ“ƒˆ�[ƒKƒX�A‚Ü‚½‚̓eƒBƒsƒ^ƒJ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é‚à‚̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă͘b‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�uGoenka-technique�v‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä�A”Þ‚ç‚ÍNibbana‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邯Žå’£‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�isanyoga�j‚Ƃ̌‹�‡‚ð’f‚‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‘å‚«‚È�¢ŠEŠÏ‚âƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ª‰½‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢�l‚Í�A–Ú•W‚ª‰½‚Ȃ̂©�A‚»‚±‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚•û–@‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�uƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN�v‚ÍŠ´Šo‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邾‚¯‚Ȃ̂Å�AƒJƒ„ƒTƒ“ƒi/ƒ”ƒFƒ_ƒi‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŠ´Šo‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚Ä•½�Âł ‚è�Aˆ¤’…‚â‹C‚ðŽU‚ç‚·‚±‚Ƃ͂Ȃ¢‚ÆŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B sansara‚Ìasubha‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̘b‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B“¾‚ç‚ê‚éƒpƒ“ƒi‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘ã‚í‚è‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�g‘̂̊´Šo‚ª”�¶‚µ‚Ä�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚Ì‚Í�A“´Ž@—͂ɕx‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯‘z’肳‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚̂悤‚É”�¶‚µ‚½‚è�A–S‚‚È‚Á‚½‚è‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤�«Ž¿‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�u‘S�¢ŠE�v‚ɂ͌©‚ç‚ꂸ�AƒTƒ“ƒTƒ‰“à‚Ì–³ŒÀ‚ÌŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚É‚àŒ©‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒTƒ“ƒTƒ‰‚̊댯�«‚Æ’E�o‚Ì•K—v�«‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̘b‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ꂪ‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A�S‚̈À‚炬‚𓾂éˆÈŠO‚É�AŽn‚߂铮‹@‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚·‚ׂĂÌditthis‚ªŽc‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ƒR�[ƒX‚Ì2�TŠÔŒã�A–ˆ”ÓáÒ‘z‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A�S‚Í�u’Ê�í‚Ì‹C�°‚炵�v‚É–ß‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�ȂƗF�l‚à“¯‚¶�uƒtƒH�[ƒ‹ƒoƒbƒN�v‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B satara iddhipada‚Í“‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B
2018 2018”N6ŒŽ26“úŒß‘O9Žž55•ª�”16660
lucas.cambon
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
ƒgƒrƒAƒX�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�vŒ£‚ð‚ ‚è‚ª‚Æ‚¤
10“úŠÔ‚̃R�[ƒX‚Í�A•û–@‚ƃpƒX‚Ì�Љî‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�Bˆê“ú‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚É‚Í�AƒSƒGƒ“ƒJ‚É‚æ‚é’k˜b‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B”ނ̓Jƒ}‚Ì–@‘¥�iƒTƒ“ƒJƒ‰ƒX‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�j�AˆË‘¶“I‹NŒ¹�A�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è�i�‚µ�j�A“¹‹Ø‚ÆŒo”ï‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͂Á‚«‚è‚ÆŒê‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�¼—m‚Ì�l�X‚Ƙb‚ð‚·‚é˜_‘ˆ‚̃e�[ƒ}‚Ȃ̂Å�A”Þ‚Í‘¶�Ý‚Ì31‚Ì•½–Ê‚ðŠÈŒ‰‚É�q‚ׂ½‚¾‚¯‚Å‚µ‚½�B
‘¼‚̃R�[ƒX�A’Z‚¢ƒR�[ƒX�Asatipatthana sutta�A20“ú�A30“ú�A45“ú�A60“ú‚𑱂¯‚邯�A’k˜b‚ª•Ï‚í‚è�AƒAƒuƒfƒBƒnƒ“ƒ}‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É�[‚“ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�uƒR�[ƒX‚Ì2�TŠÔŒã�A–ˆ”ÓáÒ‘z‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A�S‚Í�u’Ê�í‚Ì‹C�°‚炵�v‚É–ß‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�ȂƗF�l‚à“¯‚¶�uƒtƒH�[ƒ‹ƒoƒbƒN�v‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B satara iddhipada‚Í“‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B�v
‚±‚ê‚Í�A—˜—p‰Â”\‚È‚·‚ׂẴ�ƒ\ƒbƒh‚Å”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�BáÒ‘zƒZƒ“ƒ^�[‚É‚¢‚é‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶�S‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ðŠ®‘S‚È’¾–Ù‚Å—�‘z“I‚È•µˆÍ‹C‚ňێ�‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚·‚ׂẲú—¥‚ðŠ®‘S‚ɕۂ¿‚Ü‚·�i�u‹U‚̃Xƒs�[ƒ`�v‚ð”j‚é‚͔̂ñ�í‚ÉŠÈ’P‚Å‚·�j
o 2018”N6ŒŽ26“úŒßŒã12Žž30•ª�”16661
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
ƒfƒBƒXƒJƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ɂ͑½‚‚̃Cƒ“ƒvƒbƒg‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚Í‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚ð•ª�Í‚·‚邽‚߂ɕ§–@‚Ì–{Ž¿‚É“ž’B‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Anicca‚Í�A�u‘̂̊´Šo�v‚ðŠÄŽ‹‚·‚邱‚Ƃŗ�‰ð‚ð�[‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É‹@”\‚·‚é‚©�iƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É‹@”\‚·‚é‚©�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̔Fޝ‚ð•Ï‚¦‚邱‚Æ�A‚¨‚æ‚ÑŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�B
•§‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶•¨‚Í�Ä�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɕ‚¶�ž‚ß‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�oŽY‚̂قƂñ‚ǂ͋ꂵ‚݂Ŗž‚½‚³‚ꂽ—̈æ‚É‚ ‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�B‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ẵpƒ“ƒi�i’mŒb�j‚ðˆç�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�Ä�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ•§‘É‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�¡“ú‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A•§‚ª‘̂̒ɂÝ�AŽ€–S�A‚¯‚ª‚Ȃǂ̂½‚߂Ɋ´‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚édukha vedana‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Ƃɂ‚¢‚Ä‹³‚¦‚½‚Æ�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·
‚±‚ꂪ�AŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚âGoenka‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚̂悤‚ȃeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ª‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚ɃAƒs�[ƒ‹‚·‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚ȃeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ðŽg—p‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A“÷‘Ì“I‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�¸�_“I‚Ȋɘa‚ª’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û�Aˆê•”‚̓Wƒƒƒi‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚³‚¦‚Å‚«�A‚»‚ê‚©‚ç”Þ‚ç‚Í•§‚Ì�^‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð�^Œ•‚É�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚³‚¦•s‰Â”\‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í�uˆêŽž“I‚ȃIƒAƒVƒX�v‚ɕ‚¶�ž‚ß‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
�Å�I“I‚É�ANibbana‚Í�A
•œŠˆ‚̉ߒö‚ł̕sŽÀ‚Ɗ댯‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B�lŠÔ�AƒfƒB�[ƒ”ƒ@�A‚Ü‚½‚̓uƒ‰ƒtƒ}‚̗̈æ‚Å‚ ‚é31‚̗̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚É‚à”ð“ï�Š‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B anicca‚Ì1‚‚̃o�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Å�K‚¹‚ð‹�‚߂Ă¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚Í�A‰i‘±“I‚È�K‚¹‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚³‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚Þ‚µ‚ë�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�s“®‚Í�A’Ê�í‚Ì�lŠÔ‚ª—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚³‚¦‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�Å—D�掖�€‚Í�A“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚ðŠÜ‚ÞƒAƒpƒ„�i�Å‚à’á‚¢4‚‚̗̈æ�j‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ꂪ‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª�Å‚à‚Ђǂ¢‚Æ‚±‚ë‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�Å�‰‚ɃAƒpƒ„‚Å1�l‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BƒAƒpƒ„‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚錴ˆö‚Æ�ðŒ�‚ð�Ý’è‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚È�sˆ×�A�s“®�AŽv�l‚Å‚·‚©�H
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AƒAƒjƒbƒJ‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽÀŒ»‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì1‚‚Ì�d—v‚È‘¤–Ê‚Í�Aƒpƒ`ƒbƒJƒTƒ}ƒbƒp�iƒpƒeƒBƒCƒbƒJ‚ªƒTƒ}ƒEƒbƒp‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é�j‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B �uPaticcaSamuppāda–�g Pati + ichcha�h +�h Sama +uppāda�h�v‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚»‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì‘¼‚Ì“Š�e‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
�l�X‚ªˆêŽž“I‚ÈŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ð‹�‚߂邯‚«�A”Þ‚ç‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚𓾂邽‚߂ɕs“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×�ipapa kamma‚Ü‚½‚Íapunnabhisankhara�j‚ð‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AƒŒƒCƒv‚ð”Æ‚µ‚Ä�«“I–ž‘«‚𓾂邽‚߂ɒZŽžŠÔ‚Å�ς܂¹‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Í‘z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é‚Ù‚ÇŒµ‚µ‚¢‚à‚̂ł·�B‚±‚̂悤‚ÈIMMORALƒAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Í“®•¨‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�s‚í‚ê‚邽‚ß�A�u“®•¨‚̃Kƒ`�v‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�u“®•¨‚̃Kƒ`�v‚Ɉ¤’…‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚炪�D‚«‚Å‚ ‚邽‚ß�iƒpƒeƒBƒCƒbƒJ�j�A‚»‚ê‚Í“¯—l‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Ì’a�¶�iƒTƒ}ƒEƒbƒpƒ_�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪŠî–{“I‚È�l‚¦•û‚Å‚ ‚è�A�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍPaticca Samuppada‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð“ǂނ±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B �i�ugati�v‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚铊�e‚ÍŒŸ�õƒ{ƒbƒNƒX‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚ÄŒ©‚‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�ugathi�v‚ƒԂ邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j�B
‚±‚±‚ł̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚ȋɒ[‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тւ̊‰–]‚ª�A”ñ�í‚ÉŒµ‚µ‚¢‹ê‚µ‚݂𔺂¤�«—ˆ‚Ì�Ä�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BŒ‹‰Ê‚Í�l‚Ì—~–]‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŒˆ’肳‚ê‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚é�l‚Ì�s“®�iKAMMA�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŒˆ’肳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‹ê‚µ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚»‚̂悤‚È�uˆ«‚¢�s“®�v‚Í10‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚̓_ƒT�EƒAƒNƒTƒ‰‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�uƒ_ƒT�EƒAƒNƒTƒ‰/ƒ_ƒT�EƒNƒTƒ‰–•§–@‚ÌŠî‘b�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚Ì“_‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A‚à‚¤1‚‚̗á‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚Ý‚Ü‚µ‚傤�BŽ©•ª‚Ì�Š—L•¨�i‚¨‹à�A�àŽY�A”z‹ôŽÒ‚È‚Ç�j‚ðŽæ“¾‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A•ʂ̒j�«‚ðŽE‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚Ì�sˆ×‚Ì–Ú“I‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚ð‚æ‚è—Ç‚‚·‚邱‚Æ�A‚‚܂è�uicca�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u—~–]�v‚Å‚·�B�l‚Í�A‚±‚ÌŽEŠQ‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŽ©•ª‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚ð‚æ‚è—Ç‚‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð–]‚Þ‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]�i�uicca�v�j‚É�u‘©”›�v�i�upati�v�j‚µ�A‚»‚Ì–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɉ½ƒ–ŒŽ‚àŒv‰æ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚³‚¦‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A’·Šú“I‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê‚̓jƒ‰ƒ„�i�Å’á‚̗̈æ�j‚Ì’a�¶‚Å‚ ‚è�A‹ê‚µ‚݂͉½•S–œ”N‚à‘±‚‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i�uƒTƒ}ƒEƒbƒpƒ_�v‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚ÌŽEŠQ‚ª�ň«‚̃_ƒTƒAƒNƒTƒ‰‚Ì1‚‚ł ‚è�A‚É‚ç‚â’n�–‚Ì–¢—ˆ‚Ì’a�¶‚Å‚·�j�B‚±‚ê‚Í‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚¢ƒ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å‚·�iŒ‹‰Ê‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚ÉŒµ‚µ‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚©�j‚ª�A•§‚ª‹³‚¦‚½�^‚Ì�ƒ�ˆ‚È–@‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�S‚ð�´‚߂邯–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�d—v‚È“_‚Í�Adasa akusala‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‚·‚ׂẴAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ª�A‘z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚邿‚¤‚ȉß�“‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚‚܂è�A�uŽ©•ª‚ÌŠú‘҂ɉž‚¦‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B�ã‹L‚Ì2‚‚Íanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚̋ɒ[‚È—á‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚±‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bƒ�ƒCƒ“‚̃AƒCƒfƒA‚ªŒ©‚â‚·‚¢‚Å‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A“�‚Þ�A‚¤‚킳˜b‚Ȃǂ̂æ‚è�‚È‚¢�s“®‚̈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚É‹C‚«Žn‚߂܂·�B
‚±‚̂悤‚È�uЉ–]‚̒Ⴓ�v‚ÉŽ·’…‚·‚邱‚ÌŠî–{“I‚È•—Ž×‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A�S‚Í‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦‚ðŽ©“®“I‚É‹‘”Û‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂Ƃ«�Aƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒi‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ�AƒAƒpƒ„‚Å‚Ì�oŽY‚ª‰i‰“‚ɂȂ‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂Ƃ«�A�l‚̓AƒjƒbƒJ‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ÌŠî–{“I‚È�l‚¦‚©‚çƒm�[ƒuƒ‹ƒpƒX‚ðŠJŽn‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ŽŸ‚Ì’iŠK‚Í�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚銴Šo‚̉õŠy‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽÀŒ»‚·‚邱‚Ƃł ‚è�A‚»‚ꂪ�â“c�_‚ƃAƒiƒKƒ~‚Ì’iŠK‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Í•�’Ê‚Ì�lŠÔ‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‘z‘œ‚à‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł ‚è�A�Å�‰‚Í‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚·‚ׂ«‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�Å‚à�[‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚ÌaniccaŽ©‘R‚Í�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒg‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂ݎÀŒ»‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚±‚Å‚Í�A‚æ‚è�‚‚¢ƒuƒ‰ƒtƒ}‚̗̈æ‚Å‚³‚¦�AŽÀ‚è‚̂Ȃ³‚âŠëŒ¯‚ð–Ú‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ƒTƒCƒg‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚É‘½‚‚Ì“Š�e‚ª‚ ‚è�Aanicca‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚邳‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃ^ƒCƒv‚Ì•ª�Í‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bƒ�ƒCƒ“ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Í�uAnicca�ADukkha�AAnatta�v‚Å‚·�B
‹»–¡‚Ì‚ ‚é•û‚Í�AƒTƒCƒgƒ}ƒbƒv‚ðƒXƒLƒƒƒ“‚µ‚Ä�A�uƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒiƒXƒe�[ƒW�v‚Ȃǂ̋»–¡‚Ì‚ ‚éƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð’ʉ߂ł«‚Ü‚·�B
‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�AˆêŽž“I‚ȈÀ‚炬‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·áÒ‘z‹Z–@‚ð�^‚É•]‰¿‚·‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�A‚Ü‚¸•§‘É‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤�d—v‚È“_‚𖾊m‚É‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�q‚Ë‚é�d—v‚ÈŽ¿–â‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ªanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Ì�^‚Ì—�‰ð‚ɂǂ̂悤‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�AŽŸ‚É�u‹ê‚µ‚݂̒âŽ~�v‚ÆNibbana‚Ì’B�¬‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚©‚Å‚·�B
ƒSƒGƒ“ƒJ‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ª‚»‚¤‚¾‚ÆŽv‚¤‚È‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚Í–â‘è‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bˆê�lˆê�l‚ª‚»‚̂悤‚È�d—v‚È–â‘è‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä”Þ/”Þ�—‚ÌŒˆ’è‚ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
o 2018”N6ŒŽ26“úŒßŒã12Žž49•ª�”16662
ƒgƒrƒAƒXG
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚̓‹�[ƒJƒX�A
ƒSƒGƒ“ƒJ‹Z–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�F�X‚Ȉӌ©ŒðŠ·‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯Žv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚͉½‚ð�•‚¯‚Ü‚·‚©�Hƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚Ö‚Ì�i•à‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½�ê�‡‚Ì‚Ý�A‚»‚ê‚Í–ð‚É—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ªŠm”F‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B
ƒ‰ƒ‹ƒX‚̃EƒFƒuƒTƒCƒg‚ðŽn‚ß‚½‚Æ‚«
ly‚Í�i•à‚µ�Asatara
iddhipada‚Í�í‚É“‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�¡“ú‚Å‚à�uŒÃ‚¢�v“Š�e‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å�AˆÈ‘O‚Í”cˆ¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚©‚Á‚½�V‚µ‚¢�Ú�×‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B–ˆ“úŽ„‚̓_ƒ“ƒ}‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚Í•§‹³‚Ì‹³‚¦‚É�]‚Á‚Ä–{“–‚̃oƒoƒi‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�ANibbana‚ðŽæ“¾‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚Ȏ擾‚³‚ê‚éƒpƒ“ƒi‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ‚·‚ׂĂł·�BŽ„‚Í‚»‚̂悤‚ȈÀ�SŠ´‚Å‚ ‚é�‚ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ìniramisa sukha‚Ü‚½‚Ínivana‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í–{“–‚Ì—�‰ð‚©‚ç—ˆ‚Ä�A‘½‚‚Ì“w—Í‚ð•K—v‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i�‚È‚‚Æ‚àŽ„‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚Í�j�B‚Ü‚½�AáÒ‘z‚Ì‚½‚߂ɖˆ“ú�À‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚É‚©‚©‚í‚炸�A‚±‚Ìniramisa sukha‚Í�Á‚¦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ÌŽÀ‚è‚̂Ȃ¢ŠëŒ¯‚È�«Ž¿‚ð�^‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‰i‰“‚¾‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�BƒSƒGƒ“ƒJƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ʼn½‚©‚ð�¬‚µ�‹‚°‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯д‚¶‚½‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
o 2018”N7ŒŽ5“úŒß‘O2Žž24•ª�”16725
ƒAƒNƒ”ƒ@ƒ“
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚Í�A‚Ý‚ñ‚È�A
‚È‚ºƒSƒGƒ“ƒJ‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ªƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚ç‚È‚¢‚Ì‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̎¿–₪‚ ‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÍŽ„‚Ì�l‚¦‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éáÒ‘zŽè–@‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�iGoenka‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚¾‚¯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�B
Nibbana‚Í�AƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€ƒGƒ“ƒgƒŠ/ƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚©‚çŠJŽn‚·‚é’iŠK“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�Bƒ\ƒbƒ^ƒiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Í�AƒTƒ_�[ƒ}�iƒTƒ_�[ƒ}ƒVƒ…ƒ‰ƒ”ƒ@ƒiƒ„�j‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂ݒB�¬‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚Í�AƒXƒbƒ^‚©‚ç–¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ìsa-dhamma‚Í�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚àƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒiƒXƒe�[ƒW�Akalyana mitta‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�à–¾‚³‚ê‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒi’iŠK‚ÍáÒ‘z‚ł͒B�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
ƒjƒoƒi‚𓱂•û–@‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡�AŽ©•ª‚ŃT�Eƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é”\—Í‚ª‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�AƒT�Eƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A’N‚©‚ªáÒ‘z‚ð’Ê‚¶‚ă\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠú‘Ò‚·‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚Í‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AáÒ‘z‚݂̂Ɉˑ¶‚·‚éƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚Å‚Í�Aƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒi’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
o 2018”N7ŒŽ5“úŒß‘O5Žž42•ª�”16727
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
ƒAƒNƒ”ƒ@ƒ“�EƒTƒfƒB�F�uƒjƒoƒi‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é•û–@‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡�AŽ©•ª‚ŃT�Eƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é”\—Í‚ª‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Å�AƒT�Eƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�c�v�B
‚»‚ê‚Í�³‚µ‚¢‚Å‚·�B
�usa-dhamma�v‚ÍŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�usath-dhamma�v�i‚Ü‚½‚Í�³‚µ‚¢dhamma�j‚Å‚ ‚è�A�usaddhamma�v‚ƉC‚𓥂ނ½‚ß�A�usaddhamma�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‹LŽ–‚Ì�uSaddhamma Sutta�iAN 10.191�jAND Saddhamma Sutta�iAN 10.147�j�v�F�uDasa Akusala / Dasa Kusala – Buddha Dhamma‚ÌŠî‘b�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
ƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒiƒtƒ@ƒ‰‚Ì—vŒ�‚Ì1‚‚Í�AAriya‚Ü‚½‚Í�‚‹M‚È�l‚É‚æ‚é�usaddhamma‚ð•·‚�v‚±‚Ƃł·�B
o 2018”N11ŒŽ16“úŒßŒã7Žž17•ª�”19762
ƒLƒ…�[ƒrƒ{ƒr
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
�eˆ¤‚Ȃ邷‚ׂÄ�I
�”‚©ŒŽŒã‚É‚±‚̃XƒŒƒbƒh‚ð�Ä–K‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B puredhamma.net‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‰^‚ª—Ç‚©‚Á‚½‚Ì‚Å�AŽ„‚Í‘½‚‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðŠw‚т܂µ‚½�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�Å‹ß�A‚»‚ê‚ð‚æ‚è�\‘¢‰»‚·‚邽‚߂Ɏ©ŒÈŒ[”ƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚ð—§‚¿�ã‚°‚Ü‚µ‚½�F
1�jDhamma‚ÌŠw�K— puredhamma.net‚⑼‚Ì–{‚©‚ç�A‚»‚µ‚Ädesanas�i‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚ªƒIƒ“ƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚Å�Aˆê•”‚ÍLal‚©‚ç‚Ì‚à‚Ì�j‚ð•·‚‚±‚Æ�B
2�j‚Å‚«‚邾‚¯ƒ_ƒTƒAƒNƒTƒ‰‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
3�jŒ÷�т̂ ‚é�sˆ×‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚é�iŽå‚Ƀ_ƒi�j
4�j‚±‚±‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì“Š�e‚Å‹K’肳‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚Éanicca sanna‚ð�Í”|‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ªŽŸ‚̂悤‚É‹@”\‚·‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‹^–â‚ÉŽv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚é“ú�AŽ„‚Ì�S‚ª�n‚µ�Adesana‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä�Adesana‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚é�l‚ªAriya‚Å‚ ‚邯‚«�A‚»‚Ìdesana‚É�uƒvƒbƒVƒ…�v‚ð—^‚¦‚鉽‚©‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒi’iŠK‚ÉŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä;‚±‚ê‚Í�AAriya‚É‚æ‚é�usaddhamma‚ð•·‚�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤—v‘f‚ð–ž‚½‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚͂ǂ̂悤‚É‹@”\‚·‚é‚̂ł·‚©�H
‚ ‚肪‚Æ‚¤�I
ƒ‰ƒ“ƒO
o 2018”N11ŒŽ17“úŒß‘O6Žž50•ª�”19819
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚̓‰ƒ“ƒO�A
‚Í‚¢�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�³‚µ‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�i’»�󋵂Æ�AŽ¿–₪‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚Í‚¨’m‚点‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
ŽO�d‚Ì•ó�΂Ì�j•Ÿ‚ª‚ ‚È‚½‚ƈê��‚É‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì“w—͂̒†‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�I
o 2018”N11ŒŽ17“úŒß‘O7Žž48•ª�”19820
‚È‚¢‚æ
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
Cubibobi‚Í�AAriya‚ªdesana‚ð•·‚‚±‚Ƃɂ‚¢‚ÄŒ¾‹y‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Aƒ‰ƒ‹‚ªƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒi‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɕ·‚‚±‚Æ‚ª•K�{‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©”Þ‚ªŒ¾‚¤‚¾‚낤‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚½‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ„‚ÉŽv‚¢�o‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·
”Þ‚ª‚»‚Ì�î•ñ‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚½’iŠK�B‚¨‚»‚炃‰ƒ‹‚Í‚»‚êˆÈ—ˆ�AŽ„‚Í‚»‚ê‚𓦂µ‚½‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H
‚Ƃɂ©‚�A‚Í‚¢�ACubibobi�AŽ„‚ɂƂÁ‚Ă͂»‚̂悤‚É‹@”\‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚Â�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A“Á‚ɉ½‚©‚ª‘¼‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚ƈê’v‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�AŽå‚Évimansa�i•ª�Í�A’²�¸�j‚ðŠÜ‚߂܂µ‚½�B
‚ ‚È‚½‚Í“¹‚ð�i‚݂܂·�B
o 2018”N11ŒŽ17“úŒß‘O8Žž28•ª�”19821
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
�u•·‚‚±‚Ƃ̓\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒi‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̗vŒ�‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©
ƒXƒe�[ƒW�B"
‚Í‚¢�B‚»‚¤‚Å‚·�B
Ž„‚Í“Š�e‚É‚ ‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�BŽ„‚Í�¡“ú—·�s‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
o 2018”N11ŒŽ17“úŒß‘O11Žž18•ª�”19824
‚È‚¢‚æ
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
ƒ‰ƒ‹‚³‚ñ�A‚ ‚肪‚Æ‚¤
‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‚»‚¤‚µ‚Ä‚à‚¢‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚¤‚Ü‚Å�AŽ„‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚ɉ½‚à‘Î�ˆ‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
ŽÀ‚è‚ ‚邲—·�s‚ð‚¨‹F‚肵‚Ä‚¨‚è‚Ü‚·
ƒ�ƒbƒ^
o
#20742
Participant
Hello
everyone!
I
went to one of the Goenka�fs retreats this summer and tried to follow all the
instructions to the best of my ability, even though I read this thread right
before going there, which made me skeptical about the advantages of this
meditation. Even though I found Lal�fs words pretty convincing, I still decided
to give it a shot since I was already going there.
So
while meditating in the hall, I eventually reached a state of deeper
concentration, which is referred to by Goenka as �gbhavanga�h. I read a post here
on �gbhavanga citta�f and as I understood it, It�fs a �gmindset�h free of any
thoughts, where there is no processing of sense input. But the �gbhavanga�h state
Goenka was talking about is different – it�fs a state of mind when one can feel
subtle sensations all over the body�C something like an energy flow. In my case that was similar to waves
of small particles rushing through my whole body in a way that I couldn�ft even
discern my body parts, I was just a heap of waves and vibrations. Does it have
anything to do with the jhanic states?
Now,
this feeling is being described as �gpleasurable�h and �gdesirable�h by others,
including Goenka. So many people get stuck in their practice, trying to get
this feeling again. But for me, both times I experienced it, I was pretty much
overwhelmed and it started so suddenly that I kind of freaked out. My heart
rate increased and I couldn�ft help but gasped, therefore leaving that state.
I
wonder if anyone else experienced any fear or panic when mediating. What�fs the
reason for that? I used to have a period of time when I was dealing with mild
anxiety episodes back in the days just before the retreat, but those gradually
became less and less frequent and I don�ft have them now. So I think that in my
case, the anxiety I had back then caused my fear of that �gbhavanga�h state. But
I also believe that I�fve always been like this – freaking out when there�fs
something unpredictable or/and uncomfortable happening with my body. Something
I would describe as �gfear of loosing control over my body�h.
I
stopped following Goenka�fs technique after maybe 2 weeks of practicing it at
home and started contemplating on the three seals and other dhamma concepts.
It�fs hard to point the mind to the right direction and sometimes I feel like I
don�ft know what to think next and it seems like I�fm forcing myself to review a
paragraph from a book I read and now have to make a summary in my head, but
sometimes there are moments when I naturally �gstick�h to some topic and it�fs
relatively easy to contemplate and to make parallels with my life. In general,
it�fs much easier to get in a concentrated state when I�fm doing a Kasina
mediation, but everything I really learned and understood about Buddha Dhamma
came to me when I was contemplating on those concepts or doing real Anapana
throughout my day.
o
#20777
Keymaster
Hello
Nikita! Welcome to the forum!
Those
�gbodily feelings�h are nothing to worry about. They could be related to jhanas
too.
Yes.
Even breath meditation or mundane kasina mediation can easily get one to
experience such things (including jhana), especially if one had cultivated
jhanas in recent previous lives as a human.
– Then one could have even been born in a brahma realm, and may have come back
to the human realm.
As we know one can be born (jati) as a human many
times within a given human existence (bhava): �gBhava and Jāti – States of
Existence and Births Therein�g.
So,
those who had cultivated (anariya) jhana in the recent past may easily
experience such �gbodily feelings�h or even jhana. It is those who also can
easily experience �gout-of-body�h experiences where the �gmental body�h (gandhabba)
can come out. Those who can do �gastral travel�h do that by coming out of the
physical body with the gandhabba.
However, those previous jhana experiences are NOT
likely to be Ariya jhanas. If they were one would not be coming back to the
human realm or even deva realms. That is because one�fs kama raga would have
been REMOVED; see, �gMundane versus Supramundane Jhāna�g.
In
any case, Nikita is on the right track. As he says, one should not be satisfied
(complacent) with any jhanic experiences. Those are temporary. We all had
cultivated not only jhanas, but also supernormal (iddhi) powers in our deep
past.
I
always point out to the fact that Devadatta had cultivated jhanas and iddhi
powers, but he lost all that and born in an apaya.
– On the other hand, being able to get to any jhana is a good thing (and may
not be easy for some). That means one is able to at least suppress kama raga
temporarily, and thus get to a better state of mind.
– However, it is not necessary to cultivate jhana in order to attain magga
phala.
o
#20899
Participant
Hi
Nikita,
The
experience you described is referred to in the Goenka�fs tradition as bhanga
(dissolution), NOT the bhavanga (dormant state of the mind) as explained in
abhidhamma.
I
never experienced bhanga when I used to practice in this way, but I read extensively
about the �gstations�h in the Goenka�fs technique. You�fre right that it�fs not
something to crave for, but it is also recognized as an important �gstation�h,
because it means that the mind is sharp enough to experience such subtle
vibration.
Recall
that this technique takes bodily sensations (representing vedana) as the main
object of observation. It starts with the breath just to sharpen the mind for
this task, and as the mind is sharp enough it can perceive sensations arising
and passing rapidly.
Also,
�ganicca�h in this tradition means the arising and passing of sensations, and so
bhanga is an important stage because the mind is perceiving this
arising/passing at a very subtle level.
I
know nothing by experience about kasina, jhana. I just want to point out the
bhanga/bhavanga distinction.
Best,
Lang
o
#21025
Participant
Hi,
We�fve
had quite an extensive discussion about Goenka�fs technique, but I just read
Lal�fs wonderful post about vēdanā and would like to add a little more. The post
is in the �gLiving Dhamma�h section:
https://puredhamma.net/living-dhamma/what-is-vedana-feelings/vedana-what-it-really-means/
Jumping
right to the end of the post, Lal summarized vēdanānupassanā as:
•
vipāka vēdanā needs to be experienced with upekkha.
• Samphassa jā vēdanā are the ones to be stopped.
• Nirāmisa vēdanā are the ones to be cultivated.
The
first bullet practically describes the whole Goenka�fs technique.
The
technique does not work with Samphassa jā vēdanā because they are considered to
be �greflected�h in vipāka vēdanā (2 sides of the same coin). To experience
vipāka vēdanā with upekkha is to indirectly experience Samphassa jā vēdanā with
upekkha.
Nirāmisa
vēdanā are not considered at all. Based on my understanding of this technique,
here�fs my speculation: all of vēdanā is to be transcended. Vipāka vēdanā, gross
and subtle (such as bhanga described by Nikita) arise and pass away, and seeing
this fully is seeing anicca. And transcending vēdanā (arising/passing) is to
see nibbana (non arising / non passing). Saying this is somewhat like saying to
get rid of all vēdanā (as Lal pointed out in the post that some people believe
this), I think.
Finally,
one question about the post: what about vēdanā arising from mind input? Does it
also start as upekkha vēdanā, and then (for a normal human) turn automatically
into dōmanassa or sōmanassa vēdanā?
Thank
you!
Lang
o
#21038
Keymaster
Lang
said: �gFinally, one question about the post: what about vēdanā arising from
mind input? Does it also start as upekkha vēdanā, and then (for a normal human)
turn automatically into dōmanassa or sōmanassa vēdanā?�h.
Yes.
– But it needs to be kept in mind that we will not be able to discern the
�ginitial upekkha vedana�h in any of these. The follow-up with �gsamphassa ja
vedana�h happens within a split second (based on our gathi). We do not have any
control over that.
– What we can do is to change our gathi over time. Then with time, �gsamphassa
ja vedana�h will diminish.
o
#21430

Hello
all! This is my first post on this site, which I found quite recently while
attempting to make sense of my own experiences/ insights in meditation
practice. I have a view of the utility of the Goenka technique, which I think
might be useful, so I�fm offering it here for consideration:
The
final aim of Buddha Dhamma is to help sentient beings achieve liberation from
Suffering (Nibbana). The Buddha himself achieved this using Ariya Anapanasati-
glimpses of which can be found throughout the suttas, and which has been very
correctly elucidated on this site.
The key to achieving Nibbana is the supramundane realization of the four Noble
Truths- the key to that goal is the experiential understanding of Anicca,
Anatta, Dukkha.. realizing that Dukkha occurs because of Craving/Attachment and
the further realization that these attachments are nothing other than deep
rooted habit patterns (I call them Automatic Scripts, using a computer
analogy), that these habit patterns are formed due to the risk/reward
evaluation function hardwired into minds�c and the even deeper realization that
these habits are not just formed due to our experience in this lifetime- many
are already �eon board�f due to past lives (?for want of any better explanation
and based on data reported and confirmed by many others). By consciously being
Mindful we can see many of these habit patterns at work in daily life in real
time- sometimes they can be interrupted with ease, at other times stopping/
replacing the automatic script requires much work. One must however be kind to
oneself on this journey, otherwise it is easy to degenerate back into the
unconscious craving pattern we seek escape from in the first place.
Though this is the path to Nibbana, as I understand it- entering the path is
impossible without that �efirst taste�f- the experiential realization of
Anicca/Anatta/Dukkha and the Paticca Samuppada.
This �estream entry�f phenomenon of seeing the Dhamma for the first time can
occur in a multitude of ways- through enquiry, faith or just plain dumb luck.
As Ananda said, it is surprising how something so simple and ever present can
remain hidden. Just observe your own experience in the supermarket checkout
line – can you be sure that you have chosen the fastest line? Having chosen
what appears to be the fastest line, aren�ft you helpless in ensuring that it
maintains its speed? Do you suffer when the inevitable hold up occurs and you are
delayed? Anicca, Anatta, Dukkha – right there!
The Buddha himself tried many different ways to achieve this entry point
breakthrough in his disciples. Some of these efforts did not go quite as
planned, even in his time (eg Contemplation of the Foulness of the body .. a
large number of monks committed suicide while the Buddha was in retreat after
that teaching as described in the Vinaya). Other methods such as the
Bramhavihara and other contemplations, Dhutanga practices etc may also work on
occasion. Basically, a large number of methods exist, which one will work
depends on the particular personality type.
The Goenka technique is basically meant to provide this initial breakthrough in
as short a time as possible. It seeks to �ebrute force�f the mind into the
realization of the 3 characteristics in an intensive 10 day all out boot camp.
It works for many, though as correctly pointed out above, the �ehard reset�f
can�ft be sustained without further work on Sila, Samadhi and Pannya.
As an aside, many may have read �gMan�fs Search for Meaning�h by Viktor E Frankl,
a Jew holocaust survivor who has recounted his experience of Auschwitz. He
clearly describes how at the end of a period of unimaginable suffering his mind
suddenly �elet go�f and found release. Nothing in his situation changed, but he
found that he had transcended his suffering.. he could look on events with an
equanimous mind, even feeling nothing but a metta like compassion for his
guards and fellow inmates.
This is the kind of �estream entry�f / realization that humans have mistakenly
sought to achieve through the most brutal self-torture for centuries. The
Buddha�fs genius lies in describing to us that �emiddle way�f method of achieving
that same experience of release, and even more besides in a gradual training which
brings lasting results.
Yet what works for one need not work for all – may all beings find deliverance!
o
#21433
Participant
Hello
everyone!
I would like to add something in order to throw a bit of �glight�h into this
theme of Enlightenment, specifically in the first stage of Sotapana (stream
entry).
The attainment of this stage is marked by the first sight/experience of the
uncondition element (Nibbāna). It is not a �grandom momentary trascendental
realization of our conditions and role in the cosmos�h but something very
technical. Like the Physical world that has very precisely mathematical laws,
the Reality of Mind possesses the same characteristics. It can be precisely
described, and the path to liberation is a very technical one indeed (although
subject to some little variations depending on the individual conditions).
In order to enter the Stream one MUST experience Nibbana, going beyond mind and
matter and entering in the state of Nirodha where all the senses (including the
mind) stop working. Maybe this last only a second (could be much more) but is
enough potent to completely change the mind of the meditator.
This experience is equally speaking to the Dispelling of All doubts about the
Buddha, the Dhamma and the Sangha because now the person knows by DIRECT
EXPERIENCE that what the buddha tought is true (crucial point) and can never
follow another spiritual master. Until that moment faith played a very
important roll that now is no more necessary. The meditator is his own teacher.
He/she knows perfectly which is the path and which is not. He/she understands
that no rite or ritual neither stict adhesion to moral discipline can help him
towards the final goal. Only the intensive practise of meditation can do it. No
more intellectual games, no more deception.
May
all have the chance to experience such a blissful state in this very life.
May all beings be happy, be peaceful, be liberated
�˜
#21434
Participant
�gIn
order to enter the Stream one MUST experience Nibbana, going beyond mind and
matter and entering in the state of Nirodha where all the senses (including the
mind) stop working.�h
I
thought only Anagamis and Arahant could achieve that. Never knew to attain
stream entry requires such a high standard of achievement.
o
#21436
Keymaster
Welcome
to the forum, lucas.cambon!
Different people �gsee�h Nibbana differently. But I am
a bit puzzled by: �g�gIn order to enter the Stream one MUST experience Nibbana,
going beyond mind and matter and entering in the state of Nirodha where all
the senses (including the mind) stop working.�h
Is
that something that you experienced or what you think it should be? If it a
personal experience, it would be beneficial for others if you can describe what
that experience was like.
Dukkha nirodha is �gstopping future suffering�h.
– Nirōdha comes
from �gnir�h + �gudā�g, where �gnir�h meaning stop and �gudā�h
is arising.
– Nirōdha could
also mean, �gni�h + �grōdha�h where �gni�h again is stop and �grōdha�h
refers to �gwheel�h or �gwheeling�h referring to samsāric journey.
At
the first stage of Nibbana (Sotapanna), one �gsees�h why Nibbana should be
realized (that repeated birth in the 31 realms is filled with suffering much
more than temporary occasions of happiness) AND how that can be realized. It is
like seeing �gthe path�h to get to the destination (Nibbana or Arahanthood).
– In a mundane sense it is like �gseeing�h how 3 plus 5 is 8, without having to
count with fingers. One just realizes the anicca nature of this world: That one
can never maintain anything to one�fs satisfaction.
Now
one may start feeling bodily sensations on the way to get that moment or even
after that phala moment.
– That is associated with getting to samadhi and in some cases jhana.
All senses stop working only in nirōdha samāpatti, which can be
attained only after getting to at least the Anagami stage AND after cultivating
all the Ariya jhanas.
o
#21450
Participant
I
would need to speak to Buddha about it if I�fm right or wrong but this is how it
is related to my experience and experience of others I�fm trying to guide into
Nibbana.
The
first entry of Nibbana can be very potent before it stabilizes itself as
Sotapanna, Sakadagami etc. One person can have so strong samadhi that it can
actually make one think that one attain a higher stage of what he really
attained. To take the example of suttas see how many Sotapannas have different
reactions in relation to stream entry. Sariputta saw �gDeathless�h when encountering
first stream-entry, he would recognize it quickly or had very strong experience
while others can�ft deny the truth of Nibbana and Buddha teachings but they
experience is not that deep or intense as some of the others.
My
idea behind it (which I would like to ask Buddha as this is just in terms of
simple observation) I personally had very strong �ghunger�h for Nibbana without
really knowing what exactly I was looking for before I found it. Imagine this
like eating different things but it does not really feel like it satisfies you,
you can feel you eaten but it�fs not just �git�h. People who happen to have some
spark or possibility to attain Nibbana but do not have that �gfire�h or �ghunger�h
I see tends to experience Nibbana rather slowly or like Lal explained in his
post that sometimes it takes weeks before one sees it. If the pressure is
strong and a person is looking for Nibbana without even knowing what exactly he
is looking for I think he can expect very good �gexperience�h of Nibbana even
before attain Anagami or Arahant stage. A person who is just �ginterested�h or
�gcurious�h would rather have small or almost to none experience beside clarity
of insight into Nibbana.
o
#21466
Participant
The
type of Nirodha is �gPhalasamapatti�h. I misunderstood the use of the word
�gNirodha�h. I willed to use it as �gcessation�h. Anyway, the important issue here
is the following:
The path to Sotappana
0.
The
meditator undertakes the practice of morality, specifically guarding the mind
from unwholesomeness (sīlavisuddhi)
1.
Guarding
the mind, the meditator cultivates focus, gaining clarity of mind based on the
objects of experience (cittavisuddhi)
2.
Having
a clear mind, the meditator cultivates an understanding of the nature of
experience as composed of impersonal physical and mental constituents (diṭṭhivisuddhi)
3.
Observing
the physical and mental phenomena, the meditator cultivates an understanding of
the causal interactions between the physical and mental phenomena (kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhi)
4.
Through
the understanding of positive and negative causal relationships, the meditator
cultivates an understanding of what is an what is not the path (maggāmaggañāṅadassanavisuddhi)
5.
Through
an understanding of the path, the meditator cultivates the right path (paṭipadāñāṅadassanavisuddi)
6.
Through
cultivating the right path, one attains knowledge and vision of the noble path
and fruition (ñāṅadassanavisuddhi)
Sotāpanna occurs upon attainment of the seventh stage. The right path (#6) is
the gradual understanding that all formations are impermanent, suffering, and
non-self. Once this realization becomes all-encompassing, the meditator attains
an absolute certainty of one or another of the three characteristics and this
leads to a release based either on knowledge of signlessness (based on
impermanence – that there is no telling what will happen in advance),
desirelessness (based on suffering – that there is no benefit to clinging to
any formation), or emptiness (based on non-self – that all formations are void
of self and there is no relationship of ownership or control in regards to all
formations).
This release leads to an experience of cessation, where there is no arising of
sense experience (including mental sense experience). This is the realization
of nibbāna, and this is what leads to the eradication of the first three
fetters.
1- Wrong view is eradicated because one can never believe that anything could
be permanent, satisfying or controllable, having seen them all cease without
remainder.
2- Attachment to wrong practice is eradicated because one can never be confused
about the practice that leads to nibbāna after seeing nibbāna for oneself.
3- Doubt about the Buddha, Dhamma or Sangha can never arise, because one knows
what the Buddha taught to be true with complete certainty, and the results that
one attains having followed said teachings.
From
my point of view is undeniable that we have to experience Nibbana in order to
reach a �gsecure standpoint�h. This is our own validation that the teachings are
real. We dispel every little spark of doubt when we See Nibbana, not before.
Is it reasonable? When we see smoke that smells like something burning we can
be almost sure that there is a fire somewhere, but it is not until we actually
see it that we can affirm by our own experience that is true.
The Sotappana is an Ariyan because he attained one of the Supramundane paths,
and the only reality that classifies as �gsupramundane�h is Nibbana.
Stream-entry
is by no means an easy task. It requieres year of practice, years of practical
investigation of reality. With this I don�ft pretend to give a pessimist vision
about the journey, but it is important to be realistic to. When I read about
this stuff I usually prefer to keep in mind that this is the ultimate goal of
all us so it will requiere the most high standar of achivement possible, it
won�ft be easy to do. Aeons of Craving and Ignorance are in our backs, incalculable
periods of contraction and expansion of the entire Universe.
In fact, it�fs Amazing that such a thing as entering the path leading to
liberation can be achieved in one life. (Taking into consideration that we have
to pass through kindergarten over and over again) Don�ft you think?
�˜
#21476
Participant
�gObserving the physical and mental phenomena, the
meditator cultivates an understanding of the causal interactions between the
physical and mental phenomena�h
During
the days of the Buddha, his disciples both monks and laity people are called
Sāvaka (Dhamma hearer). We often see in the suttas depicting accounts of the
Buddha delivering desana to prospects whom he deemed were capable of
understanding his dhamma. What is not evident in the suttas is the Buddha
asking people to straightaway meditate and see mentality and materiality and so
on and so forth. Formal meditation is adjunct to listening to dhamma. Here are
some rhetorical questions I would like to ask. How authentic is our observation
on the physical and mental phenomena? Can we truly be sure that we are seeing
the �ereal thing�f? Or are they just created by our cunning mind when we crave
for what we want to see? We must be careful of many meditation programs out
there which are trying to sell us a fast-track way to liberation, which in my
opinion is no different from any get-rich-quick scheme. I am certainly very
doubtful and cautious on some lineage and meditation teachers who claimed that
their method is the most authentic way to attain various stages of Nibbana.
Fake Rolex watches are out there simply because there are real ones in the
market!
We must not forget the applicability of Buddha Dhamma in our
everyday lives is very real and practical. Otherwise, how can it help us
alleviate suffering? New age meditation technique like the one described in
this post might appeal to some. But is it really effective in helping us handle
traumatic incidents? Or are they nothing more than just a clinical
experimentation? Citing a hypothetical case, a participant who just ended a
retreat was about to leave the meditation centre when he received a call that
his next of kin had passed away from a freak accident back home. Can this
participant who just �esaw�f kalapas, ultimate mentality and materiality in this
meditation be able to remain composed and unshaken if he has not yet been
exposed to Buddha Dhamma and inculcate a steady mindset to accept the Anicca
nature? We read the famous story in the suttas of a lady who
almost went mad when her son died. Buddha asked her to find mustard seeds from
a family who does not have any deceased family members, delivered a desana to
her and thereafter, she managed to regain her composure and attained stream
entry.
�gAnd
so saying, she went into the presence of the master.
Then the master said to her,
�gHave you obtained, Gotami, the mustard seed?�h
�gFinished, sir, is the matter of the mustard seed�h she said.
�gYou have indeed restored me.�h
And
the master then uttered this verse:
A person with a mind that clings,
Deranged, to sons or possessions,
Is swept away by death that comes
— Like mighty flood to sleeping town.
At
the conclusion of this verse, confirmed in the fruit of stream-entry�c�h
Buddha
did not ask the lady to come sit down and meditate on this materiality, that
mentality etc.
Another
example from the suttas�cA rich man�fs son Yasha had wandered off into the
monastery where Buddha was staying. Yasha listened to the dhamma delivered by
the Buddha and attained stream entry. Rich man was frantically searching for
his beloved son and arrived at the monastery where Buddha was staying. Buddha
wielded his supernatural power to shield his son from the rich man�fs vision and
delivered a desana to the rich man. Upon listening to the desana, the rich man
attained stream entry and his son, Arahantship. Nowhere did the Buddha give
both of them the instruction to sit down and meditate on this and that. Even if
the Buddha did, what is the likelihood that both of them could observe physical
and mental phenomena and their relationship in such a short span of time and
attain path and fruition?
‚݂Ȃ³‚ñ�A‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚Í�I
Ž„‚Í‚±‚̉Ä�AGoenka‚ÌƒŠƒgƒŠ�[ƒg‚Ì1‚‚É�s‚«�A‚»‚±‚É�s‚’¼‘O‚É‚±‚̃XƒŒƒbƒh‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚É‚à‚©‚©‚í‚炸�A‰Â”\‚ÈŒÀ‚è‚·‚ׂĂ̎wަ‚É�]‚¤‚悤‚É“w‚ß‚½‚½‚ß�A‚±‚ÌáÒ‘z‚Ì—˜“_‚ɂ‚¢‚ĉù‹^“I‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�Bƒ‰ƒ‹‚ÌŒ¾—t‚É‚Í�à“¾—Í‚ª‚ ‚邯д‚¶‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�AŽ„‚Í‚·‚łɂ»‚±‚É�s‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Ì‚Å�A‚Ü‚¾ŽŽ‚µ‚Ă݂邱‚Ƃɂµ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚»‚ê‚Å�Aƒz�[ƒ‹‚ÅáÒ‘z‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邤‚¿‚É�AŽ„‚Í�Å�I“I‚É‚Í�A‚æ‚è�[‚¢�W’†—͂̂ ‚é�ó‘Ô‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚Í�AGoenka‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�uƒoƒoƒ“ƒK�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚Í�ubhavanga citta�v‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‹LŽ–‚ð‚±‚±‚œǂ݂܂µ‚½‚ª�A—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚Æ‚¨‚è�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŽv�l‚̂Ȃ¢�u�l‚¦•û�v‚Å‚ ‚è�AŠ´Šo“ü—Í‚Ì�ˆ—�‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒSƒGƒ“ƒJ‚ª˜b‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½�uƒoƒoƒi�v‚Ì�ó‘Ԃ͈قȂè‚Ü‚·�BƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Ì—¬‚ê‚̂悤‚É�A‘Ì‘S‘̂ɔ÷–‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Ì‚Í�S‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚Ì�ê�‡�A‘̂̈ꕔ‚ðŽ¯•Ê‚Å‚«‚È‚¢•û–@‚Å‘S�g‚ð‹ì‚¯�„‚é�¬‚³‚È—±Žq‚Ì”g‚ÉŽ—‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�AŽ„‚Í‚½‚¾‚Ì”g‚Æ�U“®‚ÌŽR‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚̓WƒƒƒjƒbƒN�ó‘Ô‚ÆŠÖŒW‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H
Œ»�Ý�A‚±‚ÌŠ´�î‚Í�AGoenka‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‘¼‚Ì�l�X‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�uŠy‚µ‚¢�v‚Æ�u–]‚Ü‚µ‚¢�v‚Æ•\Œ»‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A‚±‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ð�Ăюæ‚è–ß‚»‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�AŽ©•ª‚Ì—û�K‚É�s‚«‹l‚Ü‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ„‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚Í�A—¼•û‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Å�AŽ„‚Í‚©‚Ȃ舳“|‚³‚ê�A“Ë‘RŽn‚Ü‚Á‚½‚Ì‚Å�A‚¿‚å‚Á‚Æ‹C‚ª‹¶‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�S”��”‚ª�オ‚è�A‘§‚ð�؂炴‚é‚𓾂Ȃ‚È‚Á‚½‚½‚ß�A‚»‚Ì�ó‘Ԃ𗣂ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‘¼‚Ì’N‚©‚ª’²’â‚·‚邯‚«‚É‹°•|‚âƒpƒjƒbƒN‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚Ì‚¾‚낤‚©�B‚»‚Ì—�—R‚͉½‚Å‚·‚©�HˆÈ‘O‚Í�AƒŠƒgƒŠ�[ƒg‚Ì’¼‘O‚Ì� ‚ÉŒy“x‚Ì•sˆÀ�ǂ̃Gƒsƒ\�[ƒh‚ðˆµ‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½ŠúŠÔ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍŽŸ‘æ‚É•p“x‚ªŒ¸‚è�AŒ»�݂͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�AŽ„‚Ì�ê�‡�A‚»‚ÌŽž‚Ì•sˆÀ‚ª�A‚»‚Ì�uƒoƒoƒ“ƒK�v�ó‘Ô‚Ö‚Ì‹°•|‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚½‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ„‚Í‚¢‚Â‚à‚±‚̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä‚«‚½‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚̑̂ŗ\‘ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�A‚Ü‚½‚Í•s‰õ‚ȉ½‚©‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«�A‚¨‚Ñ‚¦‚Ü‚·�B
�uŽ©•ª‚̑̂̃Rƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚±‚Ƃւ̋°•|�v‚ÆŽ„‚ª�à–¾‚·‚é‚à‚Ì�B
Ž©‘î‚Å–ñ2�TŠÔ—û�K‚µ‚½Œã�AŽ„‚ÍGoenka‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚É�]‚¤‚Ì‚ð‚â‚ß�A3‚‚̃AƒUƒ‰ƒV‚Æ‘¼‚Ì–@‚ÌŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦Žn‚߂܂µ‚½�B�S‚ð�³‚µ‚¢•ûŒü‚ÉŒü‚¯‚邱‚Ƃ͓‚�AŽŸ‚ɉ½‚ð�l‚¦‚ê‚΂悢‚Ì‚©‚í‚©‚ç‚È‚¢‚悤‚È‹C‚ª‚µ‚Ü‚·�B“Ç‚ñ‚¾–{‚Ì’i—Ž‚ðŽ©•ª‚Å•œ�K‚·‚邿‚¤‚É‹‚¢‚ç‚ê‚Ä�A�¡‚ł͗v–ñ‚ð‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚悤‚Å‚·Ž„‚Ì“ª‚Å‚·‚ª�AŽž�X�A‚ ‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ÉŽ©‘R‚É�u‚±‚¾‚í‚é�v�uŠÔ‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚Í�n�l‚µ�AŽ„‚Ì�l�¶‚Ƃ̗ގ—“_‚ð�ì‚é‚͔̂äŠr“IŠÈ’P‚Å‚·�Bˆê”Ê“I‚É�AŽ„‚ªƒJƒV�[ƒi‚̃�ƒfƒBƒG�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚Í�A�W’†‚µ‚½�ó‘Ô‚É“ü‚é•û‚ª‚͂邩‚ÉŠÈ’P‚Å‚·‚ª�AŽ„‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�A‚Ü‚½‚Í1“ú’†–{•¨‚̃Aƒiƒpƒi‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�A•§–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä–{“–‚ÉŠw‚Ñ�A—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚±‚Ƃ͂·‚ׂĎ„‚É‚à‚½‚炳‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
o 2018”N12ŒŽ14“úŒß‘O9Žž58•ª�”20777
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚Í�IƒtƒH�[ƒ‰ƒ€‚ւ悤‚±‚»�I
‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�u�g‘Ì“IŠ´�î�v‚Í�S”z‚·‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ç‚̓Wƒƒƒi‚É‚àŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚Í‚¢�BŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚╽–}‚ȃJƒV�[ƒi’²’â‚Å‚à�A“Á‚É�ŋ߂Ì�l�¶‚Å�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚ăWƒƒƒi‚ð�Í”|‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‚±‚Æ�iƒWƒƒƒi‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚ðŠÈ’P‚ɑ̌±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
–‚»‚ê‚©‚ç�Aƒuƒ‰ƒtƒ}‚̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚܂ꂽ‰Â”\�«‚à‚ ‚è�A�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚É–ß‚Á‚Ä‚«‚½‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A—^‚¦‚ç‚ꂽ�lŠÔ‚Ì‘¶�Ý�ibhava�j‚Ì’†‚Å�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚ĉ½“x‚à�ijati�j�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�F�g Bhava andJāti– States of Existence and Births in�h
‚¾‚©‚ç�A�Å‹ß�iƒAƒiƒŠƒ„�j‚ŃWƒƒƒi‚ð�Í”|‚µ‚½�l‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�u‘ÌŠ´�v‚âƒWƒƒƒi‚³‚¦‚àŠÈ’P‚ÉŒoŒ±‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �u�S�g�v�iƒKƒ“ƒ_�[ƒo�j‚ª�o‚Ä‚‚é�u‘ÌŠO�v‘ÌŒ±‚àŠÈ’P‚ɑ̌±‚Å‚«‚é�l‚Å‚·�B
�uƒAƒXƒgƒ‰ƒ‹�Eƒgƒ‰ƒxƒ‹�v‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�l‚Í�AƒKƒ“ƒ_ƒo‚Å“÷‘Ì‚©‚ç�o‚Ä—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚̈ȑO‚̃Wƒƒ�[ƒi‘ÌŒ±‚Í�AAriya jhana‚Å‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚Í’á‚¢‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚炪1‚‚¾‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚âƒfƒB�[ƒo‚̗̈æ‚ɖ߂邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�AƒJƒ}�[ƒ‰�[ƒK‚ª�í�œ‚³‚ꂽ‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B �u‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽ‘΃Xƒvƒ‰ƒ}ƒ“ƒ_ƒCƒ“�EƒCƒF�[ƒi�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚¢‚¸‚ê‚É‚¹‚æ�AƒjƒL�[ƒ^‚Í�³‚µ‚¢•ûŒü‚É�i‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ªŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A�l‚͂ǂñ‚ȃWƒƒƒjƒbƒN‚ÌŒoŒ±‚É‚à–ž‘«‚·‚é‚ׂ«‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚͈ꎞ“I‚È‚à‚̂ł·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠF�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�[‚¢‰ß‹Ž‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AƒWƒƒƒi‚¾‚¯‚łȂ’´�í“I‚È�iiddhi�j—Í‚à”|‚Á‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
Ž„‚Í�í‚Ƀfƒ”ƒ@ƒ_ƒbƒ^‚ªƒWƒƒƒi‚ƃCƒfƒB‚Ì—Í‚ð—{‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ðŽw“E‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A”Þ‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚·‚×‚Ä‚ðŽ¸‚¢�AƒAƒpƒ„‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
–ˆê•û�A”CˆÓ‚Ìjhana‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚邱‚Ƃ͗ǂ¢‚±‚Ƃł·�iˆê•”‚Ì�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ă͊ȒP‚ł͂Ȃ¢�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j�B‚‚܂è�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚àˆêŽž“I‚ɃJ�[ƒ}ƒ‰�[ƒK‚ð—}�§‚µ‚Ä�A‚æ‚è—Ç‚¢�S‹«‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
–‚½‚¾‚µ�Aƒ}ƒOƒKƒtƒ@ƒ‰‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɃWƒƒƒi‚ð�Í”|‚·‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
o 2018”N12ŒŽ23“úŒß‘O12Žž10•ª�”20899
ƒLƒ…�[ƒrƒ{ƒr
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚Í�A
‚ ‚È‚½‚ª�à–¾‚µ‚½‘ÌŒ±‚Í�AƒAƒuƒnƒ}‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚éƒoƒ”ƒ@ƒ“ƒK�i�¸�_‚Ì‹xŽ~�ó‘Ô�j‚ł͂Ȃ�Aƒoƒ“ƒK�i‰ðŽU�j‚Æ‚µ‚ăSƒGƒ“ƒJ‚Ì“`“�‚ŌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚̓oƒ“ƒK‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñwh
Ž„‚͈ȑO‚Í‚±‚Ì•û–@‚Å—û�K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�AGoenka‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Ì�uƒXƒe�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�L”͈͂ɂ킽‚Á‚ēǂ݂܂µ‚½�B‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð�Ø–]‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Æ‚Í�³‚µ‚¢‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚Í�d—v‚È�uƒXƒe�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à”Fޝ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚È”÷–‚È�U“®‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚Ȃقljs‚¢�S‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ÌŽè–@‚Å‚Í�A‘̂̊´Šo�iƒ”ƒFƒ_ƒi‚ð•\‚·�j‚ðŽå‚ÈŠÏŽ@‘Î�Û‚Æ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‚±‚ÌŽdŽ–‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�S‚ðŒ¤‚®‚½‚߂̌ċz‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è�A�S‚Í�\•ª‚ɉs‚¢‚Ì‚Å�A‹}‘¬‚É”�¶‚µ’ʉ߂·‚銴Šo‚ðŠ´’m‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚½�A‚±‚Ì“`“�‚É‚¨‚¯‚é�uanicca�v‚ÍŠ´Šo‚Ì”�¶‚ƒʉ߂ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A�S‚ª‚±‚Ì”�¶/’ʉ߂ð”ñ�í‚É”÷–‚ȃŒƒxƒ‹‚Å”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�Aƒoƒ“ƒK‚Í�d—v‚È’iŠK‚Å‚·�B
Ž„‚̓JƒVƒi�AƒWƒƒ�[ƒi‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̌oŒ±‚©‚牽‚à’m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bƒoƒ“ƒK‚ƃoƒoƒ“ƒK‚̈Ⴂ‚ðŽw“E‚µ‚½‚¢�B
ƒxƒXƒg�A
ƒ‰ƒ“ƒO
o 2018”N12ŒŽ27“úŒßŒã4Žž3•ª�”21025
ƒLƒ…�[ƒrƒ{ƒr
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚Í�A
Goenka‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͂©‚È‚è�L”͈͂ɂ킽‚é‹c˜_‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�Avaldanā‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éLal‚Ì‘f�°‚炵‚¢“Š�e‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚΂©‚è‚Ȃ̂Å�A‚à‚¤�‚µ’ljÁ‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B“Š�e‚Í�uƒŠƒrƒ“ƒOƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�vƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
https://puredhamma.net/living-dhamma/what-is-vedana-feelings/vedana-what-it-really-means/
“Š�e‚Ì�ÅŒã‚ɃWƒƒƒ“ƒv‚·‚邯�Aƒ‰ƒ‹‚Ívēdanānupassanā‚ðŽŸ‚Ì‚æ‚¤‚É—v–ñ‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
•vipākavēdanā‚Íupekkha‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B
•Samphassajāvēdanā‚Í’âŽ~‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B
•Nirāmisavēdanā‚Í�Í”|‚³‚ê‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B
�Å�‰‚̉Ó�ð�‘‚«‚Í�AGoenka‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‘S‘Ì‚ðŽÀ�Û‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚̓Tƒ“ƒtƒ@ƒbƒTƒWƒ…ƒ”ƒ@ƒ“ƒ_ƒ“‚ł͋@”\‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚̓rƒbƒpƒ”ƒ@ƒ“ƒ_ƒ“�i“¯‚¶ƒRƒCƒ“‚Ì2‚‚̖Ê�j‚Å�u”½‰f�v‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邯Œ©‚È‚³‚ê‚邽‚߂ł·�B upekkha‚Åvipākavēdanā‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�Aupekkha‚ÅŠÔ�Ú“I‚ÉSamphassajāvēdanā‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
Nirāmisavēdanā‚͂܂Á‚½‚�l—¶‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚̃eƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̎„‚Ì—�‰ð‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�A‚±‚±‚ÉŽ„‚Ì�„‘ª‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚ׂĂÌvēdanā‚Í’´‰z‚³‚ê‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B Vipākavēdanā�A‘S‘Ì“I‚Å”÷–‚È�iƒjƒL�[ƒ^‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�à–¾‚³‚ꂽƒoƒ“ƒK‚È‚Ç�j‚ª”�¶‚µ‚Ä�Á–Å‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚ðŠ®‘S‚ÉŒ©‚邯anicca‚ªŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�Avēdanā�i”�¶/’ʉß�j‚ð’´‰z‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�Anibbana�i”�¶‚µ‚È‚¢/’ʉ߂µ‚È‚¢�j‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ê‚ðŒ¾‚¤‚Ì‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂÌvēdanā‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚߂Ɍ¾‚¤‚悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�iLal‚ª“Š�e‚Å‚±‚ê‚ð�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚邯ˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚ªŽw“E‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�j�B
�ÅŒã‚É�A“Š�e‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é1‚‚̎¿–â�Fƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒCƒ“ƒvƒbƒg‚©‚ç�¶‚¶‚évēdanā‚͂ǂ¤‚Å‚·‚©�H‚Ü‚½�Aupekkhavēdan₯‚µ‚ÄŠJŽn‚³‚ê�A‚»‚ÌŒã�i’Ê�í‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Ì�ê�‡�jŽ©“®“I‚Édōmanassa‚Ü‚½‚Ísōmanassavēdanā‚ɕςí‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H
‚ ‚肪‚Æ‚¤‚²‚´‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�I
ƒ‰ƒ“ƒO
o 2018”N12ŒŽ28“úŒß‘O7Žž3•ª�”21038
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
ƒ‰ƒ“ƒOŽ�‚ÍŽŸ‚̂悤‚É�q‚ׂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�Aupekkhavēdan₯‚µ‚ÄŠJŽn‚³‚ê�A‚»‚ÌŒã�i’Ê�í‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Ì�ê�‡�jŽ©“®“I‚Édōmanassa‚Ü‚½‚Ísōmanassavēdanā‚ɕςí‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H�v
‚Í‚¢�B
–‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à�u�Å�‰‚Ìupekkha vedana�v‚ðŽ¯•Ê‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
�usamphassa ja vedana�v‚É‚æ‚éƒtƒHƒ��[ƒAƒbƒv‚Í�A1•bˆÈ“à‚É�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�iƒKƒeƒB‚ÉŠî‚Â�j�B‚»‚ê‚ð�§Œä‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
–Ž„‚½‚¿‚ɂł«‚邱‚Æ‚Í�AŽžŠÔ‚ƂƂà‚ɃKƒeƒB‚ð•Ï‚¦‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�AŽžŠÔ‚ƂƂà‚É�usamphassa
ja vedana�v‚ÍŒ¸�‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
o 2019”N1ŒŽ19“úŒß‘O1Žž25•ª�”21430
“½–¼‚Ì
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚ÍŠF‚³‚ñ�I‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚±‚̃TƒCƒg‚Å‚Ì�‰‚߂Ă̓Š�e‚Å‚·�BáÒ‘z‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚É‚¨‚¯‚鎩•ª‚ÌŒoŒ±‚â“´Ž@‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚悤‚ÆŽŽ‚Ý‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚É�A‚²‚�ŋߌ©‚‚¯‚½‚à‚̂ł·�B–ð‚É—§‚‚Ǝv‚í‚ê‚éGoenkaƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Ì—L—p�«‚ð”cˆ¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�AŒŸ“¢‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂ±‚±‚ÉŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•§–@‚Ì�ÅŒã‚Ì–Ú“I‚Í�A�O�¶‚ª‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽè�•‚¯‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�iNibbana�j�B•§Ž©�g‚Í�AƒAƒŠƒ„ƒAƒiƒpƒiƒTƒeƒB‚ðŠ_ŠÔŒ©‚邱‚Ƃł±‚ê‚ð�¬‚µ�‹‚°‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚̓Xƒbƒ^‘S‘̂Ɍ©‚ç‚ê�A‚±‚̃TƒCƒg‚Å”ñ�í‚É�³Šm‚ɉ𖾂³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Nibbana‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̌®‚Í�A4‚‚Ì�‚‹M‚È�^—�‚ð’´�í“I‚ÉŽÀŒ»‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚Ì–Ú•W‚ÌŒ®‚Í�AAnicca�AAnatta�ADukkha‚ð‘ÌŒ±“I‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B�[‚�ª•t‚¢‚½�Kеƒpƒ^�[ƒ“�iŽ„‚̓Rƒ“ƒsƒ…�[ƒ^�[‚̃Aƒiƒ�ƒW�[‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽ©“®ƒXƒNƒŠƒvƒg‚ƌĂт܂·�jˆÈŠO‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�Kеƒpƒ^�[ƒ“‚Í�A�S‚É‘g‚Ý�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚郊ƒXƒN/•ñ�V•]‰¿ŠÖ�”‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŒ`�¬‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�Kе‚Í’P‚ÉŒ`�¬‚³‚ê‚邾‚¯‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚³‚ç‚É�[‚¢”Fޝ‚±‚Ì�¶ŠU‚É‚¨‚¯‚鎄‚½‚¿‚ÌŒoŒ±‚É-‘½‚‚Í‰ß‹Ž‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂ·‚Å‚É�u‘D�ã�v‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i‚æ‚è—Ç‚¢�à–¾‚ª•K—v‚Å�A‘¼‚Ì‘½‚‚Ì�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä•ñ��‚¨‚æ‚ÑŠm”F‚³‚ꂽƒf�[ƒ^‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�j�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A“ú�í�¶Šˆ‚ł̂±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�Kе‚̃pƒ^�[ƒ“‚Ì‘½‚‚ðƒŠƒAƒ‹ƒ^ƒCƒ€‚ÅŠm”F‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽž‚É‚Í�AŠÈ’P‚É’†’f‚³‚ꂽ‚è�AŽ©“®ƒXƒNƒŠƒvƒg‚Ì’âŽ~/’uŠ·‚É‘½‚‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚ª•K—v‚È�ê�‡‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚Ì—·‚ł͎©•ª‚É—D‚µ‚‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚³‚à‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚à‚»‚à’E�o‚ð‹�‚߂閳ˆÓޝ‚ÌŠ‰–]ƒpƒ^�[ƒ“‚ɑމ»‚·‚é‚̂͊ȒP‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚̓jƒbƒo�[ƒi‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚Å‚·‚ª�AŽ„‚ª—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A‚»‚Ì�u�Å�‰‚Ì–¡�v‚È‚µ‚ł͓¹‚É“ü‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·-‘ÌŒ±“I‚ÈŽÀŒ»
Anicca / Anatta / Dukkha‚¨‚æ‚ÑPaticca Samuppada�B
ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð�‰‚߂Č©‚邱‚Ì�uƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€ƒGƒ“ƒgƒŠ�vŒ»�Û‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȕû–@‚Å”�¶‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·-–â‚¢�‡‚킹�A�M‹Â�A‚Ü‚½‚Í’P‚È‚é”nŽ‚°‚½‰^�B
ƒAƒiƒ“ƒ_‚ªŒ¾‚Á‚½‚悤‚É�A‚ƂĂàƒVƒ“ƒvƒ‹‚Å�¡‚܂łɂȂ¢‚à‚Ì‚ª‰B‚³‚ꂽ‚܂܂ł¢‚ç‚ê‚é‚̂͋Á‚‚ׂ«‚±‚Ƃł·�BƒX�[ƒp�[ƒ}�[ƒPƒbƒg‚̃`ƒFƒbƒNƒAƒEƒgƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ÅŽ©•ª‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·–‚ ‚È‚½‚ª�Å‘¬‚̃‰ƒCƒ“‚ð‘I‘ð‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ðŠm�M‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚©�H�Å‘¬‚̃‰ƒCƒ“‚ÆŽv‚í‚ê‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð‘I‘ð‚µ‚½Œã�A‚»‚̃Xƒs�[ƒh‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚邽‚߂ɖ³—͂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚©�H‚ ‚È‚½‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢’â‘Ø‚ª”�¶‚µ�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ª’x‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚ɋꂵ‚݂܂·‚©�H Anicca�AAnatta�ADukkha
–‚·‚®‚»‚±�I
•§Ž©�g‚Í’íŽq‚½‚¿‚É‚±‚̃Gƒ“ƒgƒŠ�[ƒ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚̓˔jŒû‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɑ½‚‚̈قȂé•û–@‚ðŽŽ‚Ý‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì“w—͂̂¢‚‚‚©‚Í�A”Þ‚ÌŽž‘ã‚Å‚³‚¦�AŒv‰æ’Ê‚è‚É‚¤‚Ü‚‚¢‚©‚È‚©‚Á‚½�i—Ⴆ‚Î�Aˆâ‘̂̉˜‘¹‚Ì�n�l..ƒ”ƒBƒiƒ„‚Å�q‚ׂç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A•§‚ª‚»‚Ì‹³‚¦‚ÌŒã‚ÉŒã‘Þ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éŠÔ‚É‘½�”‚Ì‘m—µ‚ªŽ©ŽE‚µ‚½�j�B Bramhavihara‚⑼‚ÌŠÏ‘z�ADhutanga‚ÌŠµ�K‚È‚Ç�A‘¼‚Ì•û–@‚àŽž�X‹@”\‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŠî–{“I‚É�A‘½�”‚Ì•û–@‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚ǂꂪ‹@”\‚·‚é‚©‚Í�A“Á’è‚Ì�«Šiƒ^ƒCƒv‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĈقȂè‚Ü‚·�B
Goenka‚ÌŽè–@‚Í�AŠî–{“I‚É�A‚±‚Ì�Å�‰‚̃uƒŒ�[ƒNƒXƒ‹�[‚ð‰Â”\‚ÈŒÀ‚è’ZŽžŠÔ‚Å’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð–Ú“I‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�W’†“I‚È10“úŠÔ‚̃u�[ƒgƒLƒƒƒ“ƒv‚Å3‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŽÀŒ»‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A�S‚ð�u—Í‚¸‚�v‚Å’Ç‹�‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð–Ú“I‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‹@”\‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�ã‹L‚Å�³‚µ‚Žw“E‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�A�uƒn�[ƒhƒŠƒZƒbƒg�v‚Í�AƒVƒ‰�AƒTƒ}ƒfƒB�Aƒpƒj�[ƒ„‚ł̂³‚ç‚È‚é�ì‹Æ‚È‚µ‚ɂ͎�‘±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
—]’k‚Å‚·‚ª�A‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Í�AƒAƒEƒVƒ…ƒrƒbƒc‚ł̌oŒ±‚ðŒê‚Á‚½ƒ†ƒ_ƒ„�lƒzƒ�ƒR�[ƒXƒg‚Ì�¶‘¶ŽÒ‚Å‚ ‚郔ƒBƒNƒgƒ‹Eƒtƒ‰ƒ“ƒNƒ‹‚É‚æ‚é�uˆÓ–¡‚Ì’T‹��v‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚Í�A‘z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é‹ê‚µ‚݂̊úŠÔ‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚É�A“Ë‘R�u—£‚µ‚Ä�v‰ð•ú‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚½•û–@‚𖾊m‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Ì�󋵂͉½‚à•Ï‚í‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½‚ª�A”Þ‚ÍŽ©•ª‚̋ꂵ‚݂𒴉z‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚Í�AŒx”õˆõ‚â’‡ŠÔ‚ÌŽóŒYŽÒ‚ɑ΂·‚鎜”߂̂悤‚ȃ�ƒbƒ^‚̂悤‚È‚à‚Ì‚³‚¦Š´‚¶‚³‚¦‚µ‚Ä�A•½“™‚È�S‚ŃCƒxƒ“ƒg‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚±‚ê‚Í�A‰½�¢‹I‚É‚à‚킽‚Á‚Ä�Å‚àŽc”E‚ÈŽ©‹s�sˆ×‚ð’Ê‚¶‚Ä�lŠÔ‚ªŒë‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚½�uƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€ƒGƒ“ƒgƒŠ�v/ŽÀŒ»‚̈êŽí‚Å‚·�Bƒuƒbƒ_‚Ì“V�Ë‚Í�A“¯‚¶‰ð•ú‚̑̌±‚ðŽÀŒ»‚·‚é�u’†ŠÔ‚Ì•û–@�v‚ðŽ„‚½‚¿‚É�à–¾‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂ ‚è�A‚³‚ç‚É�AŽ�‘±“I‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‘Q�i“I‚ȃgƒŒ�[ƒjƒ“ƒO‚ɉÁ‚¦‚Ä�B
‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�A�l‚Ì‚½‚߂ɋ@”\‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚ª‚·‚ׂĂ̂½‚߂ɋ@”\‚·‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ-‚·‚ׂĂ̑¶�Ý‚ª‹~�Ï‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�I
o 2019”N1ŒŽ19“úŒß‘O2Žž33•ª�”21433
lucas.cambon
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
‚݂Ȃ³‚ñ�A‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚Í�I
‚±‚̃Gƒ“ƒ‰ƒCƒeƒ“ƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚̃e�[ƒ}�A“Á‚Ƀ\ƒ^ƒpƒi�iƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€ƒGƒ“ƒgƒŠ�j‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�A�‚µ�uŒõ�v‚ð•ú‚‚½‚߂ɉ½‚©‚ð’ljÁ‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚Ì’B�¬‚Í�A–³�ðŒ�—v‘f�iNibbāna�j‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì–ÚŒ‚/‘ÌŒ±‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä“Á’¥•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�u‰F’ˆ‚É‚¨‚¯‚鎄‚½‚¿‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Æ–ðŠ„‚Ìƒ‰ƒ“ƒ_ƒ€‚È�uŠÔ“I‚È’´‰z“IŽÀŒ»�v‚ł͂Ȃ�A”ñ�í‚É‹Z�p“I‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B”ñ�í‚É�³Šm‚É�”Šw“I‚È–@‘¥‚ðŽ�‚•¨—�“I‚È�¢ŠE‚̂悤‚É�A�S‚ÌŒ»ŽÀ‚Í“¯‚¶“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�³Šm‚É�à–¾‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A‰ð•ú‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ÍŠm‚©‚É”ñ�í‚É‹Z�p“I‚È‚à‚̂ł·�i‚½‚¾‚µ�AŒÂ�X‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä‘½�‚̕ϓ®‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j�B
ƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€‚É“ü‚é‚É‚Í�A�S‚Æ•¨Ž¿‚ð’´‚¦‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂ̊´Šo�i�S‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚ª‹@”\‚µ‚È‚‚È‚éNirodha‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É“ü‚éNibbana‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Ô‚ñ�A‚±‚ê‚Í1•b‚µ‚©‘±‚©‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i‚͂邩‚É’·‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j‚ª�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Ì�S‚ðŠ®‘S‚ɕς¦‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‹—͂ł·�B
‚±‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Í�A•§�Aƒ_�[ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̂·‚ׂĂ̋^‚¢‚ð•¥�@‚·‚邱‚ƂƓ¯‚¶‚悤‚ÉŒ¾‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A�¡�A�l‚Í•§‚ª�^ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð’¼�Ú‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Å’m‚Á‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‘¼‚Ì�¸�_“I‚ÈŽå�l‚É�]‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì�uŠÔ‚Ü‚Å�A�M‹Â‚Í”ñ�í‚É�d—v‚È–ðŠ„‚ð‰Ê‚½‚µ�A�¡‚Å‚Í‚à‚¤•K—v‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BáÒ‘zŽÒ‚͔ގ©�g‚Ì‹³Žt‚Å‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚͂ǂ¿‚炪ƒpƒX‚łǂꂪ‚»‚¤‚łȂ¢‚©‚ðŠ®‘S‚É’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�A‹VŽ®‚â‹VŽ®‚à“¹“¿“I‹K—¥‚Ö‚ÌŒµŠi‚ÈŽ·’…‚à�A�Å�I–Ú•W‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ĕނð�•‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�W’†“I‚ÈáÒ‘z‚Ì—û�K‚¾‚¯‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B’m“I‚ȃQ�[ƒ€‚à‹\áÔ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚·‚ׂĂÌ�l‚ª�A‚Ü‚³‚É‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Å‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŽŠ•Ÿ‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚é‹@‰ï‚ðŽ�‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�B
‚·‚ׂĂ̑¶�Ý‚ª�K‚¹‚Å�A•½˜a‚Å�A‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É
2019 2019”N1ŒŽ19“ú3:08 am�”21434
ƒWƒ‡ƒj�[�EƒŠƒ€
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
�u�¬�ì‚É“ü‚é‚É‚Í�A�S‚Æ•¨Ž¿‚ð’´‚¦‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂ̊´Šo�i�S‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚ª‹@”\‚µ‚È‚‚È‚éNirodha‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É“ü‚éNibbana‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�v
ƒAƒiƒKƒ~ƒX‚ƃAƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒg‚¾‚¯‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯Žv‚Á‚½�BƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€ƒGƒ“ƒgƒŠ‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�‚‚¢�…�€‚Ì’B�¬‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B
o 2019”N1ŒŽ19“úŒß‘O6Žž2•ª�”21436
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
ƒtƒH�[ƒ‰ƒ€‚ւ悤‚±‚»�Alucas.cambon�I
�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄNibbana‚Ì�uŒ©•û�v‚͈قȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ„‚Í�‚µŒË˜f‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�u�uƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€‚É“ü‚é‚É‚Í�A�S‚Æ•¨Ž¿‚ð’´‚¦‚Ä�ó‘Ôo‚É“ü‚éNibbana‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
f�S‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‚·‚ׂĂ̊´Šo‚ª‹@”\‚µ‚È‚‚È‚éNirodha�B�v
‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚ªŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚±‚Ƃł·‚©�A‚»‚ꂪ‚Ç‚¤‚ ‚é‚ׂ«‚¾‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�H‚»‚ꂪŒÂ�l“I‚ÈŒoŒ±‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚Á‚½‚©‚ð�à–¾‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A‘¼‚Ì�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä—L‰v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
Dukkha nirodha‚Í�u�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ðŽ~‚ß‚é�v‚±‚Ƃł·�B
–Nirōdha‚Í�unir�v+�uudā�v‚©‚ç—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B�unir�v‚Í’âŽ~‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A�uudā�v‚ª”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
–Nirōdha‚Í�uni�v+�urōdha�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�ê�‡‚à‚ ‚è�A‚±‚±‚Å�uni�v‚Í�ĂђâŽ~‚µ�A�urōdha�v‚Í�uƒzƒC�[ƒ‹�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uƒzƒC�[ƒ‹�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�AƒTƒ€ƒYƒŠƒbƒNƒWƒƒ�[ƒj�[‚ðŽw‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi�iƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒi�j‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�A‚È‚ºƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ðŽÀŒ»‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚©�i31‚̗̈æ‚ÅŒJ‚è•Ô‚³‚ê‚é�oŽY‚Í�AˆêŽž“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚æ‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É‘½‚‚̋ꂵ‚݂Ŗž‚½‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�j‚Æ‚»‚ê‚ðŽÀŒ»‚·‚é•û–@‚ð�u—�‰ð�v‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í–Ú“I’n�iNibbana‚Ü‚½‚ÍArahanthood�j‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�u“¹�v‚ðŒ©‚é‚æ‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B
–‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽˆÓ–¡‚Å‚Í�AŽw‚Å�”‚¦‚é•K—v‚È‚µ‚É�A3 + 5‚ª8‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�uŒ©‚é�v‚悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì•—•Ï‚í‚è‚È�«Ž¿‚É‹C‚‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì�l‚Í–ž‘«‚Å‚«‚é‚à‚Ì‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�¡�A‚»‚Ì�uŠÔ‚𓾂邽‚߂̓r’†‚Å�A‚Ü‚½‚Í‚»‚̃tƒ@ƒ‰�uŠÔ‚ÌŒã‚Å‚³‚¦�A‘̂̊´Šo‚ðŠ´‚¶Žn‚߂邩‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
–‚»‚ê‚̓Tƒ}ƒfƒB�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�ê�‡‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ă̓Wƒƒƒi‚É�s‚‚±‚ƂɊ֘A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚·‚ׂĂ̊´Šo‚Ínirōdhasamāpatti‚ł̂݋@”\‚ð’âŽ~‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚àAnagamiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ�A‚·‚ׂĂÌAriya jhana‚ð�Í”|‚µ‚½Œã‚ɂ̂ݒB�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
o 2019”N1ŒŽ19“úŒßŒã4Žž34•ª�”21450
ƒLƒŠƒXƒg‹³“k
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
Ž„‚ª�³‚µ‚¢‚©ŠÔˆá‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä•§‚ɂ‚¢‚Ęb‚·•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ÆNibbana‚É“±‚±‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鑼‚Ì�l‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚Ì�Å�‰‚̃Gƒ“ƒgƒŠ‚Í�Aƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒi�A�â�ã‚ȂǂƂµ‚ĈÀ’è‚·‚é‘O‚É”ñ�í‚É‹—͂ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B1�l‚Ì�l‚ª”ñ�í‚É‹‚¢ƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�AŽÀ�Û‚É’B�¬‚µ‚½‚à‚Ì‚æ‚è‚à�‚‚¢ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚ÆŽv‚¢�ž‚Ü‚¹‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B suttas‚Ì—á‚ð‚Æ‚é‚Æ�AƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€‚̃Gƒ“ƒgƒŠ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȕ½‰ž‚ðŽ�‚ÂSotapannas‚Ì�”‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�BƒTƒŠƒvƒbƒ^‚Í�Å�‰‚̃XƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€ƒGƒ“ƒgƒŠ‚É‘˜‹ö‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚É�uŽ€‚̂Ȃ¢�v‚ÆŒ©‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð‚·‚®‚É”Fޝ‚·‚é‚©�A”ñ�í‚É‹‚¢ŒoŒ±‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A‘¼‚Ì�l‚̓jƒbƒo�[ƒi‚Æ•§‚Ì‹³‚¦‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ð”Û’è‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A”Þ‚ç‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Í‘¼‚Ì�l‚Ù‚Ç�[‚‚àŒƒ‚µ‚¢‚à‚Ì‚Å‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚»‚Ì”wŒã‚É‚ ‚鎄‚Ì�l‚¦�i‚±‚ê‚Í’P�ƒ‚ÈŠÏŽ@‚ÌŠÏ“_‚©‚çƒuƒbƒ_‚É�q‚Ë‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�jŽ„‚Í‚»‚ê‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚é‘O‚ÉŽ„‚ª�³Šm‚ɉ½‚ð’T‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©–{“–‚ɂ悒m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȃà‚Ì‚ð�H‚ׂ邿‚¤‚È‚à‚Ì‚¾‚Æ‘z‘œ‚µ‚Ă݂Ă‚¾‚³‚¢�BŽÀ�ۂɂ͖ž‘«‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚ɂ͊´‚¶‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�H‚ׂ½‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ꂾ‚¯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚Ü‚½‚ÜNibbana‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚é‰Â”\�«‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�u‰Î�v‚â�u‹ó• �v‚ª‚È‚¢�l‚Í�ANibbana‚ð‚©‚È‚è‚ä‚Á‚‚è‚Æ‘ÌŒ±‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BƒvƒŒƒbƒVƒƒ�[‚ª‹‚�AŽ©•ª‚ª‰½‚ð’T‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©‚³‚¦‚í‚©‚炸‚ÉNibbana‚ð’T‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�AƒAƒiƒKƒ~‚Ü‚½‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒgƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‘O‚Å‚à�ANibbana‚Ì”ñ�í‚É—D‚ꂽ�uŒoŒ±�v‚ðŠú‘Ò‚Å‚«‚邯Žv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B’P‚É�u‹»–¡‚ª‚ ‚é�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u�DŠï�S‚ª‹‚¢�v�l‚Í�Aƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚Ö‚Ì“´Ž@‚Ì–¾‰õ‚³ˆÈŠO‚É�A‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚©‚ÆŒ¾‚¦‚ÎŒoŒ±‚ª�‚È‚¢‚©�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂȂ¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
o 2019”N1ŒŽ20“ú21:01ŒßŒã�”21466
lucas.cambon
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
ƒjƒ�ƒ_‚ÌŽí—Þ‚Í�uƒtƒ@ƒ‰ƒTƒ}ƒpƒeƒB�v�B �uƒjƒ�ƒ_�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ¾—t‚ÌŽg‚¢•û‚ðŒë‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽ„‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð�u‹Ö‰Œ�v‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŽg—p‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ƃɂ©‚�A‚±‚±‚Å‚Ì�d—v‚È–â‘è‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B
ƒ\ƒ^ƒbƒp�[ƒi‚Ö‚Ì“¹
0.áÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í“¹“¿‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ�A“Á‚É•sŒ’‘S‚³‚©‚ç�S‚ðŽç‚è‚Ü‚·�isīlavisuddhi�j
1.�S‚ðŽç‚è‚È‚ª‚ç�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�W’†—Í‚ð—{‚¢�A‘ÌŒ±‚Ì–Ú“I�icittavisuddhi�j‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�S‚Ì–¾‰õ‚³‚𓾂é
2.–¾Šm‚È�S‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�A”ñ�lŠi“I‚È�g‘Ì“I‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�¸�_“I‚È�\�¬—v‘f�idiṭṭhivisuddhi�j‚Å�\�¬‚³‚ê‚é‘ÌŒ±‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̗�‰ð‚ð—{‚¢‚Ü‚·
3.“÷‘Ì“I‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�¸�_“IŒ»�Û‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í“÷‘Ì“I‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�¸�_“IŒ»�Û�ikaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhi�jŠÔ‚̈ö‰Ê“I‘ŠŒÝ�ì—p‚Ì—�‰ð‚ð�[‚߂܂·
4.�³‚Æ•‰‚̈ö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�AŒo˜H‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚à‚Ì‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�imaggāmaggañāṅadassanavisuddhi�j
5.“¹‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�³‚µ‚¢“¹‚ðŠJ‘ñ‚µ‚Ü‚·�ipaṭipadāñāṅadassanavisuddi�j
6.�³‚µ‚¢“¹‚ðŠJ‘ñ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A�‚‹M‚È“¹‚ÆŒ‹ŽÀ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̒mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚𓾂é�iñāṅadassanavisuddhi�j
ƒ\ƒgƒpƒ“ƒi‚Í�A‘æ7ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ì’B�¬Žž‚É”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢“¹�i�”6�j‚Í�A‚·‚ׂẴtƒH�[ƒ��[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ª‰i‘±“I‚Å�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý�A‚»‚µ‚Ä”ñŽ©ŒÈ‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤’iŠK“I‚È—�‰ð‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ÌŽÀŒ»‚ª‚·‚ׂĕ“I‚É‚È‚é‚Æ�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í3‚‚̓Á�«‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©1‚‚ª�â‘ΓI‚ÉŠmŽÀ‚ɂȂè�A‚±‚ê‚Í–³�í�«‚Ì’mޝ‚Ɋð•ú‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�i–³�í�«‚ÉŠî‚Â-Ž–‘O‚ɉ½‚ª‹N‚±‚é‚©‚í‚©‚ç‚È‚¢�j�B �A—~‹�•s–ž�i‹ê‚µ‚݂Ɋî‚Â�j–‚Ç‚ñ‚ÈŒ`‚É‚µ‚ª‚݂‚¢‚Ä‚àƒ�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ª‚È‚¢
ation�j�A‚Ü‚½‚Í‹ó‹•�i”ñŽ©ŒÈ‚ÉŠî‚–‚·‚ׂẴtƒH�[ƒ��[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ɂ͎©ŒÈ‚ª‚È‚�A‚·‚ׂẴtƒH�[ƒ��[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚Ä�Š—LŒ ‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽx”z‚ÌŠÖŒW‚͂Ȃ¢�j�B
‚±‚ÌƒŠƒŠ�[ƒX‚Í�AŠ´Šo‘ÌŒ±�iƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹ƒZƒ“ƒX‘ÌŒ±‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚Ì”�¶‚ª‚È‚¢‹Ö‰Œ‘ÌŒ±‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪnibbāna‚ÌŽÀŒ»‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚±‚ꂪ�Å�‰‚Ì3‚‚̑«‚©‚¹‚Ì�ª�â‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B
1-‰i‘±“I‚È‚à‚Ì�A–ž‘«‚Ì‚¢‚‚à‚Ì�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�§Œä‰Â”\‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚邯‚ÍŒˆ‚µ‚Ä�M‚¶‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�AŒë‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚Í�ª�₳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
2-ƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ðŽ©•ª‚ÅŒ©‚Ä‚©‚çƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ÉŽŠ‚éŠµ�s‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�¬—�‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ¢‚Ì‚Å�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Šµ�K‚Ö‚ÌŽ·’…‚Í�ª�₳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
3-ƒuƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ}�A‚Ü‚½‚̓Tƒ“ƒK‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̋^‚¢‚ÍŒˆ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚ªŠ®‘S‚É�^ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚邯‹³‚¦‚½‚±‚Æ�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚Ì‹³‚¦‚É�]‚Á‚Ä“¾‚½Œ‹‰Ê‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
Ž„‚ÌŒ©‰ð‚Å‚Í�A�uˆÀ‘S‚È—§�ê�v‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂Ƀjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͔ےè‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A‹³‚¦‚ªŒ»ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž„‚½‚¿Ž©�g‚ÌŒŸ�؂ł·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‘O‚ɂł͂Ȃ�Aƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�A�¬‚³‚È‹^–â‚Ì‰Î‰Ô‚ð‚·‚×‚Ä•¥‚¢‚Ì‚¯‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚͑Ó–‚Å‚·‚©�H‰½‚©‚ª”R‚¦‚邿‚¤‚Ȃɂ¨‚¢‚Ì‚·‚鉌‚ðŒ©‚½‚Æ‚«�A‚Ç‚±‚©‚ɉ΂ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃ͂قڊmŽÀ‚Å‚·‚ª�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚»‚ê‚ðŒ©‚é‚܂łÍ�AŽ„‚½‚¿Ž©�g‚ÌŒoŒ±‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä–{“–‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Sotappana‚ÍSupramundaneƒpƒX‚Ì1‚‚ɓž’B‚µ‚½‚½‚ß�AƒAƒŠƒ„ƒ“‚Å‚ ‚è�A�usupramundane�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä•ª—Þ‚³‚ê‚é—Bˆê‚ÌŒ»ŽÀ‚ÍNibbana‚Å‚·�B
ƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€“ü—͂͌ˆ‚µ‚ÄŠÈ’P‚È�ì‹Æ‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�AŽÀ‘H‚Ì”N�AŒ»ŽÀ‚ÌŽÀ‘H“I‚È’²�¸‚Ì”N‚ð•K—v‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�AŽ„‚Í—·‚ɂ‚¢‚ĔߊϓI‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŽ¦‚·‚Ó‚è‚Í‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�AŒ»ŽÀ“I‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚ª‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚ēǂނƂ«�AŽ„‚Í‚±‚ê‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‘Sˆõ‚Ì�Å�I“I‚È–Ú•W‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�S‚É—¯‚߂è‚«‚½‚¢‚Ì‚Å�A‰Â”\‚ÈŒÀ‚è�Å‚à�‚‚¢’B�¬�…�€‚ð—v‹�‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŠÈ’P‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BЉ–]‚Æ–³’m‚̃CƒIƒ“‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì”w’†‚É‚ ‚è�A‰F’ˆ‘S‘̂̎û�k‚ÆŠg‘å‚ÌŒv‚è’m‚ê‚È‚¢‚قǂ̊úŠÔ‚Å‚·�B
ŽÀ�Û�A‰ð•ú‚Ö‚Æ‘±‚“¹‚É“ü‚邿‚¤‚È‚±‚Æ‚ª�Aˆê�¶‚Å�¬‚µ�‹‚°‚ç‚ê‚é‚̂͋Á‚‚ׂ«‚±‚Ƃł·�B
�i—c’t‰€‚ð‰½“x‚à’Ê‚í‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð�l—¶‚µ‚Ä�jŽv‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚©�H
2019 2019”N1ŒŽ21“úŒß‘O9�F02�”21476
ƒWƒ‡ƒj�[�EƒŠƒ€
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
�u“÷‘Ì“I‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�¸�_“IŒ»�Û‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í“÷‘Ì“I‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�¸�_“IŒ»�ۊԂ̈ö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚Ì—�‰ð‚ð�[‚߂܂·�v
•§‚ÌŽž‘ã‚É‚Í�A”Þ‚Ì’íŽq‚Å‚ ‚é‘m—µ‚Æ�M“k‚Ì—¼•û‚ªSāvaka�iDhamma‚Ì•·‚«Žè�j‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B•§‘É‚ª”Þ‚Ì–@‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½‚ƔނªŽv‚Á‚½Œ©�ž‚Ý‹q‚Édesana‚ð“Í‚¯‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤‹L�q‚ð•`‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚ésuttas‚Å‚µ‚΂µ‚ÎŒ©‚Ü‚·�B suttas‚Å–¾‚ç‚©‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Æ‚Í�A•§‘É‚ª�l�X‚ÉáÒ‘z‚µ‚Ä�A�¸�_�«‚â•¨Ž¿�«‚È‚Ç‚ðŒ©‚é‚æ‚¤‚É‹�‚߂Ă¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘z‚Í�A–@‚ð•·‚‚±‚Ƃ̕â�•‚Å‚·�B‚±‚±‚ÉŽ„‚ª•·‚«‚½‚¢�CŽ«“I‚ÈŽ¿–₪‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B“÷‘Ì“I‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�¸�_“IŒ»�Û‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚鎄‚½‚¿‚ÌŠÏŽ@‚͂ǂê‚Ù‚Ç–{•¨‚Å‚·‚©�H
�u–{•¨�v‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚邯–{“–‚ÉŠm�M‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�B‚»‚ê‚Æ‚à�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŒ©‚½‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ð�Ø–]‚·‚邯‚«‚ÉŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌàÂàÏ‚È�S‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’P‚É�ì�¬‚³‚ꂽ‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�HŽ„‚½‚¿‚͉ð•ú‚Ö‚Ì�v‘¬‚È“¹‚ðŽ„‚½‚¿‚É”„‚è�ž‚à‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鑽‚‚ÌáÒ‘zƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚É’�ˆÓ‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚̈ӌ©‚Å‚Í‚Ç‚ÌƒŠƒbƒ`ƒŠƒbƒ`ƒNƒCƒbƒNƒXƒL�[ƒ€‚Æ‚àˆá‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚ÍŠm‚©‚ɔނç‚Ì•û–@‚ªƒjƒbƒo�[ƒi‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȒiŠK‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�Å‚à�M—Ђł«‚é•û–@‚Å‚ ‚邯Žå’£‚µ‚½‚¢‚‚‚©‚ÌŒŒ“�‚ÆáÒ‘z‚Ì‹³Žt‚É”ñ�í‚É‹^‚킵‚�A—p�S�[‚¢‚Å‚·�B‹U‚̃�ƒŒƒbƒNƒX‚ÌŽžŒv‚Í�AŽs�ê‚É–{•¨‚ÌŽžŒv‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚¾‚¯‚Ì—�—R‚Å�¢‚É�o‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�I
Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì“ú�í�¶Šˆ‚É‚¨‚¯‚é•§–@‚Ì“K—p�«‚Í”ñ�í‚ÉŒ»ŽÀ“I‚ÅŽÀ—p“I‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð–Y‚ê‚Ă͂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚¤‚łȂ¯‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚͂ǂ̂悤‚ÉŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ðŒyŒ¸‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�•‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚©�H‚±‚Ì“Š�e‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚È�V‚µ‚¢”N—î‚ÌáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Í�Aˆê•”‚Ì�l‚ɃAƒs�[ƒ‹‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªƒgƒ‰ƒEƒ}Ž–ŒÌ‚ð�ˆ—�‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�•‚¯‚é‚̂ɖ{“–‚ÉŒø‰Ê“I‚Å‚·‚©�H‚»‚ê‚Æ‚à’P‚È‚é—Õ�°ŽÀŒ±‚ɉ߂¬‚È‚¢‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H‰Ë‹ó‚̃P�[ƒX‚ðˆø—p‚µ‚Ä�AƒŠƒgƒŠ�[ƒg‚ð�I—¹‚µ‚½‚΂©‚è‚ÌŽQ‰ÁŽÒ‚ª�AŽŸ‚Ì�e‘°‚ªˆÙ�í‚ÈŽ–ŒÌ‚ʼnƂɋA‚Á‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤“d˜b‚ðŽó‚¯‚½‚Æ‚«�AáÒ‘zƒZƒ“ƒ^�[‚ð—£‚ê‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ŃJƒ‰ƒp�A‹†‹É‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒŠƒeƒB�Aƒ}ƒeƒŠƒAƒŠƒeƒB‚ð�uŒ©‚½�v‚¾‚¯‚ÌŽQ‰ÁŽÒ‚Í�A•§–@‚ɂ܂¾‚³‚炳‚ê‚Ä‚¨‚炸�AAnicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚邽‚߂̒…ŽÀ‚È�l‚¦•û‚ð‹³‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A�\�¬‚³‚ꂽ‚܂܂ŗh‚邬‚È‚¢‚܂܂ł¢‚ç‚ê‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‘§Žq‚ª–S‚‚È‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«‚ɂقƂñ‚Ç“{‚Á‚½�—�«‚Ìsuttas‚Å—L–¼‚È•¨Œê‚ð“ǂ݂܂µ‚½�Bƒuƒbƒ_‚Í”Þ�—‚É�A–S‚‚È‚Á‚½‰Æ‘°‚ª‚¢‚È‚¢‰Æ‘°‚©‚çƒ}ƒXƒ^�[ƒhƒV�[ƒh‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邿‚¤‚É—Š‚Ý�AƒfƒTƒi‚ð”Þ�—‚ɓ͂¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A”Þ�—‚͂Ȃñ‚Æ‚©—Ž‚¿’…‚«‚ðŽæ‚è–ß‚µ�A�¬�ì‚É“ü‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�u‚»‚¤Œ¾‚Á‚Ä�A”Þ�—‚ÍŽå�l‚Ì‘O‚É�s‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚»‚ê‚©‚çŽå�l‚Í”Þ�—‚ÉŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�A
�uƒ}ƒXƒ^�[ƒh‚ÌŽí�AƒSƒ^ƒ~‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ꂽ�H�v
�uŠ®�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�AƒT�[�Aƒ}ƒXƒ^�[ƒhƒV�[ƒh‚Ì–â‘è‚Å‚·�v‚Æ”Þ�—‚ÍŒ¾‚Á‚½�B
�u‚ ‚È‚½‚ÍŽ„‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·
Šm‚©‚ÉŽ„‚ðŒ³‚É–ß‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�v
‚»‚µ‚ÄŽå�l‚Í‚±‚Ì�ß‚ðŒû‚É‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�F
‚µ‚ª‚݂‚�S‚ðŽ�‚Â�l
‘§Žq‚â�Š—L•¨‚É�¬—�‚µ�A
—ˆ‚鎀‚É—¬‚³‚ê‚Ä
—–°‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é’¬‚Ö‚Ì‘å�^�…‚̂悤‚É�B
‚±‚Ì�ß‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚É�A�¬�ì‚Ö‚ÌŽQ“ü‚ÌŽÀ‚ðŒ‹‚ñ‚ÅŠm”F‚³‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�c�v
•§‚Í�—�«‚É�À‚è�A‚±‚Ì•¨Ž¿�«�A‚»‚Ì�l‚¦•û‚Ȃǂɂ‚¢‚ÄáÒ‘z‚·‚邿‚¤‚É—v‹�‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B
suttas‚©‚ç‚̕ʂ̗á...‹àŽ�‚¿‚Ì’j‚Ì‘§Žq‚Ì–é�³‚Í•§‘É‚ª‘Ø�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½�C“¹‰@‚É‚³‚Ü‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B–é�³‚Í•§—l‚ª‚¨‹Ÿ‚¦‚·‚é–@‚ÉŽ¨‚ðŒX‚¯�A�¬�ì‚Ö‚ÌŽQ“ü‚ð‰Ê‚½‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‹àŽ�‚¿‚Í•KŽ€‚ɔނÌ�ň¤‚Ì‘§Žq‚ð’T‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A•§‚ª‘Ø�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½�C“¹‰@‚É“ž’…‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�Bƒuƒbƒ_‚͔ނ̒´Ž©‘R“I‚È—Í‚ð�U‚é‚¢�A‘§Žq‚ð‹àŽ�‚¿‚̃rƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚©‚çŽç‚è�A‹àŽ�‚¿‚ɃfƒTƒi‚ð“Í‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�BƒfƒTƒi‚ð•·‚‚Æ�A‹àŽ�‚¿‚Í�¬�ì‚É“ü‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A‘§Žq‚̃Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒgƒVƒbƒv‚É�s‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B•§‘ɂ͂ǂ¿‚ç‚à�À‚è�A‚±‚ê‚Æ‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄáÒ‘z‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɔނç‚Ì—¼•û‚ÉŽwަ‚ð�o‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚½‚Æ‚¦•§‘É‚ª‚»‚¤‚µ‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A”Þ‚ç‚Ì—¼•û‚ª“÷‘Ì“I‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�¸�_“I‚ÈŒ»�Û‚Æ‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠÖŒW‚ð‚»‚Ì‚æ‚¤‚È’Z‚¢ŠúŠÔ‚ÅŠÏŽ@‚µ�A“¹‚ÆŽÀ‚ð�¬‚µ�‹‚°‚é‰Â”\�«‚͂ǂꂂ炢‚Å‚·‚©�H
o
#21467
Participant
Hi
lucas.cambon, you said �g�c Sotāpanna occurs upon attainment of the seventh
stage. The right path (#6) is the gradual understanding that all formations are
impermanent, suffering, and non-self.�h.
Did you mean �g�c understanding that all formations
are anicca, dukkha, and anatta�g?
Because:
anicca is
not �gimpermanent�h
dukkha is
not merely just �gsuffering�h
anatta is
definitely not �gnon-self�h
About the reason behind this conclusion, please refer
back to posts (Anicca, Dukkha, Anatta)
on this (PureDhamma.net) site. Both logical evidences and based-on-the-suttas
evidences.
About
your details steps to Sotapanna, I don�ft have any comment because I think
everyone has different approach, but we need to get the key concepts right from
the get go.
o
#21469
Participant
Hello
Tien,
Yes,
I mean Anicca, Dukkha and Anatta. You can choose the translation that appeals
more to you, that�fs not the point. I don�ft wanna be rude but it will be very
helpful to focus on the general idea beyond the exposition of someone else, not
in the specific words. They can be interpreted in different ways by each an
everyone of us.
It�fs very likely that when I used the word �gbird�h I imagine a different species
than you. You know what I mean?
Furthermore
my english is not the best so I have to apologize for that.
o
#21473
Keymaster
lucas.cambon
wrote: �gSotāpanna occurs upon attainment of the seventh stage.�h
I
think this is a misunderstanding. The completion of the seven visuddhis is the
same as completing the Noble Eightfold Path. So, if someone completes them, one
would be an Arahant.
Could
you provide a Tipitaka reference for a Sotapanna completing all seven
visuddhis?
P.S. I just found the following sutta, which confirms what I stated
above:
�gRatavinita Sutta (MN 24)�g.
A fairly good English translation is at:
�gRatha-vinita Sutta: Relay Chariots�g
o
#21477
Participant
�gI
mean Anicca, Dukkha and Anatta. You can choose the translation that appeals
more to you, that�fs not the point.�h
You
can not choose a translation that appeals more to you as you will develop
further ignorance. Progress is attained by breaking what is appealing to you.
If its something you can not break then it�fs true.
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚Ílucas.cambon�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ÍŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�cƒ\ƒeƒpƒ“ƒi‚Í‘æ7ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ì’B�¬Žž‚É”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢“¹�i�”6�j‚Í�A‚·‚ׂẴtƒH�[ƒ��[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ª‰i‘±“I‚Å�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý�A‚»‚µ‚Ä”ñŽ©ŒÈ‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤’iŠK“I‚È—�‰ð‚Å‚·�B�v
�u�c‚·‚ׂẴtƒH�[ƒ��[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ªanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·‚©�H
‚È‚º‚È‚ç�F
anicca‚Í�u”ñ‰i‘±“I�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ
dukkha‚Í’P‚É�u‹ê‚µ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é�v‚¾‚¯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ
anatta‚͊ԈႢ‚È‚�u”ñŽ©ŒÈ�v‚ł͂Ȃ¢
‚±‚ÌŒ‹˜_‚Ì”wŒã‚É‚ ‚é—�—R‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�iPureDhamma.net�jƒTƒCƒg‚Ì“Š�e�iAnicca�ADukkha�AAnatta�j‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B˜_—�“I‚È�Ø‹’‚Æsuttas‚ÉŠî‚Â�Ø‹’‚Ì—¼•û�B
ƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒi‚Ö‚Ì�Ú�ׂȎè�‡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AƒRƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒAƒvƒ��[ƒ`‚Í�l‚»‚ꂼ‚ꂾ‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�d—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ð‚·‚®‚É—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
o 2019”N1ŒŽ20“úŒßŒã11Žž56•ª�”21469
lucas.cambon
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
‚±‚ñ‚É‚¿‚Í�AƒeƒBƒGƒ“�A
‚Í‚¢�A‚‚܂è�AAnicca�ADukkha�AAnatta‚Å‚·�B‚æ‚è–£—Í“I‚È–|–ó‚ð‘I‘ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚Í�d—v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚ÍŽ¸—ç‚ɂȂ肽‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A“Á’è‚ÌŒ¾—t‚ł͂Ȃ�A’N‚©‚Ì�à–¾‚ð’´‚¦‚Ĉê”Ê“I‚È�l‚¦‚É�W’†‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͔ñ�í‚É–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‘Sˆõ‚ª‚»‚ꂼ‚êˆÙ‚È‚é•û–@‚ʼnðŽß‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚ª�u’¹�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ¾—t‚ðŽg‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«�AŽ„‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚Ƃ͈قȂéŽí‚ð‘z‘œ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª”ñ�í‚É�‚‚¢‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚ÌŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª•ª‚©‚邿‚Ë�H
‚³‚ç‚ÉŽ„‚̉pŒê‚Í�Å�‚‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ð‚¨˜l‚Ñ‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
o 2019”N1ŒŽ21“úŒß‘O6:13�”21473
ƒ‰ƒ‹
ƒL�[ƒ}ƒXƒ^�[
lucas.cambon‚ÍŽŸ‚̂悤‚É�‘‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�uƒ\ƒgƒpƒ“ƒi‚Í‘æ7ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É’B‚·‚邯”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�v
‚±‚ê‚ÍŒë‰ð‚¾‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B 7‚‚Ìvisuddhis‚ÌŠ®�¬‚Í�ANoble Eightfold Path‚ÌŠ®�¬‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A’N‚©‚ª‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŠ®�¬‚³‚¹‚ê‚Î�A1‚‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒg‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
ƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒ“ƒi‚Ì7‚‚̃”ƒBƒXƒfƒB‚ð‚·‚×‚ÄŠ®�¬‚³‚¹‚邽‚ß‚ÌTipitaka‚ÌƒŠƒtƒ@ƒŒƒ“ƒX‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚©�H
’Ç�LŽ„‚ÍŽŸ‚Ìsutta‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�uRatavinita Sutta�iMN 24�j�v�B
‚©‚È‚è—Ç‚¢‰pŒê‚Ì–|–󂪂 ‚è‚Ü‚·�F
�uRatha-vinita Sutta�FƒŠƒŒ�[�íŽÔ�v
o 2019”N1ŒŽ21“úŒß‘O10Žž16•ª�”21477
ƒLƒŠƒXƒg‹³“k
ŽQ‰ÁŽÒ
�uAnicca�ADukkha�AAnatta‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚æ‚è–£—Í“I‚È–|–ó‚ð‘I‘ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚Í�d—v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�v
‚³‚ç‚É–³’m‚ɂȂ邽‚ß�A‚æ‚è–£—Í“I‚È–|–ó‚ð‘I‘ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�i•à‚Í�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä–£—Í“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚ð‰ó‚·‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‰ó‚ê‚È‚¢‚à‚̂Ȃç�A‚»‚ê‚Í–{“–‚Å‚·�B
vaci‚Å‚àkāyasankhāra‚Å‚à�Aasōbhana cetasika‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邯�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�u”M‚‚È‚é�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uƒXƒgƒŒƒX‚ª‚©‚©‚é�vŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�iƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Å‚Í�uthāpa�v‚Å‚·�j�B
•ˆê•û�Asōbhana cetasika‚ªvaci‚Ü‚½‚Íkāyasankhāra‚Æ‚µ‚Ä”�¶‚µ‚½�ê�‡�A”Þ‚ç‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�u—â‚â‚·�vŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•ˆÈ‘O‚̃gƒsƒbƒNWhat
Are Kilesa (Mental Impurities)? – Connection to Cetasika‚Å‚Í�A‚±‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ªSatipattana bhāvanā‚Ì‘O’ñ�ðŒ�‚Å‚ ‚é—�—R‚ð�Ú�ׂɋc˜_‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BSatipattana
Sutta – Relevance to Suffering in This Life‚¨‚æ‚ÑSatipatthāna
Sutta – Structure‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
•‚±‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å�Anirāmisa sukha‚̈ç�¬‚ðŽn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B